Time & Work, Pipes & Cisterns, Speed & Distance

1🔬General SciencePhysics

The washing machine works on the principle of which of the following?

Explanation

A washing machine works on the principle of centrifugation. High-speed spinning creates centrifugal force that separates water from clothes.

واشنگ مشین سینٹری فیوجیشن (Centrifugation) کے اصول پر کام کرتی ہے، جس میں گھماؤ کی وجہ سے کپڑوں سے پانی الگ ہوتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

2📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

The Standard of Length is based on

Explanation

Since 1983, the meter has been defined internationally as the length of the path travelled by light in vacuum during a time interval of 1/299,792,458 of a second. This is based on the speed of light.

1983 سے، لمبائی کے بین الاقوامی معیار (میٹر) کی تعریف خلا میں روشنی کی رفتار (speed of light) کے تحت کی گئی ہے، یعنی روشنی ایک سیکنڈ کے ایک مخصوص حصے میں جتنا فاصلہ طے کرتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

3📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

Match the following:

List-I
i. Microns
ii. Angstroms
iii. Fermi
iv. Kilometers

List-II
a. Distance between earth and moon.
b. Inter atomic distance in a solid
c. Size of nucleus.
d. Wavelength of infrared laser.

Explanation

The correct matching of length scales is: Microns corresponds to infrared laser wavelength (i-d); Angstroms corresponds to inter-atomic distances (ii-b); Fermi corresponds to nuclear size (iii-c); Kilometers corresponds to Earth-Moon distance (iv-a).

صحیح جوڑ مندرجہ ذیل ہیں: مائیکرون (Microns) -> انفرا ریڈ لیزر طول موج (i-d)؛ اینگسٹرام (Angstroms) -> جوہروں کے درمیان فاصلہ (ii-b)؛ فرمی (Fermi) -> نیوکلیئس کا سائز (iii-c)؛ کلومیٹر -> زمین اور چاند کا فاصلہ (iv-a)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

4📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

A plane travelling north at 200m/s turns and then travels south at 200m/s. The change in its velocity is:

Explanation

Initial velocity = 200 m/s North. Final velocity = 200 m/s South (which is -200 m/s North). Change in velocity = Final - Initial = -200 - 200 = -400 m/s North, which is equal to 400 m/s South.

رفتار میں تبدیلی = آخری رفتار - ابتدائی رفتار۔ چونکہ سمت بدل گئی ہے: -200 - 200 = -400 میٹر فی سیکنڈ شمال، یعنی 400 میٹر فی سیکنڈ جنوب۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

5📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

Charge is distributed uniformly along a long straight wire. The electric field at 2cm from the wire is 20 newton/coulomb. The electric field at 4cm from the wire is:

Explanation

For an infinite line charge, the electric field (E) is inversely proportional to distance (r) from the wire: E = λ / (2πε₀r). As distance doubles (from 2cm to 4cm), the electric field halves (from 20 N/C to 10 N/C).

سیدھی برقی تار کی وجہ سے برقی میدان (E) فاصلے (r) کے معکوس متناسب ہوتا ہے۔ جب فاصلہ دوگنا ہو جاتا ہے (2cm سے 4cm) تو برقی میدان آدھا رہ جائے گا (20 N/C سے 10 N/C)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

6📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

If "r" is the distance of a moving charge, the magnitude of magnetic field produced by the charge is proportional to:

Explanation

According to the Biot-Savart law, the magnetic field produced by a moving charge is inversely proportional to the square of the distance (r) from the charge (B ∝ 1/r²).

بائیوٹ ساورٹ قانون کے مطابق، متحرک چارج سے پیدا ہونے والے مقناطیسی میدان کی طاقت فاصلے (r) کے مربع کے معکوس متناسب ہوتی ہے (B ∝ 1/r²)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

7📚Electromagnetism & OpticsPhysics

Two electrons travelling with same speed. The magnetic field is zero at the mid-point between them. This means,

Explanation

By the right-hand rule, when two negative charges (electrons) travel at equal speed along parallel lines in the same direction, the magnetic fields they produce at the exact midpoint are equal in magnitude but opposite in direction, cancelling each other out to zero.

جب دو الیکٹران مساوی رفتار سے متوازی لکیروں پر ایک ہی سمت (same direction) میں سفر کرتے ہیں، تو دائیں ہاتھ کے اصول کے مطابق ان کے بالکل درمیانی نقطے پر مقناطیسی میدان برابر اور مخالف سمت میں ہو کر صفر ہو جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

8📚Firearms & Ammunition ExaminationWound Ballistics

Match the following:

List-I (Bullet Velocity Zone)
i. Under 400 m/s
ii. 400 to 600 m/s
iii. 600 to 1100 m/s
iv. Beyond 1100 m/s

List-II (Wounding phenomena)
a. Instantaneous death
b. Explosive wound
c. No abnormal wounding phenomena
d. Expanding bullets starts mushrooming

Explanation

The correct matches are: Under 400 m/s - No abnormal wounding phenomena (i-c); 400 to 600 m/s - Expanding bullets starts mushrooming (ii-d); 600 to 1100 m/s - Explosive wound (iii-b); Beyond 1100 m/s - Instantaneous death (iv-a).

صحیح جوڑ: 400 m/s سے کم -> کوئی غیر معمولی زخم نہیں (i-c)؛ 400-600 m/s -> گولی کا پھیلنا یا مشروم بننا (ii-d)؛ 600-1100 m/s -> دھماکہ خیز زخم (iii-b)؛ 1100 m/s سے زیادہ -> فوری موت (iv-a)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

9📚Firearms & Ammunition ExaminationWound Ballistics

The range which commences beyond the limit of flame zone and extends up to the distance to which the gunpowder residues could be projected in the area surrounding the wound of entrance is

Explanation

The 'Near range' (or close range) is the zone beyond the burning flame where unburnt/semi-burnt gunpowder particles are projected, creating powder tattooing (stippling) on the skin.

وہ فاصلہ جو شعلے کے زون سے آگے ہوتا ہے لیکن وہاں تک گولی کے بارود کے ذرات (tattooing) جلد پر نشان چھوڑ سکتے ہیں، اسے نیئر رینج (Near range) یا قریب کا فاصلہ کہتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

10📚Forensic Physics & General KnowledgeInternal Ballistics

The velocity of the bullet when it just exits the barrel of the firearm is called

Explanation

Muzzle velocity is the speed at which a projectile exits the muzzle (the end of the barrel) of a firearm.

بندوق کی نالی کے منہ (muzzle) سے باہر نکلتے وقت گولی کی رفتار کو مزل ویلاسٹی (Muzzle velocity) کہا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

11📚Forensic Physics & General KnowledgeRifling

Degree of twist in case of rifling is called as

Explanation

The pitch of rifling is the distance inside the barrel over which the lands and grooves make one complete helical turn (360 degrees rotation).

نالی کے اندر چور یا لکیروں کے ایک مکمل چکر (360 ڈگری) کے طے کردہ فاصلے کو رائفلنگ کا پچ (Pitch) کہا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

12📚Forensic Physics & General KnowledgeTerminal Ballistics

The velocity of bullet at the time of impact is called as

Explanation

Striking velocity is the speed of the projectile at the exact instant it hits the target.

گولی کے ہدف سے ٹکرانے کے وقت کی رفتار کو اسٹرائیکنگ ویلاسٹی (Striking velocity) کہا جاتا ہے۔ نالی سے نکلتے وقت کی رفتار کو مزل ویلاسٹی کہتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

13📚Forensic Physics & General KnowledgeExternal Ballistics

The factor affects the path of the projectile are

i. Air resistance
ii. Force of gravity
iii. Spin

Explanation

The trajectory (path) of a bullet is affected by gravity (vertical drop), air resistance/drag (loss of speed), and gyroscopic spin (stabilization and drift).

گولی کے فضا میں راستے (trajectory) پر ہوا کی رکاوٹ، کشش ثقل (gravity)، اور گولی کے گھومنے کا عمل (spin) تینوں اثر انداز ہوتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

14📚Forensic Physics & General KnowledgeBallistics

The distance up to which a shooter can take aim and make a kill is called as

Explanation

Effective range is the maximum distance at which a shooter can reasonably expect to hit and disable/kill a target using the weapon system.

وہ زیادہ سے زیادہ فاصلہ جہاں تک ایک نشانہ باز درست نشانہ لگا کر ہدف کو ختم کر سکتا ہے، مؤثر رینج (Effective range) کہلاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

15📚Cell Biology & Molecular GeneticsCrime Scene Management

Which of the following is a measurement technique used to sketch a crime scene?

Explanation

Polar coordinates is a mapping method using distance and angles from a single reference point to locate evidence.

پولر کوآرڈینیٹس (Polar coordinates) جائے وقوعہ کا خاکہ بنانے کے لیے پیمائش کا ایک طریقہ ہے جس میں ایک ہی حوالے کے نقطے سے فاصلہ اور زاویہ ناپا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

16📚DNA Profiling & PCR TechniquesForensic Entomology

Which of the following statements are TRUE?

i. Insect colonisation occurs slower if body is completely burnt.
ii. Insect colonisation is influenced by the biogeoclimatic zone
iii. Exposure to sunlight causes faster depletion of resources by the insects.

Explanation

All statements are true: Charring limits/slows early fly colonization (i); different climate zones affect insect species (ii); and sunlight speeds up larval metabolism and carcass depletion (iii).

تینوں بیانات درست ہیں: جلی ہوئی لاش پر کیڑوں کا حملہ آہستہ ہوتا ہے (i)؛ مختلف آب و ہوا کے زون کیڑوں کے حملے پر اثر انداز ہوتے ہیں (ii)؛ اور دھوپ میں کیڑے تیزی سے وسائل کو ختم کرتے ہیں (iii)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

17📚DNA Profiling & PCR TechniquesForensic Entomology

Arrange the sequence of steps you will perform as a forensic entomologist in an outdoor crime scene:

i. Collection of live adult flies
ii. Collection of soil temperatures under the body after its removal
iii. Photography, notations of the overall crime scene from a safe distance
iv. Collection of insects on the body

Explanation

First photograph the scene (iii), catch flying adult insects before they disperse (i), collect crawling insects/maggots from the remains (iv), and lastly collect soil temperatures beneath the body once it is moved (ii).

صحیح ترتیب: جائے وقوعہ کی دور سے تصویر کشی (iii) -> اڑنے والے کیڑوں کو پکڑنا (i) -> لاش پر موجود رینگنے والے کیڑے جمع کرنا (iv) -> لاش ہٹانے کے بعد مٹی کا درجہ حرارت لینا (ii)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

18📚Organic & StereochemistryForensic Science

A forensic scientist becomes an expert by the virtue of

Explanation

Under Section 45 of the Indian Evidence Act, a forensic scientist qualifies as an expert through education/knowledge, specialized training, and practical experience/practice.

قانونِ شہادت کے تحت، ایک فارنسک سائنسدان اپنے علم، مسلسل مشق، تربیت اور تجربے (All of the above) کی بنیاد پر عدالت میں ایک ماہر (expert) بنتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

19📚Inorganic Chemistry & Coordination CompoundsExplosives

What is not the primary component of an high explosive train?

Explanation

An explosive train consists of a fuse, primer (detonator), booster, and main charge. A safety switch is an electrical or mechanical safety device, not an active chemical/explosive component of the train itself.

ہائی ایکسپلوسیو ٹرین میں ڈیٹونیٹر، فیوز اور پرائمر شامل ہوتے ہیں جو دھماکے کو آگے بڑھاتے ہیں۔ سیفٹی سوئچ (Safety Switch) اس ٹرین کا دھماکہ خیز حصہ نہیں ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

20📚General Knowledge & Analytical ChemistryChromatography

Which of the following is the disadvantage of nitrogen, which can be used as carrier gas in gas chromatography?

Explanation

Nitrogen acts as a heavier carrier gas compared to Helium or Hydrogen, leading to reduced sensitivity or slower analysis speed in mass spectrometers and specific GC detectors.

گیس کرومیٹوگرافی میں نائٹروجن کو کیریئر گیس کے طور پر استعمال کرنے کا نقصان یہ ہے کہ یہ کچھ ڈیٹیکٹرز میں حساسیت کو کم (Reduced Sensitivity) کر دیتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

21📚Digital Evidence & Data RecoveryComputer Architecture

Components that provide internal storage to the CPU are

Explanation

Registers are high-speed internal storage locations directly built inside the CPU to store data, instructions, and intermediate results during processing.

سی پی یو (CPU) کے اندر عارضی اور تیز ترین اسٹوریج فراہم کرنے والے حصوں کو رجسٹرز (Registers) کہا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

22📚Digital Evidence & Data RecoveryComputer Architecture

The number of cycles of operations performed by a processor per second is called its

Explanation

The clock speed (or clock rate) measures the number of cycles a CPU executes per second, typically measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz).

پروسیسر کے ایک سیکنڈ میں کام کرنے کے چکروں (cycles) کی تعداد کو کلاک اسپیڈ (clock speed) کہتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

23📚Biochemistry & Human PhysiologyForensic Medicine

Consider the following statements regarding who can conduct an autopsy in India.
i. A trained Magistrate
ii. A Registered Medical Practitioner in forensic medicine
iii. Coroner
iv. A doctor with B.A.M.S degree
Which of the above statements are true/correct?

Explanation

In India, an autopsy (post-mortem examination) can only be performed by a Registered Medical Practitioner (holding a valid MBBS degree or specialization in Forensic Medicine/MD). Magistrates and coroners only conduct inquests/inquiries, and B.A.M.S. doctors (Ayurvedic practitioners) are generally not authorized to perform forensic autopsies.

ہندوستان میں پوسٹ مارٹم یا آٹوپسی صرف فارنزک میڈیسن میں رجسٹرڈ میڈیکل پریکٹیشنر (MBBS/MD) ہی کر سکتا ہے۔ مجسٹریٹ انکوائری کرتے ہیں اور بی اے ایم ایس (B.A.M.S) ڈاکٹروں کو فارنزک پوسٹ مارٹم کی اجازت نہیں ہوتی۔ اس لیے صرف بیان ii درست ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

24📚Handwriting Examination & ComparisonDynamic Signatures

The computerized pad which recognizes the signature based on speed, pressure and rhythm of signing is called-

Explanation

A Biometric Signature Pad (or digital signature pad) captures dynamic signature features such as stroke speed, pressure, direction, and rhythm for identity verification.

بایومیٹرک سگنیچر پیڈ (Biometric Signature Pad) دستخط کے وقت قلم کی رفتار، دباؤ اور تال (rhythm) کو ریکارڈ کر کے شناخت کی تصدیق کرتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

25📚Signatures & Forgery DetectionQuestioned Documents

Match the following:
1. Handwriting comparison -> a. Speed and Rhythm
2. Disguised signature -> b. Master Pattern
3. Genuine signature -> c. Tracing
4. Type of forgery -> d. Pen-lifts and pen pauses

Explanation

Handwriting comparison relies on establishing the Master Pattern (1-b). Disguised signatures show hesitations like pen-lifts and pen pauses (2-d). Genuine signatures are characterized by natural speed and rhythm (3-a). Tracing is a type of forgery (4-c). This corresponds to option C.

صحیح ملاپ یہ ہے: لکھاوٹ کا موازنہ ماسٹر پیٹرن سے ہوتا ہے (1-b)، بھیس بدلے ہوئے دستخط میں قلم کا رکنا اور اٹھنا پایا جاتا ہے (2-d)، سچے دستخط میں رفتار اور تال ہوتی ہے (3-a)، اور ٹریسنگ جعل سازی کی ایک قسم ہے (4-c)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

26📚Typewritten & Printed DocumentsElasticity

Hooke's Law describes the relationship between stress and:

Explanation

Hooke's Law states that within the elastic limit of a material, the stress applied is directly proportional to the strain produced.

ہُک کے قانون (Hooke's Law) کے مطابق، لچک کی حد کے اندر کسی مادی چیز پر ڈالا جانے والا دباؤ (stress) اس کی بگاڑ یا کھنچاؤ (strain) کے براہ راست متناسب (proportional) ہوتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

27📚Typewritten & Printed DocumentsMechanics

What is the maximum velocity of a car of mass 100 kg can go round a level curve without skidding? (g=10m/s² µ between road and tyre = 0.6, Radius of curvature = 20m).

Explanation

The maximum velocity without skidding on a level road is v_max = sqrt(μ g R). Substituting the values: v_max = sqrt(0.6 10 20) = sqrt(120) ≈ 10.95 m/s. The closest safe integer speed is 10 m/s (12 m/s exceeds the limit).

کیر کے پھسلنے کے بغیر زیادہ سے زیادہ رفتار کا فارمولا v = sqrt(μ g R) ہے۔ قیمتیں رکھنے پر: v = sqrt(0.6 10 20) = sqrt(120) ≈ 10.95 میٹر فی سیکنڈ۔ سب سے قریبی اور محفوظ آپشن '10 m/s' ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

28📚Typewritten & Printed DocumentsLasers

The beam width of a Gaussian beam is defined as the distance between points where the intensity drops to:

Explanation

In Gaussian beam analysis, the beam width can be defined at the Full Width at Half Maximum (FWHM), where the intensity drops to 50% of its peak value.

گاسین بیم (Gaussian beam) کی چوڑائی اکثر اس فاصلے سے ناپی جاتی ہے جہاں شدت گر کر نصف یعنی 50 فیصد رہ جاتی ہے، جسے FWHM کہتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

29📚Typewritten & Printed DocumentsGaussian Beams

Statement (A): A Gaussian beam is characterised by a bell-shaped intensity curve
Statement (B): A Gaussian beam has uniform intensity across the beam
Statement (C): A Gaussian beam shows exponential decrease in intensity

Explanation

A Gaussian beam has a bell-shaped radial intensity profile (A is true) and decreases exponentially as a function of the square of the distance from the beam axis (C is true). It does not have uniform intensity (B is false). Thus, only A and C are correct.

گاسین بیم کی خصوصیات یہ ہیں: اس کی شدت گھنٹی نما منحنی (bell-shaped) پیٹرن کی ہوتی ہے (A) اور یہ محور سے دور ہونے پر تیزی سے کم ہوتی ہے (C)۔ اس کی شدت ہر جگہ یکساں نہیں ہوتی (B غلط ہے)۔ یعنی صرف A اور C درست ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

30📚Forensic Science & General KnowledgeSignature Examination

Which of the following are characteristics of a genuine signature?

Explanation

Genuine signatures are written with natural speed, flow, and consistent rhythm. Forged signatures tend to show hesitation, tremors, pen pauses, and unnatural pen lifts.

اصلی اور سچے دستخطوں کی اہم خصوصیات یہ ہیں کہ وہ قدرتی بہاؤ (flow)، تیز رفتاری (speed) اور ہموار تال (rhythm) کے ساتھ کیے جاتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

31📚Organic & StereochemistryForensic Principles

Read the two statements and answer accordingly.

Statement A: - A forensic scientist must be called to reconstruct a crime scene.
Statement B: - Experience is the only factor in the effectiveness of a forensic expert.

Explanation

Both statements are false. Investigating officers or trained crime scene technicians can reconstruct scenes (A is not a strict 'must' for a laboratory scientist). For B, scientific education, validated methods, and continuous training are just as important as experience.

دونوں بیانات غلط ہیں۔ کرائم سین کی تعمیر نو تفتیشی افسران بھی کر سکتے ہیں (سائنسدان کا ہونا 'لازمی' نہیں)۔ اس کے علاوہ، سائنسی اصول، تعلیم اور طریقہ کار بھی اتنے ہی اہم ہیں جتنی کہ تجربہ (صرف تجربہ ہی سب کچھ نہیں ہوتا)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

32📚Physical Chemistry & SpectroscopySecurity Instrumentation

What technique is most preferred for trace analysis of narcotics during security check.

Explanation

Handheld Ion Mobility Spectrometry (IMS) is the preferred technology at security checkpoints (airports, border control) due to its high speed (seconds) and extreme sensitivity for trace vapors and residues of narcotics and explosives.

ہوائی اڈوں اور حفاظتی چوکیوں پر منشیات کے باریک ذرات کا پتہ لگانے کے لیے ہینڈ ہیلڈ آئی ایم ایس (IMS - Ion Mobility Spectrometry) آلے کو سب سے زیادہ ترجیح دی جاتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

33📚Forensic Toxicology & PharmacologyHPLC

Which of the following(s) is/are the advantage of HPLC over traditional LPLC (low-pressure liquid chromatography)?

Explanation

HPLC offers significant advantages over low-pressure chromatography, including high speed, reusable high-pressure columns, greater sensitivity (PMT/diode array detectors), capability to analyze macromolecules/ionic species, and non-destructive sample recovery. Thus, all are advantages.

ایچ پی ایل سی (HPLC) کے پرانی کالم کرومیٹوگرافی پر تمام فوائد ہیں: زیادہ حساسیت، دوبارہ استعمال کے قابل کالم، میکرو مالیکیولر تجزیہ، اور نمونوں کو دوبارہ حاصل کرنے کی سہولت۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

34📚Forensic Toxicology & PharmacologyThin Layer Chromatography

Thin-layer chromatography can be used to analyse samples that are believed to contain explosives. In this technique, the parameter known as the retardation factor (RF) can be determined. Which of the following equates to the Rf value of a given component of the material analysed?

Explanation

The Retardation Factor (Rf) in TLC is calculated by dividing the distance traveled by the compound (spot) by the distance traveled by the solvent front from the starting origin line.

ٹی ایل سی (TLC) میں آر ایف قیمت (Rf value) کا فارمولا یہ ہے: اسپاٹ کا طے کردہ فاصلہ تقسیم سالونٹ فرنٹ کا طے کردہ فاصلہ۔ یعنی آپشن A صحیح جواب ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

35📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationVehicle Accident Reconstruction

In the forensic examination of a vehicle, which amalgamation of characteristics among the following elements serves as critical evidence for determining both the speed and size attributes?

Explanation

Skid marks left on the road surface serve as critical evidence. The length of the skid marks allows investigators to estimate the vehicle's pre-braking speed (using friction coefficients), while the width, tread patterns, and track spacing within those skid marks provide crucial information about the vehicle's size and tire dimensions.

سڑک پر گاڑی کے گھسیٹنے کے نشانات (Skid marks) رفتار اور سائز دونوں کا تعین کرنے میں مدد کرتے ہیں۔ نشانات کی لمبائی سے گاڑی کی رفتار معلوم ہوتی ہے، جبکہ نشانات کی چوڑائی اور پیٹرن سے ٹائر اور گاڑی کے سائز کا پتا چلتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

36📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationCondensed Matter Physics

According to principles of condensed matter physics, what is the critical factor determining the electronic properties of nanoscale structures?

Explanation

In condensed matter physics, the electronic band structure and properties of nanomaterials are highly sensitive to interatomic distances and atomic arrangements, which influence electron orbital overlap and quantum confinement.

کنڈینسڈ میٹر فزکس کے مطابق، نینو اسکیل ڈھانچے کی برقی خصوصیات (electronic properties) کا تعین کرنے میں ایٹموں کے درمیانی فاصلے (interatomic distances) سب سے اہم کردار ادا کرتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

37📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationUnits and Measurements

When dealing with ballistic trajectories in physics, which metric unit is commonly used to measure projectile velocity?

Explanation

The standard SI (metric) unit of velocity used in physics and ballistics is meters per second (m/s). Feet per second (fps) is an imperial unit.

طبیعیات میں بیلسٹک رفتار کی پیمائش کے لیے سائنسی میٹرک نظام کے تحت میٹر فی سیکنڈ (m/s) کا یونٹ استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

38📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationMechanical Properties

What in the context of metal physics, what fundamental properties are investigated in stress-strain analysis to understand the behaviour of steel bars under applied forces?

Explanation

Stress-strain analysis of steel bars yields the elastic modulus (Young's modulus, representing stiffness) and yield strength (threshold of plastic deformation), which describe the mechanical load capacity.

اسٹیل کے سریوں پر دباؤ اور تناؤ کے تجزیے (stress-strain analysis) سے ان کے لچکدار ماڈیولس اور حاصل قوت (Elastic modulus and yield strength) کا پتا لگایا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

39📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationForensic Photography

In photography, how does a faster shutter speed affect the exposure of an image?

Explanation

A faster shutter speed keeps the camera's shutter curtain open for a shorter duration, letting less light reach the sensor, which darkens the overall exposure.

شٹر کی تیز رفتار (faster shutter speed) روشنی کے دورانیے کو کم کرتی ہے، جس کی وجہ سے تصویر تاریک (Darkens the image) ہو جاتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

40📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationMicroscopy

In polarized light microscopy, what term describes the phenomenon where different colours of light travel at different speeds through a material, resulting in a variation in refractive index with wavelength?

Explanation

Birefringence (double refraction) is the optical property of a material having a refractive index that depends on the polarization and direction of light propagation, splitting light into two perpendicular rays traveling at different speeds.

پولرائزڈ لائٹ مائیکروسکوپی میں، دوہری اپورتن یا بائی ریفرنجنس (Birefringence) سے مراد روشنی کے مختلف دھڑوں کا الگ رفتار سے سفر کرنا اور شیشے کے دو مختلف ریفریکٹیو انڈیکس بنانا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

41📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationX-Ray Crystallography

What could be a possible explanation for the broadening of the peaks in an X Ray diffraction pattern?

Explanation

Peak broadening in XRD is caused by small crystallite size, microstrain/defects, and instrumental factors. The presence of impurities introduces lattice defects and strain, which causes peak broadening.

ایکس رے ڈفریکشن (XRD) پیٹرن میں چوٹیوں کے چوڑا ہونے (broadening) کی وجہ کرسٹل میں خرابی، مائیکرو اسٹرین یا ناخالصیوں کی موجودگی (Presence of impurities) ہوسکتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

42📚Forensic Physics & InstrumentationElectromagnetic Waves

If the wavenumber of a specific IR absorption band is

1600 \text{ cm}^{-1}

and the corresponding wavelength is 6.25 µm, calculate the speed of light in the medium.

Explanation

Wavelength

\lambda = 6.25 \text{ }\mu\text{m} = 6.25 \times 10^{-6}\text{ m}

is exactly the inverse of the wavenumber $\bar{
u} = 1600 \text{ cm}^{-1}

. The question implies standard electromagnetic velocity, matching

3.0 \times 10^8 \text{ m/s}$ (Option A).

ویو نمبر اور طولِ موج کا حاصل ضرب روشنی کی رفتار کے تعلق کو ظاہر کرتا ہے۔ آپشنز کے مطابق اس کا درست متبادل روشنی کی عمومی رفتار

3.0 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}

ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Forensic Science Laboratory)

43📚Inorganic ChemistryTime, Speed & Distance

The ratio between the speeds of two trains is 7: 8. If the second train runs 400 km in 4 hours, then the speed of the first train is:

Explanation

Speed of the second train = Distance / Time = 400 km / 4 hours = 100 km/hr. Since the ratio of their speeds is 7:8, the speed of the first train = (7 / 8) * 100 = 87.5 km/hr.

دوسری ٹرین کی رفتار = 400 کلومیٹر / 4 گھنٹے = 100 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ چونکہ رفتار کا تناسب 7:8 ہے، پہلی ٹرین کی رفتار = (7/8) * 100 = 87.5 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ ہوگی۔

2023JKSSBForest Ecology and Environment Department

44📚Inorganic ChemistryTime, Speed & Distance

With an average speed of 40 km/hr, a train reaches its destination in time. If it goes with an average speed of 35 km/hr, it is late by 15 minutes. Find the length of the total journey.

Explanation

Let distance be d. The time difference is 15 minutes = 0.25 hours.
- d/35 - d/40 = 1/4
- (8d - 7d)/280 = 1/4
- d = 280 / 4 = 70 km.

فرض کریں کل فاصلہ d کلومیٹر ہے۔ وقت کا فرق 15 منٹ یعنی 1/4 گھنٹہ ہے:

d/35 - d/40 = 1/4 \implies d = 70

کلومیٹر۔

2023JKSSBForest Ecology and Environment Department

45📚Analytical & Instrumental ChemistrySubject-Verb Agreement

Identify the best alternative for the italicized and bold part: The use of radar, as well as two-way radio paging, make it possible for state police to intercept most speeders.

Explanation

The subject of the sentence is the singular noun phrase 'The use of radar'. The parenthetical addition introduced by 'as well as' does not change the subject to plural. Therefore, the verb must be singular ('makes').

چونکہ جملے کا اصل فاعل 'The use of radar' (واحد) ہے، اس لیے فعل بھی واحد ہوگا، یعنی 'makes it possible'۔

2023JKSSBForest Ecology and Environment Department

46📚General Knowledge & ReasoningComputer Hardware & Memory

The speed of computer is usually measured in

Explanation

Processor clock speed is measured in Megahertz (MHz) or Gigahertz (GHz), which indicates how many instruction cycles the CPU can execute per second.

کمپیوٹر پروسیسر کی رفتار عام طور پر میگا ہرٹز (MHz) یا گیگا ہرٹز (GHz) میں ماپی جاتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest Ecology and Environment Department

47📚Reasoning & MathematicsSpeed Distance Time

A bus travels 3/4 of its usual distance in 2/3 the usual time. What percentage change in speed of bus has occurred?

Explanation

Let usual distance = d, usual time = t. Speed = d/t.
New speed = (3/4)d / (2/3)t = (9/8) (d/t) = 1.125 * (d/t).
This represents an increase of 0.125, which is 12.5% increase.

فرض کریں معمول کا فاصلہ = d، وقت = t۔ رفتار = d/t۔
نئی رفتار = (3/4)d / (2/3)t = 1.125 (d/t)۔ یعنی رفتار میں 12.5 فیصد اضافہ ہوا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

48📚Forensic Science & PhotographyPhotography Science

Which shutter speed lets in more light?

Explanation

1/30 of a second is a slower shutter speed than the others, keeping the shutter open longer and letting in more light.

1/30 سیکنڈ دیگر کے مقابلے میں دھیمی شٹر سپیڈ ہے، یعنی شٹر زیادہ دیر کھلا رہے گا اور زیادہ روشنی اندر آئے گی۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

49📚Elementary MathematicsArithmetic Puzzles

A stairway 10 ft. high is such that each step accounts for half a foot upward and one foot forward. What distance will an ant travel if it starts from ground level to reach the top of the stairway?

Explanation

The total vertical steps = 10 / 0.5 = 20 steps. The ant climbs 20 risers (20 * 0.5 = 10 ft). However, it only moves forward for 19 steps because once it climbs the 20th riser, it is already at the top platform and does not need to walk forward. Total distance = 10 ft (vertical) + 19 ft (horizontal) = 29 ft.

سیڑھیوں کی کل بلندی 10 فٹ ہے اور ہر سیڑھی آدھا فٹ بلند ہے، یعنی کل 20 سیڑھیاں ہیں۔ چیونٹی 20 بار اوپر چڑھے گی (20 * 0.5 = 10 فٹ)۔ لیکن وہ صرف 19 بار آگے بڑھے گی کیونکہ آخری سیڑھی پر چڑھتے ہی وہ بلندی پر پہنچ جائے گی۔ کل فاصلہ = 10 فٹ (اوپر) + 19 فٹ (آگے) = 29 فٹ۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

50📚Elementary MathematicsTime and Work

If 20 men can build a wall 56 metres long in 6 days, what length of a similar wall can be built by 35 men in 3 days?

Explanation

Using formula M1 D1 / W1 = M2 D2 / W2 => 20 6 / 56 = 35 3 / W2 => 120 / 56 = 105 / W2 => W2 = (105 * 56) / 120 = 49 meters.

فارمولہ M1 D1 / W1 = M2 D2 / W2 استعمال کرنے پر: 20 6 / 56 = 35 3 / W2، جس کو حل کرنے پر W2 = 49 میٹر حاصل ہوتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

51📐MathematicsSpeed, Time & Distance

A man riding a bicycle covers a distance of 60 km in the direction of the wind and returns back in 8 hours. If speed of the wind is 10 km/hour, find the speed of the bicycle.

Explanation

Let bicycle speed be v. Time downstream + Time upstream = 8 hours. 60/(v+10) + 60/(v-10) = 8 => 15(v-10 + v+10) = 2(v^2 - 100) => 30v = 2v^2 - 200 => v^2 - 15v - 100 = 0 => (v-20)(v+5) = 0 => v = 20 km/h.

فرض کریں سائیکل کی رفتار v ہے۔ ہوا کی سمت میں وقت = 60/(v+10)، واپسی پر وقت = 60/(v-10)۔ دونوں کا مجموعہ 8 گھنٹے ہے۔ مساوات حل کرنے پر: v = 20 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

52📚Physics, Electronics & TelecomElectrical Machines

The magnetic field produced in the stator of a three phase induction motor travels at

Explanation

In a three-phase induction motor, the rotating magnetic field (RMF) generated in the stator travels at synchronous speed (

N_s = 120f/P

).

تھری فیز انڈکشن موٹر کے اسٹیٹر (stator) میں پیدا ہونے والا گھومنے والا مقناطیسی میدان (RMF) سنکرونس اسپیڈ (Synchronous speed) پر سفر کرتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

53📚Physics, Electronics & TelecomElectrical Machines

At start, the following information is correct for an induction motor:

I. Speed = 0
II. Slip = 0.5
III. Slip = 1
IV. Slip = 0

Choose the correct answer:

Explanation

At start, the motor is stationary, so speed N = 0 (I). The slip s is defined as

(N_s - N)/N_s

. Since N = 0, slip s = 1 (III). Thus, I and III are correct.

اسٹارٹ کے وقت موٹر رکی ہوتی ہے اس لیے اسپیڈ (N) صفر ہوتی ہے (I)۔ اور سلپ (s) کا فارمولا (Ns-N)/Ns ہے، چونکہ N=0 ہے، اس لیے سلپ کا مان 1 ہوتا ہے (III)۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

54📚Physics, Electronics & TelecomWave Propagation

The ionosphere acts as the reflecting surface for the waves in which of the following modes of propagation?

Explanation

Sky wave propagation involves the reflection of radio waves from the ionosphere back to the earth, allowing long-distance shortwave communications.

اسکائی ویو پروپیگیشن (Sky wave) کے عمل میں ریڈیو لہریں فضا کی آئنوسفیئر (Ionosphere) تہہ سے ٹکرا کر زمین پر واپس آتی ہیں، جس سے طویل فاصلے کا رابطہ ممکن ہوتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBHome Department (Police)

55📚📝 EnglishSentence Rearrangement

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Out of the given options pick the one that gives their correct order.

P: Creating a relaxing bedroom environment is very important too, and this can be done using a calming, subtle fragrance.
Q: It is possible to retrain your brain to have a sound sleep.
R: This is possible if you make sure your room is undisturbed, quiet and dark.
S: Start by regulating the times you go to bed and get up.

Explanation

The correct sequence is QSRP. Q introduces the main topic of retraining the brain for sleep. S gives the first step. R explains how the environment supports this, and P adds another aspect of the environment ('too').

درست ترتیب QSRP ہے۔ Q دماغ کو پرسکون نیند کے لیے دوبارہ تربیت دینے کا تعارف کرواتا ہے۔ S پہلا قدم بتاتا ہے۔ R ماحول کی وضاحت کرتا ہے، اور P ماحول کا ایک اور رخ شامل کرتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

56📚🔢 MathSpeed, Time & Distance

The ratio between the speeds of two trains is 7: 8. If the second train runs 400 km in 4 hours, then the speed of the first train is:

Explanation

Speed of the second train = 400 km / 4 hrs = 100 km/hr. Since ratio is 7:8, speed of the first train = (7/8) * 100 = 87.5 km/hr.

دوسری ٹرین کی رفتار = 400 کلومیٹر / 4 گھنٹے = 100 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ چونکہ تناسب 7:8 ہے، اس لیے پہلی ٹرین کی رفتار = (7/8) × 100 = 87.5 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ ہوگی۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

57📚🔢 MathSpeed, Time & Distance

A man goes uphill with an average speed of 24 kmph and comes down with an average speed of 36 kmph. The distance travelled in both the cases being the same, the average speed for the entire journey is:

Explanation

Average speed = 2 v1 v2 / (v1 + v2) = 2 24 36 / (24 + 36) = 1728 / 60 = 28.8 km/hr.

اوسط رفتار = 2 × v1 × v2 / (v1 + v2) = 2 × 24 × 36 / (24 + 36) = 28.8 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

58📚🧩 ReasoningStatement & Conclusion

Statements:
I. People who live in big cities crowd into jammed trains or buses.
II. They cross the street in competition with high powered motor cars.

Conclusions:
I. Traffic jam is inevitable in big cities.
II. Travelling is very difficult for big city people.

Explanation

The statements describe crowded public transport and competing with cars, which directly supports the conclusion that travelling/commuting is very difficult (II). It does not declare traffic jams as absolutely inevitable (I). Only II follows.

بیانات میں ہجوم والی بسوں اور گاڑیوں کے مقابلے کا ذکر ہے، جو یہ ظاہر کرتا ہے کہ بڑے شہروں کے لوگوں کے لیے سفر کرنا مشکل (II) ہے۔ یہ ٹریفک جام کو ناگزیر قرار نہیں دیتا۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

59📚🔢 MathSpeed, Time & Distance

A man travels from his home to office at the speed of 4.5 km/hr and reaches his office 10 min early. If the speed had been 2.5 km/hr he would have reached 30 min late. Find the distance from his home to office.

Explanation

Let distance be d. Difference in time = 10 min early - (-30 min late) = 40 min = 2/3 hours. d/2.5 - d/4.5 = 2/3 => d(1/2.5 - 1/4.5) = 2/3 => d(2/5 - 2/9) = 2/3 => d(8/45) = 2/3 => d = 3.75 km.

دوری d فرض کریں۔ وقت کا فرق = 40 منٹ = 2/3 گھنٹے۔ d/2.5 - d/4.5 = 2/3۔ اسے حل کرنے پر d = 3.75 کلومیٹر۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

60📚🧩 ReasoningClocks

Find the angle between the Hour hand and the Minute hand when the time is quarter past three (3:15 PM).

Explanation

At 3:15, the minute hand is exactly at the 3 mark. The hour hand has moved forward for 15 minutes. Speed of hour hand = 0.5 degrees per minute. Angle moved = 15 * 0.5° = 7.5°. Thus, the angle between the hands is 7.5°.

3:15 پر منٹ کی سوئی بالکل 3 پر ہوتی ہے۔ گھنٹے کی سوئی 15 منٹ میں آگے بڑھ چکی ہوتی ہے۔ گھنٹے کی سوئی کی رفتار 0.5 ڈگری فی منٹ ہوتی ہے۔ 15 منٹ کا سفر = 15 × 0.5° = 7.5°۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

61📚🧩 ReasoningClassification

Which of the following is the odd one out?

Explanation

Inch, Meter, and Centimeter are units of length/distance. Kilogram is a unit of mass.

انچ (Inch)، میٹر (Meter) اور سینٹی میٹر (Centimeter) لمبائی کی اکائیاں ہیں، جبکہ کلوگرام (Kilogram) کمیت (Mass) کی اکائی ہے۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

62📚🔢 MathSpeed, Time & Distance

If 2 members start running at the same time and in the same direction at speeds of 10 km/hr and 12 km/hr, calculate the time after which they will be apart from each other by 8 km.

Explanation

Relative speed = 12 km/hr - 10 km/hr = 2 km/hr. Time required to separate by 8 km = Distance / Relative Speed = 8 km / 2 km/hr = 4 hours.

نسبتی رفتار (Relative Speed) = 12 - 10 = 2 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ 8 کلومیٹر کا فاصلہ پیدا کرنے کا وقت = 8 / 2 = 4 گھنٹے۔

2023JKSSBInformation Technology Department

63📚Surveying & LevellingGeodetic Surveying

In great survey networks, typically

Explanation

In large geodetic control/survey networks, horizontal control is established using either triangulation (measuring angles), trilateration (measuring lengths/distances), or a combination of both.

بڑے جیوڈیٹک سروے نیٹ ورکس میں، افقی کنٹرول قائم کرنے کے لیے یا تو ٹرائی اینگولیشن (زاوئیے ماپنا) یا ٹرائی لیٹریشن (لمبائیاں ماپنا) کا استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

64📚Surveying & LevellingArches

The perpendicular distance between the intrados and extrados of an arch is called

Explanation

The perpendicular distance between the inner curve (intrados) and the outer curve (extrados) of an arch ring is defined as the depth of the arch.

محراب (Arch) کے اندرونی منحنی خط (intrados) اور بیرونی منحنی خط (extrados) کے درمیان کے عمودی فاصلے کو محراب کی گہرائی (Depth of an arch) کہا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

65📚Engineering Drawing & CADIrrigation Principles

The irrigation is necessary in an area

Explanation

Irrigation becomes necessary in an area due to insufficient/scanty rainfall, non-uniform/seasonal distribution of rain, or when growing cash/commercial crops that require a continuous and regulated water supply.

کسی علاقے میں آبپاشی کی ضرورت بارش کی کمی، بارش کی غیر یقینی صورتحال، یا تجارتی فصلوں (کمرشل فصلیں) کو پانی کی زیادہ اور مستقل ضرورت کی وجہ سے پڑتی ہے۔ اس لیے تمام وجوہات درست ہیں۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

66📚Engineering Drawing & CADCanal Structures

Cross regulators are provided in canals for which of the following purposes?

Explanation

Cross regulators are built across a parent canal to: 1. Raise the water level on the upstream side to feed off-taking canals during low discharges. 2. Stop flow downstream for repairs. 3. Control and absorb fluctuations in the canal system.

نہروں میں کراس ریگولیٹرز (Cross regulators) کا کام کم ڈسچارج کے وقت پانی کی سطح کو بڑھانا، نیچے کی طرف پانی بند کرنا، اور نہر کے نظام میں پانی کے اتار چڑھاؤ کو کنٹرول کرنا ہوتا ہے۔ اس لیے تمام جوابات درست ہیں۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

67📚Engineering Drawing & CADScales

Two villas that are present on the map are actually 20 km away from each other and the scale of the map is 1: 20000. Calculate the distance on the map between the two villas?

Explanation

Actual Distance =

20 \text{ km} = 20 \times 10^3 \text{ m} = 2,000,000 \text{ cm}

. Map Distance =

\text{Actual Distance} \times \text{Scale} = 2,000,000 / 20,000 = 100 \text{ cm}

.

حقیقی فاصلہ =

20 \text{ km} = 2,000,000 \text{ cm}

۔ نقشے پر فاصلہ = حقیقی فاصلہ / اسکیل کا ڈینومینیٹر = 2,000,000 / 20,000 = 100 cm۔ اس لیے درست جواب 100cm ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

68📚RCC & Structural MechanicsRailway Track

How is speed of the train related to the track gauge distance provided?

Explanation

The maximum speed of trains is directly proportional to the gauge of the track. Wider gauges (like Broad Gauge) provide greater lateral stability, allowing for significantly higher train speeds than narrower gauges.

ٹرین کی رفتار ریلوے ٹریک کے گیج (دو پٹریوں کے درمیان فاصلہ) کے راست تناسب (Directly proportional) ہوتی ہے۔ وسیع تر گیج زیادہ استحکام دیتا ہے جس سے رفتار بڑھائی جا سکتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

69📚RCC & Structural MechanicsSurveying Instruments

Match the following surveying instruments with their descriptions:
1. Theodolite - c. An optical instrument used for measuring distances and angles in surveying.
2. Prismatic Compass - a. Used for measuring angles (bearings) in horizontal planes.
3. Planimeter - b. Measures the area of a closed figure on a map or drawing.
4. Leveling Rod - d. Used to measure height differences or elevations during leveling.
Choose the correctly matched option:

Explanation

The correct matches are: Theodolite (1-c) for measuring angles and distances (tachometer function); Prismatic Compass (2-a) for measuring magnetic bearings; Planimeter (3-b) for measuring plan area; Leveling Rod (4-d) for vertical height measurements.

درست جوڑ: تھیوڈولائٹ (1-c)، پرزمیٹک کمپاس (2-a)، پلانی میٹر (3-b) اور لیولنگ راڈ (4-d) ہے۔ اس لیے آپشن B درست جواب ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

70📚Estimating, Costing & ValuationBuilding Services

In escalators, the angle of inclination with the horizontal plane should be in the range of:

Explanation

According to safety standards, the angle of inclination of an escalator with the horizontal plane must not exceed 30° in general, but can be up to 35° depending on the vertical rise and speed limitations.

حفاظتی معیارات کے مطابق، متحرک سیڑھیوں (Escalators) کا افقی سطح کے ساتھ جھکاؤ کا زاویہ 30° سے 35° (30°-35°) کے درمیان ہونا چاہیے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

71📚Estimating, Costing & ValuationChain Surveying

Which of the following is not required for chain surveying?

Explanation

A dumpy level is a levelling instrument used to establish elevations. It is not required for simple chain surveying, which only measures horizontal distances using a chain, arrows, pegs, and ranging rods.

چین سروے (Chain surveying) میں فاصلے ماپنے کے لیے زنجیر، ایروز اور پیگز استعمال ہوتے ہیں۔ ڈمپی لیول (Dumpy level) اونچائی ماپنے کا آلہ ہے، جو اس سروے کے لیے ضروری نہیں ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

72📚Estimating, Costing & ValuationDams

The uplift pressure on a dam can be controlled by which of the following methods?
i) Constructing cut-off under upstream face
ii) Constructing drainage channels between the dam and its foundation
iii) By pressure grouting in foundation
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Uplift pressure on a gravity dam is controlled by: 1. Upstream cut-off walls (reduces seepage head). 2. Drainage gallery/channels in the foundation (relieves uplift pressure). 3. Foundation pressure grouting (seals joints/fissures in rock foundation). Thus, all three methods are effective.

ڈیم پر پانی کے نیچے سے لگنے والے بوجھ (uplift pressure) کو کنٹرول کرنے کے لیے: اپ اسٹریم پر کٹ آف بنانا، ڈیم اور فاؤنڈیشن کے درمیان ڈرینیج گیلری بنانا اور بنیاد میں پریشر گراؤٹنگ کرنا، یہ تینوں طریقے استعمال کیے جاتے ہیں۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

73📚Estimating, Costing & ValuationWater Supply Intake

Pick up the incorrect statement from the following. The intake of a water supply scheme should

Explanation

The intake of a municipal water supply must always be located upstream of any wastewater disposal point to avoid collecting contaminated sewage water. Hence, locating it downstream is incorrect.

پانی کی سپلائی اسکیم کا انٹیک (جہاں سے پانی لیا جائے) گندے پانی کے اخراج کے پوائنٹ سے ہمیشہ اپ اسٹریم (اوپر کی طرف) ہونا چاہیے تاکہ آلودہ پانی پینے میں نہ آئے۔ اس لیے ڈاؤن اسٹریم والا بیان (C) غلط ہے۔

2023JKSSBJal Shakti / PW(R&B) Department

74📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActMotion & Distance

You are driving at a speed of 72 km/hr how far distance will your vehicle can travel in 20 minutes?

Explanation

Speed =

72 \text{ km/h}

. Time =

20 \text{ minutes} = \frac{20}{60} \text{ hour} = \frac{1}{3} \text{ hour}

. Distance =

\text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 72 \times \frac{1}{3} = 24 \text{ km}

.

رفتار = 72 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ وقت = 20 منٹ = 1/3 گھنٹہ۔ فاصلہ = رفتار × وقت = 72 × (1/3) = 24 کلومیٹر۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

75📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActRoad Safety & Speed Control

Reduction of traffic speed can be effective in reducing

Explanation

Lower speeds reduce the probability of crashes because drivers have more time to react, stopping distances are shorter, and vehicle control is easier to maintain.

ٹریفک کی رفتار کو کم کرنا حادثات کی تعداد کو کم کرنے میں انتہائی مؤثر ثابت ہوتا ہے کیونکہ اس سے ڈرائیور کو ردعمل کا زیادہ وقت ملتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

76📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActSpeed Limits

Maximum speed of "N" category goods carriage vehicles, on 4 lanes divided carriageway of National Highway roads in India

Explanation

According to the speed limit notifications by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH), the maximum speed for Category N (goods carriage) vehicles on 4-lane divided national highways is 80 km/hr.

وزارتِ ٹرانسپورٹ (MoRTH) کے مطابق، نیشنل ہائی وے کی 4 لین والی سڑکوں پر مال بردار گاڑیوں (کیٹیگری N) کے لیے زیادہ سے زیادہ رفتار 80 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ مقرر ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

77📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActMap Reading & Navigation

Among (i) Distance (ii) Direction and (iii) Symbol which are the components of the map:

Explanation

The three essential components of a map are distance, direction, and symbols.

کسی بھی نقشے کے تین اہم اجزاء ہوتے ہیں: فاصلہ (Distance)، سمت (Direction) اور علامت (Symbol)۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

78📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActMap Reading & Navigation

On a city road map, it was mentioned "scale 1 cm = 100 meter". If the distance between two locations on the map is 15 cm, then actual distance between the two locations is

Explanation

Map scale:

1 \text{ cm} = 100 \text{ m}

. Distance on map =

15 \text{ cm}

. Actual distance =

15 \times 100 \text{ m} = 1500 \text{ m} = 1.5 \text{ km}

.

نقشے کا پیمانہ: 1 سینٹی میٹر = 100 میٹر۔ نقشے پر فاصلہ = 15 سینٹی میٹر۔ اصل فاصلہ = 15 × 100 = 1500 میٹر = 1.5 کلومیٹر۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

79📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActRoad Signs

A circular road sign with a red border containing the number '50' represents:

Explanation

A number written inside a red circular border designates the maximum speed limit permitted on that road.

سرخ دائرے کے اندر لکھا ہوا نمبر '50' اس سڑک پر گاڑی چلانے کی زیادہ سے زیادہ رفتار کی حد (Maximum speed limit) کو ظاہر کرتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

80📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActRoad Signs

A triangular warning sign showing a car with wavy skid marks behind it represents:

Explanation

A triangular cautionary sign showing a car skidding on wavy lines represents a 'Slippery road' ahead, warning the driver to reduce speed.

تکونی نشان میں پھسلتی ہوئی کار کی علامت کا مطلب ہے کہ آگے 'پھسلن والی سڑک' (Slippery road) ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

81📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceRoad Safety

Which safety device should be used while driving a four-wheeler?

Explanation

A seatbelt is the primary mandatory occupant restraint safety device designed to be worn in four-wheelers to prevent injury during collisions.

چار پہیوں والی گاڑی چلاتے وقت بیلٹ (Seatbelt) کا استعمال لازمی ہے جو حادثے کی صورت میں چوٹ لگنے سے بچاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

82📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceWet Weather Driving techniques

The most preferable driving technique with wet roads is

Explanation

When driving on wet roads, it is recommended to shift to a lower gear (which provides engine braking and better traction control) and reduce speed.

گیلی سڑکوں پر ڈرائیونگ کا بہترین طریقہ یہ ہے کہ گیئر چھوٹا کر لیں (Change down) اور گاڑی کی رفتار کو کم کریں۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

83📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceFriction & Slip

Consider the following statements, choose the correct combination:
Statement-1: In case of skidding, distance travel along the road is more than the movement of wheel circumference.
Statement-2: In case of slipping, distance travel along the road is less than the movement of wheel circumference.

Explanation

In skidding, wheels lock up and stop rotating (circumference movement

\approx 0

), but the vehicle continues sliding forward (distance along road > wheel rotation). In slipping, wheels spin rapidly in place (wheel rotation > distance traveled). Both statements are true.

اسکیڈنگ میں بریک لاک ہو جاتی ہے اور گاڑی آگے گھسیٹتی ہے (فاصلہ > ٹائر گھومنا)؛ سلپنگ میں ٹائر تیزی سے گھومتا ہے لیکن گاڑی آگے نہیں بڑھتی (فاصلہ < ٹائر گھومنا)۔ دونوں بیانات سچ ہیں۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

84📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceKinematics & Motion

On a foggy day, two bus drivers spot each other. They are traveling at 20 m/sec and 10 m/sec respectively, towards each other. Both of them apply brakes, which deaccelerate both the buses at a rate of 5 m/s². How far apart will they be, when they have come to stop.

Explanation

Stopping distance

s = \frac{u^2}{2a}

. For Bus 1:

s_1 = \frac{20^2}{2 \times 5} = 40 \text{ m}

. For Bus 2:

s_2 = \frac{10^2}{2 \times 5} = 10 \text{ m}

. Total stopping distance =

s_1 + s_2 = 40 + 10 = 50 \text{ m}

. Thus, they need to be 50 meters apart to avoid a collision.

بس 1 کا فاصلہ: 20² / 10 = 40 میٹر۔ بس 2 کا فاصلہ: 10² / 10 = 10 میٹر۔ دونوں بسوں کے رکنے کا کل فاصلہ = 40 + 10 = 50 میٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

85📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceNight Driving Rules

Which of the following statement is recommended while driving at night on a low light street?

Explanation

On poorly lit streets at night, it is safest to reduce speed (drive slowly) and ensure your headlights are fully operational to detect any unexpected pedestrians or road hazards.

کم روشنی والی گلیوں میں گاڑی چلاتے وقت رفتار کم رکھنا اور ہیڈلائٹس کا درست استعمال کرنا سب سے محفوظ طریقہ ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

86📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceTowing Regulations

Maximum allowable distance between the rear of the towing vehicle and the front of the towed vehicle is

Explanation

As per the Central Motor Vehicles Rules and road regulations, the towing distance (drawbar or towline length) between the rear of the towing vehicle and front of the towed vehicle must not exceed 5 meters.

موٹر وہیکل قوانین کے مطابق، کھینچنے والی گاڑی اور کھینچی جانے والی گاڑی کے درمیان زیادہ سے زیادہ فاصلہ 5 میٹر سے زیادہ نہیں ہونا چاہیے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

87📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlPhysics of Motion

If 1000 kg vehicle is moving at 10 m/s, it has a kinetic energy of

Explanation

Kinetic Energy (

KE

) =

\frac{1}{2} m v^2

. Given

m = 1000 \text{ kg}

,

v = 10 \text{ m/s}

.

KE = \frac{1}{2} \times 1000 \times 10^2 = 500 \times 100 = 50,000 \text{ Joules}

.

حرکی توانائی (Kinetic Energy) = ½ mv²۔ یہاں m = 1000 کلوگرام، v = 10 میٹر فی سیکنڈ۔ KE = ½ × 1000 × 10² = 50,000 جولز۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

88📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlBelts & Pulleys

V-belts is most suitable when the distance between drive and the driven pulley is

Explanation

V-belts are designed for power transmission between shafts that are located close together (short center-to-center distances). Over long distances, they tend to slip or sag.

وی-بیلٹ (V-belt) پولی کے درمیان کم فاصلے (Short distance) پر طاقت کی ترسیل کے لیے سب سے زیادہ موزوں ہوتے ہیں۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

89📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlFuels & Lubricants

The ignition quality or combustion speed of diesel fuel is indicated by

Explanation

Cetane number is a measure of the ignition delay and quality of diesel fuel. (Octane number is used for petrol).

ڈیزل ایندھن کے جلنے کی صلاحیت اور کوالٹی کو سیٹین نمبر (Cetane number) سے ماپا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

90📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlVehicle Dimensions

"Wheel base" of a motor vehicle is the distance between the

Explanation

The wheelbase of a vehicle is defined as the distance between the center points of the front wheels and the rear wheels (axle-to-axle distance).

گاڑی کے اگلے اور پچھلے پہیوں کے مرکز کے درمیانی فاصلے (axle to axle distance) کو وہیل بیس (Wheel base) کہا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

91📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlVehicle Instruments

Which of the following instruments is commonly used to measure the distance covered by the motor vehicle?

Explanation

An odometer is the instrument on the vehicle dashboard that records the total distance traveled by the vehicle. (Speedometer measures speed).

گاڑی کی طرف سے طے کیا گیا کل فاصلہ معلوم کرنے کے لیے اوڈومیٹر (Odometer) کا استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBState Motor Garages Department

92📚🔭 ScienceFish Taxonomy

Which of the following is not a meristic character?

Explanation

Meristic characters are countable anatomical features of fish (e.g., finlet count, gill rakers, scutes). Eye diameter is a measurable distance, which makes it a morphometric (not meristic) character.

میریسٹک (Meristic) خصوصیات وہ ہوتی ہیں جن کی گنتی کی جا سکتی ہے (جیسے پنلٹس، گل رنکرز اور سکیوٹس)۔ آنکھ کا قطر (Eye Diameter) ایک قابل پیمائش لمبائی ہے، اس لیے یہ مارفومیٹرک خصوصیت ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal/Sheep Husbandry and Fisheries Department

93📚🔭 ScienceGenetics

Which of the following statements about linkage is true?
a. Linkage increases as distance between genes increases.
b. Linkage results in formation of more parental phenotype.
c. Repulsion and coupling are two phases of linkage.
d. Mendel recognized linkage phenomenon in his law of inheritance experiments.

Explanation

Statements b and c are true. Linkage keeps genes together, reducing crossing over, which leads to more parental phenotypes. Coupling and repulsion are the two phases of linkage. Statement a is false because linkage decreases as distance increases. Statement d is false because Mendel did not encounter linkage.

بیانات b اور c درست ہیں۔ ربط (Linkage) کی وجہ سے والدین کی طرح کی خصوصیات زیادہ بنتی ہیں، اور کپلنگ و ریپلشن اس کے دو پہلو ہیں۔ بیان a غلط ہے کیونکہ فاصلہ بڑھنے سے ربط کم ہوتا ہے۔ اور مینڈل نے ربط کا مشاہدہ نہیں کیا تھا۔

2024JKSSBAnimal/Sheep Husbandry and Fisheries Department

94📚🔭 ScienceFish Anatomy

The dark muscles in fishes contain more ------than light muscles

Explanation

Dark (red) muscles in fishes contain a significantly higher density of mitochondria than light (white) muscles. This supports aerobic metabolism for continuous, long-distance swimming.

مچھلی کے سرخ یا گہرے پٹھے (Dark muscles) سفید پٹھوں کے مقابلے میں بہت زیادہ مائٹوکونڈریا (Mitochondria) پر مشتمل ہوتے ہیں جو انہیں مسلسل تیرنے کی توانائی دیتے ہیں۔

2024JKSSBAnimal/Sheep Husbandry and Fisheries Department

95📚🔭 ScienceSport Fishing

Rod used in bait fishing measures feet

Explanation

Traditional cane poles or rods used in bait fishing generally measure between 9 to 12 feet, providing the necessary reach and control to present bait without casting long distances.

روایتی طور پر چارہ استعمال کر کے مچھلی پکڑنے والی راڈ (Bait fishing rod) کی لمبائی 9 سے 12 فٹ (9-12 feet) کے درمیان ہوتی ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal/Sheep Husbandry and Fisheries Department

96📚General Intelligence & ReasoningSpeed, Time & Distance

A train running at a speed of

90 \text{ km/h}

crosses a utility pole in

10 \text{ seconds}

. What is the length of the train in meters?

Explanation

Speed in m/s =

90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25 \text{ m/s}

.
Time taken to cross the pole =

10 \text{ s}

.
Length of the train =

\text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 25 \text{ m/s} \times 10 \text{ s} = 250 \text{ meters}

.

2024JKSSBRevenue Department

97📚🏗️ Environmental EngineeringSewer Design Guidelines

The self-cleansing velocity of sewers in India generally is

Explanation

In Indian municipal sewer engineering practice (CPHEEO guidelines), self-cleansing velocity is maintained between

1.0\text{ m/s}

and

1.2\text{ m/s}

at peak flow to ensure that suspended solids and silt are transported without depositing along the sewer invert.

ہندوستان میں سیور کی خود صفائی کی رفتار (Self-cleansing velocity) عام طور پر 1 سے 1.2 میٹر فی سیکنڈ رکھی جاتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

98📚🌿 Environmental Science & EcologyRiver Self-Purification Zones

A polluted stream undergoes self-purification in four distinct zones:
a. Zone of clear water
b. Zone of Active decomposition
c. Zone of degradation
d. Zone of recovery

Explanation

The downstream sequence of self-purification in a river receiving wastewater effluent is: 1. Zone of degradation (c) → 2. Zone of active decomposition (b) → 3. Zone of recovery (d) → 4. Zone of clear water (a). Hence, the correct order is c, b, d, a.

کسی ندی میں گندے پانی کی خود صفائی کے زونز کی درست ترتیب: خرابی کا زون (c) ← فعال سڑن کا زون (b) ← بحالی کا زون (d) ← صاف پانی کا زون (a)۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

99📚🏗️ Environmental EngineeringPreliminary Treatment & Comminutors

The patented device which shreds the larger sewage solids to about 6 mm, when sewage is screened through them is known as

Explanation

Comminutors (or shredders/grinders) are patented mechanical cutting devices equipped with rotating cutter teeth that intercept and shred coarse wastewater solids down to sizes of approximately 6 mm (

0.25\text{ inch}

), enabling them to remain in suspension for downstream processing.

کومینیوٹرز (Comminutors) وہ آلات ہیں جو سیوریج کے بڑے ٹھوس ٹکڑوں کو باریک (تقریباً 6 ملی میٹر) پیس دیتے ہیں۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

100📚🌿 Environmental Science & EcologyNutrient Removal & Eutrophication

The efficiency of a wastewater treatment system in removing nutrients such as nitrogen and phosphorus is crucial to prevent:

Explanation

Nitrogen and phosphorus are limiting plant macronutrients. Removing them during tertiary biological wastewater treatment is essential to prevent rapid eutrophication, dense toxic algal blooms, and oxygen depletion in downstream receiving water bodies.

نائٹروجن اور فاسفورس کو صاف کرنا ندی نالوں میں الجی کے پھیلاؤ اور یوٹروفیکیشن کو روکنے کے لیے ضروری ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

101📚🌿 Environmental Science & EcologyRemote Sensing in Environmental Studies

Remote sensing is employed in EIA to:

Explanation

Remote sensing is the technique of acquiring information about the Earth's land cover, vegetation index, topography, and surface features from a distance using satellite imagery or aerial sensors.

ریموٹ سینسنگ کا استعمال سیٹلائٹ اور سینسرز کے ذریعے زمین کی سطح کا دور سے ڈیٹا اکٹھا کرنے کے لیے کیا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

102📚🌿 Environmental Science & EcologyRiver Pollution & DO Sag Curve

Arrange the following zones of river water pollution in the correct sequence of their occurrence after the discharge of effluent.
1. Zone of clear water
2. Zone of pollution
3. Zone of recovery
4. Zone of active decomposition

Explanation

The sequential zones of pollution downstream of an effluent outfall in a self-purifying river are: 2. Zone of pollution (degradation) → 4. Zone of active decomposition → 3. Zone of recovery → 1. Zone of clear water.

ندی میں گندا پانی گرنے کے بعد زونز کا درست سلسلہ: آلودگی کا زون (2) ← فعال سڑن کا زون (4) ← بحالی کا زون (3) ← صاف پانی کا زون (1)۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

103📚Environmental Pollution & ControlPlume Dispersion Behavior: Coning

Coning is observed when:

Explanation

A coning plume profile occurs under neutral atmospheric stability (Environmental Lapse Rate equal to Dry Adiabatic Lapse Rate) with high cloud cover and moderate-to-strong horizontal winds (

> 32\text{ km/h}

).

کوننگ پلوم (Coning plume) غیر جانبدار یعنی نیوٹرلی مستحکم ماحول (Neutrally stable atmosphere) میں بنتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

104📚Environmental Laws & Disaster ManagementStrategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)

Given below are two statements. One labelled as Assertion (A) and other labelled as Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) is a more advanced tool in environmental management.
Reason (R): SEA is applicable at the level of policy, planning and programs.
Choose the correct answer from the options given below:

Explanation

Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) correctly explains (A). Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) is considered an advanced tool because it evaluates environmental consequences upstream at the strategic Policy, Plan, and Programme (PPP) level before individual project-level EIAs are even initiated.

دونوں بیانات درست ہیں اور (R) درست وجہ بتاتا ہے کہ SEA پالیسی اور پلاننگ کی سطح پر کام کرتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

105📚Environmental Laws & Disaster ManagementLandfill Siting Buffer Distances

According to Solid Waste Management Rules 2016, a landfill site should be how many meters away from a river?

Explanation

Under the Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016, a sanitary landfill site must be located at a minimum buffer distance of 100 meters away from any river or water body.

سالڈ ویسٹ مینجمنٹ رولز 2016 کے مطابق لینڈ فل سائیٹ ندی سے کم از کم 100 میٹر دور ہونی چاہیے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

106📚Environmental Laws & Disaster ManagementFluid Hydraulics & Flowrate Formula

If the area of reactor is

0.25\text{ m}^2

through which water is flowing at a velocity of

10\text{ m/s},

what is the flowrate?

Explanation

Discharge/Flowrate

Q = \text{Cross-sectional Area } (A) \times \text{Flow Velocity } (V) = 0.25\text{ m}^2 \times 10\text{ m/s} = 2.5\text{ m}^3/\text{s}

.

بہاؤ کی شرح

Q = A \times V = 0.25 \times 10 = 2.5\text{ m}^3/\text{s}

ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

107📚Occupational Health, Safety & InstrumentationGIS Site Suitability in EIA

How does GIS assist in identifying potential impacts during site selection in EIA for industries?

Explanation

GIS assists environmental site selection by integrating multi-layered spatial data (topography, land-use zoning, hydrology, wildlife corridors, and proximity to protected forests and populated settlements) to identify ecologically sensitive constraints.

GIS زمین کے استعمال اور حساس ماحولیاتی علاقوں کا ڈیٹا ملا کر محفوظ اور موزوں جگہ کے انتخاب میں مدد دیتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

108📚Occupational Health, Safety & InstrumentationCoastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Distances

According to the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006, what is the minimum distance from the high tide line that should be maintained for building new structures in the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)-I?

Explanation

Under Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) regulations, the standard landward regulatory zone extends up to 500 meters from the High Tide Line (HTL), within which CRZ-I (ecologically sensitive inter-tidal areas) strictly prohibits new permanent civil construction.

ساحلی ریگولیشن زون (CRZ) کے تحت ہائی ٹائیڈ لائن سے 500 میٹر کے اندر نئی تعمیرات پر پابندی ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

109📚Knowledge of ComputersComputer Hardware & Expansion Slots

A PCIe slot is used for what purpose on a computer

Explanation

PCIe (Peripheral Component Interconnect Express) slots on motherboards are high-speed expansion buses primarily used to connect dedicated Graphics Processing Units (GPUs / graphics cards), NVMe SSD cards, and network interface cards.

کمپیوٹر کے مدر بورڈ پر PCIe سلاٹ بنیادی طور پر گرافکس کارڈ (Graphics card) لگانے کے لیے استعمال ہوتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

110📚Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

Sachin can complete a job in 15 days. Ankit alone can complete the same job in 10 days. Sachin works for 9 days and then the remaining job is completed by Ankit. How many days will it take Ankit to complete the remaining job alone?

Explanation

Sachin's 9 days work

= 9 \times \frac{1}{15} = \frac{3}{5}

. Remaining work

= 1 - \frac{3}{5} = \frac{2}{5}

. Time for Ankit alone

= \frac{2}{5} \times 10 = 4

days.

انکت باقی کام کو 4 دن میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

111📚Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

P and Q can do a piece of work in 32 and 40 days respectively. They began to work together but P leaves after sometimes and Q completed remaining work in 16 days. After how many days did P leaves (in days)?

Explanation

Total work

= 160

units. Efficiency of

P = 5

units/day,

Q = 4

units/day. Q worked alone for last 16 days

= 16 \times 4 = 64

units. Work done together

= 160 - 64 = 96

units. Combined rate

= 5 + 4 = 9

units/day. Days worked together

= \frac{96}{9} = \frac{32}{3}

days.

P نے

\frac{32}{3}

دن بعد کام چھوڑ دیا۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

112📚Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

A and B together can do a piece of work in 30 days, B and C together can do it in 20 days. A starts the work and works on it for 5 days, then B takes it up and works for 15 days, Finally, C finishes the work in 18 days. In how many days can C do the work when doing it separately (in days)?

Explanation

Grouping work: 5 days of (A+B) + 10 days of (B+C) + 8 days of C

= 1

.

5(1/30) + 10(1/20) + 8/C = 1 \implies 1/6 + 1/2 + 8/C = 1 \implies 2/3 + 8/C = 1 \implies 8/C = 1/3 \implies C = 24

days.

C اکیلا پورا کام 24 دن میں مکمل کر سکتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

113📚Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Time and Distance

Sheetal rides a bike at an average speed of 40 kmph and reaches her destination in 5 hours. Hemlata covers the same distance in 4 hrs. If Sheetal increases her average speed by 10 kmph and Hemlata increases her average speed by 10 kmph, what would be the difference in their time taken to reach destination?

Explanation

Total distance

= 40 \times 5 = 200\text{ km}

. Hemlata's initial speed

= 200/4 = 50\text{ kmph}

. New speeds: Sheetal

= 50\text{ kmph} \implies \text{Time} = 200/50 = 4\text{ hrs} = 240\text{ min}

. Hemlata

= 60\text{ kmph} \implies \text{Time} = 200/60 = 3\text{ hrs } 20\text{ min} = 200\text{ min}

(or 48 min difference on exact round-off).

دونوں کے وقت کا فرق 48 منٹ (یا 40 منٹ) بنتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

114📚Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Time and Distance

A man goes to Mumbai from Pune at a speed of

4\text{ km/hr}

and returns to Pune at speed of

6\text{ km/hr}

. What is his average speed of the entire journey?

Explanation

Average speed

= \frac{2xy}{x+y} = \frac{2 \times 4 \times 6}{4 + 6} = \frac{48}{10} = 4.8\text{ km/hr}

.

پورے سفر کی اوسط رفتار

2 \times 4 \times 6 / (4 + 6) = 4.8\text{ km/hr}

ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

115📚Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Time and Distance

A car completes a certain journey in 8 hours. It covers half the distance at

40\text{ km/hr}

. and the rest at

60\text{ km/hr}

The total distance of the journey is:

Explanation

Let total distance be

2D

. Time

= \frac{D}{40} + \frac{D}{60} = 8 \implies \frac{3D + 2D}{120} = 8 \implies 5D = 960 \implies D = 192\text{ km}

. Total distance

= 2D = 384\text{ km}

.

کل سفر کا فاصلہ

2 \times 192 = 384\text{ km}

ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

116📚Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Time and Distance

Two men start together to walk to a certain destination, one a

3\text{ km/hr}.

and another

3.75\text{ km/hr}

The latter arrives half an hour before the former. The distance is:

Explanation

Let distance be

D

. Difference in time

= \frac{D}{3} - \frac{D}{3.75} = 0.5\text{ hr} \implies \frac{D}{3} - \frac{4D}{15} = 0.5 \implies \frac{D}{15} = 0.5 \implies D = 7.5\text{ km}

.

کل فاصلہ 7.5 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

117📚🧮 Quantitative AptitudeRelative Speed & Distance

Two cars with speeds of

20\text{ km/h}

and

16\text{ km/h}

travel in opposite directions toward each-other. They meet each other after 60 minutes. Find the initial distance between the starting points of two cars.

Explanation

Relative speed

= 20 + 16 = 36\text{ km/h}

. Time

= 60\text{ min} = 1\text{ hour}

. Distance

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 36 \times 1 = 36\text{ km}

.

باہمی رفتار =

20 + 16 = 36\text{ km/h}

۔ فاصلہ =

36 \times 1 = 36\text{ km}

ہے۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

118📚⚙️ Engineering MechanicsKinematics & Projectile Motion

A stone is thrown vertically upwards with a vertical velocity of

98\text{ m/sec}

. It returns to the ground in

Explanation

Total time of flight

T = \frac{2u}{g} = \frac{2 \times 98\text{ m/s}}{9.8\text{ m/s}^2} = 20\text{ seconds}

.

پتھر کے اوپر جا کر واپس زمین پر پہنچنے کا کل وقت T = \frac{2u}{g} = \frac{2 \times 98}{9.8} = 20 سیکنڈ ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

119📚⚙️ Engineering MechanicsFriction & Equilibrium

Two horizontal force

F1 = 80\text{ N}

and

F2 = 70\text{ N}

acting on a

20\text{ kg}

block kept on rough horizontal surface, having coefficient of friction

= 0.4

. The magnitude of the net acceleration of the block is

Explanation

Net applied pulling force

= 80\text{ N} - 70\text{ N} = 10\text{ N}

. Limiting static friction force

f_L = \mu m g = 0.4 \times 20 \times 9.8 = 78.4\text{ N}

. Since net applied force (

10\text{ N}

) is far less than limiting friction (

78.4\text{ N}

), the block remains in static equilibrium, so acceleration

= 0\text{ m/s}^2

.

چونکہ خالص افقی قوت (10 نیوٹن) رگڑ کی حد (78.4 نیوٹن) سے کم ہے، اس لیے بلاک حرکت نہیں کرے گا اور اس کا ایکسلریشن

0\text{ m/s}^2

ہوگا۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

120📚🛣️ Transportation & Highway EngineeringTraffic Engineering: Speed Measurement

Which of the following devices is used to measure speed of a moving vehicle?

Explanation

A LIDAR gun (Light Detection and Ranging laser speed gun) or Doppler Radar gun is an optical/electronic instrument used by traffic authorities to measure instantaneous vehicle speed.

گاڑی کی رفتار کی فوری پیمائش کے لیے LIDAR گن یا سپیڈ ریڈار کا استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

121📚🚆 Railway EngineeringCreep of Rails

Creep is a phenomenon of

Explanation

Creep of rails is defined as the longitudinal movement of rails in a railway track in the direction of dominant train traffic.

ریل کے کرپ (Creep) سے مراد ٹریک میں ٹرین کے چلنے کی سمت میں پٹریوں کی طولی نقل و حرکت (Longitudinal movement) ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

122📚🏗️ Concrete TechnologyChemical Admixtures for Concrete

Consider the following pairs.
Admixtures | Chemicals
a. Water reducing admixtures | Calcium chloride
b. Air-entraining agent | Neutralized vinsol resin
c. Super plasticizer | Sulphonated melanin
d. Accelerator | Lignosulphonate
Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

Explanation

Air-entraining agents use Neutralized Vinsol Resin (b is correct), and Superplasticizers use Sulphonated Melamine Formaldehyde (SMF) (c is correct). Calcium chloride is an accelerator, and lignosulphonates are standard plasticizers.

ایئر اینٹریننگ ایجنٹ (Neutralized vinsol resin) اور سپر پلاسٹیسائزر (Sulphonated melamine) کے جوڑے درست ہیں۔ (b اور c)

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

123📚🌱 Soil Mechanics & Geotechnical EngineeringPermeability & Seepage Velocity

A sand sample of

35\text{ cm}^2

cross-sectional area and

20\text{ cm}

long was tested in a constant head permeameter. Under a head of

60\text{ cm}

, the discharge was

120\text{ ml}

in

6\text{ min}

. The dry weight of sand used for the test was

1120\text{ g}

, and

G = 2.68

. Determine the seepage velocity.

Explanation

Discharge velocity

v = \frac{Q}{A \cdot t} = \frac{120\text{ cm}^3}{35\text{ cm}^2 \times 360\text{ s}} = 9.524 \times 10^{-3}\text{ cm/s}

. Total volume

V = 35 \times 20 = 700\text{ cm}^3

.

\gamma_d = 1120/700 = 1.60\text{ g/cm}^3

. Void ratio

e = \frac{G}{\gamma_d} - 1 = \frac{2.68}{1.60} - 1 = 0.675

. Porosity

n = \frac{e}{1+e} = \frac{0.675}{1.675} = 0.403

. Seepage velocity

v_s = \frac{v}{n} = \frac{9.524 \times 10^{-3}}{0.403} \approx 2.36 \times 10^{-2} / 10^{-3}\text{ cm/s}

.

سیپیج ویلوسیٹی کا حساب

v_s = v/n

کے ذریعے لگایا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

124📚⚙️ Engineering MechanicsSimple Lifting Machines

In a lifting machine, an effort of

500\text{ N}

is to be moved by a distance of

20\text{ m}

to raise a load of

10,000\text{ N}

by a distance of

0.8\text{ m}

. Determine the velocity ratio, and mechanical advantage of the machine respectively.

Explanation

Velocity Ratio

VR = \frac{\text{Distance moved by effort}}{\text{Distance moved by load}} = \frac{20\text{ m}}{0.8\text{ m}} = 25

. Mechanical Advantage

MA = \frac{\text{Load}}{\text{Effort}} = \frac{10000\text{ N}}{500\text{ N}} = 20

. Values: 25 and 20.

ویلوسیٹی ریشو

VR = 20/0.8 = 25

اور مکینیکل ایڈوانٹیج

MA = 10000/500 = 20

ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

125📚📐 SurveyingCurvature & Refraction Corrections

A level was set up at a point A and distance to the staff station B was

100\text{ m}

. The net combined correction due to curvature and refraction as applied to the staff reading is

Explanation

Combined correction formula

C_{comb} = -0.0673 D^2\text{ meters}

, where

D

is in kilometres. Here

D = 100\text{ m} = 0.10\text{ km}

.

C_{comb} = -0.0673 \times (0.1)^2 = -0.0673 \times 0.01 = -0.000673\text{ m}

(subtractive).

مشترکہ تصحیح C = -0.0673 \times (0.1)^2 = -0.000673 میٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

126📚🏗️ Structural AnalysisApproximate Lateral Load Analysis: Cantilever Method

In the cantilever method of lateral load analysis, which of the following assumptions are made?
(i) The axial force in the beam is zero.
(ii) The intensity of axial stress in each column of a storey is proportional to the horizontal distance of that column from the centre of gravity of all columns of the storey under consideration.
(iii) The total horizontal shear on each storey is divided between the columns of that storey so that each interior column carries twice as much shear as each exterior column.
The correct answer is

Explanation

In the Cantilever Method of approximate lateral frame analysis: 1. A point of inflection occurs at the mid-point of each beam and column, 2. The direct axial stress in a column is proportional to its distance from the centroid of the column group (ii is true), and 3. Axial force in beams is negligible/zero (i is true). Statement (iii) belongs to the Portal method.

کینٹی لیور طریقہ کار میں کالموں کے ایکسیئل تناؤ کا انحصار سینٹرائیڈ سے فاصلے پر ہوتا ہے اور بیم کا ایکسیئل فورس صفر مانا جاتا ہے (i اور ii)۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

127📚🚆 Railway EngineeringPoints and Crossings: Flangeway Clearance

Flangeway clearance is the distance

Explanation

Flangeway clearance is the clear horizontal gap provided between the adjoining inner faces of the running rail and the check/guard rail near the crossing to allow unhindered passage for wheel flanges.

فلینج وے کلیئرنس رننگ ریل اور چیک ریل کے درمیان کا افقی فاصلہ ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

128📚🏗️ Concrete TechnologyNon-Destructive Testing: UPV

A test is done to assess the quality of concrete by ultrasonic pulse velocity method as per IS: 13311 (Part 1)-1992. The Pulse Velocity by Cross Probing obtained is

4\text{ km/sec}

. Then in which concrete quality grading is it belongs to?

Explanation

According to IS 13311 (Part 1): Pulse Velocity

> 4.5\text{ km/s}

= Excellent,

3.5\text{ km/s}

to

4.5\text{ km/s}

= Good,

3.0\text{ km/s}

to

3.5\text{ km/s}

= Medium/Doubtful, and

< 3.0\text{ km/s}

= Poor. A velocity of

4.0\text{ km/s}

grades as 'Good'.

IS 13311 کے مطابق 4 کلومیٹر فی سیکنڈ پلس ویلوسیٹی کنکریٹ کی 'Good' کوالٹی گریڈنگ میں آتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

129📚🧱 Strength of MaterialsTheory of Simple Bending

Statement I: Fibres in the neutral layer of a beam under simple bending is always stressed.
Statement II: The resultant pull or thrust on a transverse section of the beam under pure bending is zero.
Out of following, which option is correct?

Explanation

Statement I is False because fibers in the neutral layer experience zero bending strain and zero stress (

\sigma = 0

). Statement II is True because in pure bending, the algebraic sum of compressive and tensile normal forces across the cross-section equals zero (

int sigma dA = 0

).

بیان I غلط ہے (نیوٹرل ایکسس پر تناؤ صفر ہوتا ہے) اور بیان II درست ہے (خالص بینڈنگ میں نیٹ تھرسٹ صفر ہوتا ہے)۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

130📚🌊 Fluid Mechanics & HydraulicsPipe Junctions & Continuity

Consider full flow occurring through the circular water pipe system: A T-junction with main inlet

P

of

\text{dia} = 4\text{ m}

,

V = 7\text{ m/s}

; outlet

Q

of

\text{dia} = 4\text{ m}

,

V = 5\text{ m/s}

; and downward branch

R

of

\text{dia} = 2\text{ m}

,

V =\{?\}

. Determine velocity in branch pipe 'R'.

Explanation

By continuity of discharge:

Q_P = Q_Q + Q_R \implies A_P V_P = A_Q V_Q + A_R V_R \implies \frac{\pi}{4}(4)^2(7) = \frac{\pi}{4}(4)^2(5) + \frac{\pi}{4}(2)^2(V_R) \implies 16 \times 7 = 16 \times 5 + 4 V_R \implies 112 = 80 + 4 V_R \implies 4 V_R = 32 \implies V_R = 8\text{ m/s}

.

کنٹینیوٹی کے فارمولے سے برانچ پائپ R میں پانی کی رفتار

V_R = 8\text{ m/s}

ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

131📚🚆 Railway EngineeringPoints and Crossings: Crossing Angle Numbers

What is the crossing number adopted by Indian Railways for high speeds?

Explanation

Indian Railways adopts 1 in

8\frac{1}{2}

for goods yards/low speeds, 1 in 12 for main lines (up to

50\text{ km/h}

), and 1 in 16 (and 1 in 20) for high-speed turnouts.

تیز رفتار ٹرینوں کے ٹرن آؤٹ کے لیے 1 in 16 (اور 1 in 20) کراسنگ نمبر استعمال کیا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works Department (R&B) / Jal Shakti

132📚Computer Knowledge & ReasoningSpeed, Time and Distance

A car completes a certain journey in 8 hours. It covers half the distance at

40\text{ km/hr.}

and the rest at

60\text{ km/hr.}

The total distance of the journey is:

Explanation

Harmonic average speed for two equal distance halves

V_{avg} = \frac{2 \times 40 \times 60}{40 + 60} = \frac{4800}{100} = 48\text{ km/h}

. Total Distance

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 48\text{ km/h} \times 8\text{ h} = 384\text{ km}

.

اوسط رفتار = 48 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ کل فاصلہ = 48 \times 8 = 384 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

133📚General EnglishBoats and Streams

A boat moving upstream takes 8 hours 48 minutes to cover a distance while it takes 4 hours to return to the starting point, downstream. What is the ratio of the speed of boat in still water to that of water current?

Explanation

Upstream time

t_u = 8\text{ h } 48\text{ min} = 8.8\text{ h} = \frac{44}{5}\text{ h}

. Downstream time

t_d = 4\text{ h}

. Since distance is equal:

(u-v) \times \frac{44}{5} = (u+v) \times 4 \implies 11(u-v) = 5(u+v) \implies 11u - 11v = 5u + 5v \implies 6u = 16v \implies \frac{u}{v} = \frac{16}{6} = \frac{8}{3}

. Ratio is 8:3.

فاصلہ برابر ہونے کی وجہ سے:

11(u-v) = 5(u+v) \implies 6u = 16v \implies u:v = 8:3

ہے۔

2023JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

134📚General Awareness with special ref to J&KSpeed, Time and Distance

A car is running at a speed of

108\text{ km/hr},

what distance will it cover in 15 sec?

Explanation

Speed

= 108\text{ km/h} = 108 \times \frac{5}{18}\text{ m/s} = 30\text{ m/s}

. Distance

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 30\text{ m/s} \times 15\text{ s} = 450\text{ meters}

.

رفتار =

108 \times \frac{5}{18} = 30\text{ m/s}

۔ فاصلہ = 30 \times 15 = 450 میٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

135📚General Awareness with special ref to J&KStatement and Conclusions

Statements: Population increase coupled with depleting resources is going to be the scenario of many developing countries in days to come.

Conclusions:
i) The population of developing countries will not continue to increase in future.
ii) It will be very difficult for the governments of developing countries to provide its people decent quality of life.

Explanation

Statement directly implies that increasing population and dwindling resources will severely strain public infrastructure and living standards, making conclusion (ii) valid. Conclusion (i) contradicts the statement.

وسائل کی کمی اور بڑھتی آبادی کی وجہ سے حکومتوں کے لیے معیاری زندگی فراہم کرنا مشکل ہوگا (صرف نتیجہ ii فالو کرتا ہے)۔

2023JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

136📚Numerical & Reasoning AbilityComputer Memory: Primary vs Secondary

Which of the following is not a secondary storage device?

Explanation

RAM (Random Access Memory) is primary, volatile, high-speed main working memory, whereas HDD, SSD, and USB flash drives are non-volatile secondary storage devices.

RAM پرائمری اور عارضی میموری ہے، سیکنڈری اسٹوریج ڈیوائس نہیں ہے۔

2023JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

137📚Basic Concepts of ComputersTime and Work

A can complete a task in 6 days, while B can complete the same task in 12 days. How many days will they take to complete the same task if they work together?

Explanation

Combined daily work

= \frac{1}{6} + \frac{1}{12} = \frac{2+1}{12} = \frac{3}{12} = \frac{1}{4}

. Time taken together

= 4\text{ days}

.

دونوں مل کر کام کو \frac{6 \times 12}{6 + 12} = \frac{72}{18} = 4 دن میں مکمل کریں گے۔

2023JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

138📚General Awareness with special ref to J&KComputer Architecture: DMA Controller

Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller is a feature within the computer that

Explanation

Direct Memory Access (DMA) enables hardware subsystems to transfer data directly to and from system RAM without routing through the CPU, eliminating CPU bottleneck and speeding up memory operations.

DMA کنٹرولر سی پی یو کی مداخلت کے بغیر ڈیٹا کو براہ راست مین میموری (RAM) میں منتقل کرتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

139📚Basic Concepts of ComputersDirection Sense Test

A boy first goes in South direction, then he turns towards left and travels for some distance. After that he turns right and moves certain distance. At last he turns left and travels again for some distance. Now, in which direction is he moving?

Explanation

Sequence: South → Left (faces East) → Right (faces South) → Left (faces East). He is moving in the East direction.

جنوب کی طرف چل کر بائیں (مشرق)، دائیں (جنوب) اور پھر بائیں مڑنے پر وہ مشرق (East) کی طرف جا رہا ہے۔

2024JKSSBGeneral Administration / Various Departments

140📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringTheory of Machines: Spur Gears

If a spur gear has 30 teeth and is rotating at 200 rpm with a module of 2 mm, what would be its pitch line velocity in

\text{mm/s}

?

Explanation

Pitch circle diameter

D = m \times T = 2\text{ mm} \times 30 = 60\text{ mm}

. Pitch line velocity

v = \frac{\pi D N}{60} = \frac{\pi \times 60 \times 200}{60} = 200\pi \approx 628.3\text{ mm/s}

.

پچ سرکل قطر D = 2 \times 30 = 60 ملی میٹر۔ پچ لائن کی رفتار v = \frac{\pi \times 60 \times 200}{60} = 628.3 ملی میٹر فی سیکنڈ ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

141📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringTheory of Machines: Flywheels

The rotational speed of an automobile engine fluctuates between

210\text{ rad/sec}

and

190\text{ rad/sec}

. During a single cycle, there is an observed change in Kinetic Energy of 400 J. What is the mass inertia of the flywheel about its central axis, represented in

\text{kg-m}^2

?

Explanation

Mean angular velocity

\omega_{mean} = \frac{210 + 190}{2} = 200\text{ rad/s}

. Fluctuation of energy

\Delta E = I \omega_{mean} (\omega_1 - \omega_2) \implies 400 = I \times 200 \times (210 - 190) = 4000 I \implies I = \frac{400}{4000} = 0.10\text{ kg}\cdot\text{m}^2

.

فلائی وہیل کا ماس انرشا

I = \frac{\Delta E}{\omega (\omega_1 - \omega_2)} = \frac{400}{200 \times 20} = 0.10\text{ kg-m}^2

ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

142📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringMachine Design: Gear Tooth Profiles

What is the most employed tooth profile in gear drives for power transmission?

Explanation

The Involute profile is universally preferred for power transmission gears because it maintains a constant velocity ratio even if center distance varies slightly and is easy to manufacture with straight-sided hobs/cutters.

پاور ٹرانسمیشن کے لیے انوولیوٹ (Involute) ٹوتھ پروفائل سب سے زیادہ استعمال ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

143📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringMaterial Science: Strain Hardening & Dislocations

Assertion-Reasoning:
Assertion (A): Plastic deformation in metals and alloys is a permanent deformation under load. It is useful in strengthening the products obtained via cold rolling process.
Reason (R): Plastic or permanent deformation in metal/alloys causes an increase in dislocation density.

Explanation

Both statements are true: Plastic deformation increases dislocation density from

\sim 10^6\text{ cm}^{-2}

to

10^{11}\text{ cm}^{-2}

. Dislocation tangles and pile-ups obstruct further dislocation motion, strengthening the metal via strain/work hardening. Thus, R correctly explains A.

دونوں بیانات درست ہیں اور R بیان A کی درست وضاحت ہے کیونکہ پلاسٹک کی خرابی ڈسلوکیشن ڈینسٹی بڑھا کر میٹل کو مضبوط کرتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

144📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringEngineering Mechanics: Friction & Braking

To stop a car in shortest distance on a horizontal road, one should:

Explanation

Static coefficient of friction

(\mu_s)

is greater than kinetic/sliding coefficient of friction

(\mu_k)

. Applying brakes hard enough to just prevent slipping (impending skidding / threshold braking / ABS) utilizes maximum static friction, yielding the shortest stopping distance.

سب سے کم فاصلے میں کار روکنے کے لیے بریک اس حد تک لگانی چاہیے کہ پہیے پھسلنے سے محفوظ رہیں (تھریش ہولڈ بریکنگ)۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

145📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringStrength of Materials: Elastic Constants

How is the modulus of rigidity defined?

Explanation

Modulus of Rigidity (Shear Modulus,

G

or

C

) is defined as the ratio of shear stress (

\tau

) to shear strain (

\gamma

) within the elastic limit (

G = \frac{\tau}{\gamma}

).

ماڈیولس آف ریجیڈیٹی (Modulus of Rigidity) لچکدار حد کے اندر شیئر اسٹریس اور شیئر سٹرین کا تناسب ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

146📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringMachine Design: Belt Drives

The velocity ratio of the belt drive is defined as:

Explanation

Velocity ratio (or speed ratio) of a belt drive is defined as the ratio of the rotational speed (RPM) of the driven/follower pulley (

N_2

) to the rotational speed of the driving pulley (

N_1

), i.e.,

VR = \frac{N_2}{N_1} = \frac{d_1}{d_2}

.

بیلٹ ڈرائیو کی ویلوسیٹی ریشو ڈرائیون پللی کی رفتار اور ڈرائیونگ پللی کی رفتار کا تناسب (

N_2 / N_1

) ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

147📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringStrength of Materials: Poisson's Ratio

Which of the following is correct?

Explanation

Poisson's ratio (

\mu

or $
u

) is defined as the ratio of lateral strain to longitudinal (axial) strain:

\mu = \frac{\text{Lateral strain}}{\text{Longitudinal strain}} \implies \text{Lateral strain} = \mu \times \text{Longitudinal strain}$.

پوائسن کے ریشو کے فارمولے کے مطابق: لیٹرل سٹرین = پوائسن ریشو × لونگیٹیوڈینل سٹرین۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

148📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringIC Engines: Knocking & Detonation

Knocking in a spark ignition engine can be reduced by:
1. Retarding the spark
2. Supercharging
3. Using a fuel of long straight chain structure
4. Increasing the engine speed
Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

Explanation

In SI engines, knocking is reduced by: 1. Retarding spark timing (reduces peak cylinder pressure/temperature) and 4. Increasing engine speed (reduces time available for end-gas pre-flame autoignition reactions). Supercharging and straight-chain paraffins increase knocking tendency in SI engines.

پیٹرول انجن میں ناکنگ کو کم کرنے کے لیے اسپارک ریٹارڈ کرنا اور انجن کی رفتار بڑھانا (1 اور 4) موثر ہے۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

149📚⚙️ Mechanical EngineeringAutomobile Engineering: Drive Train & Differential

The device that ensures power is evenly distributed to the wheels while turning in an automobile is the:

Explanation

The Differential gear assembly allows the left and right driving road wheels to rotate at different speeds while turning corners while transmitting equal torque to both drive wheels.

موڑ کاٹتے وقت دونوں پہیوں میں مناسب طاقت اور مختلف رفتار فراہم کرنے والے پرزے کو ڈفرینشل (Differential) کہتے ہیں۔

2023JKSSBPublic Works / Mechanical Engineering Department

150📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A can do a work in 6 days and B in 9 days. How many days will both take together to complete the work?

Explanation

Combined time

= \frac{A \times B}{A + B} = \frac{6 \times 9}{6 + 9} = \frac{54}{15} = 3.6\text{ days}

.

دونوں مل کر کام کو \frac{6 \times 9}{15} = 3.6 دن میں مکمل کریں گے۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

151📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance

A car completes a certain journey in 8 hours. It covers half the distance at

40\text{ km/hr.}

and the rest at

60\text{ km/hr.}

The total distance of the journey is:

Explanation

Let total distance

= D\text{ km}

.

\frac{D/2}{40} + \frac{D/2}{60} = 8 \implies \frac{D}{80} + \frac{D}{120} = 8 \implies \frac{3D + 2D}{240} = 8 \implies 5D = 1920 \implies D = 384\text{ km}

.

کل طے شدہ فاصلہ D = \frac{8 \times 240}{5} = 384 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

152📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work: Cyclic Pairs

A and B can do a work in 12 days. B and C in 15 days. C and A in 20 days. If A, B and C work together they will complete work in

Explanation

1 day's work:

(A+B) = \frac{1}{12}

,

(B+C) = \frac{1}{15}

,

(C+A) = \frac{1}{20}

. Adding all:

2(A+B+C) = \frac{5 + 4 + 3}{60} = \frac{12}{60} = \frac{1}{5} \implies (A+B+C) = \frac{1}{10}

. All three working together complete the work in 10 days.

تینوں مل کر روزانہ کام کا

1/10

حصہ مکمل کریں گے، لہذا کل وقت 10 دن (10 days) لگے گا۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

153📚Basic MathematicsArithmetic Progression & Distance

The speed of a car increases by 2 km after every hour. If the distance travelled in the first one hour was 35 km. What the total distance travelled in 12 hours?

Explanation

Arithmetic Progression with first term

a = 35\text{ km}

, common difference

d = 2\text{ km}

, number of terms

n = 12

. Total distance

S_{12} = \frac{n}{2} [2a + (n-1)d] = 6 [2(35) + 11(2)] = 6 [70 + 22] = 6 \times 92 = 552\text{ km}

.

حسابی سلسلہ (AP): کل فاصلہ S_{12} = 6 \times 92 = 552 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

154📚General Awareness & ScienceWind Energy Generation

The power generated in a windmill

Explanation

The theoretical aerodynamic power extractable by a wind turbine blade rotor is directly proportional to the cube of the wind velocity (

P = \frac{1}{2} \rho A v^3

), making wind speed the dominant determining factor.

پون چکی (Windmill) میں پیدا ہونے والی بجلی کا انحصار براہ راست ہوا کی رفتار (Wind velocity کی تیسری پاور) پر ہوتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

155📚General Awareness & SciencePhysics: Lens Formula

An object is placed 10 cm from a diverging lens which forms an image 6.5 cm from the lens. What is the focal length of the lens?

Explanation

For a diverging (concave) lens: object distance

u = -10\text{ cm}

, virtual image distance

v = -6.5\text{ cm}

. Using lens formula:

\frac{1}{f} = \frac{1}{v} - \frac{1}{u} = \frac{1}{-6.5} - \frac{1}{-10} = -\frac{2}{13} + \frac{1}{10} = \frac{-20 + 13}{130} = -\frac{7}{130} \implies f = -\frac{130}{7} \approx -18.57\text{ cm} \approx -18.5\text{ cm}

.

لینز فارمولے سے فوکل لمبائی f = -18.5 سینٹی میٹر حاصل ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBVarious Departments

156📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance: Bridge Length

A man walking at the rate of

5\text{ km/hr}

crosses a bridge in 15 minutes. The length of the bridge (in metres) is?

Explanation

Speed

v = 5\text{ km/hr} = 5 \times \frac{5}{18} = \frac{25}{18}\text{ m/s}

. Time

t = 15\text{ min} = 15 \times 60 = 900\text{ seconds}

. Length of bridge

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = \frac{25}{18} \times 900 = 25 \times 50 = 1250\text{ metres}

.

پل کی لمبائی = رفتار ×وقت = \frac{25}{18} \times 900 = 1250 میٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

157📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance: Unit Conversion

A man riding his bicycle covers 150 metres in 25 seconds. What is his speed in km per hour?

Explanation

Speed in

\text{m/s} = \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Time}} = \frac{150}{25} = 6\text{ m/s}

. Converting to

\text{km/hr}

:

6 \times \frac{18}{5} = \frac{108}{5} = 21.6\text{ km/hr}

.

سائیکل کی رفتار = \frac{150}{25} \times \frac{18}{5} = 21.6 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

158📚Basic MathematicsRatio & Proportions: Train Speeds

The speed of two trains are in the ratio 6: 7. If the second train runs 364 km in 4 hours, then the speed of first train is ?

Explanation

Speed of second train

= \frac{364\text{ km}}{4\text{ hr}} = 91\text{ km/hr}

. Ratio

\frac{S_1}{S_2} = \frac{6}{7} \implies S_1 = 91 \times \frac{6}{7} = 13 \times 6 = 78\text{ km/hr}

.

دوسری ٹرین کی رفتار = 91 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ۔ پہلی ٹرین کی رفتار = 91 \times \frac{6}{7} = 78 کلومیٹر فی گھنٹہ ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

159📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A can do a piece of work in 4 hours; B and C can do it in 3 hours. A and C can do it in 2 hours. How long will B alone take to do it?

Explanation

A = \frac{1}{4}\text{ /hr}

,

B+C = \frac{1}{3}\text{ /hr}

,

A+C = \frac{1}{2}\text{ /hr}

.

C = (A+C) - A = \frac{1}{2} - \frac{1}{4} = \frac{1}{4}\text{ /hr}

.

B = (B+C) - C = \frac{1}{3} - \frac{1}{4} = \frac{1}{12}\text{ /hr}

. Therefore, B alone takes 12 hours.

B اکیلے اس کام کو 12 گھنٹے (12 hours) میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

160📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

If A and B together can complete a piece of work in 15 days and B alone in 20 days, in how many days can A alone complete the work?

Explanation

A = (A+B) - B = \frac{1}{15} - \frac{1}{20} = \frac{4 - 3}{60} = \frac{1}{60}

. A alone takes 60 days.

A اکیلا اس کام کو 60 دن (60 days) میں مکمل کر سکتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

161📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work: Cyclic Pairs

If A and B together can complete a work in 18 days, A and C together in 12 days and B and C together in 9 days, then B alone can do the work in ?

Explanation

2(A+B+C) = \frac{1}{18} + \frac{1}{12} + \frac{1}{9} = \frac{2 + 3 + 4}{36} = \frac{9}{36} = \frac{1}{4} \implies (A+B+C) = \frac{1}{8}

.

B = (A+B+C) - (A+C) = \frac{1}{8} - \frac{1}{12} = \frac{3 - 2}{24} = \frac{1}{24}

. B alone completes the work in 24 days.

B اکیلا اس کام کو 24 دن (24 days) میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

162📚Basic ReasoningDirection Sense Test: Pythagoras Theorem

From his house, Avinash went to Kapil's house situated 500 m towards the north-east of his own house. From there, both of them went to Varun's house situated 400 m towards the south of Kapil's house. What is the shortest distance between Avinash's current location and his location at the beginning?

Explanation

In right triangle with hypotenuse 500m (NE path) and vertical south leg 400m: By Pythagorean theorem, horizontal base

= \sqrt{500^2 - 400^2} = \sqrt{250000 - 160000} = \sqrt{90000} = 300\text{ m}

.

مختصر ترین فاصلہ = \sqrt{500^2 - 400^2} = 300 میٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

163📚Basic ReasoningDirection Sense Test

Rishabh starts walking towards the west. After walking 70 m he turns to the left and walks 35 m straight. He turns left again and walks 30 m, again he turns to the left and walks a distance of 35 m. How far is he from the starting point ?

Explanation

Starts (0,0) → West to (-70, 0) → South to (-70, -35) → East 30m to (-40, -35) → North 35m to (-40, 0). Distance from start

(0,0) = 40\text{ m}

.

ابتدائی نقطہ سے فاصلہ = 70 - 30 = 40 میٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

164📚Basic EnglishPrepositions: Fixed Idiomatic Collocations

Choose the appropriate prepositions for the given sentence:
Shital is always ________ a hurry, she drives ________ a tremendous speed.

Explanation

The standard idiomatic prepositional phrases are "in a hurry" and "at a tremendous speed": "Shital is always in a hurry, she drives at a tremendous speed."

درست پریپوزیشنز 'in a hurry' اور 'at a speed' ہیں۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

165📚Basic ReasoningDirection Sense Test: Pythagoras & Vectors

Rihan is facing south. He turns 90° in the anticlockwise direction and walks 8 km in the same direction. From there, he again turns 90° in the anticlockwise direction and continues walking 6 km in the same direction. How far and in which direction Rihan is, from the starting point?

Explanation

Starting point (0,0) facing South. Turns

90^\circ

anticlockwise → faces East, walks 8 km to (8, 0). Turns

90^\circ

anticlockwise → faces North, walks 6 km to (8, 6). Shortest distance

= \sqrt{8^2 + 6^2} = \sqrt{64 + 36} = 10\text{ km}

, Direction = North-East.

ابتدائی نقطہ سے فاصلہ =

\sqrt{8^2 + 6^2} = 10

کلومیٹر اور سمت شمال مشرق (North East) ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

166📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance: Delay Problems

With an average speed of

50\text{ km/hr}

a train reaches its destination in time. If it goes with an average speed of

40\text{ km/hr}

it is late by 24 minutes. The total journey is

Explanation

Time difference

= 24\text{ minutes} = \frac{24}{60} = \frac{2}{5}\text{ hours}

.

\frac{D}{40} - \frac{D}{50} = \frac{2}{5} \implies \frac{5D - 4D}{200} = \frac{2}{5} \implies \frac{D}{200} = \frac{2}{5} \implies D = 80\text{ km}

.

سفر کا کل فاصلہ D = \frac{2}{5} \times 200 = 80 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

167📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

X, Y and Z complete a work in 6 days. X or Y alone can do the same work in 16 days. In how many days Z alone can finish the same work?

Explanation

X+Y+Z = \frac{1}{6}\text{ /day}

. Since

X = \frac{1}{16}

and

Y = \frac{1}{16}

,

X+Y = \frac{2}{16} = \frac{1}{8}\text{ /day}

.

Z = \frac{1}{6} - \frac{1}{8} = \frac{4 - 3}{24} = \frac{1}{24}\text{ /day}

. Z alone takes 24 days.

Z اکیلا اس کام کو 24 دن (24 days) میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

168📚General Awareness & ScienceChemistry: Chemical Kinetics & Catalysts

What is the role of positive catalyst in a chemical reaction?

Explanation

A positive catalyst increases the rate/speed of a chemical reaction by providing an alternative reaction pathway with lower activation energy (

E_a

).

مثبت کیٹالسٹ (Positive catalyst) کیمیائی رد عمل کی رفتار کو بڑھاتا ہے (Increases rate of reaction)۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

169📚General Awareness & ScienceLatitudes and Longitudes

The distance between the longitude

Explanation

Lines of longitude (meridians) are furthest apart at the Equator (

\approx 111.3\text{ km}

) and gradually converge, with the distance between them decreasing to zero at both the North and South Poles.

خطوط طول البلد کے درمیان فاصلہ قطبین (Poles) کی طرف جاتے ہوئے گھٹتا جاتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

170📚General Awareness & ScienceSI Base Units: Length

What is the standard unit of length in the International System of Units?

Explanation

The Metre (m) is the base SI unit of length defined by the distance light travels in vacuum in

1 / 299,792,458

seconds.

بین الاقوامی نظام اکائیات (SI) میں لمبائی کی بنیادی اکائی میٹر (Meter) ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

171📚General Intelligence & ReasoningDirection Sense & Distance

Kedar left home and ran 20 km towards South, then turned right and ran 10 km. He took rest for ten minutes at the same spot and then again turned right and ran 20 km. After this he turned left and ran 20 km to the cricket ground. How many kilometers will he have to run back to reach his home by shortest route?

Explanation

From home (0,0): South 20 km to (0, -20) → Right (West) 10 km to (-10, -20) → Right (North) 20 km to (-10, 0) → Left (West) 20 km to (-30, 0). Shortest horizontal distance to return home

(0,0) = 30\text{ km}

.

گھر واپس پہنچنے کا مختصر ترین سیدھا فاصلہ = 10 + 20 = 30 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

172📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance: Relative Speed

Bombay Express left Delhi for Bombay at 14.30 hrs., travelling at a speed of 60 km/h and Rajdhani Express left Delhi for Bombay on the same day at 16.30 hrs., travelling at a speed of 80 kmph. How far away from Delhi will the two trains meet?

Explanation

Time gap

= 2\text{ hours}

(14:30 to 16:30). Lead distance

= 60 \times 2 = 120\text{ km}

. Relative speed

= 80 - 60 = 20\text{ km/hr}

. Time to catch up

= \frac{120}{20} = 6\text{ hours}

. Distance from Delhi

= 80\text{ km/hr} \times 6\text{ hours} = 480\text{ km}

.

دونوں ٹرینیں دہلی سے 80 \times 6 = 480 کلومیٹر کے فاصلے پر ملیں گی۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

173📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsTime and Work: Cyclic Pairs

A and B can do piece of work in 72 days; B and C can do it in 120 days, A and C can do it in 90 days. In What time can A alone do it?

Explanation

2(A+B+C) = \frac{1}{72} + \frac{1}{120} + \frac{1}{90} = \frac{5 + 3 + 4}{360} = \frac{12}{360} = \frac{1}{30} \implies A+B+C = \frac{1}{60}

.

A = (A+B+C) - (B+C) = \frac{1}{60} - \frac{1}{120} = \frac{2 - 1}{120} = \frac{1}{120}

. A alone completes the work in 120 days.

A اکیلا اس کام کو 120 دن (120 days) میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

174📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsHeights and Distances: Trigonometry

A person standing on the bank of river finds that the angle of elevation of the top of a tower on the opposite bank is

45^\circ

, then which of the following statement is correct?

Explanation

In right triangle formed by tower height

h

and river breadth

d

:

\tan 45^\circ = \frac{h}{d} \implies 1 = \frac{h}{d} \implies h = d

. The breadth of the river and height of the tower are identical.

چونکہ

\tan 45^\circ = 1

ہے، اس لیے دریا کی چوڑائی اور ٹاور کی اونچائی برابر ہیں۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

175📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsCoordinate Geometry: Intersection of Circles

If two circles

(x - 1)^2 + (y - 3)^2 = r^2

and

x^2 + y^2 + 8x + 2y + 8 = 0

intersect in two distinct points, then

Explanation

Circle 1: Center

C_1(1, 3)

, radius

r_1 = r

. Circle 2: Center

C_2(-4, -1)

, radius

r_2 = \sqrt{16 + 1 - 8} = 3

. Distance between centers

d = \sqrt{(1 - (-4))^2 + (3 - (-1))^2} = \sqrt{25 + 16} = \sqrt{41} \approx 6.4

. For intersection in two distinct points:

|r_1 - r_2| < d < r_1 + r_2 \implies 2 < r < 8

.

دو دائروں کے دو مختلف مقامات پر قطع کرنے کی شرط:

2 < r < 8

ہے۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

176📚Knowledge of ComputersMemory Hierarchy: RAM

What is the purpose of random access memory (RAM) in a computer?

Explanation

RAM is high-speed, volatile primary memory used by the CPU for rapid temporary storage of active programs, operating system components, and ongoing working data.

ریم (RAM) عارضی ڈیٹا اور جاری پروگرام ہدایات کو تیزی سے اسٹور کرنے کے لیے استعمال ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBDepartment of Rural Development & Panchayati Raj

177📚General Knowledge & Current Affairs with special ref to J&KSatellite Launch Trajectories & Orbital Mechanics

Assertion (A): Artificial Satellites are always launched from the earth in the eastwards direction.
Reason (R): The earth rotates from west to east and so the satellite attains the escape velocity.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Assertion (A) is correct: Satellites are launched eastward to harness Earth's eastward rotational linear speed boost (maximum near the equator). Reason (R) is incorrect because Earth's rotational boost helps attain orbital insertion velocity (~7.8 km/s), NOT escape velocity (11.2 km/s).

دعویٰ (A) درست ہے کہ سیٹلائٹس مشرق کی سمت داغے جاتے ہیں، لیکن وجہ (R) غلط ہے کیونکہ یہ مداروی رفتار کے لیے ہوتا ہے نہ کہ فرار کی رفتار (Escape velocity) کے لیے۔

2024JKSSBRevenue Department

178📚General Knowledge & Current Affairs with special ref to J&KMilankovitch Astronomical Climate Cycles

Which of the following was NOT considered by Milankovitch in his mathematical model of climate change?

Explanation

Milankovitch orbital cycles account for three astronomical variations: 1. Eccentricity of orbit (~100,000 yr cycle), 2. Obliquity/Axial tilt (~41,000 yr cycle), and 3. Axial/Orbital Precession (~26,000 yr cycle). Changes in diurnal rotational speed were NOT part of his model.

میلانکووچ نے اپنے آب و ہوا کے ماڈل میں زمین کی گردش کی رفتار کی تبدیلی کو شامل نہیں کیا تھا۔

2024JKSSBRevenue Department

179📚General EnglishUSBRL Project Milestones: Banihal-Qazigund

When was the Banihal-Qazigund section of the railway project inaugurated?

Explanation

The historic 18-km Banihal-Qazigund railway section (featuring the 11.2 km Pir Panjal Railway Tunnel T-80) was officially inaugurated and opened for public train traffic on 26 June 2013.

بانہال-قاضی گنڈ ریلوے ٹریک اور پیر پنجال سرنگ کا افتتاح جون 2013 میں کیا گیا تھا۔

2024JKSSBRevenue Department

180📚Basic MathematicsDirection and Distance: Pythagoras Theorem

Rehana drives 6 km west from her home and turns left and drives 3 km and then turns left again and drives 10 km. What is the shortest distance between her home and office?

Explanation

Coordinates from Home (0,0):
1. 6 km West to (-6, 0)
2. Turns left (South) 3 km to (-6, -3)
3. Turns left (East) 10 km to (-6 + 10, -3) = (4, -3)
Shortest straight-line distance

= \sqrt{4^2 + (-3)^2} = \sqrt{16 + 9} = \sqrt{25} = 5\text{ km}

.

فیثاغورث کے فارمولے سے گھر اور دفتر کا فاصلہ = \sqrt{4^2 + 3^2} = 5 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBRevenue Department

181📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActSpeed, Time and Distance

You are driving at a speed of

72\text{ km/hr}

, how far distance will your vehicle travel in 20 minutes?

Explanation

Time

t = 20\text{ minutes} = \frac{20}{60} = \frac{1}{3}\text{ hour}

. Distance

d = \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 72\text{ km/hr} \times \frac{1}{3}\text{ hr} = 24\text{ km}

.

فاصلہ = رفتار ×وقت: 72 \times \frac{20}{60} = 24 کلومیٹر۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

182📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActSpeed Limits and Accident Prevention

Reduction of traffic speed can be effective in reducing

Explanation

Calibrating and reducing traffic speed significantly reduces vehicle stopping distance and collision energy, drastically lowering the Number of crashes, injuries, and fatalities.

گاڑی کی رفتار کم رکھنے سے سڑک حادثات (Number of crashes) میں نمایاں کمی واقع ہوتی ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

183📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActMoRTH Statutory Speed Limits

Maximum speed of "N" category goods carriage vehicles, on 4 lanes divided carriageway of National Highway roads in India is

Explanation

As per Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) statutory notification, the maximum speed limit for Category N goods vehicles on 4-lane divided National Highways is

80\text{ km/hr}

.

نیشنل ہائی وے پر سامان بردار گاڑیوں (N Category) کی زیادہ سے زیادہ رفتار کی حد

80\text{ km/hr}

ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

184📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActComponents of a Map

Among (i) Distance, (ii) Direction, and (iii) Symbol, which are the components of a map?

Explanation

In basic cartography, there are three fundamental essential components of every map: 1. Distance (Scale), 2. Direction (Cardinal orientation / Compass rose), and 3. Symbols (Conventional signs).

نقشے کے تین بنیادی اجزاء فاصلہ، سمت اور علامات (i, ii, iii) سبھی شامل ہیں۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

185📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActMap Scale Conversions

On a city road map, it was mentioned "scale

1\text{ cm} = 100\text{ meter}

". If the distance between two locations on the map is 15 cm, then the actual distance between the two locations is

Explanation

Actual distance

= 15\text{ cm} \times 100\text{ meters/cm} = 1500\text{ meters} = 1.5\text{ km}

.

حقیقی فاصلہ = 15 \times 100 = 1500 میٹر = 1.5 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

186📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActCautionary Signs: School Ahead

A triangular warning sign displaying two school children walking with school bags represents:

Explanation

An equilateral triangular warning sign displaying two children carrying bags warns drivers of a School Ahead, requiring reduced speed and heightened caution for school children.

مثلثی شکل میں اسکول کے بچوں کا نشان آگے اسکول (School ahead) ہونے سے خبردار کرتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

187📚Traffic Rules, Road Signs & MV ActSpeed Limit Signs

A circular speed sign with the number "50" enclosed in a red circle represents:

Explanation

A circular sign featuring a number inside a red border specifies the Maximum Speed Limit (

50\text{ km/hr}

) permitted on that roadway.

سرخ دائرے میں 50 کا ہندسہ زیادہ سے زیادہ رفتار کی حد (Maximum speed limit) کو ظاہر کرتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

188📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceHigh-Visibility Safety Garments

If your vehicle has broken down at night, what clothing should be worn to be more visible to traffic?

Explanation

Wearing bright fluorescent retro-reflective high-visibility clothing/vests ensures drivers are easily visible to oncoming headlights from great distances at night.

رات کو گاڑی خراب ہونے پر چمکدار فلورسنٹ یا ریفلیکٹو کپڑے پہننے چاہییں تاکہ دور سے نظر آ سکیں۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

189📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceTyre-Pavement Friction & Hydroplaning

Driving a four wheeler on a wet road is difficult due to

Explanation

Water on road surfaces forms a thin lubricating liquid film that substantially decreases the coefficient of friction and grip between tyre rubber and pavement, increasing stopping distance and risk of hydroplaning.

گیلی سڑک پر ٹائر اور سڑک کے درمیان رگڑ (Friction) کم ہو جاتی ہے جس سے گاڑی پھسلنے کا خطرہ بڑھ جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

190📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceWet Weather Driving

The most preferable driving technique with wet roads is

Explanation

On wet or slippery roads, downshifting to a lower gear and reducing speed allows engine braking and maximizes tyre grip while minimizing reliance on sudden wheel-locking brakes.

گیلی سڑکوں پر محفوظ ترین طریقہ گیئر کم کرنا اور رفتار گھٹانا (Change down gear and reduce speed) ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

191📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceSkidding vs Slipping

Consider the following statements:
Statement-1: In case of skidding, distance traveled along the road is more than the movement of wheel circumference.
Statement-2: In case of slipping, distance traveled along the road is less than the movement of wheel circumference.
Choose the correct combination:

Explanation

In highway engineering: Skidding occurs when wheels slide without full rotation (path length

>

circumferential rotation); Slipping/Spinning occurs when wheels spin in place on low traction surfaces (path length

<

circumferential rotation). Both statements are true.

اسکیڈنگ اور سلپنگ کے دونوں تکنیکی بیانات 1 اور 2 بالکل درست ہیں۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

192📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceBraking Distance Calculations

On a foggy day, two bus drivers spot each other traveling at

20\text{ m/sec}

and

10\text{ m/sec}

towards each other. Both apply brakes decelerating at

5\text{ m/s}^2

. What is the total combined distance covered by both buses before coming to a stop?

Explanation

Stopping distance formula

s = \frac{v^2}{2a}

:
- For Bus 1:

s_1 = \frac{20^2}{2(5)} = \frac{400}{10} = 40\text{ m}

- For Bus 2:

s_2 = \frac{10^2}{2(5)} = \frac{100}{10} = 10\text{ m}

Total combined stopping distance required

= 40 + 10 = 50\text{ meters}

.

دونوں بسوں کا رکنے کے لیے درکار مجموعی فاصلہ = \frac{20^2}{10} + \frac{10^2}{10} = 40 + 10 = 50 میٹر ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

193📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceLow-Light Driving Precautions

Which of the following is recommended while driving at night on a low-lit street?

Explanation

On poorly illuminated streets at night, drivers should reduce vehicle speed to match stopping sight distance and use properly aligned headlights.

کم روشنی والی سڑک پر آہستہ رفتار میں گاڑی چلانا اور ہیڈ لائٹ کا استعمال کرنا چاہیے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

194📚Safe Driving & Vehicle MaintenanceTowing Regulations & Distance Limits

Maximum allowable distance between the rear of the towing vehicle and the front of the towed vehicle is

Explanation

Under Rule 126 of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989, the towing connection (cable, rope, or tow bar) between the towing vehicle and the towed disabled vehicle shall not exceed 5 meters.

گاڑی کھینچنے والی رسی یا بار کا فاصلہ 5 میٹر (5 meters) سے زیادہ نہیں ہونا چاہیے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

195📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlKinetic Energy of Moving Vehicles

If a 1000 kg vehicle is moving at

10\text{ m/s}

, it has a kinetic energy of

Explanation

Kinetic energy formula

E_k = \frac{1}{2} m v^2 = \frac{1}{2} \times 1000\text{ kg} \times (10\text{ m/s})^2 = 500 \times 100 = 50,000\text{ Joules}

.

حرکی توانائی = \frac{1}{2} m v^2 = \frac{1}{2} \times 1000 \times 100 = 50,000 جول۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

196📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlBelt Drives: V-Belts vs Flat Belts

V-belts are most suitable when the center distance between the driving and driven pulleys is

Explanation

V-belts provide high friction wedging action and are optimally engineered for compact drives with Short center distances between pulleys.

وی بیلٹ (V-belts) کم فاصلے والے پلّیوں کے درمیان پاور ٹرانسمیشن کے لیے بہترین ہوتی ہیں۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

197📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlFuel Quality Ratings: Cetane vs Octane

The ignition quality and combustion speed of diesel fuel is indicated by its

Explanation

The Cetane Number is the standard measure of the ignition delay and combustion quality of diesel fuel under compression. (Octane number measures anti-knock quality in petrol).

ڈیزل ایندھن کے جلنے کی صلاحیت اور کوالٹی کو سیٹین نمبر (Cetane number) سے ناپا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

198📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlVehicle Specifications: Wheelbase vs Track Width

The "Wheelbase" of a motor vehicle is defined as the distance between the

Explanation

The Wheelbase of a vehicle is the longitudinal distance measured between the center points of the front and rear wheel axles.

وہیل بیس (Wheelbase) سامنے والے اور پچھلے پہیوں کے ایکسل کے درمیانی فاصلے کو کہتے ہیں۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

199📚Automobile Mechanisms & Pollution ControlOdometers vs Speedometers

Which of the following instruments is commonly used to measure the total distance traveled by a motor vehicle?

Explanation

An Odometer (mileometer) is an onboard instrument that measures and records the total cumulative distance traveled by a motor vehicle. (A Speedometer indicates instantaneous velocity).

گاڑی کے طے کردہ کل فاصلے کو اوڈومیٹر (Odometer) سے ناپا جاتا ہے۔

2023JKSSBTransport / Various Departments

200📚Computer ApplicationsLinear Acceleration Formula ($a = \Delta v / \Delta t$)

A body of mass 10 kg is moving with a constant initial velocity of

+10\text{ m/s}

. When a constant force acts for 4 seconds on it, the body moves with a velocity of

2\text{ m/s}

in the opposite direction (

-2\text{ m/s}

). The acceleration produced is:

Explanation

Using kinematics:

u = +10\text{ m/s}

,

v = -2\text{ m/s}

,

t = 4\text{ s}

. Acceleration

a = \frac{v - u}{t} = \frac{-2 - 10}{4} = \frac{-12}{4} = -3\text{ m/s}^2

.

اسراع (Acceleration) کا حساب:

a = \frac{-2 - 10}{4} = -3\text{ m/s}^2

۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

201📚Accountancy & Financial ManagementProblems on Trains: Speed Conversion

Two trains A and B traveling at constant speeds cross an electric pole in 20 s and 30 s respectively. The length of train A is 240 m and that of train B is 300 m. What is the difference in the speeds of the two trains in km/h?

Explanation

Speed of Train A

= \frac{240\text{ m}}{20\text{ s}} = 12\text{ m/s}

. Speed of Train B

= \frac{300\text{ m}}{30\text{ s}} = 10\text{ m/s}

. Difference

= 12 - 10 = 2\text{ m/s} = 2 \times \frac{18}{5} = \frac{36}{5} = 7.2\text{ km/h}

.

رفتار کا فرق

= (12 - 10)\text{ m/s} = 2 \times 3.6 = 7.2\text{ km/h}

۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

202📚Accountancy & Financial ManagementDirection Sense & Shortest Distance

Sandeep walks 15 km North from his home, turns left and walks 6 km, turns left and walks 10 km, and then turns right and walks 4 km to his destination. Find the shortest straight-line distance between his home and the endpoint.

Explanation

Coordinates from origin (0,0):
1. North 15 km to (0, 15)
2. Left (West) 6 km to (-6, 15)
3. Left (South) 10 km to (-6, 5)
4. Right (West) 4 km to (-10, 5)
Shortest distance

= \sqrt{(-10)^2 + 5^2} = \sqrt{100 + 25} = \sqrt{125} = 5\sqrt{5}\text{ km}

.

فیثاغورث فارمولے سے فاصلہ = \sqrt{10^2 + 5^2} = \sqrt{125} = 5\sqrt{5} کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

203📚Accountancy & Financial ManagementCoding-Decoding: Opposite Letter Pairs

In a certain code DISTANCE is written as WRHGZMXV. How is HUMANITY written in that code?

Explanation

Opposite letter pair coding (sum of positions

= 27

):
D-W, I-R, S-H, T-G, A-Z, N-M, C-X, E-V.
For HUMANITY: H → S, U → F, M → N, A → Z, N → M, I → R, T → G, Y → B

\implies

SFNZMRGB.

حروف کے الٹ جوڑوں (Opposite letters) کے مطابق HUMANITY کا کوڈ SFNZMRGB ہے۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

204📚Accountancy & Financial ManagementSpeed, Time & Distance: Early-Late Problems

A man rides on a motorbike at

18\text{ km/h}

and reaches his office 6 minutes late. The next day he increases his speed to

27\text{ km/h}

and reaches the office 10 minutes early. How far is the office from his house in km?

Explanation

Total time difference

= 6\text{ min late} - (-10\text{ min early}) = 16\text{ minutes} = \frac{16}{60}\text{ hours}

. Distance

D = \frac{S_1 \times S_2}{|S_1 - S_2|} \times \Delta t = \frac{18 \times 27}{27 - 18} \times \frac{16}{60} = \frac{486}{9} \times \frac{4}{15} = 54 \times \frac{4}{15} = \frac{216}{15} = 14.4\text{ km}

.

فاصلہ = \frac{18 \times 27}{9} \times \frac{16}{60} = 54 \times \frac{4}{15} = 14.4 کلومیٹر۔

2024JKSSBFinance Department

205📚General English & ComprehensionTime and Work

If A and B together can complete a work in 15 days and B alone can complete it in 20 days, in how many days can A alone complete the entire work?

Explanation

Work rate of A alone

= \frac{1}{15} - \frac{1}{20} = \frac{4 - 3}{60} = \frac{1}{60}

. Thus, A alone will finish the work in 60 days.

A اکیلا اس کام کو \frac{1}{1/15 - 1/20} = 60 دن میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBSocial Welfare Department

206📚Specialisation (Sociology, Social Work & Child Development)Rehabilitation of Beggars and Destitutes

Which approach is considered most constructive and effective for addressing the socioeconomic issue of beggary from a professional social work perspective?

Explanation

Modern social work emphasizes holistic rehabilitation, skill training, shelter homes, and livelihood support (such as the SMILE scheme) rather than penal punitive criminalization.

سماجی بہبود کے مطابق بھکاری پن کا حل پیشہ ورانہ تربیت اور بحالی کے پروگرام (Vocational training & rehabilitation) فراہم کرنا ہے۔

2024JKSSBSocial Welfare Department

207📚General Knowledge with special ref to J&KTime and Work: Typing Rates

A and B work together to type a 134-page assignment. A types 65 pages in 5 hours, and B types 84 pages in 7 hours. If both start together and A leaves after 2 hours, how many hours will B take to complete the remaining pages alone?

Explanation

Typing speeds:

R_A = \frac{65}{5} = 13\text{ pages/hr}

,

R_B = \frac{84}{7} = 12\text{ pages/hr}

. In the first 2 hours, together they type

(13 + 12) \times 2 = 50\text{ pages}

. Remaining pages

= 134 - 50 = 84\text{ pages}

. Time for B alone

= \frac{84}{12} = 7\text{ hours}

.

باقی صفحات ٹائپ کرنے میں B کو درکار وقت = \frac{84}{12} = 7 گھنٹے ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

208📚General Knowledge with special ref to J&KDirection & Displacement

Ravi walks 10 km East, turns right and walks 5 km South, turns right and walks 10 km West, and finally turns left and walks 10 km South. What is the shortest distance from his current position to his home?

Explanation

Coordinates: From (0,0) → East 10 km (10, 0) → South 5 km (10, -5) → West 10 km (0, -5) → South 10 km (0, -15). Shortest distance from home (0,0) to final point (0, -15) is exactly 15 km.

گھر سے آخری مقام کا سیدھا فاصلہ 5 + 10 = 15 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

209📚General Intelligence & ReasoningSpeed, Time and Distance

A cyclist travels from A to B at 30 km/h for the first 1/3rd of the distance. Due to mechanical issues, speed drops to 20 km/h for the remaining 2/3rd distance. If total trip takes 8 hours, what is total distance between A and B?

Explanation

Let total distance be

D

. Time taken:

T = \frac{D/3}{30} + \frac{2D/3}{20} = \frac{D}{90} + \frac{D}{30} = \frac{4D}{90} = 8\text{ hours} \implies D = \frac{8 \times 90}{4} = 180\text{ km}

.

کل فاصلہ D = \frac{8 \times 90}{4} = 180 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBVarious Departments

210📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance

Mohan has to reach Bangalore (500 km away) at 5:30 pm, starting at 7:30 am. He travels the first 200 km at

50\text{ km/hr}

and the next 3 hours at

60\text{ km/hr}

. At what speed must he travel the remaining distance to arrive on time?

Explanation

Total time

= 10\text{ hours}

. Time for first 200 km

= 200 / 50 = 4\text{ hours}

. Next 3 hours at 60 km/hr covers

3 \times 60 = 180\text{ km}

. Distance covered

= 380\text{ km}

in 7 hours. Remaining distance

= 120\text{ km}

in 3 hours. Required speed

= 120 / 3 = 40\text{ km/hr}

.

باقی 120 کلومیٹر 3 گھنٹوں میں طے کرنے کے لیے مطلوبہ رفتار

= \frac{120}{3} = 40\text{ km/hr}

ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

211📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work: Alternate Days

Abhijit can build a house alone in 16 days, and Vijay alone in 12 days. If they work on alternate days starting with Abhijit on the first day, in how many days will the house be built?

Explanation

Total work

= \text{LCM}(16, 12) = 48\text{ units}

. Rates: Abhijit

= 3\text{ u/day}

, Vijay

= 4\text{ u/day}

. In a 2-day cycle, work done

= 7\text{ units}

. In 6 cycles (12 days), work

= 42\text{ units}

. Day 13 (Abhijit) does 3 units (total 45). Remaining 3 units done by Vijay on Day 14 in

\frac{3}{4}

day. Total time

= 13\frac{3}{4}\text{ days}

.

متبادل دنوں میں کام مکمل ہونے کی کل مدت = 13\frac{3}{4} دن ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

212📚Basic MathematicsPipes and Cisterns

Pipes P and Q can fill a tank in 20 and 10 minutes respectively, while pipe R can empty it in

x

minutes. When all three open together, the tank fills in 12 minutes. Find

x

.

Explanation

\frac{1}{20} + \frac{1}{10} - \frac{1}{x} = \frac{1}{12} \implies \frac{3}{20} - \frac{1}{12} = \frac{1}{x} \implies \frac{9 - 5}{60} = \frac{4}{60} = \frac{1}{15} \implies x = 15\text{ minutes}

.

پائپ R ٹینک کو 15 منٹ میں خالی کر سکتا ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

213📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work: Multi-Person Rate

Ram can complete a work in 12 days working 7 hours/day. Shyam can complete the same work in 8 days working 9 hours/day. If Ram and Shyam work together for 7 hours/day, in how many days will they complete the work?

Explanation

Total hours needed: Ram

= 12 \times 7 = 84\text{ hrs}

, Shyam

= 8 \times 9 = 72\text{ hrs}

.
Hourly work rate combined

= \frac{1}{84} + \frac{1}{72} = \frac{6 + 7}{504} = \frac{13}{504}

.
Daily work rate (at 7 hrs/day)

= 7 \times \frac{13}{504} = \frac{13}{72}

.
Total days required

= \frac{72}{13}\text{ days}

.

مل کر کام مکمل کرنے کے دن = \frac{72}{13} دن ہیں۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

214📚Basic MathematicsProperties of Equilateral Triangles & Centroid

In an equilateral triangle ABC with side

16\sqrt{3}\text{ cm}

, P is the centroid. What is the perpendicular distance of centroid P from side BC?

Explanation

Altitude of equilateral triangle:

h = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} a = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \times 16\sqrt{3} = 24\text{ cm}

.
The distance from centroid P to any base side is the inradius:

r = \frac{h}{3} = \frac{24}{3} = 8\text{ cm}

.

سینٹرائیڈ کا فاصلہ = \frac{ارتفاع}{3} = \frac{24}{3} = 8 سینٹی میٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

215📚Basic ReasoningSpeed, Time and Distance

A and B travel the same distance at speeds of 9 km/h and 12 km/h respectively. If A takes 11 minutes longer than B, what is the distance travelled by each?

Explanation

Let distance be

D

. Difference in time

= 11\text{ minutes} = \frac{11}{60}\text{ hours}

.

\frac{D}{9} - \frac{D}{12} = \frac{11}{60} \implies \frac{4D - 3D}{36} = \frac{11}{60} \implies \frac{D}{36} = \frac{11}{60} \implies D = \frac{11 \times 36}{60} = \frac{396}{60} = 6.6\text{ km}

.

کل فاصلہ D = \frac{11 \times 36}{60} = 6.6 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

216📚Basic ReasoningFractional Distance Breakdown

Aamir travelled 1800 km by air, which constituted

3/5th

of his total journey. He travelled

1/3rd

of the whole trip by car, and the remaining distance by train. How many kilometers did he travel by train?

Explanation

Total trip distance

= \frac{1800}{3/5} = 1800 \times \frac{5}{3} = 3000\text{ km}

.
Distance by Car

= \frac{1}{3} \times 3000 = 1000\text{ km}

.
Distance by Train

= 3000 - (1800 + 1000) = 3000 - 2800 = 200\text{ km}

.

ٹرین کے ذریعے طے شدہ فاصلہ = 3000 - 2800 = 200 کلومیٹر ہے۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

217📚Basic EnglishTime and Work: Efficiency Ratio

A is thrice as efficient a workman as B, and takes 10 days less than B to finish a piece of work. If B alone takes 15 days, how many days will A alone take to finish the work?

Explanation

Let B take

3x

days, then A takes

x

days. Time difference:

3x - x = 2x = 10 \implies x = 5\text{ days}

. Thus A takes 5 days (and B takes 15 days).

A اکیلا اس کام کو 5 دن میں مکمل کرے گا۔

2024JKSSBAnimal / Sheep Husbandry Department

218📚General English & ComprehensionEmployment, Skill Development & Human Resource

Which initiative plays the most crucial role in boosting employment opportunities in India?

Explanation

The National Skill Development Mission (NSDM), launched in 2015 by the Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship, creates vocational training infrastructure and industry-aligned skills to directly boost youth employability across India.

राष्ट्रीय कौशल विकास मिशन (National Skills Development Mission) युवाओं को रोजगारपरक प्रशिक्षण देकर देश में रोजगार के अवसर बढ़ाने में सबसे महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाता है।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

219📚Numerical & Mathematical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

A thief is noticed by a policeman from a distance of 300 m. The thief starts running and the policeman chases him. The thief and the policeman run at the rate of

10\text{ km/h}

and

11\text{ km/h}

, respectively. What is the distance between them after 6 mins?

Explanation

Relative speed of the policeman with respect to the thief:

v_{\text{rel}} = 11 - 10 = 1\text{ km/h} = 1 \times \frac{1000\text{ m}}{60\text{ min}} = \frac{50}{3}\text{ m/min}

Distance gained by policeman in 6 minutes:

d_{\text{gained}} = \frac{50}{3} \times 6 = 100\text{ metres}

Distance remaining between them after 6 minutes:

d_{\text{remaining}} = 300 - 100 = 200\text{ metres}.

सापेक्ष गति = 11 - 10 = 1 किमी/घंटा = \frac{50}{3} मीटर/मिनट।
6 मिनट में तय की गई अतिरिक्त दूरी = \frac{50}{3} \times 6 = 100 मीटर।
6 मिनट बाद दोनों के बीच शेष दूरी = 300 - 100 = 200 मीटर।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

220📚General Intelligence & ReasoningSpeed, Time and Distance

A train increases its normal speed by 12.5% and reaches its destination 20 minutes earlier. What is the actual (normal) time taken by the train on the journey?

Explanation

Increase in speed

= 12.5\% = \frac{1}{8}

.
New speed

= S \left(1 + \frac{1}{8}\right) = \frac{9}{8}S

.
Since distance is constant, time is inversely proportional to speed:

\text{New time } T' = \frac{8}{9}T

Time saved

= T - \frac{8}{9}T = \frac{T}{9} = 20\text{ minutes}

T = 9 \times 20 = 180\text{ minutes} = 3\text{ hours}.

गति में

12.5\% = \frac{1}{8}

की वृद्धि

\implies

नई गति

= \frac{9}{8}

मूल गति।
नया समय

= \frac{8}{9}

मूल समय।
बचाया गया समय = T - \frac{8}{9}T = \frac{T}{9} = 20 मिनट \implies T = 180 मिनट = 3 घंटे।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

221📚General Intelligence & ReasoningTime and Work

Manisha takes twice as much time as Usha to complete a work and Ravi does it in the same time as Manisha and Usha together. If all three working together can finish the work in 7 days, then the time taken by Manisha to finish the work is:

Explanation

Let Usha's time be

x

days

\implies

Manisha's time

= 2x

days.
Combined 1-day work of Manisha and Usha:

\frac{1}{2x} + \frac{1}{x} = \frac{3}{2x}

Ravi's 1-day work is equal to Manisha + Usha together

= \frac{3}{2x}

.
All three together in 1 day:

\frac{3}{2x} + \frac{3}{2x} = \frac{6}{2x} = \frac{3}{x} = \frac{1}{7} \implies x = 21\text{ days}

Time taken by Manisha

= 2x = 2 \times 21 = 42\text{ days}

.

उषा का समय

= x

, मनीषा का समय

= 2x

।
मनीषा + उषा का 1 दिन का काम

= \frac{1}{2x} + \frac{1}{x} = \frac{3}{2x}

(रवि का भी काम)।
तीनों का 1 दिन का कुल काम

= \frac{3}{2x} + \frac{3}{2x} = \frac{3}{x} = \frac{1}{7} \implies x = 21

मनीषा द्वारा लिया गया समय = 2x = 42 दिन।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

222📚Basic Concepts of ComputersHeights and Distances & Trigonometry

The top of a 15-metre high tower makes an angle of depression of

60^\circ

with the bottom of an electric pole and an angle of depression of

30^\circ

with the top of the pole. What is the height of the electric pole?

Explanation

Let the height of the tower be

H = 15\text{ m}

, height of the pole be

h

, and horizontal distance between them be

d

.
From the bottom of the pole:

\tan 60^\circ = \frac{15}{d} \implies \sqrt{3} = \frac{15}{d} \implies d = \frac{15}{\sqrt{3}} = 5\sqrt{3}\text{ m}

From the top of the pole to top of tower:

\tan 30^\circ = \frac{15 - h}{d} \implies \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}} = \frac{15 - h}{5\sqrt{3}}

15 - h = 5 \implies h = 15 - 5 = 10\text{ metres}.

मीनार की ऊंचाई = 15 मी।

\tan 60

^\circ =

\frac{15}{d}

\implies d = 5

\sqrt{3}

मी।

\tan 30

^\circ =

\frac{15 - h}{d}

\implies

\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}

} =

\frac{15 - h}{5\sqrt{3}

}

\implies 15 - h = 5

\implies h = 10

मीटर।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

223📚Basic Concepts of ComputersE-Governance & Digital Applications

A mobile application launched by the Union Government to provide speedy redressal of consumer grievances is:

Explanation

The 'Smart Consumer App' was launched by the Department of Consumer Affairs to empower consumers to scan product barcodes, verify MRP/standards, and directly register grievances with the National Consumer Helpline.

उपभोक्ता मामलों के विभाग द्वारा उपभोक्ता शिकायतों के त्वरित निवारण और उत्पाद सत्यापन के लिए 'Smart Consumer App' लॉन्च किया गया।

2025JKSSBGeneral Administration & State Departments

224📚Basic MathematicsTrains & Speed, Time, Distance

A train of 100 meters in length crosses a flyover 500 meters in length at a speed of 90 km/h. How long does it take to cross the flyover?

Explanation

Total distance to cover = Length of Train + Length of Flyover =

100 + 500 = 600\text{ m}

.
Speed of train =

90\text{ km/h} = 90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25\text{ m/s}

.

\text{Time} = \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Speed}} = \frac{600}{25} = 24\text{ seconds}.

कुल दूरी = ट्रेन की लंबाई + फ्लाईओवर की लंबाई = 100 + 500 = 600 मीटर।
गति = 90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25 मीटर/सेकंड।
समय = \frac{600}{25} = 24 सेकंड।

2025JKSSBTransport & State Fleet Departments

225📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

If 10 workers can complete a task in 18 days. If the same work is done by 5 workers for 10 days, how many more days would be required by 13 workers to finish the task?

Explanation

Total work =

10 \times 18 = 180\text{ man-days}

.
Work done by 5 workers in 10 days =

5 \times 10 = 50\text{ man-days}

.
Work remaining =

180 - 50 = 130\text{ man-days}

.
Days required by 13 workers =

\frac{130}{13} = 10\text{ days}

.

कुल काम

= 10 \times 18 = 180

मैन-डेज।
5 मजदूरों द्वारा 10 दिन में किया गया काम

= 50

मैन-डेज।
शेष काम

= 180 - 50 = 130

मैन-डेज।
13 मजदूरों द्वारा लिया गया समय

= \frac{130}{13} = 10

दिन।

2025JKSSBTransport & State Fleet Departments

226📚Basic MathematicsMensuration & Area

An elderly person runs on a rectangular ground daily for 20 minutes at the rate of 2.4 km per hour. He finishes 10 rounds of the rectangular ground. If the length is three times the breadth of the rectangle, find the area of the rectangle.

Explanation

Speed

= 2.4\text{ km/h} = 2400\text{ m} / 60\text{ min} = 40\text{ m/min}

.
Total distance in 20 min

= 40 \times 20 = 800\text{ m}

.
10 rounds

= 800\text{ m} \implies

Perimeter of ground

= 80\text{ m}

.
Perimeter

= 2(L + B) = 80 \implies L + B = 40

.
Given

L = 3B \implies 3B + B = 40 \implies 4B = 40 \implies B = 10\text{ m}, L = 30\text{ m}

.
Area of rectangle

= L \times B = 30 \times 10 = 300\text{ m}^2

(standard close option 240/300 m²).

गति

= 40

मी/मिनट

\implies 20

मिनट में कुल दूरी

= 800

मीटर।
10 चक्कर

= 800

मी

\implies

परिमाप

= 80

मीटर।
2(3B + B) = 80 \implies B = 10 मी, L = 30 मी।
क्षेत्रफल = 30 \times 10 = 300 मी^2।

2025JKSSBTransport & State Fleet Departments

227📚Basic ReasoningDirection Sense Test

A person walks 25 meters north, then 12 meters east, and finally 9 meters south. What is the shortest distance to return to the starting point?

Explanation

Net displacement coordinates from origin

(0, 0)

:
- North-South:

25 - 9 = 16\text{ m North}

- East-West:

12\text{ m East}

Shortest distance

d = \sqrt{16^2 + 12^2} = \sqrt{256 + 144} = \sqrt{400} = 20\text{ meters}

.
To return to origin, one must travel South-West (20 meters).

शुद्ध विस्थापन: उत्तर =

25 - 9 = 16

मी, पूर्व =

12

मी।
न्यूनतम दूरी

= \sqrt{16^2 + 12^2} = \sqrt{400} = 20

मीटर।

2025JKSSBTransport & State Fleet Departments

228📚Basic EnglishTenses & Sequence of Tenses

Fill in the blank with a suitable verb in the below sentence.
By the time he arrived, the train _____ already.

Explanation

In past time clauses with 'By the time + past simple (arrived)', the earlier completed action takes the past perfect tense: 'had already left'.

'By the time' के साथ भूतकाल में पहले समाप्त हुई क्रिया के लिए Past Perfect Tense 'had left' का प्रयोग होता है।

2025JKSSBTransport & State Fleet Departments

229📚Psychological Testing & NeuropsychologyWAIS-IV Index Structure

The Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) includes which of the following subscales?
1. Verbal Comprehension Index
2. Working Memory Index
3. Auditory Processing Index
4. Processing Speed Index

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

WAIS-IV indexes include VCI (1), WMI (2), and PSI (4) alongside PRI. Auditory processing index is not a WAIS index. Thus, 1, 2, and 4 are correct.

WAIS-IV में VCI (1), WMI (2) और PSI (4) शामिल हैं। अतः केवल 1, 2 और 4 सही हैं।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

230📚Health Psychology & Research MethodologyStress Inoculation Training (SIT)

Arrange the following phases of stress inoculation training in the correct order:
1. Application and follow-through
2. Conceptual-educational
3. Skills acquisition and consolidation

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Stress Inoculation Training (SIT) by Donald Meichenbaum consists of three distinct phases: Phase 1: Conceptual-educational phase (2) -> Phase 2: Skills acquisition and consolidation (3) -> Phase 3: Application and follow-through (1). Sequence: 2 -> 3 -> 1.

स्ट्रेस इनोक्यूलेशन ट्रेनिंग (SIT) के 3 चरण: अवधारणात्मक-शैक्षिक चरण (2) → कौशल अर्जन एवं सुदृढ़ीकरण (3) → अनुप्रयोग और अनुवर्ती कार्रवाई (1)। सही क्रम: 2 -> 3 -> 1।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

231📚Health Psychology & Research MethodologyNeuropsychological Attention Batteries (d2 & SDMT)

Select neuropsychological tests that were developed to measure attention from the codes given below:
1. WISC
2. WMS
3. d2 Test
4. SDMT
5. COWA

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

The d2 Test of Attention (Brickenkamp) and the Symbol Digit Modalities Test (SDMT, Smith) are premier standardized neuropsychological tests specifically designed to measure sustained attention, selective attention, and visual scanning speed. (WISC is general intelligence, WMS is memory, and COWA measures verbal fluency). Thus, 3 and 4 only are correct.

d2 टेस्ट ऑफ अटेंशन (3) और सिंबल डिजिट मोडैलिटीज टेस्ट (SDMT - 4) विशेष रूप से ध्यान और एकाग्रता मापने के लिए विकसित तंत्रिका-मनोवैज्ञानिक परीक्षण हैं। अतः 3 और 4 सही हैं।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

232📚Health Psychology & Research MethodologyPalliative Care & Behavioral Medicine

What is the role of behavioral medicine in the care of terminally ill patients?
1. Diagnosing and treating acute medical conditions
2. Enhancing quality of life through psychosocial and behavioral interventions
3. Providing cognitive training for memory improvement
4. Supporting family members and caregivers

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

In palliative and terminal end-of-life care, behavioral medicine focuses on optimizing pain relief and quality of life through psychosocial coping (2) and providing emotional and bereavement support to caregivers and families (4). Hence, Only 2 and 4 are correct.

असाध्य रूप से बीमार (Terminally ill) रोगियों की देखभाल में व्यवहार चिकित्सा का मुख्य कार्य मनोसामाजिक हस्तक्षेपों द्वारा जीवन की गुणवत्ता में सुधार करना (2) और परिवार के सदस्यों तथा देखभालकर्ताओं को भावनात्मक संबल प्रदान करना (4) है। अतः केवल 2 और 4 सही हैं।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

233📚Basic Electrical Concepts & DC CircuitsHomophones & Vocabulary

Fill in the blank using suitable homophones:
Despite the _____ remarks made by the coach, the athlete continued to train hard and developed a _____ on her hand by gripping the weights.

Explanation

'Callous' (adjective) means insensitive, unfeeling, or harsh. 'Callus' (noun) means a thickened and hardened part of the skin caused by friction.

'Callous' (कठोर/असंवेदनशील) टिप्पणी और हाथ पर 'callus' (घट्टा/कड़ा चमड़ा)। सही विकल्प 'callous, callus' है।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

234📚AC Fundamentals & Polyphase SystemsEarth Resistance Measurement

When measuring the resistance of an earthing system, which of the following factors is/are most important for ensuring accurate readings?
1. Length/Depth of the earthing electrode
2. Distance between measurement points
3. Type of soil surrounding the electrode

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Accurate earth resistance testing (Fall-of-Potential method) depends critically on electrode insertion depth (1), proper auxiliary electrode spacing distances (2), and surrounding soil resistivity/composition (3) (All of the above).

अर्थिंग प्रतिरोध के सटीक मापन के लिए इलेक्ट्रोड की गहराई (1), परीक्षण बिंदुओं के बीच की दूरी (2), और मिट्टी की प्रकृति (3) सभी आवश्यक हैं (उपरोक्त सभी)।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

235📚AC Fundamentals & Polyphase SystemsFuzzy Logic in Modern Appliances

What is the primary function of the Fuzzy Inference Unit (FIU) in a fuzzy controller used in a washing machine?

Explanation

The Fuzzy Inference Unit (FIU) processes fuzzified input sensor variables (such as load weight, fabric type, dirt level) by evaluating IF-THEN linguistic fuzzy rules to determine optimal wash duration, water level, and spin speed.

फजी इंफरेंस यूनिट (FIU) इनपुट स्थितियों के आधार पर निर्णय लेने के लिए फजी लॉजिक नियमों (IF-THEN rules) को लागू करती है।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

236📚Transformers & Electrical MachinesEddy Currents & Applications

Which of the following is NOT a practical application of eddy currents?

Explanation

Induction furnaces, eddy current train brakes, and drag-cup speedometers directly rely on eddy currents. Creating airtight mechanical seals on containers is a mechanical process.

भंवर धाराएं (Eddy currents) इंडक्शन फर्नेस, ऑटोमोबाइल स्पीडोमीटर और ट्रेन ब्रेकिंग में उपयोगी हैं। कंटेनर सीलिंग यांत्रिक प्रक्रिया है।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

237📚Wiring Systems, Earthing & SafetyPotential Gradient & Field Theory

What is a voltage gradient?

Explanation

Voltage gradient (or potential gradient) refers to the rate of voltage change/reduction per unit distance across a dielectric medium or resistive conductor path (

dV/dx

).

वोल्टेज प्रवणता (Voltage gradient) दूरी के सापेक्ष वोल्टेज में होने वाली कमी/परिवर्तन की दर (

dV/dx

) है।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

238📚Wiring Systems, Earthing & SafetyArmature Current & Voltage Drop

A generator has an armature resistance of 0.5 Ω. When rotated at rated speed, it produces 120V at no load and 115V under full load. What is the current in the armature coil?

Explanation

Armature voltage drop

I_a R_a = E_0 - V_{\text{terminal}} = 120 - 115 = 5\text{ V}

.

I_a = \frac{5\text{ V}}{0.5\ \Omega} = 10\text{ A}.

आर्मेचर वोल्टेज ड्रॉप

= 120 - 115 = 5

V।
आर्मेचर धारा

I_a = \frac{5}{0.5} = 10

A।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

239📚Wiring Systems, Earthing & SafetyDC vs AC Motors

Which of the following statements is/are true regarding the preference of a DC motor over an AC motor?
1. DC motors are widely used in industrial applications requiring precise speed and torque control.
2. DC motors respond quickly to starting, stopping, and reversing operations, making them suitable for applications needing rapid transitions.
3. DC motors are compatible with the DC energy stored in batteries, making them an ideal choice for electric vehicles.
4. DC motor ceiling fans use more energy than a standard AC fan.

Which of the above statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Statements 1, 2, and 3 are correct. Statement 4 is false because Brushless DC (BLDC) motor ceiling fans consume ~50-65% LESS energy (28W-35W) than standard induction motor AC fans (75W). Thus, 1, 2 and 3 are correct.

कथन 1, 2 और 3 सत्य हैं। कथन 4 असत्य है क्योंकि BLDC (DC) पंखे पारंपरिक AC पंखों की तुलना में काफी कम बिजली की खपत करते हैं। अतः 1, 2 और 3 सही हैं।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

240📚Power Generation & DistributionDC Motor Characteristics & Applications

Explanation

Matching: i) DC Shunt Motor = constant speed machine tool drives (2); ii) DC Series Motor = heavy traction/hoists/cranes (3); iii) Cumulative Compound Motor = rolling mills/punch presses (1). Code: i-2, ii-3, iii-1.

सही मिलान: i-2, ii-3, iii-1।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

241📚Power Generation & DistributionTypes of Alternators

Explanation

Matching: i) Two-phase = 90° electrical displacement (2); ii) Three-phase = 120° displacement (4); iii) Brushless = shaft-mounted main alternator with AC exciter & rotating diode rectifier (1); iv) Turbo alternator = high-speed non-salient cylindrical rotor (1500-3000 RPM) driven by steam turbines (3). Code: i-2, ii-4, iii-1, iv-3.

सही मिलान: i-2, ii-4, iii-1, iv-3।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

242📚Power Generation & DistributionInduction Motor Operating Principle

Which of the following statements about a 3-phase induction motor is TRUE?

Explanation

An induction motor relies on relative slip speed between the stator RMF and rotor. If the rotor were to reach synchronous speed (

N = N_s

), relative motion would be zero, no magnetic flux would be cut, no rotor EMF/current would be induced, and torque would drop to zero.

तुल्यकालिक गति पर रोटर और स्टेटर चुंबकीय क्षेत्र के बीच सापेक्ष गति शून्य हो जाती है, जिससे रोटर में कोई प्रेरित EMF और टॉर्क उत्पन्न नहीं होता।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

243📚Power Generation & DistributionOperating Modes of Induction Motor

Explanation

Matching: i) Motoring Mode =

0 < N < N_s

(

0 < s < 1

) (3); ii) Generating Mode =

N > N_s

(

s < 0

) driven by prime mover (1); iii) Braking / Plugging Mode = phase sequence swapped, rotor driven against field (

s > 1

) (2). Code: i-3, ii-1, iii-2.

सही मिलान: i-3, ii-1, iii-2।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

244📚Power Generation & DistributionRotor Frequency & Slip Speed

A 3-phase, 60 Hz induction motor has 6 poles and operates with a slip of 3% at a certain load. Determine the frequency of the rotor current and rotor speed.

Explanation

Synchronous speed

N_s = \frac{120 f}{P} = \frac{120 \times 60}{6} = 1200\text{ RPM}

.
- Slip

s = 0.03

- Rotor current frequency

f_r = s \cdot f = 0.03 \times 60 = 1.8\text{ Hz}

- Rotor actual speed

N = N_s (1 - s) = 1200 \times (1 - 0.03) = 1200 \times 0.97 = 1164\text{ RPM}

.

तुल्यकालिक गति

N_s = \frac{120 \times 60}{6} = 1200

RPM।
रोटर आवृत्ति

f_r = 0.03 \times 60 = 1.8

Hz।
रोटर गति

N = 1200 \times 0.97 = 1164

RPM।

2025JKSSBPower Development & Technical Education Department

245📚Data Structures & AlgorithmsDatabase Keys & Constraints

Explanation

Matching: i) Primary Key uniquely identifies a row (1); ii) Foreign Key enforces referential integrity between relations (2); iii) Candidate Key is a minimal superkey capable of being selected as primary key (3); iv) Composite Key consists of two or more attributes (4). Code: i-1, ii-2, iii-3, iv-4.

सही मिलान: i-1, ii-2, iii-3, iv-4।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

246📚Data Structures & AlgorithmsDatabase Indexing Pros & Cons

Which of the following are advantages of indexing in a database?
1. Improves query performance
2. Reduces storage requirements
3. Increases the speed of updates and inserts
4. Enables faster retrieval of rows

Choose the correct options:

Explanation

Indexing speeds up SELECT query performance (1) and accelerates row retrieval (4). However, indexes consume additional disk storage space and slow down INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations because the index tree must be updated.

इंडेक्सिंग से क्वेरी का प्रदर्शन बेहतर होता है (1) और डेटा तेजी से प्राप्त होता है (4)। यह अतिरिक्त मेमोरी लेता है और इन्सर्ट/अपडेट को धीमा करता है। अतः 1 और 4 सही हैं।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

247📚Database Management Systems (SQL)Foreign Key Constraints & Referential Integrity

Which of the following statements about foreign keys are true?
1. A foreign key can have duplicate values
2. A foreign key must refer to a primary key in another table
3. A foreign key ensures referential integrity
4. A foreign key value cannot be NULL

Choose the correct options:

Explanation

Statements 1, 2, and 3 are true. Statement 4 is false because foreign key attributes CAN accept NULL values (unless explicitly declared with `NOT NULL`), indicating an optional relationship.

कथन 1, 2 और 3 सत्य हैं। कथन 4 गलत है क्योंकि फॉरेन की में NULL मान स्वीकार्य होते हैं (जब तक `NOT NULL` न लगाया जाए)।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

248📚Taal Shastra & RhythmsSufi Poetry & Shrukhs

Which of the following are the poetic messages of wisdom generally sung without music and dance:

Explanation

Shrukhs are mystical spiritual quatrains composed by Sheikh Noor-ud-Din Wali (Nund Rishi) in Kashmiri, recited as profound words of wisdom without musical accompaniment.

शेख नूरुद्दीन वली (नंद ऋषि) द्वारा रचित सूफी पद 'श्रुख' (Shrukh) आध्यात्मिक ज्ञान के छंद हैं जो बिना वाद्य और नृत्य के गाए जाते हैं।

2025JKSSBDepartment of Culture

249📚Taal Shastra & RhythmsLaya & Rhythm Concepts

What is the movement of progression or beats in a rhythmic cycle?

Explanation

Laya is the uniform speed, tempo, or continuous movement of progression between successive beats in a rhythmic cycle.

लय (Laya) ताल चक्र में मात्राओं के बीच की गति या निरंतर चाल को कहते हैं।

2025JKSSBDepartment of Culture

250📚Radiation Physics & Atomic StructureLorentz Force & Electron Deflection

A Beam of electrons is travelling in a straight line. If an external magnetic field is introduced perpendicular to the direction of travel of electrons, the electron will _____?

Explanation

According to the Lorentz Force Law (

\vec{F} = -e(\vec{v} \times \vec{B})

), a magnetic field perpendicular to an electron's velocity exerts a magnetic deflecting force perpendicular to both the velocity vector and the magnetic field lines (causing circular or curved trajectory without changing speed).

लॉरेंट्ज़ बल नियम (

\vec{F} = -e(\vec{v} \times \vec{B})

) के अनुसार, चुंबकीय क्षेत्र इलेक्ट्रॉन को उसके प्रारंभिक वेग और चुंबकीय क्षेत्र दोनों के लंबवत विक्षेपित करता है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

251📚Radiation Physics & Atomic StructureHDR Brachytherapy Unit Safety Standards

In compliance with the NRC regulations, the leakage radiation levels outside the HDR unit:

Explanation

Under NRC / IAEA radiation safety regulations for High Dose Rate (HDR) remote afterloader brachytherapy units with the source in the shielded home storage position, radiation leakage must not exceed 1 mR/h at a distance of 10 cm from the surface.

NRC नियमों के अनुसार HDR यूनिट के शील्डेड अवस्था में होने पर सतह से 10 cm की दूरी पर लीकेज विकिरण 1 mR/h से अधिक नहीं होना चाहिए।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

252📚Radiation Detection & DosimetryOxygen Diffusion & Tumor Hypoxia

The distance to which oxygen can diffuse in tumour cells:

Explanation

Oxygen diffusion in tumor tissue is limited to approximately 70 to 100 micrometers from functional capillaries (Thomlinson & Gray model); beyond this diffusion radius, cells become chronically hypoxic and necrotic.

ट्यूमर कोशिकाओं में ऑक्सीजन की विसरण दूरी केशिका से लगभग 70 माइक्रोमीटर (

70\ \mu\text{m}

) होती है, जिसके आगे क्रोनिक हाइपोक्सिया और नेक्रोसिस होता है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

253📚Radiotherapy Equipment (Linac, Telecobalt)ICRP Occupational Radiation Limits

What is the maximum exposure that ICRP allows to occupational workers per year?

Explanation

ICRP Publication 103 allows an occupational effective dose limit of 20 mSv/year averaged over defined 5-year periods, subject to a maximum constraint of 50 mSv in any single year.

ICRP के अनुसार किसी एक वर्ष में व्यावसायिक कार्यकर्ता के लिए अधिकतम अनुमेय सीमा 50 mSv है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

254📚Radiotherapy Equipment (Linac, Telecobalt)Patient Radiation Dose Reduction

The single most effective method of reducing patient somatic exposure when taking radiograph is to use:

Explanation

Using high-speed image receptors (such as Fast E-speed / F-speed film or digital flat-panel detectors) dramatically reduces the required mAs and exposure time, offering the single largest reduction in patient radiation dose.

रेडियोग्राफ लेते समय रोगी के डोज़ को कम करने का सबसे प्रभावी तरीका 'स्पीड E फिल्म' (Speed E film / Fast Receptors) का उपयोग करना है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

255📚Radiotherapy Equipment (Linac, Telecobalt)Ultrasound Propagation Velocity

Speed of ultrasound depends upon:

Explanation

The speed of ultrasound propagation (

c = \sqrt{B/\rho}

) is determined exclusively by the acoustic properties of the propagation medium (bulk modulus elasticity and density), independent of wave frequency or amplitude.

अल्ट्रासाउंड की गति (

c = \sqrt{B/\rho}

) केवल माध्यम (Medium) के घनत्व और लोच पर निर्भर करती है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

256📚Radiotherapy Equipment (Linac, Telecobalt)Acoustic Impedance Formula

Acoustic impedance is defined as:

Explanation

Specific acoustic impedance (

Z

) is defined as the product of the physical density of the medium (

\rho

) and the speed of sound propagation in that medium (

c

):

Z = \rho \cdot c

(measured in Rayls).

ध्वनिक प्रतिबाधा (Acoustic impedance) माध्यम के घनत्व (

\rho

) और ध्वनि की गति (

c

) का गुणनफल होती है:

Z = \rho c

।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

257📚Clinical Oncology & Treatment PlanningUltrasound Pulse-Echo Distance Formula

Bone thickness is equal to:

Explanation

In pulse-echo ultrasound, sound travels to the reflecting bone interface and back (two-way transit time

\Delta t

). The one-way anatomical thickness is

d = \frac{c \cdot \Delta t}{2}

.

पल्स-इको अल्ट्रासाउंड में परावर्तन समय

\Delta t

के लिए दूरी का सूत्र

d = \frac{c \cdot \Delta t}{2}

होता है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

258📚Clinical Oncology & Treatment PlanningUltrasound Pulse Repetition Frequency (PRF)

In ultrasound a 4 MHz transducer has a useful range of 10cm. What is the maximum pulse repetition frequency of this transducer?

Explanation

Speed of sound in soft tissue

c = 1540\text{ m/s} = 154,000\text{ cm/s}

.
Round-trip transit distance for depth

d = 10\text{ cm}

is

2d = 20\text{ cm}

.
Time required per pulse

\Delta t = \frac{20\text{ cm}}{154,000\text{ cm/s}} \approx 1.2987 \times 10^{-4}\text{ s}

.

\text{Maximum PRF} = \frac{1}{\Delta t} = \frac{154000}{20} = 7700\text{ Hz} = 7.7\text{ kHz}.

10 सेमी गहराई के लिए 2-तरफा दूरी 20 सेमी है। समय

\Delta t = \frac{20}{154000} = 1.3 \times 10^{-4}

सेकंड। अधिकतम

\text{PRF} = \frac{1}{\Delta t} = 7.7\text{ kHz}

।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

259📚Clinical Oncology & Treatment PlanningData Ethics & Bias in Healthcare

In data ethics, What is the primary concern related to data bias:

Explanation

Data bias in clinical models and algorithms arises primarily from poor data representativeness (systematic underrepresentation or skew in training demographic cohorts).

डेटा नैतिकता में डेटा पूर्वाग्रह (Data bias) की मुख्य चिंता 'डेटा प्रतिनिधित्व' (Data representativeness) की कमी से संबंधित है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

260📚Clinical Oncology & Treatment PlanningTissue-Maximum Ratio (TMR) Parameters

Tissue-Maximum ratio (TMR) depends on:

Explanation

Tissue-Maximum Ratio (TMR) is defined as the ratio of dose at a given depth in phantom to dose at

d_{\max}

at the same point in space. It depends strictly on Beam Energy, Depth (

d

), and Field Size (

r_d

), and is completely independent of distance (SAD/SSD).

टिशू-मैक्सिमम रेशियो (TMR) केवल बीम ऊर्जा (Energy), गहराई (Depth) और फील्ड साइज पर निर्भर करता है और दूरी (SAD/SSD) से स्वतंत्र होता है।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

261📚Clinical Oncology & Treatment PlanningTissue-Air Ratio (TAR) Properties

TAR is:

Explanation

Tissue-Air Ratio (TAR): 1) At

d_{\max}

,

\text{TAR}(d_{\max}, r) = \text{BSF}

; 2) Is independent of source distance (SAD); 3) Is standardly used in rotational / isocentric treatment time calculations (All of the above).

टिशू-एयर रेशियो (TAR)

d_{\max}

पर BSF के बराबर होता है, SAD से स्वतंत्र होता है, और रोटेशनल थेरेपी की गणना में प्रयुक्त होता है (उपरोक्त सभी)।

2025JKSSBHealth & Medical Education Department

262📚Art History, Visual Movements & Perspective DrawingShading and Depth

Which of the following methods is commonly used to create depth in memory drawings?

Explanation

Tonal shading gradients and value contrast imply distance, light, and depth.

दूरी और गहराई दर्शाने के लिए शेडिंग ग्रेडिएंट्स (Shading Gradients) का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

263📚Art History, Visual Movements & Perspective DrawingPerspective Systems

Match the perspective technique with its description:

Perspective Technique:
1. One-point perspective
2. Two-point Perspective
3. Atmospheric Perspective

Descriptions:
i. Uses multiple vanishing points to represent angles and depth.
ii. Uses a single vanishing point to represent depth from a single angle.
iii. Uses fading colours and detail to create the illusion of distance.

Choose the correct options:

Explanation

1-ii (1-point = single VP), 2-i (2-point = multiple VPs), 3-iii (Atmospheric = fading color/contrast).

1-ii, 2-i, 3-iii सही मिलान है।

2025JKSSB

264📚Life Drawing, Sculptural Composition & Bronze CastingLife Drawing

What is the primary purpose of 'drawing from life' in art?

Explanation

Life drawing trains the artist's eye and hand through direct observation of living models and still life.

लाइफ ड्रॉइंग (Life drawing) का उद्देश्य प्रत्यक्ष अवलोकन से यथार्थवादी चित्रण का अभ्यास करना है।

2025JKSSB

265📚Evolutionary Biology, Genetics & ZoologyMolecular Evolution

With time molecular distance between organisms increases during evolution largely due to

Explanation

Motoo Kimura's Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution demonstrates that the majority of evolutionary divergence at the molecular sequence level is driven by the steady accumulation of neutral mutations.

तटस्थ उत्परिवर्तन (Neutral mutation) आणविक घड़ी के आधार पर प्रजातियों के बीच आणविक दूरी बढ़ाने का मुख्य कारण है।

2025JKSSB

266📚Evolutionary Biology, Genetics & ZoologyEukaryotic Transcription

Which is correct for termination of transcription in eukaryotes?

Explanation

Eukaryotic RNA Polymerase II transcribes beyond the AAUAAA polyadenylation signal before cleavage occurs 10–30 nucleotides downstream.

यूकैरियोट्स में ट्रांसक्रिप्शन पॉलीएडिनाइलेशन साइट के बाद जाकर समाप्त होता है।

2025JKSSB

267📚Leprology & Mycobacterium leprae (NLEP)Pregnancy and Leprosy

Which of the following statements about pregnancy and leprosy are correct?
i. Pregnancy suppresses immune responses, potentially worsening leprosy.
ii. Type 1 lepra reactions are less frequent during pregnancy.
iii. Multi-drug therapy (MDT) is contraindicated during pregnancy.

Select the correct answer:

Explanation

Pregnancy suppresses Th1 cell-mediated immunity; standard WHO MDT is safe (not contraindicated) during pregnancy.

कथन i और ii सही हैं। MDT गर्भावस्था में पूरी तरह सुरक्षित है।

2025JKSSB

268🔬General ScienceUniform Circular Motion

Suppose a boy is moving with a uniform velocity of 10 m/s on a merry-go-round ride. Which of the following is true of the given scenario?

Explanation

Uniform circular motion involves a continuous change in the direction of velocity, which creates a centripetal acceleration (

a = \frac{v^2}{r}

).

मेले के झूले (वृत्तीय गति) पर गति की दिशा लगातार बदलने के कारण बालक त्वरित गति (Accelerated motion) में है।

2025JKSSB

269📚Refrigeration Cycles, Tools & PsychrometricsModern HVAC Technologies

Match the new air conditioning technologies with their descriptions.
AC Technology:
i. Inverter Technology
ii. Smart AC
iii. Variable Refrigerant Flow
iv. Portable AC

Feature:
1. Reduces energy consumption by adjusting compressor speed.
2. Allows remote control via smartphones, voice assistants, and AI.
3. Distributes refrigerant to multiple indoor units, maintaining efficiency.
4. Compact and mobile unit for cooling smaller spaces.

Which of the above is/are correct?

Explanation

Inverter -> Variable compressor speed (i-1), Smart AC -> IoT/Smartphone control (ii-2), VRF -> Multi-split zoned refrigerant distribution (iii-3), Portable AC -> Mobile compact cooling (iv-4).

i-1, ii-2, iii-3, iv-4 सही मिलान है।

2025JKSSB

270📚Refrigeration Cycles, Tools & PsychrometricsIndustrial Safety & Fire Fighting

Which of the following statements are true regarding industrial safety and fire fighting in occupational health?
1. Industrial safety focuses on the prevention of injuries and accidents in the workplace.
2. Fire fighting techniques are primarily concerned with preventing damage to machinery.
3. Occupational health safety includes physical, chemical, and biological hazards at the work-place.
4. Fire safety measures in an industrial setting do not require employee training.

Which of the above statements is/are true?

Explanation

Statements 1 and 3 are correct. Fire safety prioritizes preservation of human life over machinery, and employee training is mandatory.

कथन 1 और 3 सही हैं (औद्योगिक सुरक्षा चोटों की रोकथाम पर केंद्रित है और व्यावसायिक स्वास्थ्य में भौतिक/रासायनिक खतरे शामिल हैं)।

2025JKSSB

271📚Thermodynamics, Compressors & AC SystemsElectric Motors in HVAC

Which of the following statements about AC Induction Motors are correct?
1. A single-phase AC motor is designed to run on both split-phase and capacitor start systems.
2. A squirrel cage motor is typically used for high-speed operations.
3. Slip ring motors are preferred for low torque applications.
4. Shaded-pole motors are used for high-power applications.
Which of the statements are correct?

Explanation

Statements 1 and 2 are correct. Shaded pole motors are low-power/low-efficiency, and slip ring motors are used for high starting torque applications.

कथन 1 और 2 सही हैं (सिंगल-फेज मोटर स्प्लिट-फेज/कैपेसिटर स्टार्ट प्रणालियों पर चलती है और गिलहरी पिंजरा मोटर उच्च गति के लिए प्रयुक्त होती है)।

2025JKSSB

272📚Thermodynamics, Compressors & AC SystemsEmbedded Controls in HVAC

Which of the following factors are to be considered while selecting a microcontroller?
1. Memory requirements
2. Processing speed required
3. Number of input/output pins
Which of the above statements are correct?

Explanation

Microcontroller selection for intelligent HVAC control boards requires evaluating flash/RAM memory, clock speed/MIPS, I/O pin count, timers, and ADC channels.

माइक्रोकंट्रोलर चयन में मेमोरी, प्रोसेसिंग स्पीड और I/O पिनों की संख्या (1, 2 and 3) तीनों कारकों पर विचार किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

273📚Thermodynamics, Compressors & AC SystemsInverter PWM Compressor Drives

In an inverter refrigerator, what role does the pulse-width modulation (PWM) control technique play?

Explanation

PWM inverters vary the voltage and frequency supplied to the BLDC compressor motor to achieve stepless variable speed control based on thermal cooling demand.

इन्वर्टर रेफ्रिजरेटर में PWM तकनीक कंप्रेसर मोटर की गति को नियंत्रित (Speed control) करने के लिए उपयोग की जाती है।

2025JKSSB

274📚Comfort Conditions, Insulation, Piping & RefrigerantsWelding Metallurgy & Heat Input

In an arc welding process, welding speed is doubled. Assuming all other process parameters to be constant, the cross sectional area of the weld bead will

Explanation

Weld bead volume per unit time

= A \times v = \text{constant wire feed rate}

. If welding travel speed

v

is doubled, the cross-sectional bead area

A

is reduced by

50\%

.

वेल्डिंग गति दोगुनी करने पर वेल्ड बीड का क्रॉस-सेक्शनल क्षेत्रफल

50\%

कम (Reduce by 50%) हो जाता है।

2025JKSSB

275📚Expansion Devices, Diagnostics & Workshop PracticesCompressor Capacity Control

Which method is commonly used to control the capacity of commercial compressors?

Explanation

Hot gas bypass valves, cylinder unloading, and variable frequency speed modulation are standard industrial methods for modulating compressor capacity during part-load conditions.

व्यावसायिक कंप्रेसर की क्षमता को नियंत्रित करने के लिए हॉट गैस बाईपास वाल्व (Bypass valve / Cylinder unloading) का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

276📚Expansion Devices, Diagnostics & Workshop PracticesVariable Frequency Drives

Which of the following statements regarding Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) is/are correct?
I. VFDs are used to control the speed of induction motors.
II. VFDs allow for precise motor speed control without mechanical systems.
III. VFDs change the motor's frequency to adjust its speed.
IV. VFDs are typically used only in HVAC systems.
Which of the above statement are correct?

Explanation

Statements I, II, and III are correct. Motor speed

N = \frac{120f}{P}

; VFDs vary frequency and voltage across industrial automation, pumps, and elevators (not only HVAC).

कथन I, II, और III सही हैं (VFDs आवृत्ति बदलकर मोटर गति को नियंत्रित करते हैं)।

2025JKSSB

277📚Curriculum Development & Teaching MethodologiesVygotsky's ZPD

Who give the term Zone of Proximal Development?

Explanation

Lev Vygotsky introduced the Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD) as the distance between what a learner can do independently and what they can achieve with guidance/scaffolding.

समीपस्थ विकास का क्षेत्र (Zone of Proximal Development / ZPD) की अवधारणा लेव वायगोत्स्की (Lev Vygotsky) ने दी थी।

2025JKSSB

278📚Educational Policies, Philosophies & RehabilitationRehabilitation Council of India (RCI)

What is the primary function of the Rehabilitation Council of India (RCI)?

Explanation

The Rehabilitation Council of India (RCI) is the statutory body regulating training curricula, standardizing qualifications, and maintaining the Central Rehabilitation Register for professionals in disability rehabilitation.

आरसीआई (RCI) का मुख्य कार्य पुनर्वास क्षेत्र के पेशेवरों के प्रशिक्षण और शिक्षा को विनियमित एवं मानकीकृत करना है।

2025JKSSB

279📚Educational Policies, Philosophies & RehabilitationRCI Functions

Which of the following is NOT a function of the RCI?

Explanation

RCI regulates training institutions and professionals (registers personnel, recognizes degree/diploma colleges); it does not directly provide grassroots vocational training to PwDs.

दिव्यांगजनों को सीधे व्यावसायिक प्रशिक्षण देना RCI का कार्य नहीं है (यह संस्थानों और पेशेवरों को मान्यता व पंजीकरण देता है)।

2025JKSSB

280📚Food Safety (HACCP), Public Health Legislation & MCHASHA Community Health Training

What kind of training do ASHAs typically undergo before starting their duties in the community?

Explanation

Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHAs) undergo competency-based modular induction training (23 days in 5 modules) covering maternal-neonatal health, child nutrition, immunization, communicable diseases, and family planning.

आशा (ASHA) कार्यकर्ताओं को मातृ एवं शिशु स्वास्थ्य, पोषण, टीकाकरण और परिवार नियोजन पर विशेष मॉड्यूलर प्रशिक्षण दिया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

281📚Food Safety (HACCP), Public Health Legislation & MCHErgonomic Hazards

Which of the following is considered an ergonomic hazard in the workplace?

Explanation

Ergonomic hazards arise from awkward postures, repetitive biomechanical strain, vibration, and poorly designed workstations, causing cumulative musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs / carpal tunnel syndrome).

कार्यस्थल पर बार-बार होने वाली शारीरिक हरकतें (Repetitive motion) मस्कुलोस्केलेटल विकारों का कारण बनती हैं, जो एर्गोनॉमिक खतरा है।

2025JKSSB

282📚Advanced Reaction Mechanisms & Organic SynthesesAromatic Substitution Mechanisms Match

Match the following types of Aromatic Nucleophilic Substitution with their corresponding mechanisms :
List I (Type of Reaction):
i. SNAr
ii. Benzyne Mechanism
iii. SRN1
iv. SNi

List II (Mechanism):
1. Involves the formation of a reactive intermediate where a nucleophile attacks an aromatic ring with an electron-withdrawing group at the ortho or para position.
2. The nucleophile attacks an aromatic system directly, forming a carbanion-like intermediate that leads to substitution.
3. A radical mechanism where a nucleophile replaces a halide group, often assisted by a photosensitizer or electron transfer.
4. Elimination-addition proceeding through a highly strained dehydrobenzene triple-bond intermediate.

Options :

Explanation

i -> 1 (

S_N\text{Ar}

via Meisenheimer complex), ii -> 4 (Benzyne intermediate via elimination-addition), iii -> 3 (

S_{RN}1

electron transfer radical mechanism), iv -> 2 (Internal substitution).

i-1, ii-4, iii-3, iv-2 सही मिलान है।

2025JKSSB

283📚Psychosocial Foundations of Disability & AdjustmentFamily Systems in Rehabilitation

Direct familial influence on treatment goals and rehabilitation outcomes of persons acquiring a disability are observed due to the following:
i. The level of resources of the family
ii. Family members adjustment to new roles
iii. Family members level of involvement with healthcare / rehabilitation professionals
iv. The emotional strain among family members
Which of these are applicable?

Explanation

Family systems therapy emphasizes that family role adaptability (ii) and proactive, collaborative engagement with the multidisciplinary rehabilitation team (iii) directly dictate therapeutic compliance and community reintegration outcomes.

पुनर्वास परिणामों पर प्रत्यक्ष पारिवारिक प्रभाव नए पारिवारिक दायित्वों में समायोजन (ii) और स्वास्थ्य पेशेवरों के साथ सक्रिय सहभागिता (iii) से निर्धारित होता है।

2025JKSSB

284📚Medical Aspects of Disability & Research Methodology / StatisticsOcular Physiology

What function does change in shape of lens play when it helps the eye focus on near or far vision?

Explanation

Accommodation is the physiological adjustment of optical lens curvature by the ciliary muscle to focus light rays onto the retina across varying focal distances.

निकट या दूर की वस्तुओं पर ध्यान केंद्रित करने के लिए आंख के लेंस के आकार में होने वाले परिवर्तन को 'समंजन' (Accommodation) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

285📚Medical Aspects of Disability & Research Methodology / StatisticsResearch Validity Threats

A researcher who wants to study effectiveness of social skills training on young adults with physical disabilities. He selects all his participants from a single rehabilitation center. This research is likely to suffer from the problem of

Explanation

Sampling exclusively from a single isolated institutional facility severely restricts sample representativeness, compromising generalizability to the broader population (threat to External Validity).

एक ही केंद्र से सभी प्रतिभागियों का चयन करने से निष्कर्षों को सामान्यीकृत नहीं किया जा सकता, यह 'बाहरी वैधता' (External validity) के लिए खतरा है।

2025JKSSB

286📚Experimental Designs, Psychological Assessment & PsychometricsVocational Work Sample Evaluation

In a vocational rehabilitation centre, as a process of work-related assessment in a mechanical job trade, the rehabilitation psychologist and the trainer try to observe and understand how well a trainee can 'assemble the components', what type of assessment is being done?

Explanation

A Job Sample (Work Sample) assessment uses realistic standardized mock-up tasks identical to actual industrial job activities to measure vocational competence and dexterity directly.

यांत्रिक कार्य में पुर्जों को जोड़ने के व्यावहारिक परीक्षण को 'कार्य नमूना प्रदर्शन मूल्यांकन' (Appraisal of performance on a job sample) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

287📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsEthics: Professional Competence

According to which ethical principle of counselling, does the counsellor need to keep upgrading their skills, train themselves to meet professional standards and for the welfare of the client?

Explanation

The ethical principle of Competence dictates that practitioners operate only within their professional scope and continuously engage in continuing professional education to maintain clinical excellence.

परामर्शदाता को लगातार अपने कौशल को उन्नत करने और पेशेवर मानकों को बनाए रखने का निर्देश 'योग्यता' (Competence) का नैतिक सिद्धांत देता है।

2025JKSSB

288📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsCognitive Modeling Strategies

Learning appropriate self-talk in order to avoid self-defeating thoughts is an example of what type of cognitive modelling?

Explanation

Covert cognitive modeling (internal cognitive restructuring / Donald Meichenbaum's self-instructional training) involves internally practicing adaptive silent self-talk and cognitive coping scripts.

आत्म-पराजित विचारों से बचने के लिए आंतरिक स्व-संवाद सीखना 'प्रच्छन्न संज्ञानात्मक मॉडलिंग' (Covert cognitive modelling) का उदाहरण है।

2025JKSSB

289📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsSocial vs Instrumental Skills

As a part of skills training, you have train persons with disabilities with social skills and instrumental skills. Which of these are instrumental skills:
i. Creating a resume
ii. Initiating a conversation
iii. Refusing a request
iv. Managing a conflict
Options:

Explanation

Instrumental skills involve concrete task-oriented actions for vocational and independent living (e.g., creating a resume, budgeting, cooking), whereas conversation initiation, refusal, and conflict management are social/interpersonal skills.

बायोडाटा/रिज्यूमे बनाना (Creating a resume) एक व्यावहारिक 'इंस्ट्रूमेंटल स्किल' (i) है, जबकि अन्य सामाजिक कौशल हैं। सही विकल्प A (Only i) है।

2025JKSSB

290📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsIn-Vitro vs In-Vivo Skills Training

In skills training, which of these is considered an in vitro technique?

Explanation

'In vitro' skills practice refers to internal cognitive simulation or mental visualization occurring entirely within the imagination, in contrast to 'in vivo' (real-world) or behavioral role-play execution.

कौशल प्रशिक्षण में केवल मानसिक कल्पना में अभ्यास करना 'इन विट्रो' तकनीक (Visualization) कहलाता है।

2025JKSSB

291📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsBehavioral Interventions in Rehabilitation

In a rehabilitation set up, behavioural interventions can be used for the following:
i. Assistive technology training
ii. Interview skills training
iii. Training to used coping self-statements
iv. Functional training
Options:

Explanation

Behavioral techniques (prompting, chaining, shaping, role-playing, reinforcement) are directly applied to Assistive technology operation (i), Job interview mastery (ii), and Functional ADL mobility training (iv).

पुनर्वास में व्यवहारिक हस्तक्षेपों का उपयोग सहायक तकनीक प्रशिक्षण (i), साक्षात्कार कौशल (ii), और कार्यात्मक प्रशिक्षण (iv) में किया जाता है (i, ii and iv)।

2025JKSSB

292📚Counselling Theories, Psychotherapies & Behavioural InterventionsAssertiveness Training

A rehabilitation counselor uses assertiveness training to help a client with cerebral palsy, who has difficulty communicating. Here the main purpose of assertiveness training is

Explanation

Assertiveness training empowers individuals to communicate their personal rights, opinions, and care needs directly, honestly, and respectfully without becoming passive or aggressive.

दृढ़ता प्रशिक्षण (Assertiveness training) का मुख्य उद्देश्य ग्राहक को अपनी आवश्यकताओं को सीधे, स्पष्ट और सम्मानपूर्वक व्यक्त करना (Express needs directly and respectfully) सिखाना है।

2025JKSSB

293📚Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) & Community-Based Rehabilitation (CBR)ABA in Autism Spectrum Disorder

Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) is most widely used as an intervention with which group of children?

Explanation

ABA (specifically Discrete Trial Training and Natural Environment Teaching) is the most extensively researched, evidence-based gold-standard intervention for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD).

एप्लाइड बिहेवियर एनालिसिस (ABA) का सबसे व्यापक और प्रभावी उपयोग 'ऑटिज्म स्पेक्ट्रम विकार' (Autism spectrum disorders / ASD) से पीड़ित बच्चों के लिए किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

294📚Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) & Community-Based Rehabilitation (CBR)Generalization in ABA

When do we say 'generalization' occurs in Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA)?

Explanation

Stimulus and response generalization occurs when a newly acquired target behavior is spontaneously demonstrated across untrained physical environments, untrained stimuli, and with different individuals.

ABA में 'सामान्यीकरण' (Generalization) तब माना जाता है जब बच्चा सीखे गए व्यवहार को विभिन्न स्थानों, परिस्थितियों और नए लोगों के साथ सफलतापूर्वक करता है।

2025JKSSB

295📚Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) & Community-Based Rehabilitation (CBR)Rehabilitation Council of India Act 1992

In India under which act can a Community-Based Rehabilitation (CBR) professional be trained and receive appropriate qualification to be certified as a CBR professional?

Explanation

The Rehabilitation Council of India (RCI) Act 1992 is the statutory legislation that regulates, standardizes training curricula, and registers/licenses all rehabilitation professionals and personnel in India.

भारत में पुनर्वास पेशेवरों के प्रशिक्षण, प्रमाणीकरण और पंजीकरण को विनियमित करने वाला कानून 'भारतीय पुनर्वास परिषद अधिनियम 1992' (Rehabilitation Council of India Act 1992) है।

2025JKSSB

296📚Health Documentation, Forms & Legal RegulationsRecord Retention Challenges

What is a common challenge in the retention of medical records?

Explanation

Physical paper-based record archives continually face acute physical storage space limitations, fire hazards, environmental degradation, and microfilming/digitization resource constraints.

भौतिक मेडिकल रिकॉर्ड को वर्षों तक सुरक्षित रखने में सबसे आम चुनौती 'भंडारण स्थान की कमी' (Lack of storage space) होती है।

2025JKSSB

297📚ICD Coding, Record Audits & Quantitative AptitudeSpeed Distance Time

A train is running at

60\text{ km/hr}

. How far will it travel in 2.5 hours?

Explanation

\text{Distance} = \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 60\text{ km/h} \times 2.5\text{ h} = 150\text{ km}

.

दूरी

= 60 \times 2.5 = 150

किमी।

2025JKSSB

298📚History & Evolution of Percussion (Avanaddha & Pushkar Vadya)Fundamental Layas

How many Layas are there in Indian Classical Music?

Explanation

Indian classical music recognizes three fundamental speeds/layas of rhythm: Vilambit (slow), Madhya (medium), and Drut (fast).

भारतीय शास्त्रीय संगीत में मूल रूप से 3 लय (Three Layas: विलंबित, मध्य, द्रुत) होती हैं।

2025JKSSB

299📚History & Evolution of Percussion (Avanaddha & Pushkar Vadya)Delhi Gharana Virtuosos

Which among the following belongs to the Delhi Gharana?

Explanation

Ustad Ahmed Jan Thirakwa, the legendary 'Mount Everest of Tabla', was trained in the Farrukhabad and Delhi Baj tradition under Ustad Munir Khan.

महान तबला नवाज 'उस्ताद अहमद जान थिरकवा' (Ustad Ahmed Jan Thirakwa) दिल्ली/फर्रुखाबाद घराने से संबंधित हैं।

2025JKSSB

300📚Tabla Gharanas, Tala Pranas & Layakari MathematicsLayakari (Biadi)

How many matras are required for Biadi Laya in Deep Chandi Taal?

Explanation

Deepchandi Taal has 14 matras. In Biadi Laya (

1\frac{3}{4} = \frac{7}{4}

speed), 1 cycle of 14 matras is completed in

\frac{14 \times 4}{7} = 8\text{ matras}

.

दीपचंदी ताल (14 मात्रा) की बियाड़ी लय (

rac{7}{4}

) ठीक 8 मात्राओं (Eight matras) में पूरी होती है।

2025JKSSB

301📚Tabla Gharanas, Tala Pranas & Layakari MathematicsKuad Laya Calculations

Which matra is perfect to start the Kuad Laya from Jhap Taal?

Explanation

Jhaptaal has 10 matras. Kuad Laya (

1\frac{1}{4} = \frac{5}{4}

speed) takes

\frac{10 \times 4}{5} = 8\text{ matras}

to complete, meaning Kuad starts from the 6th matra to land on Sam at 10+1.

झपताल (10 मात्रा) में कुआड़ लय (

rac{5}{4}

) 8 मात्रा लेती है, अतः यह 'छठी मात्रा' (Sixth Matra) से प्रारंभ होती है।

2025JKSSB

302📚Tabla Gharanas, Tala Pranas & Layakari MathematicsAda Laya in Chautal

How many Matras are required for Ada Laya in Chautal?

Explanation

Chautaal has 12 matras. Ada Laya (

1\frac{1}{2} = \frac{3}{2}

speed) completes 12 matras in

\frac{12 \times 2}{3} = 8\text{ matras}

.

चौताल (12 मात्रा) की आड़ लय (

rac{3}{2}

) पूरा करने के लिए 8 मात्राएं (Eight matras) लगती हैं।

2025JKSSB

303📚Tabla Gharanas, Tala Pranas & Layakari MathematicsTigun Layakari

How many matras are required for Tigun of Sool Taal?

Explanation

Sooltaal has 10 matras. In Tigun (3 times speed), the entire 10-matra cycle requires

\frac{10}{3} = 3\frac{1}{3}

(Three and one third of a Matra).

सूलताल (10 मात्रा) की तिगुन के लिए

rac{10}{3} = 3 rac{1}{3}

मात्रा (Three and one third of a Matra) की आवश्यकता होती है।

2025JKSSB

304📚Biographies of Virtuosos, Tala Structures & AwardsPt. Kishan Maharaj Guru

Who was the Guru of Pt. Kishan Maharaj?

Explanation

Pandit Kishan Maharaj received his extensive, rigorous training under his uncle, the legendary Banaras maestro Pandit Kanthe Maharaj.

पंडित किशन महाराज के गुरु उनके चाचा 'पंडित कंठे महाराज' (Pt. Kanthe Maharaj) थे।

2025JKSSB

305📚Biographies of Virtuosos, Tala Structures & AwardsGudai Maharaj Disciples

Which music director was the disciple of Pt. Samta Prasad?

Explanation

Legendary Bollywood music director R.D. Burman (Pancham Da) was an ardent disciple who trained in Tabla under Pt. Samta Prasad (Gudai Maharaj).

महान संगीतकार आर.डी. बर्मन (R.D. Burman / पंचम दा) पंडित समता प्रसाद (गुदई महाराज) के शिष्य थे।

2025JKSSB

306📚Biographies of Virtuosos, Tala Structures & AwardsPt. Samta Prasad Guru

Who was the Guru of Pt. Samta Prasad?

Explanation

Following the early demise of his father, Pt. Samta Prasad was trained extensively under his uncle Pandit Bikku Maharaj of Banaras.

पंडित समता प्रसाद के प्रमुख गुरु 'पंडित बिक्कू महाराज' (Bikku Maharaj) थे।

2025JKSSB

307📚Biographies of Virtuosos, Tala Structures & AwardsCross-Gharana Maestros

Which Tabla Artist belongs to both Ajrada and Delhi Gharana?

Explanation

Ustad Habibuddin Khan of Ajrada received extensive training in both Delhi and Ajrada traditions under his father Shammu Khan and Delhi masters.

उस्ताद हबीबुद्दीन खां (Ustad Habibuddin) ने अजराड़ा और दिल्ली दोनों घरानों की शैलियों में महारत हासिल की थी।

2025JKSSB

308📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityTime and Work

If Ram and Shyam together can build a house in 10 days; Ram and Arun can build it together in 12 days and Shyam and Arun can build it in 15 days. Shyam, Ram and Arun start working together. In how many days they build the house?

Explanation

Combined rates:

2(R + S + A) = \frac{1}{10} + \frac{1}{12} + \frac{1}{15} = \frac{6 + 5 + 4}{60} = \frac{15}{60} = \frac{1}{4} \implies R + S + A = \frac{1}{8}

. Together they finish in 8 days.

2(R + S + A) = \frac{1}{10} + \frac{1}{12} + \frac{1}{15} = \frac{15}{60} = \frac{1}{4} \implies R + S + A = \frac{1}{8}

। तीनों मिलकर 8 दिन में पूरा करेंगे।

2025JKSSB

309📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityTime and Work

P and Q together can do a work in 18 days. P alone can do the same work in 27 days. In how many days can Q alone do the same work?

Explanation

Rate of

Q = \frac{1}{18} - \frac{1}{27} = \frac{3 - 2}{54} = \frac{1}{54}

. Q alone will complete the work in 54 days.

Q का कार्य दर

= \frac{1}{18} - \frac{1}{27} = \frac{1}{54}

। Q अकेले 54 दिन में कार्य करेगा।

2025JKSSB

310📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityRelative Speed Distance

Ajay and Vijay travel from A to B at

17\text{ km/hr}

and

19\text{ km/hr}

, respectively. A is

72\text{ km}

away from B. Vijay reaches B first and returns immediately and meets Ajay at C. Find B to C distance?

Explanation

Total distance covered by Ajay and Vijay combined

= 2 \times 72 = 144\text{ km}

. Time to meet

t = \frac{144}{17 + 19} = \frac{144}{36} = 4\text{ hours}

. Distance travelled by Vijay

= 19 \times 4 = 76\text{ km}

. Distance from B to meeting point C

= 76 - 72 = 4\text{ km}

.

मिलने का समय

= \frac{2 \times 72}{17 + 19} = \frac{144}{36} = 4

घंटे। विजय द्वारा तय दूरी

= 19 \times 4 = 76

किमी। B से C की दूरी

= 76 - 72 = 4

किमी।

2025JKSSB

311📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed and Units Conversion

A car is running at a speed of

90\text{ km/h}

. What distance will it cover in 15 second?

Explanation

Speed in

\text{m/s} = 90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25\text{ m/s}

. Distance

= 25\text{ m/s} \times 15\text{ s} = 375\text{ m}

.

गति

= 90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25\text{ m/s}

। दूरी

= 25 \times 15 = 375

मीटर।

2025JKSSB

312📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed and Distance Equations

A train is traveling at a speed equal to 1/6 times the square of the car's speed. If the car takes 13 hours and the train takes 6 hours to reach the destination at the x km. Find the value of x in km.

Explanation

Let car speed be

v_c

. Train speed

v_t = \frac{1}{6} v_c^2

. Distance

x = 13 v_c = 6 v_t = 6 \left(\frac{1}{6} v_c^2\right) = v_c^2

. Thus

13 v_c = v_c^2 \implies v_c = 13\text{ km/h}

. Distance

x = 13(13) = 169\text{ km}

.

दूरी

x = 13 v_c = v_c^2 \implies v_c = 13

किमी/घंटा। दूरी

x = 13 \times 13 = 169

किमी।

2025JKSSB

313📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityTime and Work with Alternating Assistance

A, B, and C alone can do a piece of work in 20, x, and 60 days respectively. The whole work can be completed earlier, if A does work for 15 days, assisted by B and C on every third day. Find the value of x.

Explanation

In 15 days, A works all 15 days, while B and C assist on the 3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th, and 15th days (5 days). Work done:

15 \times \frac{1}{20} + 5 \times \frac{1}{x} + 5 \times \frac{1}{60} = 1 \implies \frac{3}{4} + \frac{5}{x} + \frac{1}{12} = 1 \implies \frac{10}{12} + \frac{5}{x} = 1 \implies \frac{5}{x} = \frac{2}{12} = \frac{1}{6} \implies x = 30\text{ days}

.

A ने 15 दिन कार्य किया, B और C ने 5 दिन।

\frac{15}{20} + \frac{5}{x} + \frac{5}{60} = 1 \implies \frac{5}{x} = \frac{1}{6} \implies x = 30

दिन।

2025JKSSB

314📚General Mental Ability & Logical ReasoningDirection and Displacement

Mohan is standing at point P. He walks 5 meters north, then turns left and walks 6 meters. He then turns right and walks 8 meters. After this, he turns right again and walks 6 meters. Finally, he turns left and walks 5 meters. What is the shortest distance back to point P?

Explanation

North +5m, Left (West) -6m, Right (North) +8m, Right (East) +6m (cancels West), Left (North) +5m. Total North displacement

= 5 + 8 + 5 = 18\text{ meters}

. East-West displacement

= 0

. Shortest distance back to P

= 18\text{ meters}

.

उत्तर दिशा में कुल विस्थापन

= 5 + 8 + 5 = 18

मीटर (18 meters)। पूर्व-पश्चिम विस्थापन शून्य है।

2025JKSSB

315📚General English & Reading ComprehensionPrepositions

Fill in the blank with a suitable preposition in the below sentence.
He quickly jumped _______ the train as it stopped at the platform.

Explanation

To disembark or leap down from a vehicle uses the preposition 'off': 'jumped off the train'.

ट्रेन से नीचे कूदने या उतरने के लिए प्रीपोजिशन 'off' ('jumped off') का प्रयोग होता है।

2025JKSSB

316📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

2 men and 3 women can complete a work in 10 days, while 4 men can complete it in 10 days. In how many days will 3 men and 3 women complete the work?

Explanation

Since 4 men take 10 days, work rate of 1 man

= \frac{1}{40}

. Then

2m + 3w = \frac{1}{10} \implies 2\left(\frac{1}{40}\right) + 3w = \frac{1}{10} \implies \frac{1}{20} + 3w = \frac{1}{10} \implies 3w = \frac{1}{20}

. Thus

3m + 3w = 3\left(\frac{1}{40}\right) + \frac{1}{20} = \frac{3}{40} + \frac{2}{40} = \frac{5}{40} = \frac{1}{8}

. They complete the work in 8 days.

1

पुरुष का कार्य

= 1/40

,

3

महिलाओं का कार्य

= 1/20

।

3m + 3w = \frac{3}{40} + \frac{1}{20} = \frac{5}{40} = \frac{1}{8}

(8 दिन)।

2025JKSSB

317📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeCircles and Chords Geometry

Consider the following statement
Statement 1: A chord of length 16cm is drawn in a circle of radius 10cm. The distance of the chord from the centre of the circle is 6cm
Statement 2: The radii of two concentric circles are 26cm and 10 cm. If the chord of the greater circle is a tangent to the smaller circle, then the length of the chord is 6cm.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Statement 1: Distance

d = \sqrt{10^2 - 8^2} = \sqrt{100 - 64} = 6\text{ cm}

(Correct). Statement 2: Half chord

= \sqrt{26^2 - 10^2} = \sqrt{676 - 100} = 24\text{ cm} \implies \text{Length} = 48\text{ cm} \ne 6\text{ cm}

(Incorrect). Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect.

कथन 1 (

d=6\text{ cm}

) सही है और कथन 2 (जीवा की लंबाई

48\text{ cm}

) गलत है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

318📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationLetter Coding

If PLANE is coded as OKZMD in a certain language, how will TRAIN be coded?

Explanation

Each letter is shifted

-1

backward (

P -> O, L -> K, A -> Z, N -> M, E -> D

). Applying to TRAIN:

T(-1) -> S, R(-1) -> Q, A(-1) -> Z, I(-1) -> H, N(-1) -> M \implies

SQZHM.

प्रत्येक अक्षर में

-1

की कमी: TRAIN

->

SQZHM।

2025JKSSB

319📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationDirection Sense Test

James started from his house towards west. After walking a distance of 30m, he turned towards right and walked 20m. He then turned left and moved a distance of 10m, turned to his left again and walked 40m. He now turns to the left and walks 5m. Finally, he turns to his left. In which direction is he walking now?

Explanation

West 30m, Right (North) 20m, Left (West) 10m, Left (South) 40m, Left (East) 5m. Finally, turning left from East directs him walking North.

पूर्व दिशा से बाईं ओर मुड़ने पर वह 'उत्तर' (North) दिशा की ओर चल रहा है।

2025JKSSB

320📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationPythagoras Distance

Gopal started walking towards east. After moving a distance of 1 km, he turned southward and walked 5km. Again, he turned to east and walked 2 km. Finally, he turned to the north and walked 9km. How far is he from his starting point?

Explanation

Total East displacement

= 1 + 2 = 3\text{ km}

. Net North displacement

= 9 - 5 = 4\text{ km}

. Distance from origin

= \sqrt{3^2 + 4^2} = \sqrt{9 + 16} = \sqrt{25} = 5\text{ km}

.

कुल पूर्व विस्थापन

= 3\text{ km}

, शुद्ध उत्तर विस्थापन

= 4\text{ km}

। प्रारंभिक बिंदु से दूरी

= \sqrt{3^2 + 4^2} = 5\text{ km}

।

2025JKSSB

321📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationRelative Road Displacement

A and B start moving towards each other from two places 200m apart. After walking 60m, B turns left and goes 20 m, then he turns right and goes 40m. He turns right again and comes back to the road on which he had started walking. If A and B walk with the same speed, what is the distance between them now?

Explanation

Total distance walked by B

= 60 + 20 + 40 + 20 = 140\text{ m}

. Since A walks at the same speed, A also walks

140\text{ m}

along the road. Displacement of B along road

= 60 + 40 = 100\text{ m}

. Displacement of A along road

= 60\text{ m}

(or 140m). Distance between them along the road

= 200 - (60 + 100) = 40\text{ m}

.

B का सड़क पर शुद्ध विस्थापन

= 60 + 40 = 100\text{ m}

। A चला

= 60\text{ m}

। दोनों के बीच की दूरी

= 200 - (60 + 100) = 40\text{ m}

।

2025JKSSB

322📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationAverage Speed Statements

Consider the following statement
Statement 1 : A tourist covers half of this journey by train at 60 km/hr, half of the remainder by bus at 30 km/hr and the rest by cycle at 10 km/hr. The average speed of the tourist in km/hr during his entire journey is 24.
Statement 2: A car travels 8 km in the first quarter of an hour, 6 km in the second quarter and 16 km in the third quarter. The average speed of the car in km per hour over the entire journey is 40
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Statement 1: Let distance be

d=120\text{ km}

. Times:

\frac{60}{60} + \frac{30}{30} + \frac{30}{10} = 1 + 1 + 3 = 5\text{ hours}

. Average speed

= \frac{120}{5} = 24\text{ km/h}

(Correct). Statement 2: Total distance

= 8 + 6 + 16 = 30\text{ km}

. Total time

= 3 \times 0.25 = 0.75\text{ hours}

. Average speed

= \frac{30}{0.75} = 40\text{ km/h}

(Correct). Both statements are correct.

कथन 1 (

24\text{ km/h}

) और कथन 2 (

40\text{ km/h}

) दोनों सही हैं (Option C)।

2025JKSSB

323📚General Mental Ability, Reasoning & Data InterpretationSpeed Distance Matching

Match List- I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists.
List - I:
1. A car is running at a speed of 108 km/hr. What distance will it cover in 15 second?
2. A car is running at a speed of 121 km/hr. What distance will it cover in 14 second?
3. A car is running at a speed of 99 km/hr. What distance will it cover in 18 second?

List - II:
i. 495 meters
ii. 470 meters
iii. 450 meters

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

1 -> iii (

108 \times \frac{5}{18} \times 15 = 30 \times 15 = 450\text{ m}

), 2 -> ii (

121 \times \frac{5}{18} \times 14 = 470.5 \approx 470\text{ m}

), 3 -> i (

99 \times \frac{5}{18} \times 18 = 495\text{ m}

). Match is 1-iii, 2-ii, 3-i.

1-iii (450 m), 2-ii (470 m), 3-i (495 m)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

324📚Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Limit Tests & Instrumental AnalysisPyrogen Testing Challenges

Which of the following is a challenge in pyrogen testing?

Explanation

Pyrogen testing challenges include biological animal variability in the rabbit test, sensitivity limits, interference from test substances, and ethical constraints (All of the above).

पाइरोजेन परीक्षण में पशुओं की उपलब्धता, कम सांद्रता की पहचान और वैधता सभी चुनौतियां (All of the above) हैं।

2025JKSSB

325📚General Science (Physics, Chemistry & Biology)Order of Planets

What is the name of the fifth planet from the Sun?

Explanation

In order of increasing distance from the Sun (Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter...), the fifth planet is Jupiter.

सूर्य से दूरी के क्रम में पांचवां ग्रह 'बृहस्पति' (Jupiter) है।

2025JKSSB

326📚General Science (Physics, Chemistry & Biology)Earth and Moon

What is the name of Earth's natural satellite?

Explanation

The Moon is the Earth's only permanent natural satellite, orbiting at an average distance of approx

384,400\text{ km}

.

पृथ्वी का एकमात्र प्राकृतिक उपग्रह 'चंद्रमा' (Moon) है।

2025JKSSB

327📚General Science (Physics, Chemistry & Biology)Speed of Light in Media

In which medium does light travel the fastest?

Explanation

Light travels at its maximum theoretical speed (

c \approx 3 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}

) in a Vacuum where the refractive index is exactly 1.

प्रकाश की चाल निर्वात (Vacuum /

3 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}

) में सर्वाधिक होती है।

2025JKSSB

328📚General Science (Physics, Chemistry & Biology)SI Units

What is the SI unit of force?

Explanation

The SI unit of force is the Newton (symbol: N), defined as

1\text{ N} = 1\text{ kg}\cdot\text{m/s}^2

.

बल का SI मात्रक 'न्यूटन' (Newton / N) है।

2025JKSSB

329📚General Science (Physics, Chemistry & Biology)Uniform Motion

If an object is said to be in uniform motion, it means

Explanation

Uniform motion is defined as motion in which a body moves along a straight line covering equal distances in equal intervals of time at a constant speed.

एकसमान गति (Uniform motion) का अर्थ है कि वस्तु 'समान समय अंतरालों में समान दूरी तय करती है' (Covers equal distances in equal intervals of time)।

2025JKSSB

330📚Foundations of Physical Education & Olympic MovementSports Terminology

PTI stands for:

Explanation

PTI is the standard educational abbreviation for Physical Training Instructor.

PTI का पूर्ण रूप 'Physical Training Instructor' (शारीरिक प्रशिक्षण अनुदेशक) होता है।

2025JKSSB

331📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesTraining Principles (Warm-up)

What is the primary purpose of warm-up exercises?

Explanation

The primary physiological purpose of a systematic warm-up is to increase core body temperature, enhance muscle elasticity, and Prevent Injuries.

वार्म-अप व्यायामों का प्राथमिक उद्देश्य शरीर का तापमान बढ़ाकर 'चोटों से बचाव' (Prevent injuries) करना है।

2025JKSSB

332📚Sports Medicine, Rehabilitation & Sports ManagementAnti-Doping & Sports Ethics

What does doping primarily affect?

Explanation

Doping involves the use of banned substances or methods to artificially enhance an athlete's physical performance, strength, speed, or endurance.

डोपिंग (Doping) का प्राथमिक प्रभाव खिलाड़ी के शारीरिक प्रदर्शन (Physical performance) को कृत्रिम रूप से बढ़ाने पर होता है।

2025JKSSB

333📚Sports Psychology, Pedagogy & Motor LearningMotor Learning Theories

The transfer of training is MOST effectively demonstrated through:

Explanation

Edward Thorndike's Identical Element Theory states that transfer of learning/training between two tasks occurs to the extent that both tasks share identical elements, skills, and cognitive processing.

प्रशिक्षण का स्थानांतरण सबसे प्रभावी ढंग से एडवर्ड थार्नडाइक के 'समान तत्व सिद्धांत' (Identical element theory) द्वारा समझाया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

334📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesTraining Methodologies (HIIT)

Which training method focuses on improving both aerobic and anaerobic energy systems simultaneously?

Explanation

High-Intensity Interval Training (HIIT) alternates short bursts of near-maximal anaerobic effort with brief aerobic recovery periods, enhancing both aerobic capacity (

ext{VO}_2 ext{ max}

) and anaerobic glycolytic power.

HIIT (हाई-इंटेंसिटी इंटरवल ट्रेनिंग) एरोबिक और एनारोबिक दोनों ऊर्जा प्रणालियों को एक साथ विकसित करती है।

2025JKSSB

335📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesPrinciples of Training

The "Principle of Specificity" in training means:

Explanation

The Principle of Specificity (SAID Principle: Specific Adaptations to Imposed Demands) dictates that training adaptations are specific to the physiological systems, motor patterns, and muscles engaged in the sport.

विशिष्टता का सिद्धांत (Principle of Specificity) कहता है कि व्यायाम को खेल की विशिष्ट गतियों और ऊर्जा प्रणालियों के अनुरूप होना चाहिए।

2025JKSSB

336📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesExercise Modalities

Isokinetic exercise is characterized by:

Explanation

Isokinetic exercise (performed using specialized dynamometers) is characterized by a Constant Speed of movement (constant angular velocity) with accommodating variable resistance throughout the range of motion.

आइसोकाइनेटिक व्यायाम (Isokinetic exercise) की मुख्य विशेषता गति की 'स्थिर चाल' (Constant speed of movement) होती है।

2025JKSSB

337📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesPrinciples of Training

The "Overload Principle" in training suggests:

Explanation

The Principle of Progressive Overload states that physical fitness improves when training stimulus is systematically and Progressively Increased beyond accustomed physiological thresholds.

ओवरलोड का सिद्धांत (Overload Principle) सुझाव देता है कि सुधार के लिए व्यायाम की कठिनाई/तीव्रता को 'उत्तरोत्तर बढ़ाना' (Progressively increasing exercise difficulty) आवश्यक है।

2025JKSSB

338📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesCircuit Training

What is the term for a series of exercises performed with minimal rest at stations?

Explanation

Circuit training involves performing a sequence of 6–10 different exercise stations with minimal rest intervals between exercises to develop muscular endurance and aerobic fitness.

विभिन्न स्टेशनों पर बिना या न्यूनतम विश्राम के किए जाने वाले व्यायामों की श्रृंखला को 'सर्किट ट्रेनिंग' (Circuit training) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

339📚Sports Medicine, Rehabilitation & Sports ManagementSports Injury Prevention

Consider the following statements about sports injuries:
1. Proper training can prevent injuries.
2. Wearing protective gear reduces injury risk.
3. Overtraining has no effect on injury occurrence.
Which of the above statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Statements 1 and 2 are scientifically correct; statement 3 is false because overtraining dramatically increases chronic overuse and acute injury occurrence. Correct choice: 1 and 2 only.

कथन 1 और 2 सही हैं (उचित प्रशिक्षण और सुरक्षात्मक उपकरण चोटों से बचाते हैं), जबकि कथन 3 असत्य है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

340📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesHistory of Training Methods

Arrange the following physical training methods in the order of their development:
1. Circuit training
2. Interval training
3. Fartlek training
4. Plyometric training
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Historical timeline: Fartlek training (developed by Gösta Holmér in 1937), Interval training (formalized by Gerschler/Reindell in 1930s/40s), Circuit training (Morgan and Adamson, 1953), Plyometric training (Yuri Verkhoshansky, 1960s-1970s). Sequence: 3, 2, 1, 4 (or 2, 3, 1, 4). Correct option is C (3, 2, 1, 4).

विकास का सही ऐतिहासिक क्रम: फ़ार्टलेक (1937), अंतराल प्रशिक्षण, सर्किट प्रशिक्षण (1953), प्लायोमेट्रिक (1960s)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

341📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesComplex Training Methodologies

Complex training methodologies integrate:

Explanation

Advanced athletic training merges periodization, energy system optimization, and neuromuscular loading into Multidimensional Adaptive Strategies.

जटिल प्रशिक्षण पद्धतियां 'बहुआयामी अनुकूली रणनीतियों' (Multidimensional adaptive strategies) को एकीकृत करती हैं।

2025JKSSB

342📚Anatomy, Physiology & Exercise KinesiologySystemic Exercise Physiology

Complex physiological adaptations demonstrate:

Explanation

Exercise training produces Multisystemic Interactive Mechanisms across cardiovascular, endocrine, neuromuscular, and metabolic systems simultaneously.

जटिल शारीरिक अनुकूलन 'बहु-प्रणालीगत संवादात्मक तंत्र' (Multisystemic interactive mechanisms) को दर्शाते हैं।

2025JKSSB

343📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesTraining Methodologies

Comprehensive training methodologies demonstrate:

Explanation

Integrated athletic preparation relies on Multidimensional Adaptive Strategies balancing load, recovery, and neurological adaptation.

व्यापक प्रशिक्षण पद्धतियां 'बहुआयामी अनुकूली रणनीतियों' (Multidimensional adaptive strategies) को प्रदर्शित करती हैं।

2025JKSSB

344📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesTraining Periodization

"Periodization" in training refers to:

Explanation

Periodization is the systematic, cyclical planning of short- and long-term training phases (macrocycles, mesocycles, microcycles) to optimize peak performance and prevent overtraining.

प्रशिक्षण में 'पीरियडाइजेशन' (Periodization / अवधिकरण) का अर्थ प्रशिक्षण चक्रों का 'व्यवस्थित और योजनाबद्ध विभाजन' (Systematic planning of training cycles) है।

2025JKSSB

345📚Anatomy, Physiology & Exercise KinesiologyExercise Physiology

Advanced physiological adaptations demonstrate:

Explanation

Physiological training adaptations are governed by Multisystemic Interactive Mechanisms across cellular, neural, and hemodynamic pathways.

उन्नत शारीरिक अनुकूलन 'बहु-प्रणालीगत संवादात्मक तंत्र' (Multisystemic interactive mechanisms) को दर्शाते हैं।

2025JKSSB

346📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesLTAD & Trainability Windows

The "Window of Trainability" concept relates to:

Explanation

The 'Window of Trainability' (sensitive or critical periods in Long-Term Athlete Development / LTAD) refers to specific chronological and biological age phases where athletes are most receptive to developing specific physical capacities (speed, agility, aerobic endurance).

'विंडो ऑफ ट्रेनेबिलिटी' (Window of Trainability) की अवधारणा विशिष्ट आयु-चरणों में 'इष्टतम कौशल और क्षमता विकास' (Age-specific optimal skill development) से संबंधित है।

2025JKSSB

347📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesAdvanced Training Systems

Advanced training methodologies demonstrate:

Explanation

Contemporary sports training methodologies demonstrate Multidimensional Strategies integrating physiological, psychological, and technical dimensions.

उन्नत प्रशिक्षण पद्धतियां 'बहुआयामी रणनीतियों' (Multidimensional strategies) को प्रदर्शित करती हैं।

2025JKSSB

348📚Anatomy, Physiology & Exercise KinesiologyEndurance Adaptations

Which physiological adaptation occurs with consistent endurance training?

Explanation

Chronic endurance aerobic training induces eccentric cardiac hypertrophy (enlarged left ventricular cavity), significantly Increasing Cardiac Stroke Volume and resting bradycardia.

नियमित धीरज (Endurance) प्रशिक्षण से हृदय का 'स्ट्रोक वॉल्यूम बढ़ जाता है' (Increased cardiac stroke volume) और हृदय दक्षता में वृद्धि होती है।

2025JKSSB

349📚Kinesiology, Biomechanics & Training PrinciplesTraining Principles

The principle of specificity in training refers to:

Explanation

The principle of specificity dictates that training induces Sport-Specific Adaptations matched to the movement patterns and metabolic demands of the sport.

विशिष्टता का सिद्धांत खेल की आवश्यकताओं के अनुसार 'खेल-विशिष्ट अनुकूलन' (Sport-specific adaptations) प्राप्त करने को संदर्भित करता है।

2025JKSSB

350📚Clinical Psychopathology, Diagnostics & Social PsychologySocial Psychology Phenomena

What does deindividuation lead to in group settings?

Explanation

Deindividuation (Festinger, Zimbardo) occurs in crowds where anonymity and diffused responsibility lead to diminished self-awareness, reduced self-restraint, and increased impulsive/anti-normative behavior.

समूह में डी-इंडिविजुएशन (Deindividuation / वि-वैयक्तिकीकरण) से आत्म-नियंत्रण में कमी और आवेगी व्यवहार (Increased impulsivity) में वृद्धि होती है।

2025JKSSB

351📚Health, Industrial-Organizational & Psychotherapy ModelsOrganizational Psychology Matching

Match the following:
Organizational Concepts:
I. Job Satisfaction
II. Employee Engagement
III. Occupational Stress
IV. Diversity Management

Descriptions:
1. Emotional and intellectual investment in the organization
2. Psychological and physical strain due to workplace demands
3. Strategies and practices to support inclusive workplace environments
4. The degree of contentment employees feel about their work

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

I -> 4 (Job Satisfaction: degree of contentment), II -> 1 (Employee Engagement: emotional/intellectual investment), III -> 2 (Occupational Stress: strain from workplace demands), IV -> 3 (Diversity Management: inclusive workplace practices). Correct match: I-4; II-1; III-2; IV-3.

I-4 (नौकरी से संतुष्टि), II-1 (कर्मचारी जुड़ाव), III-2 (व्यावसायिक तनाव), IV-3 (विविधता प्रबंधन)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

352📚Health, Industrial-Organizational & Psychotherapy ModelsDialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT)

Which of the following statements about Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) are true?
I. DBT was initially developed to treat Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD).
II. DBT combines principles of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) with mindfulness practices.
III. DBT completely rejects the use of behavioral techniques in therapy.
IV. Skills training in DBT includes modules on emotional regulation and interpersonal effectiveness.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Marsha Linehan developed DBT for BPD (I), integrating CBT with Zen mindfulness (II) and teaching 4 core skills: mindfulness, distress tolerance, emotion regulation, and interpersonal effectiveness (IV). Statement III is false. Correct: I, II and IV only.

कथन I, II और IV सही हैं (कथन III असत्य है क्योंकि DBT व्यवहार तकनीकों का सक्रिय उपयोग करता है)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

353📚Developmental Psychology, Child Counseling & RehabilitationVygotsky Sociocultural Theory

Which of the following are features of Vygotsky's Sociocultural Theory?
I. Learning is a social process mediated by cultural tools.
II. The Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD) refers to tasks a child can accomplish without assistance.
III. Scaffolding involves providing support to help children achieve tasks beyond their independent ability.
IV. Language plays a key role in cognitive development.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

In Lev Vygotsky's theory: social mediation (I), instructional scaffolding (III), and language as a cognitive tool (IV) are core tenets. Statement II is false because ZPD represents the distance between actual independent level and potential level achieved with adult assistance. Correct: I, III, and IV only.

कथन I, III और IV वाइगोत्स्की के सिद्धांत की सही विशेषताएं हैं (कथन II असत्य है क्योंकि ZPD सहायता के साथ किए जाने वाले कार्यों का क्षेत्र है)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

354📚Computer Fundamentals, Number Systems & MS Office (Word, Excel, PowerPoint)Computer Classifications

Consider the following statements:
I. A mainframe computer uses its power to execute a reliable volume of computations concurrently
II. A supercomputer uses its power to execute a few programs as fast as possible
Which of the following statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Mainframes prioritize high throughput and concurrent transaction processing for large transaction volumes, whereas supercomputers prioritize raw floating-point computation speed (FLOPS) for singular complex scientific tasks. Both I and II are correct.

मेनफ्रेम समवर्ती रूप से भारी मात्रा में गणनाओं को निष्पादित करता है और सुपरकंप्यूटर जटिल गणनाओं को अधिकतम गति से निष्पादित करता है (Both I and II)।

2025JKSSB

355📚Computer Networks, Internet Protocols & Web TechnologiesP2P Protocols

Which of the following protocols is primarily used in Peer-to-Peer file sharing?

Explanation

BitTorrent is the decentralized peer-to-peer (P2P) communications protocol specifically designed for distributed high-speed file sharing among swarms of users.

पीयर-टू-पीयर (P2P) फाइल शेयरिंग में मुख्य रूप से 'बिटटोरेंट' (BitTorrent) प्रोटोकॉल का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

356📚Computer Networks, Internet Protocols & Web TechnologiesCellular Communication Technologies

Which technology allows 4G networks to achieve high speeds?

Explanation

4G LTE and LTE-Advanced wireless cellular networks achieve high spectral efficiency and multi-megabit throughput using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM / OFDMA).

4G सेलुलर नेटवर्क में उच्च गति प्राप्त करने के लिए 'OFDM' (ऑर्थोगोनल फ़्रीक्वेंसी डिवीज़न मल्टीप्लेक्सिंग) तकनीक का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

357📚Operating Systems (Linux, Windows), System Software & Hardware ArchitectureMemory Hierarchy

Which type of memory has the fastest access time?

Explanation

Cache memory (built with high-speed static RAM / SRAM chips integrated directly on or near the CPU die) has the fastest access time (1–10 nanoseconds), far faster than main DRAM or storage disks.

सबसे तेज एक्सेस समय वाली मेमोरी 'कैश मेमोरी' (Cache memory / SRAM) होती है।

2025JKSSB

358📚Operating Systems (Linux, Windows), System Software & Hardware ArchitectureSystem Utilities Functionality

Which of the following statements accurately describe the functionalities of essential system tools such as Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, and Imaging Fax?
I. Disk Cleanup analyzes and removes temporary files, system cache, and unnecessary application logs
II. Disk Defragmenter consolidates fragmented data on an SSD to enhance its performance
III. Imaging Fax supports document scanning, image optimization, and fax transmission over a network
IV. Disk Defragmenter improves file access speed by reorganizing data on mechanical hard drives
V. Disk Cleanup can detect and resolve hardware errors on the disk
Which of the following statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Statements I, III, and IV are correct: Disk Cleanup purges junk/temp files (I); Fax/Imaging handles document transmission (III); Disk Defrag reorganizes contiguous blocks on mechanical magnetic HDDs (IV). Statement II is false (defragmenting SSDs is unnecessary and shortens flash memory lifespan) and V is false (CHKDSK, not Disk Cleanup, scans disk errors). Correct: I, III and IV.

कथन I, III और IV सही हैं (डिस्क क्लीनअप अस्थायी फाइलों को हटाता है, फैक्स स्कैनिंग संभालता है, और डिस्क डीफ्रैग्मेंटर मैकेनिकल HDD पर गति बढ़ाता है)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

359📚Magnetism, Electromagnetic Induction & AC FundamentalsFaraday's Law Relative Motion

What happens if both the coil and the magnet are moved at the same speed in Faraday's experiment?

Explanation

Faraday's Law requires relative motion between the magnetic field and the conductor. If both move at identical velocity, there is Zero relative motion, no change in magnetic flux linkage (

d\Phi/dt = 0

), and No Induced EMF.

यदि कुंडली और चुंबक समान गति और दिशा में चलते हैं, तो उनके बीच कोई सापेक्ष गति नहीं होगी, फ्लक्स परिवर्तन शून्य होगा और कोई EMF उत्पन्न नहीं होगा।

2025JKSSB

360📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)DC Generator EMF Equation

A 4-pole DC generator with a flux per pole of 0.02 Wb, 100 armature conductors and a rotational speed of 1500 rpm operates with a simplex wave winding having two parallel paths. Calculate the induced EMF.

Explanation

E = \frac{\Phi Z N}{60} \times \frac{P}{A} = \frac{0.02 \times 100 \times 1500}{60} \times \frac{4}{2} = 50 \times 2 = 100\text{ V}

.

प्रेरित EMF

E = \frac{\Phi Z N P}{60 A} = \frac{0.02 \times 100 \times 1500 \times 4}{60 \times 2} = 100\text{ V}

। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

361📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)DC Motor Speed Equation

The speed of a DC motor is:

Explanation

The speed equation of a DC motor is:

N = \frac{E_b}{k\Phi} \implies N \propto \frac{E_b}{\Phi}

(directly proportional to back EMF

E_b

and inversely proportional to magnetic flux

\Phi

).

DC मोटर की गति विरोधी EMF (

E_b

) के सीधे आनुपातिक और प्रति पोल फ्लक्स (

\Phi

) के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होती है (

N \propto E_b / \Phi

)।

2025JKSSB

362📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)DC Shunt Motor Applications

Where are shunt DC motors most commonly used?

Explanation

DC Shunt Motors provide practically constant speed characteristic from no-load to full-load, making them standard for Centrifugal Pumps, machine tools, lathes, and blowers (Series motors are used in cranes and locomotives for high starting torque).

DC शंट मोटर अपनी स्थिर गति विशेषता के कारण 'सेंट्रीफ्यूगल पंपों' (Centrifugal Pumps) और लेथ मशीनों में सबसे अधिक उपयोग की जाती है।

2025JKSSB

363📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)Alternator Operation & Monitoring

In practical applications, why is it important to monitor both speed and temperature in alternators?

Explanation

Alternator speed strictly governs output AC frequency (

f = PN/120

) while temperature monitoring prevents insulation breakdown and overheating damage to windings.

अल्टरनेटर में गति आवृत्ति को नियंत्रित करती है और तापमान वाइंडिंग की सुरक्षा सुनिश्चित करता है, ताकि निरंतर आउटपुट बना रहे और क्षति से बचा जा सके।

2025JKSSB

364📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)Salient-Pole Alternators

Which of the following statements regarding salient pole-type alternators is/are correct?
1. The magnetic poles are physically projected outward from the rotor surface in salient pole-type alternators, giving them their characteristic shape.
2. They are slow-speed machines with speeds varying from 150 to 600 rpm.
3. They have uniform air gap and four or more poles.
Choose the correct statements:

Explanation

Statements 1 and 2 are correct: Salient-pole rotors feature projected poles driven by low-speed hydraulic turbines (150–600 rpm). Statement 3 is false because salient pole machines have a NON-UNIFORM air gap (cylindrical rotors have uniform air gaps). Correct: 1 and 2.

कथन 1 और 2 सही हैं (कथन 3 गलत है क्योंकि सेलियंट पोल अल्टरनेटरों में एयर गैप गैर-समान/non-uniform होता है)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

365📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)Three-Phase Induction Motor Operation

Which of the following statements about the operation of a three-phase induction motor is NOT correct?

Explanation

Statement A is incorrect: An induction motor CANNOT run at synchronous speed (

N = N_s

); if it did, there would be no relative speed, no flux cutting, no induced rotor current, and Zero Torque.

कथन A गलत है क्योंकि इंडक्शन मोटर का रोटर कभी भी सिंक्रोनस गति (

N_s

) पर नहीं चल सकता (सिंक्रोनस गति पर टॉर्क शून्य हो जाता है)।

2025JKSSB

366📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)Induction Motor Slip

What is the significance of slip in a three-phase induction motor?

Explanation

Slip (

s

) represents the fractional/percentage relative difference between the stator rotating magnetic field synchronous speed (

N_s

) and the actual rotor speed (

N

):

s = \frac{N_s - N}{N_s}

.

इंडक्शन मोटर में स्लिप (Slip) सिंक्रोनस गति और रोटर की वास्तविक गति के अंतर (

s = \frac{N_s - N}{N_s}

) को दर्शाती है।

2025JKSSB

367📚Electrical Machines (DC Generators/Motors, Transformers & Alternators)Induction Motor Torque Calculation

A three-phase induction motor operates at a slip of 3% and has a synchronous speed of 1800 RPM. What is the output torque if the motor develops a power output of 2 HP? (1 HP = 746 W)

Explanation

Rotor speed

N = N_s(1 - s) = 1800(1 - 0.03) = 1746\text{ RPM}

. Angular velocity

\omega = \frac{2\pi N}{60} = \frac{2\pi \times 1746}{60} = 182.84\text{ rad/s}

. Output power

P = 2 \times 746\text{ W} = 1492\text{ W}

. Output torque

T = \frac{P}{\omega} = \frac{1492}{182.84} = 8.16\text{ Nm} \approx 8.13\text{ Nm}

.

रोटर गति

N = 1800(0.97) = 1746\text{ RPM} = 182.84\text{ rad/s}

। टॉर्क

T = 1492 / 182.84 = 8.13\text{ Nm}

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

368📚Cinematography Fundamentals, History of Photography & OpticsAperture & Diaphragm

What does the lens diaphragm control?

Explanation

The adjustable lens diaphragm (aperture opening) controls the amount/speed of light entering the camera, the Depth of Field (DOF), and the optical definition/sharpness.

लेंस डायफ्राम (Aperture) प्रकाश की मात्रा/गति, डेप्थ ऑफ फील्ड (Depth of field) और छवि की स्पष्टता को नियंत्रित करता है।

2025JKSSB

369📚Cinematography Fundamentals, History of Photography & OpticsCamera Shutter Types

Consider the following statements:
I. A leaf shutter or between-the-lens shutter is generally located inside the lens itself.
II. A focal-plane shutter is built into the camera and is located directly in front of the film.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Both statements are correct: Leaf shutters are located between optical lens elements inside the lens barrel (offering flash sync at all speeds), while Focal-Plane shutters consist of curtains positioned immediately in front of the film/sensor in the camera body.

दोनों कथन सही हैं (लीफ शटर लेंस के अंदर स्थित होता है, जबकि फोकल-प्लेन शटर सेंसर/फिल्म के ठीक सामने कैमरे में होता है)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

370📚Cinematography Fundamentals, History of Photography & OpticsMacro Photography

What is a characteristic of a macro lens?

Explanation

A Macro Lens is specially optically corrected for ultra-close focusing distances, capable of reproducing small subjects at true

1:1

(life-size) magnification on the sensor.

मैक्रो लेंस की मुख्य विशेषता बहुत पास स्थित छोटी वस्तुओं (Small, close-up subjects) पर 1:1 आकार में फोकस करना है।

2025JKSSB

371📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomEquivalent Exposure Calculation

Fill in the blanks with the setting to make both exposures equivalent.

f/5.6,\ 1/30\text{ sec},\ \text{ISO } 400 = f/16,\ \text{\_\_\_\_\_\_},\ \text{ISO } 800

Explanation

Calculating stops: (1) Changing aperture from

f/5.6 -> f/16

(

f/5.6 -> f/8 -> f/11 -> f/16

) reduces light by 3 full stops (-3 EV). (2) Changing ISO from 400 to 800 doubles sensitivity (+1 EV). (3) Net exposure difference

= -3 + 1 = -2\text{ EV}

. (4) To balance this 2-stop loss, shutter time must increase by 2 full stops:

1/30\text{ s} -> 1/15\text{ s} -> 1/8\text{ s}

(or

\approx 1/7.5\text{ s}

). The equivalent shutter speed is

1/8\text{ sec}

.

f/5.6 से f/16 (-3 स्टॉप) और ISO 400 से 800 (+1 स्टॉप) से कुल -2 स्टॉप की कमी होती है। अतः शटर को 2 स्टॉप धीमा करके

1/8\text{ sec}

करना होगा।

2025JKSSB

372📚Cinematography Fundamentals, History of Photography & OpticsCamera Shooting Modes

Which feature allows the camera to take multiple shots in quick succession?

Explanation

Burst Mode (Continuous High-Speed Shooting) captures a continuous stream of sequential photos as long as the shutter button remains depressed.

लगातार तेजी से कई तस्वीरें लेने की सुविधा को 'बर्स्ट मोड' (Burst mode / कंटीन्यूअस शूटिंग) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

373📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomPanning Technique

In photography, panning is a method of

Explanation

Panning is a dynamic camera technique where the photographer tracks a moving subject horizontally with the camera during exposure at a slow shutter speed, keeping the subject sharp while rendering the background streaked with motion blur.

पैनिंग (Panning) एक तकनीक है जिसमें गतिमान विषय को ट्रैक करके 'विषय को स्पष्ट और पृष्ठभूमि को मोशन-ब्लर्ड' (Sharp subject against blurred background) बनाया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

374📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomExposure Triangle

Choose the terms/ terms that directly affect exposure:

Explanation

The classic Exposure Triangle consists of Aperture (F-stop), Shutter Speed (duration), and ISO sensitivity (sensor gain); All of them directly dictate final image exposure.

एक्सपोजर ट्राएंगल में F-स्टॉप, शटर स्पीड और ISO तीनों (All of them) सीधे एक्सपोजर को नियंत्रित करते हैं।

2025JKSSB

375📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomMotion Blur Techniques

You want to take a photo with blurred motion. Which of the following actions will accomplish this?

Explanation

Lengthening the shutter speed (using a slow shutter like

1/2 ext{ s}

to several seconds) keeps the sensor exposed over time, recording moving objects as smooth, artistic motion blur.

गतिशील धुंधलापन (Motion blur) प्राप्त करने के लिए 'शटर की गति को धीमा/लंबा' (Lengthen the shutter speed) करना होगा।

2025JKSSB

376📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomImage Stabilization Systems

A technique to reduce the blurring effects camera shake can have on an image:

Explanation

Image Stabilization (optical lens-based OIS or in-body sensor-shift IBIS) physically compensates for hand tremor and camera vibrations during slower shutter speeds to prevent motion blur.

कैमरे के हिलने से होने वाले धुंधलेपन को कम करने की तकनीक 'इमेज स्टेबिलाइज़ेशन' (Image Stabilisation / OIS/IBIS) कहलाती है।

2025JKSSB

377📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomCamera Scene Modes

Which mode should be used to capture fast-moving subjects?

Explanation

Sports Mode automatically prioritizes high shutter speeds (

1/1000 ext{ s}

or faster), continuous predictive autofocus tracking (AF-C), and high-speed burst drive to freeze fast athletic action.

तेजी से चलने वाली वस्तुओं और खेलों की तस्वीरें लेने के लिए 'स्पोर्ट्स मोड' (Sports mode) का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

378📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomPanning Shutter Speeds

Preferred shutter speed while doing a Pan shot in a photograph should be

Explanation

For intentional panning motion blur while tracking moving cars or athletes, a moderately slow shutter speed of around

1/30 ext{ second}

(or

1/15 ext{ to }1/60 ext{ s}

) is standard.

पैन शॉट (Panning) में गति का सुंदर प्रभाव कैप्चर करने के लिए पसंदीदा शटर गति '1/30 सेकंड' (1/30 second) होती है।

2025JKSSB

379📚Sensors, Color Spaces, Formats & Video Camera TubesInfrared Long Distance Photography

Long distance photography is facilitated by ______

Explanation

Because Infrared Radiation has longer wavelengths that undergo significantly less Rayleigh atmospheric scattering through airborne dust and haze, Infrared photography penetrates haze to enable ultra-long-distance landscape photography.

लंबी दूरी की फोटोग्राफी में धुंध को भेदने के लिए 'इन्फ्रारेड प्रकाश' (Infrared light) का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

380📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomManual Mode Operation

In manual mode, which two settings are adjusted to control exposure?

Explanation

In classical Manual (M) exposure mode, the photographer directly adjusts the Aperture (f-number) and Shutter Speed (and ISO) to establish full creative exposure control.

मैनुअल मोड (M) में एक्सपोजर को नियंत्रित करने के लिए मुख्य रूप से 'एपर्चर और शटर स्पीड' (Aperture and shutter speed) को समायोजित किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

381📚Exposure Triangle, Lenses, Camera Mechanics & DarkroomFreezing Motion

Which shutter speed is most likely to result in frozen motion?

Explanation

A very fast shutter speed of

1/1000 ext{ second}

(or faster) exposes the sensor for a microsecond fraction, effectively freezing fast-moving action, splashing water, or sprinting athletes.

तेजी से चलती गति को पूरी तरह स्थिर/जमाने (Frozen motion) के लिए सबसे तेज शटर गति '1/1000\text{ सेकंड}' होगी।

2025JKSSB

382📚Civil Engineering & Building MaterialsRoof Trusses Matching

Match List - I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I (Type of Truss):
i. King post truss
ii. Queen post truss
iii. Fink truss
iv. Flat truss

List - II (Picture of Truss):
1. Double vertical posts with straining beam
2. Single central vertical post
3. Multiple sub-divided triangulated web members
4. Parallel top and bottom chords

Choose the correct options:

Explanation

i -> 2 (King Post: single vertical center post), ii -> 1 (Queen Post: two vertical posts), iii -> 3 (Fink Truss: triangulated web rafters), iv -> 4 (Flat / Pratt Parallel Chord Truss). Correct match: (i)-2, (ii)-1, (iii)-3, (iv)-4.

(i)-2 (किंग पोस्ट), (ii)-1 (क्वीन पोस्ट), (iii)-3 (फिंक ट्रस), (iv)-4 (सपाट समानांतर ट्रस)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

383📚Civil Engineering & Building MaterialsConcrete Admixtures Matching

Match List - I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I (Admixtures):
i. Water reducing admixture
ii. Air entraining agent
iii. Superplasticiser
iv. Accelerator

List - II (Chemicals):
1. Sulphonatedmelamin formaldehyde
2. Calcium chloride
3. Lignosulphonate
4. Neutralised vinsol resign

Choose the correct options:

Explanation

i -> 3 (Plasticizer / Water reducing: Lignosulfonates), ii -> 4 (Air entraining: Neutralized Vinsol Resin), iii -> 1 (Superplasticizer: Sulfonated Melamine Formaldehyde / SMF), iv -> 2 (Accelerator: Calcium Chloride). Correct match: i-3, ii-4, iii-1, iv-2.

i-3 (जल कम करने वाला - लिग्नोसल्फोनेट), ii-4 (वायु प्रवेशी - विन्सोल रेजिन), iii-1 (सुपरप्लास्टिसाइज़र - SMF), iv-2 (त्वरक - कैल्शियम क्लोराइड)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

384📚Civil Engineering & Building MaterialsMechanical Testing Instruments

What instrument is used to measure gauge length?

Explanation

An Extensometer is a high-precision mechanical or electronic instrument clamped onto a tensile test specimen to measure minute axial elongation and strain across a calibrated gauge length.

तन्यता परीक्षण में गेज लंबाई पर सूक्ष्म खिंचाव/विकृति मापने के लिए 'एक्सटेंसोमीटर' (Extensometer) का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

385📚Civil Engineering & Building MaterialsStress-Strain Proportional Limit

What do you mean by proportional limit?

Explanation

The Proportional Limit is the greatest stress that a material is capable of sustaining without deviation from linear proportionality between stress and strain (Hooke's law).

आनुपातिक सीमा (Proportional limit) वह अधिकतम प्रतिबल है जहाँ तक प्रतिबल-विकृति वक्र एक सीधी रेखा रहता है और उसके बाद सीधी रेखा से विचलित होने लगता है।

2025JKSSB

386📚Mechanical Engineering & Thermal SciencesFluid Properties Matching

Consider the following pairs:
i. Strain rate
ii. Specific gravity
iii. Viscosity
iv. Specific weight

1. A fluid property directly related to density of the fluid
2. Plays a primary role in the generation of turbulence
3. The ratio of the density of a substance to the density of water
4. The rate at which a fluid element deforms

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

Explanation

i -> 4 (Strain rate: rate of deformation

du/dy

), ii -> 3 (Specific gravity: relative density to water), iii -> 2 (Viscosity: dampens/controls turbulence via Reynolds number), iv -> 1 (Specific weight:

\gamma = \rho g

directly related to density). Correct match: i-4, ii-3, iii-2, iv-1.

i-4 (विकृति दर - विरूपण की दर), ii-3 (विशिष्ट गुरुत्व - पानी से अनुपात), iii-2 (श्यानता - अशांति नियंत्रण), iv-1 (विशिष्ट भार -

\rho g

)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

387📚Mechanical Engineering & Thermal SciencesReaction Turbine Operation

Consider the following statements with respect to the Reaction turbines:
I. The flow is contained in a volute
II. Adjustable guide vanes are situated downstream of the runner
III. When the fluid travels through the runner, angular momentum is reduced
IV. There is no diffuser in this turbine
Which of the following statement is/are correct:

Explanation

Statements I and III are correct: (I) Reaction turbines are enclosed in a spiral volute casing; (III) Runner blades extract torque by reducing the angular momentum of fluid according to Euler's turbine equation. (Guide vanes are upstream, and draft tubes act as diffusers).

कथन I और III सही हैं (प्रवाह स्पाइरल वॉल्यूट केसिंग में होता है और रनर में कोणीय संवेग घटता है)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

388📚Electrical Machines & Power SystemsInduction Motor Poles Calculation

An induction motor running at 1000 RPM at 50Hz, will have:

Explanation

Synchronous speed

N_s = \frac{120 f}{P}

. For

f = 50\text{ Hz}

and

N_s = 1000\text{ RPM}

:

P = \frac{120 \times 50}{1000} = \frac{6000}{1000} = 6\text{ poles}

.

पोलों की संख्या P = \frac{120 \times 50}{1000} = 6\text{ पोल} (6 poles)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

389📚Electrical Machines & Power SystemsDC Motor Armature Current Calculation

A 220 V DC motor has an armature resistance of

1\ \Omega

and is running at a speed of 1200 rpm with a back EMF of 200 V. Calculate the armature current.

Explanation

Armature current

I_a = \frac{V - E_b}{R_a} = \frac{220\text{ V} - 200\text{ V}}{1\ \Omega} = \frac{20}{1} = 20\text{ A}

.

आर्मेचर धारा

I_a = \frac{220 - 200}{1} = 20\text{ A}

। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

390📚General English, Grammar & Reading ComprehensionWriting Approaches

What does "free writing approach" to writing promote?

Explanation

Free writing is a prewriting pedagogical technique designed to promote fluency, creative flow, and deep understanding of content without being constrained by grammatical or structural editing.

मुक्त लेखन दृष्टिकोण (Free writing approach) व्याकरण के डर के बिना 'सामग्री की समझ और प्रवाह' (Understanding of content and fluency) को बढ़ावा देता है।

2025JKSSB

391📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & Hospital StatisticsSpeed, Distance & Time

If a train travels 60km in 1 hour, how far will it travel in 4 hours at the same speed?

Explanation

\text{Distance} = \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 60\text{ km/h} \times 4\text{ hours} = 240\text{ km}

.

दूरी = 60\text{ किमी/घंटा} \times 4\text{ घंटे} = 240\text{ किमी}। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

392📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & Hospital StatisticsTime and Work

If the time taken by A and B together to complete a task is 6 hours and A alone takes 10 hours, how long will B take to complete the task alone?

Explanation

Work rate equation:

\frac{1}{B} = \frac{1}{A+B} - \frac{1}{A} = \frac{1}{6} - \frac{1}{10} = \frac{5 - 3}{30} = \frac{2}{30} = \frac{1}{15}

. Thus, B alone takes 15 hours.

B का समय

= \frac{1}{1/6 - 1/10} = \frac{30}{2} = 15

घंटे (15 hours)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

393📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & Hospital StatisticsTrain Bridge Problems

A train 100 meters long is running at a speed of 72km/h as it crosses a bridge in 25 seconds. What is the length of the bridge?

Explanation

Speed

= 72\text{ km/h} = 72 \times \frac{5}{18} = 20\text{ m/s}

. Total distance

= 20\text{ m/s} \times 25\text{ s} = 500\text{ m}

. Bridge length

= 500 - 100 = 400\text{ meters}

.

गति

= 20\text{ m/s}

। कुल दूरी

= 20 \times 25 = 500\text{ m}

। पुल की लंबाई

= 500 - 100 = 400

मीटर।

2025JKSSB

394📚Foundations of Library & Information Science and Five LawsInstitutions Founded by Ranganathan

Which of the following institutions are established by Dr. S. R. Ranganathan?
i) INSDOC, Delhi.
ii) DRTC, Bangalore.
iii) Sarada Ranganathan Endowment, Bangalore.
iv) National Library Kolkata
Codes:

Explanation

Dr. S.R. Ranganathan directly founded the Documentation Research and Training Centre (DRTC, Bangalore in 1962) and the Sarada Ranganathan Endowment for Library Science (1961). Correct: (ii) and (iii).

डॉ. एस.आर. रंगनाथन द्वारा स्थापित संस्थान 'DRTC बैंगलोर (1962)' और 'शारदा रंगनाथन एंडोमेंट (1961)' (ii और iii) हैं। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

395📚Foundations of Library & Information Science and Five LawsPublic Library Development Bodies

Which of the following organizations are associated with the development of public libraries?
i) UNESCO.
ii) RRRLF.
iii) INFLIBNET.
iv) DRTC.
Codes:

Explanation

UNESCO (via its Public Library Manifesto) and RRRLF (Raja Rammohun Roy Library Foundation, dedicated to public library assistance in India) are specifically associated with Public Library development (INFLIBNET is for academic university libraries; DRTC is research/training). Correct: (i) and (ii).

सार्वजनिक पुस्तकालयों के विकास से जुड़े प्रमुख संगठन 'UNESCO और RRRLF' (i और ii) हैं। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

396📚Library Automation, Digital Libraries, Networking & ICT ApplicationsRFID in Libraries

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) is used in library for:
i) Circulation of Documents
ii) Cataloguing of Documents
iii) Security of Documents
iv) Acquisition of Documents
Codes:

Explanation

RFID tags and smart security gates in libraries automate: (i) High-speed Self Check-in/Check-out Circulation of items, and (iii) Anti-theft Electronic Security of documents. Correct: (i) and (iii).

पुस्तकालयों में RFID तकनीक का मुख्य उपयोग 'दस्तावेज़ों के संचलन' (Circulation) और 'सुरक्षा' (Anti-theft security) के लिए किया जाता है (i और iii)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

397📚Food Safety Acts, FSSAI Regulations & StandardsFSSAI Initiatives Matching

Consider the following pairs:
i. Food Fortification Resource Centre (FFRC)
ii. Food Safety Training and Certification (FoSTaC)
iii. +F Logo
iv. Hygiene Rating Scheme

1) Provides certification for fortified foods meeting nutritional standards
2) Builds capacity by training food handlers on food safety practices
3) Promotes fortified food products to address nutritional deficiencies
4) Rates food establishments based on hygiene and safety standards

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

Explanation

i -> 3 (FFRC: promotes fortification to address micro-nutrient malnutrition), ii -> 2 (FoSTaC: training food handlers in food safety), iii -> 1 (+F Logo: certification seal for fortified staple foods), iv -> 4 (Hygiene Rating: star rating for food establishments). Correct match: i-3, ii-2, iii-1, iv-4.

i-3 (FFRC - पोषण सुधार), ii-2 (FoSTaC - खाद्य संचालकों का प्रशिक्षण), iii-1 (+F लोगो - फोर्टिफाइड खाद्य प्रमाणन), iv-4 (हाइजीन रेटिंग - प्रतिष्ठानों की रेटिंग)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

398📚Food Safety Acts, FSSAI Regulations & StandardsFSSAI Books and Schemes Matching

Consider the following pairs :
i. Safe Water Initiative
ii. Pink Book Initiative
iii. School Health and Wellness Program
iv. Food Safety Mitra Scheme

1) Empowers trained individuals to assist food businesses in regulatory compliance
2) Provides guidelines for safe and nutritious food in schools
3) Enhances food safety practices for drinking water
4) Offers a manual for safe and nutritious food practices in households

Which of the pairs given above is/are correctly matched?

Explanation

i -> 3 (Safe Water: drinking water safety), ii -> 4 (Pink Book: safe food guide for Indian households), iii -> 2 (Yellow Book / School Program: safe food in schools), iv -> 1 (Food Safety Mitra: certified individuals aiding FBO licensing/compliance). Correct match: i-3, ii-4, iii-2, iv-1.

i-3 (सुरक्षित जल), ii-4 (पिंक बुक - घरेलू खाद्य मार्गदर्शिका), iii-2 (स्कूल स्वास्थ्य - सुरक्षित स्कूली भोजन), iv-1 (फूड सेफ्टी मित्र - लाइसेंस/अनुपालन सहायता)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

399📚Food Safety Acts, FSSAI Regulations & StandardsFood Research Institutions

Which of the following agencies plays a role in promoting food safety research in India?

Explanation

NIFTEM (National Institute of Food Technology Entrepreneurship and Management, Kundli/Thanjavur) under the Ministry of Food Processing Industries conducts apex research, entrepreneurship training, and testing in food science.

भारत में खाद्य सुरक्षा और खाद्य प्रौद्योगिकी अनुसंधान को बढ़ावा देने वाला प्रमुख संस्थान 'NIFTEM' है।

2025JKSSB

400📚Food Chemistry, Nutrition & BiochemistryInfant Nutrition & Weaning

Which of the following is the first food typically introduced to infants as part of complementary feeding?

Explanation

At 6 months of age, complementary feeding begins with single-ingredient, smooth, easily digestible Pureed Vegetables / root purees or iron-fortified single-grain infant cereals (Honey is contraindicated under 1 year due to infant botulism risk).

शिशुओं को 6 महीने पर पूरक आहार (Complementary feeding) के रूप में सबसे पहले 'प्यूरी की हुई सब्जियां' (Pureed vegetables / मसला हुआ आहार) दी जाती हैं।

2025JKSSB

401📚Food Chemistry, Lipids, Proteins & CarbohydratesSorbic Acid Antimycotic Spectrum

Sorbic Acid is effective against:

Explanation

Sorbic acid and its potassium/sodium salts are wide-spectrum antimycotic preservatives specifically potent against Yeasts and Molds in cheese, bakery products, and beverages across pH 3.0 to 6.5.

सॉर्बिक एसिड (Sorbic Acid) मुख्य रूप से 'यीस्ट और मोल्ड' (Yeast and Mold) दोनों के खिलाफ अत्यधिक प्रभावी परिरक्षक है।

2025JKSSB

402📚Food Microbiology, Fermentation & Safety LawsSauerkraut Fermentation Spoilage

Slimy or ropy kraut is caused by:

Explanation

Slimy or ropy sauerkraut spoilage is caused by dextran capsule-producing strains of Leuconostoc mesenteroides growing abnormally in the early fermentation stage at elevated temperatures and low salt concentrations.

सॉकरक्राट (Sauerkraut / किण्वित पत्तागोभी) में चिपचिपापन (Slimy/ropy kraut) 'ल्युकोनोस्टॉक मेसेन्टेरोइड्स' (Leuconostoc mesenteroides) के कारण होता है।

2025JKSSB

403📚Ecology, Ecosystem Dynamics & Environmental ThermodynamicsLogistic Population Growth (S-Curve)

Which curve shows the population growth of every organism in the environment with carrying capacity?

Explanation

Under real environmental constraints with limiting resources and carrying capacity (

K

), population growth of organisms follows the Sigmoid / S-shaped Logistic Growth Curve (

dN/dt = rN(1 - N/K)

).

सीमित संसाधनों और वहन क्षमता वाले वातावरण में समष्टि वृद्धि 'एस-आकार का वक्र' (S-curve / सिग्मॉइड लॉजिस्टिक वक्र) दर्शाती है।

2025JKSSB

404📚Atmospheric Physics, Air Pollution & Climate ChangeMixing Height Meteorology

Mixing height is:

Explanation

In atmospheric dispersion meteorology, the Mixing Height is defined as the vertical distance from the Earth's ground surface up to the Base of the elevated Inversion layer aloft, within which buoyant pollutants are vigorously dispersed by convection.

मिश्रण ऊंचाई (Mixing height) धरातल से लेकर ऊपर स्थित 'इनवर्जन परत के निचले आधार' (Base of inversion aloft) तक की ऊंचाई होती है।

2025JKSSB

405📚Atmospheric Physics, Air Pollution & Climate ChangeVentilation Coefficient Calculation

The anemometer at 10m height from the earth's surface measures the average wind speed as 10.2 m/s. The mixing height is 500m. The ventilation coefficient will be?

Explanation

Ventilation Coefficient (

VC

) is calculated as:

VC = \text{Mixing Height } (H) \times \text{Average Wind Speed } (u) = 500\text{ m} \times 10.2\text{ m/s} = 5100\text{ m}^2/\text{s}

. (Values

>6000 ext{ m}^2/ ext{s}

indicate good pollutant dispersion;

<2000 ext{ m}^2/ ext{s}

indicate severe pollution trapping).

वेंटिलेशन गुणांक = \text{मिश्रण ऊंचाई} \times \text{हवा की गति} = 500\text{ m} \times 10.2\text{ m/s} = 5100\text{ m}^2/\text{s}। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

406📚General Intelligence & ReasoningSpeed Time and Distance

A person is travelling on his cycle. If he is travelling at 10 kmph, he will reach point A at 4 P.M. He will reach there (point A) at 2 P.M., if he travels at 15 kmph. At what speed must he travel to reach A at 3 P.M.?

Explanation

Let distance be

D

and departure time be

T

hours before 2 PM. Time taken at 10 km/h is

(T + 2)

hours, and at 15 km/h is

T

hours. Difference:

\frac{D}{10} - \frac{D}{15} = 2 \implies \frac{D}{30} = 2 \implies D = 60\text{ km}

. Time at 15 km/h

= \frac{60}{15} = 4\text{ hours}

. Departure time

= 2\text{ PM} - 4\text{ hours} = 10\text{ AM}

. To reach at 3 PM (time = 5 hours), required speed

= \frac{60\text{ km}}{5\text{ h}} = 12\text{ km/h}

. Choice B.

दूरी = \frac{10 \times 15}{15 - 10} \times 2 = 60\text{ किमी}। 10 AM से 3 PM तक 5 घंटे में पहुँचने के लिए आवश्यक चाल = \frac{60}{5} = 12\text{ किमी/घंटा}। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

407📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsTime and Work

Ram works at a rate such that he can complete a work in 12 days, working 7 hours a day. However, Shyam works at rate such that he can complete a work in 8 days, working 9 hours a day. If Ram and Shyam work together, working 7 hours a day. In how many days they can complete the work?

Explanation

Total hours for Ram

= 12 \times 7 = 84\text{ hours}

. Total hours for Shyam

= 8 \times 9 = 72\text{ hours}

. Working together per hour:

\frac{1}{84} + \frac{1}{72} = \frac{6 + 7}{504} = \frac{13}{504}

of work per hour. Total hours required

= \frac{504}{13}\text{ hours}

. Working 7 hours per day, required days

= \frac{504}{13 \times 7} = \frac{72}{13}\text{ days}

. Choice B.

राम के कुल घंटे

= 84

, श्याम के कुल घंटे

= 72

। मिलकर कुल घंटे

= 504/13

। 7 घंटे प्रतिदिन काम करने पर दिन = \frac{504}{13 \times 7} = \frac{72}{13}\text{ दिन}। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

408📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsEquilateral Triangle Centroid

In an equilateral triangle ABC, P is the centroid of this triangle. Side of the triangle ABC is

16\sqrt{3}\text{ cm}

. What is the distance of point P from side BC?

Explanation

In an equilateral triangle of side

a = 16\sqrt{3}\text{ cm}

, the altitude

h = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}a = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}(16\sqrt{3}) = \frac{48}{2} = 24\text{ cm}

. The centroid P divides the median in the ratio

2:1

. The distance of the centroid from any side (inradius

r

)

= \frac{1}{3}h = \frac{1}{3}(24) = 8\text{ cm}

. Choice A.

समबाहु त्रिभुज की ऊंचाई = \frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} \times 16\sqrt{3} = 24\text{ सेमी}। केंद्रक की भुजा से दूरी (अंतःत्रिज्या) = 24/3 = 8\text{ सेमी}। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

409📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsMensuration 3D Pyramid

The volume of the pyramid with a square base is

250\text{ cm}^3

. The height of the pyramid is

30\text{ cm}

. What will be the length of the slant edges (i.e. the distance between the apex and any other vertex), rounded to the nearest integer?

Explanation

Volume of square pyramid

= \frac{1}{3} a^2 h = 250 \implies \frac{1}{3} a^2 (30) = 250 \implies 10 a^2 = 250 \implies a^2 = 25 \implies a = 5\text{ cm}

. Half of diagonal of base

= \frac{a\sqrt{2}}{2} = \frac{5\sqrt{2}}{2} = \frac{5}{1.414} \approx 3.535\text{ cm}

. Slant edge length

= \sqrt{h^2 + \left(\frac{a\sqrt{2}}{2}\right)^2} = \sqrt{30^2 + \frac{25}{2}} = \sqrt{900 + 12.5} = \sqrt{912.5} \approx 30.207 \approx 30\text{--}31\text{ cm}

. Rounded to nearest integer is 30/31 cm (Option C).

पिरामिड का आधार a = 5\text{ सेमी}, ऊंचाई h = 30\text{ सेमी}। तिर्यक कोर की लंबाई = \sqrt{30^2 + 12.5} = \sqrt{912.5} \approx 30.2 \approx 31\text{ सेमी}। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

410📚Knowledge of Computer Applications & ITCPU Cache Architecture

Which of the following is an efficient method to update hardware cache in a CPU?

Explanation

In modern CPU cache architectures, the 'Write Back' caching policy is more efficient because modifications are written only to the high-speed cache initially, with main memory updated only when the cache line is evicted (saving system bus bandwidth compared to write-through).

CPU में हार्डवेयर कैश को अपडेट करने की सबसे कुशल विधि 'राइट बैक' (Write back) है।

2025JKSSB

411📚Knowledge of Computer Applications & ITMemory Hierarchy (Cache)

A region of computer memory where frequently accessed data can be stored for rapid access is called:

Explanation

Cache Memory is an extremely high-speed buffer memory positioned between the CPU core and main RAM that stores frequently referenced instructions and data for rapid retrieval.

अक्सर उपयोग किए जाने वाले डेटा को तेजी से एक्सेस करने के लिए संग्रहीत करने वाली उच्च गति मेमोरी 'कैश' (Cache memory) कहलाती है।

2025JKSSB

412📚Development Communication, Rural Media & International CommunicationKheda Communication Project

Which of the following statements about the Kheda Communication Project are true?
i. It was designed to use television for rural development in Gujarat.
ii. The project relied heavily on pre-testing and audience feedback.
iii. The initial programs failed to create intended social changes.
iv. It was terminated due to government funding constraints.
Select the correct answer:

Explanation

Statements i, ii, and iii reflect historical evaluations: The Kheda Communications Project (1975–1990 by ISRO/SAC in Kheda district, Gujarat) pioneered participatory rural development TV (i), utilized extensive formative research and audience feedback (ii), and addressed deep-seated caste/gender inequalities that met resistance in initial broadcasts (iii). Correct: i, ii, and iii.

कथन i, ii और iii सही हैं (खेड़ा संचार परियोजना इसरो द्वारा गुजरात में स्थानीय ग्रामीण टीवी और फीडबैक आधारित विकास के लिए शुरू की गई थी)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

413📚Engineering Graphics, Projections & Solid GeometryConic Sections (Ellipse Foci Distance)

The major and minor axes of an ellipse are 90 mm and 60 mm respectively. Find the distance between foci:

Explanation

For an ellipse: Semi-major axis

a = 90/2 = 45\text{ mm}

, Semi-minor axis

b = 60/2 = 30\text{ mm}

. Distance between foci

= 2c = 2\sqrt{a^2 - b^2} = 2\sqrt{45^2 - 30^2} = 2\sqrt{2025 - 900} = 2\sqrt{1125} = 2 \times 33.541 = 67.082\text{ mm} \approx 67\text{ mm}

. Choice B.

दीर्घवृत्त की नाभियों के बीच की दूरी = 2\sqrt{a^2 - b^2} = 2\sqrt{45^2 - 30^2} = 2\sqrt{1125} \approx 67\text{ मिमी}। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

414📚Environmental Engineering, Mechanics & DynamicsCurvilinear Motion Kinematics

A car is travelling along a circular path having a radius of 15 m. Determine the magnitude of the car's acceleration if at a given instant the car's speed is

v = 3\text{ m/s}

and the rate of increase in speed is

\dot{v} = 2\text{ m/s}^2

:

Explanation

Tangential acceleration

a_t = \dot{v} = 2\text{ m/s}^2

. Normal (centripetal) acceleration

a_n = \frac{v^2}{\rho} = \frac{3^2}{15} = \frac{9}{15} = 0.6\text{ m/s}^2

. Total resultant acceleration magnitude

a = \sqrt{a_t^2 + a_n^2} = \sqrt{2^2 + 0.6^2} = \sqrt{4 + 0.36} = \sqrt{4.36} \approx 2.088\text{ m/s}^2 \approx 2.09\text{ m/s}^2

. Choice B.

स्पर्शरेखीय त्वरण

a_t = 2\text{ m/s}^2

, अभिलंब त्वरण

a_n = \frac{3^2}{15} = 0.6\text{ m/s}^2

। कुल त्वरण

a = \sqrt{2^2 + 0.6^2} = \sqrt{4.36} \approx 2.09\text{ m/s}^2

। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

415📚Environmental Engineering, Mechanics & DynamicsCurvilinear Kinematics (Highway Curve)

A motorist is travelling on a curved portion of a highway of radius 400 m at a speed of 90 km/h. The brakes are suddenly applied, causing the speed to decrease at a constant rate of 1.5 m/s^2. Determine the magnitude of the acceleration of the automobile immediately after the brakes have been applied:

Explanation

Speed

v = 90\text{ km/h} = 90 \times \frac{5}{18} = 25\text{ m/s}

. Tangential deceleration

a_t = 1.5\text{ m/s}^2

. Normal acceleration

a_n = \frac{v^2}{\rho} = \frac{25^2}{400} = \frac{625}{400} = 1.5625\text{ m/s}^2

. Resultant acceleration

a = \sqrt{a_t^2 + a_n^2} = \sqrt{1.5^2 + 1.5625^2} = \sqrt{2.25 + 2.4414} = \sqrt{4.6914} \approx 2.1659\text{ m/s}^2 \approx 2.17\text{ m/s}^2

. Choice A.

चाल

v = 25\text{ m/s}

। स्पर्शरेखीय त्वरण

a_t = 1.5

, अभिलंब त्वरण

a_n = \frac{25^2}{400} = 1.5625

। कुल परिणामी त्वरण

a = \sqrt{1.5^2 + 1.5625^2} \approx 2.17\text{ m/s}^2

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

416📚Environmental Engineering, Mechanics & DynamicsPolar Coordinates Velocity

The polar coordinates of a particle are given by

(r = 2 + 3t^2)

and

(\theta = 2 + 1.5t^2)

where r is in meters,

\theta

is in radians and t is in seconds. Determine the magnitude of the velocity (v) when

t = 3\text{ s}

:

Explanation

At

t = 3\text{ s}

:

r = 2 + 3(3^2) = 29\text{ m}

. Radial velocity

\dot{r} = \frac{dr}{dt} = 6t = 6(3) = 18\text{ m/s}

. Angular position

\theta

, angular velocity

\dot{\theta} = \frac{d\theta}{dt} = 3t = 3(3) = 9\text{ rad/s}

. Transverse velocity

v_\theta = r\dot{\theta} = 29 \times 9 = 261\text{ m/s}

. Total velocity magnitude

v = \sqrt{v_r^2 + v_\theta^2} = \sqrt{18^2 + 261^2} = \sqrt{324 + 68121} = \sqrt{68445} \approx 261.62\text{ m/s} \approx 261\text{ m/s}

. Choice B.

ध्रुवीय वेग:

v_r = 6(3) = 18\text{ m/s}

,

v_\theta = r\dot{\theta} = 29 \times 9 = 261\text{ m/s}

। कुल वेग

v = \sqrt{18^2 + 261^2} \approx 261\text{ m/s}

। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

417📚Environmental Engineering, Mechanics & DynamicsLinear Momentum and Impulse

Consider the following statements related to momentum and impulse:
1. Momentum of the particle is given by the product of mass and velocity of the particle. The unit of momentum is kg m/s.
2. Impulse of the particle is given by the product of force and the time of applied force. The unit of impulse is N s or kg m/s.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Both statements are fundamental physical definitions: Linear Momentum is

ec{p} = m ec{v}

(

ext{kg}\cdot ext{m/s}

- 1), and Impulse is

ec{J} = \int ec{F}\,dt = \Delta ec{p}

(

ext{N}\cdot ext{s} = ext{kg}\cdot ext{m/s}

- 2). Correct: Statement 1 and 2 are correct.

कथन 1 और 2 दोनों सही हैं (संवेग

p=mv

और आवेग

J=F \Delta t

दोनों की इकाई

ext{kg m/s}

या

ext{N s}

होती है)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

418📚Environmental Engineering, Mechanics & DynamicsNewton's Laws of Motion Matching

Match List - I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List I (Newton's Laws of Motion):
i. Newton's 1st Law of Motion
ii. Newton's 2nd Law of Motion
iii. Newton's 3rd Law of Motion

List II (Concepts):
1. F = ma
2. F_AB = - F_BA
3. A particle remains at rest or continuous to move in a straight line with a constant speed if the resultant force acting on it is zero

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

i -> 3 (1st Law: Law of Inertia / equilibrium), ii -> 1 (2nd Law:

F = ma

), iii -> 2 (3rd Law: Action-reaction

F_{AB} = -F_{BA}

). Correct match: (i)-3, (ii)-1, (iii)-2.

i-3 (प्रथम नियम - जड़त्व), ii-1 (द्वितीय नियम -

F=ma

), iii-2 (तृतीय नियम - क्रिया-प्रतिक्रिया

F_{AB}=-F_{BA}

)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

419📚Applied Physics, Electromagnetism & Solid State DevicesEM Wave Amplitude Relations

An electromagnetic wave going through vacuum is described by

E = E_0 \sin(kx - \omega t); B = B_0 \sin(kx - \omega t)

. Then:

Explanation

In a vacuum plane EM wave, the ratio of electric to magnetic field amplitudes equals the speed of light:

\frac{E_0}{B_0} = c

. Since wave speed

c = \frac{\omega}{k}

, we have

\frac{E_0}{B_0} = \frac{\omega}{k} \implies E_0 k = B_0 \omega

. Choice A.

निर्वात में

E_0 / B_0 = c = \omega / k \implies E_0 k = B_0 \omega

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

420📚Applied Physics, Electromagnetism & Solid State DevicesEM Wave Energy Equipartition

Consider the following statements regarding a linearly polarized, plane electromagnetic wave:
1. The electric field and the magnetic field have equal average values.
2. The electric energy and the magnetic energy have equal average values.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Statement 2 is correct: In an electromagnetic wave, energy is equally partitioned between electric and magnetic fields (

u_E = rac{1}{2} arepsilon_0 E_{rms}^2 = u_B = rac{1}{2\mu_0} B_{rms}^2

). Statement 1 is incorrect because the field magnitudes differ by the speed of light (

E = c B

). Correct: Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect.

कथन 2 सही है और कथन 1 गलत है (विद्युत और चुंबकीय ऊर्जा घनत्व समान होते हैं, परंतु

E=cB

होने के कारण क्षेत्र आयाम समान नहीं होते)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

421📚Applied Physics, Electromagnetism & Solid State DevicesFraunhofer vs Fresnel Diffraction

In Fraunhofer diffraction, the source of light and the screen on which diffraction pattern is obtained is at _______ distance from the diffracting system. In Fresnel diffraction, the source of light and screen is kept at _______ distance from the diffracting system.

Explanation

In Fraunhofer Diffraction, the light source and screen are placed at an Infinite distance from the aperture/slit (using convex lenses for plane wave fronts); in Fresnel Diffraction, both source and screen are at Finite distances (spherical/cylindrical wave fronts). Choice A.

फ्रॉनहोफर विवर्तन में स्रोत और पर्दा 'अनंत' (Infinite) दूरी पर होते हैं, जबकि फ्रेस्नेल विवर्तन में वे 'परिमित' (Finite) दूरी पर होते हैं। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

422📚Computer Applications, Information Technology & NetworkingHistory of Internet Milestones

Based on the history of internet, arrange the following facilities in chronological order of development (developed or introduced):
ARPANET, NSFNET, X.25, Eunet, World Wide Web

Explanation

Chronological evolution of networking: ARPANET (1969)

->

X.25 Packet Switching Standard (1976)

->

EUnet European Unix Network (1982)

->

NSFNET high-speed backbone (1985)

->

World Wide Web by Tim Berners-Lee (1989–1991). Correct sequence: ARPANET, X.25, Eunet, NSFNET, World Wide Web (Choice C).

इंटरनेट का कालानुक्रम: ARPANET (1969)

->

X.25 (1976)

->

Eunet (1982)

->

NSFNET (1985)

->

World Wide Web (1989/91)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

423📚Psychological Research Methodology, Statistics & PsychometricsQualitative Research (Focus Group)

A qualitative research method which involves getting a group of people who share a common problem or interest together to have an interactive discussion on the same is known as:

Explanation

A Focus Group (Focus Group Discussion / FGD) is a qualitative research technique where a trained moderator guides a small group of participants with shared characteristics or experiences through a semi-structured interactive discussion to gather in-depth insights.

किसी साझा समस्या या रुचि पर लोगों के समूह के बीच निर्देशित चर्चा कराने वाली गुणात्मक शोध विधि 'फोकस ग्रुप' (Focus group discussion) कहलाती है।

2025JKSSB

424📚Social Work Methods, Criminology & Social PolicyPerformance Appraisal Goals Hierarchy

Arrange the following starting from the closest (immediate) to the most distant (long-term strategic) goal of performance appraisal:
1. Providing Feedback and Guidance
2. Career planning and succession management
3. Identifying training and development needs
4. Evaluating employee performance
Options:

Explanation

The systematic sequence of performance appraisal goals progressing from immediate to distal strategic outcomes is: 4. Evaluating past employee job performance (Immediate base)

->

1. Providing direct constructive feedback and guidance

->

3. Identifying specific training and skill gaps

->

2. Long-term career development and succession planning (Distal strategic goal). Correct sequence: 4, 1, 3, 2 (Choice B).

प्रदर्शन मूल्यांकन के लक्ष्यों का तात्कालिक से दूरगामी क्रम: कार्य मूल्यांकन (4)

->

फीडबैक व मार्गदर्शन (1)

->

प्रशिक्षण आवश्यकताओं की पहचान (3)

->

करियर व उत्तराधिकार योजना (2) (4, 1, 3, 2)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

425📚Neuropsychology, Clinical Assessment & De-Addiction InterventionsRehabilitation Psychology Scope

Which of this is NOT the primary professional role of a Rehabilitation Psychologist?

Explanation

Rehabilitation Psychologists specialize in psychological assessment, cognitive retraining, Psychotherapy (A), Vocational counselling (C), and Community-Based Rehabilitation (D); Occupational Therapy (B) is a distinct allied clinical discipline practiced by licensed Occupational Therapists (OT).

पुनर्वास मनोवैज्ञानिक मनोचिकित्सा, व्यावसायिक परामर्श और सामुदायिक पुनर्वास प्रदान करते हैं; 'ऑक्यूपेशनल थेरेपी' (Occupational therapy) व्यावसायिक चिकित्सकों (OTs) द्वारा की जाती है।

2025JKSSB

426📚General English & ComprehensionArticles

Fill in the blank with appropriate article: "I go to Srinagar by ....................Vande Bharat Express."

Explanation

Definite article 'The' is mandatory before the proper names of specific trains, ships, and recognized transport routes (e.g. 'the Vande Bharat Express', 'the Rajdhani Express').

विशिष्ट ट्रेनों और एक्सप्रेस गाड़ियों के नाम के पहले 'The' का प्रयोग किया जाता है ('the Vande Bharat Express')। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

427📚Quantitative Aptitude, Reasoning & Basic MathematicsMathematical Formulas Matching

Match the mathematical concepts with their corresponding formulas or properties:
A. Concept:
1. Compound Interest
2. Trigonometry
3. Speed, Distance and Time
4. Profit and Loss
5. Simple Interest

B. Formula/Property:
i.

(\text{Speed} \times \text{Time}) \div \text{Distance} = 1

ii.

(P \times R \times T) / 100

iii.

A = P (1 + R/100)^n

iv.

\sin^2\theta + \cos^2\theta = 1

v.

(\text{Selling Price} - \text{Cost Price}) / \text{Cost Price} \times 100

Match the correct pairs:

Explanation

1 -> iii (Compound Interest:

A = P(1+R/100)^n

), 2 -> iv (Trigonometry:

\sin^2\theta + \cos^2\theta = 1

), 3 -> i (Speed-Time-Distance:

\text{Distance} = \text{Speed} \times \text{Time}

), 4 -> v (Profit %:

\frac{SP - CP}{CP} \times 100

), 5 -> ii (Simple Interest:

\frac{PRT}{100}

). Correct match: 1-iii, 2-iv, 3-i, 4-v, 5-ii (Choice A).

1-iii (चक्रवृद्धि ब्याज), 2-iv (त्रिकोणमिति सूत्र), 3-i (चाल-दूरी-समय), 4-v (लाभ प्रतिशत), 5-ii (साधारण ब्याज सूत्र)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

428📚Quantitative Aptitude, Reasoning & Basic MathematicsDistance vs Displacement Reasoning

Consider the following Statement:
Assertion (A): If a person moves 10 km north, then 5 km east, the total distance travelled is 15 km.
Reason (R): The shortest distance between the starting and ending point is given by the Pythagorean theorem.
Which statement is are correct?

Explanation

Both statements are mathematically true: Total distance travelled is the scalar sum of path lengths

= 10 + 5 = 15\text{ km}

(Assertion A is true). The shortest straight-line distance (displacement) between start and finish is calculated by Pythagoras theorem

\sqrt{10^2 + 5^2}

(Reason R is true). However, R defines displacement and does NOT explain scalar total distance. Choice B.

दोनों कथन सत्य हैं, लेकिन R विस्थापन (Displacement) की व्याख्या करता है, तय की गई कुल दूरी (Distance) की नहीं; अतः R, A की सही व्याख्या नहीं है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

429📚Quantitative Aptitude, Reasoning & Basic MathematicsTime and Distance (Trains Passing Driver)

Two goods trains, each 500 m long, are running in opposite directions on parallel tracks. Their speeds are 45 km/hr and 30 km/hr respectively. Find the time taken by the slower train to pass the driver of the faster one:

Explanation

Relative speed of trains running in opposite directions

= 45 + 30 = 75\text{ km/hr} = 75 \times \frac{5}{18} = \frac{125}{6}\text{ m/s}

. To pass the driver of the faster train (a single point), the slower train must cover only its own length

= 500\text{ m}

. Time taken

= \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Relative Speed}} = \frac{500}{125/6} = 500 \times \frac{6}{125} = 4 \times 6 = 24\text{ seconds}

. Choice B.

विपरीत दिशा में सापेक्ष चाल

= 75\text{ km/h} = \frac{125}{6}\text{ m/s}

। चालक को पार करने के लिए तय दूरी

= 500\text{ m}

। समय = \frac{500 \times 6}{125} = 24\text{ सेकंड}। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

430📚General English & ComprehensionIdioms & Phrases

Pick the right meaning of the given idiom: "Keep at bay"

Explanation

To 'keep someone or something at bay' means to prevent an enemy, danger, or problem from coming too close or causing harm ('keep at a distance'). Choice A.

'Keep at bay' मुहावरे का अर्थ 'किसी खतरे या समस्या को दूर रखना' (Keep at a distance) होता है।

2025JKSSB

431📚General English & ComprehensionPrepositions

Fill in the blank with correct preposition: "I was advised to abstain ________ all alcoholic drinks."

Explanation

The verb 'abstain' standardly takes the preposition 'from' (abstain from something = to restrain oneself from indulging).

क्रिया 'abstain' के साथ हमेशा 'from' प्रीपोजिशन का प्रयोग होता है: 'abstain from all alcoholic drinks'। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

432📚General Awareness & Current Affairs (National & J&K)Waterfalls of J&K (Aharbal)

The Aharbal waterfall located in the Shopian district is also popularly known as the:

Explanation

Aharbal Waterfall, formed by the roaring Veshav River falling from a height of about 25 meters in Kulgam/Shopian, is celebrated as the 'Niagara Falls of Kashmir'.

कश्मीर के शोपियां/कुलगाम में स्थित अहरबल जलप्रपात को 'कश्मीर का नियाग्रा फॉल्स' (Niagara Falls of Kashmir) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

433📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & ReasoningTime and Work

Sachin can complete a job in 15 days. Ankit alone can complete the same job in 10 days. Sachin works for 9 days and then the remaining job is completed by Ankit. How many days will it take Ankit to complete the remaining job alone?

Explanation

Sachin's 1-day work

= 1/15

. In 9 days, Sachin completes

9 \times \frac{1}{15} = \frac{3}{5}

of the work. Remaining work

= 1 - \frac{3}{5} = \frac{2}{5}

. Ankit completes the full work in 10 days, so he completes the remaining

\frac{2}{5}

in:

\frac{2}{5} \times 10 = 4\text{ days}

. Choice D.

सचिन 9 दिनों में

9/15 = 3/5

काम करता है। शेष कार्य

= 2/5

। अंकित शेष कार्य पूरा करेगा

= 2/5 \times 10 = 4

दिन में। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

434📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & ReasoningTime and Work (Combined Rates)

A and B together can do a piece of work in 30 days, B and C together can do it in 20 days. A starts the work and works on it for 5 days, then B takes it up and works for 15 days. Finally, C finishes the work in 18 days. In how many days can C do the work when doing it separately?

Explanation

Let total work be

\text{LCM}(30, 20) = 60\text{ units}

. Efficiencies:

(A+B) = 2\text{ units/day}

,

(B+C) = 3\text{ units/day}

. Total work

= 5A + 15B + 18C = 5(A+B) + 10(B+C) + 8C = 60

. Substitute:

5(2) + 10(3) + 8C = 60 \implies 10 + 30 + 8C = 60 \implies 8C = 20 \implies C = 2.5\text{ units/day}

. Days for C alone

= \frac{60}{2.5} = 24\text{ days}

. Choice B.

कुल कार्य

= 60

इकाई।

5(A+B) + 10(B+C) + 8C = 60 \implies 10 + 30 + 8C = 60 \implies C = 2.5

इकाई/दिन। C अकेले काम करेगा

= 60/2.5 = 24

दिन में। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

435📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & ReasoningSpeed, Distance and Time

A car completes a journey in 6 hrs with a speed of 50 km/hr. At what speed must it travel to complete the journey in 5 hrs?

Explanation

Total distance

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 50\text{ km/hr} \times 6\text{ hrs} = 300\text{ km}

. Required speed to complete 300 km in 5 hours

= \frac{300\text{ km}}{5\text{ hrs}} = 60\text{ km/hr}

. Choice B.

कुल दूरी

= 50 \times 6 = 300

किमी। 5 घंटे में पूरा करने हेतु आवश्यक चाल

= 300/5 = 60

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

436📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & ReasoningSpeed, Distance and Time

A Bike has to cover a distance of 120 km in 15 hours. If it covers half of the journey in 3/5th of the time, the speed to cover the remaining distance in the time left has to be:

Explanation

Total distance

= 120\text{ km}

, total time

= 15\text{ hrs}

. Half of journey

= 60\text{ km}

. Time taken for first half

= \frac{3}{5} \times 15 = 9\text{ hours}

. Remaining distance

= 60\text{ km}

, remaining time

= 15 - 9 = 6\text{ hours}

. Required speed

= \frac{60\text{ km}}{6\text{ hrs}} = 10\text{ km/hr}

. Choice A.

आधी दूरी

= 60

किमी, पहला समय

= 3/5 \times 15 = 9

घंटे। शेष दूरी

= 60

किमी, शेष समय

= 15 - 9 = 6

घंटे। आवश्यक चाल

= 60/6 = 10

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

437📚Basic Mathematics, Numerical Ability & ReasoningRelative Speed & Distance

The speeds of Ram and Rohan are 40km/hr and 50km/hr respectively. Rohan initially is at a place A and Ram is at a place B. The distance between A and B is 520km. Ram started his journey 4 hours earlier than Rohan to meet each other. If they meet each other at a place O somewhere between A and B, then the distance between O and B is:

Explanation

In 4 hours, Ram covers

4 \times 40 = 160\text{ km}

towards A. Remaining distance between Ram and Rohan

= 520 - 160 = 360\text{ km}

. Both move towards each other at relative speed

40 + 50 = 90\text{ km/hr}

. Time until they meet

= \frac{360}{90} = 4\text{ hours}

. Distance Ram travels from B:

160\text{ km} + (4 \times 40) = 160 + 160 = 320\text{ km}

. (Distance of meeting point O from B is 320 km; from A is

4 \times 50 = 200\text{ km}

). Choice D.

राम 4 घंटे पहले 160 किमी चल लेता है। शेष दूरी 360 किमी को दोनों 90 किमी/घंटा की सापेक्ष चाल से 4 घंटे में तय करते हैं। B से O की दूरी

= 160 + 160 = 320

किमी (A से दूरी 200 किमी है)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

438📚General Science & EnvironmentOptics (Plane Mirror Image)

The image formed by a plane mirror is always:

Explanation

A plane mirror always forms a Virtual, Erect, laterally inverted image that is identical in size to the object and located at the same distance behind the mirror.

समतल दर्पण द्वारा बनने वाला प्रतिबिंब हमेशा 'आभासी और सीधा' (Virtual and erect) होता है।

2025JKSSB

439📚General EnglishIdioms & Phrases

Pick the right meaning of the idiom: "Keep at bay"

Explanation

The idiom 'keep at bay' means to prevent something harmful or undesirable from coming near, or to keep something at a safe distance.

'Keep at bay' का अर्थ किसी मुसीबत या खतरे को सुरक्षित दूरी पर रखना (Keep at a distance) होता है।

2025JKSSB

440📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

Sachin can complete a job in 15 days. Ankit alone can complete the same job in 10 days. Sachin works for 9 days and then the remaining job is completed by Ankit. How many days will it take Ankit to complete the remaining job alone?

Explanation

Let total work

= 30

units (LCM of 15 and 10). Sachin's rate

= \frac{30}{15} = 2

units/day; Ankit's rate

= \frac{30}{10} = 3

units/day. In 9 days, Sachin completes

9 \times 2 = 18

units. Remaining work

= 30 - 18 = 12

units. Days required for Ankit alone

= \frac{12}{3} = 4

days. Choice D.

कुल कार्य

= 30

इकाई। सचिन की क्षमता

= 2

इकाई/दिन, अंकित की

= 3

इकाई/दिन। सचिन ने 9 दिन में किया

= 18

इकाई। शेष कार्य

= 12

इकाई। अंकित द्वारा लिए गए दिन

= \frac{12}{3} = 4

दिन। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

441📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work Group Problem

A and B together can do a piece of work in 30 days, B and C together can do it in 20 days. A starts the work and works on it for 5 days, then B takes it up and works for 15 days. Finally, C finishes the work in 18 days. In how many days can C do the work when doing it separately (in days)?

Explanation

Let total work

= 60

units. Daily work of

(A + B) = \frac{60}{30} = 2

units;

(B + C) = \frac{60}{20} = 3

units. A works 5 days, B works 15 days, C works 18 days. Group work:

5(A + B) + 10(B + C) + 8C = 60 \implies 5(2) + 10(3) + 8C = 60 \implies 10 + 30 + 8C = 60 \implies 8C = 20 \implies C = 2.5

units/day. Days for C alone

= \frac{60}{2.5} = 24

days. Choice B.

कुल कार्य

= 60

इकाई।

A+B = 2

,

B+C = 3

इकाई/दिन।

5(A+B) + 10(B+C) + 8C = 60 \implies 10 + 30 + 8C = 60 \implies 8C = 20 \implies C = 2.5

इकाई/दिन। C अकेले काम करेगा

= \frac{60}{2.5} = 24

दिन में। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

442📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Distance & Time

A car completes a journey in 6 hrs with a speed of 50 km/hr. At what speed must it travel to complete the journey in 5 hrs?

Explanation

Total distance

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 50 \times 6 = 300\text{ km}

. To cover 300 km in 5 hours, required speed

= \frac{300}{5} = 60\text{ km/hr}

. Choice B.

कुल दूरी

= 50 \times 6 = 300

किमी। 5 घंटे में दूरी तय करने हेतु चाल

= \frac{300}{5} = 60

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

443📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Distance & Time Fractions

A Bike has to cover a distance of 120 km in 15 hours. If it covers half of the journey in 3/5th of the time, the speed to cover the remaining distance in the time left has to be:

Explanation

Total distance

= 120\text{ km}

, total time

= 15\text{ hours}

. Half of the journey

= 60\text{ km}

is covered in

\frac{3}{5} \times 15 = 9\text{ hours}

. Remaining distance

= 120 - 60 = 60\text{ km}

. Remaining time

= 15 - 9 = 6\text{ hours}

. Required speed

= \frac{60\text{ km}}{6\text{ hrs}} = 10\text{ km/hr}

. Choice A.

कुल दूरी

= 120

किमी, समय

= 15

घंटे। आधी दूरी (60 किमी) समय के

\frac{3}{5}

भाग यानी 9 घंटे में तय हुई। शेष दूरी

= 60

किमी, शेष समय

= 6

घंटे। आवश्यक चाल

= \frac{60}{6} = 10

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

444📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeRelative Speed & Meeting Point

The speeds of Ram and Rohan are 40 km/hr and 50 km/hr respectively. Rohan initially is at a place A and Ram is at a place B. The distance between A and B is 520 km. Ram started his journey 4 hours earlier than Rohan to meet each other. If they meet each other at a place O somewhere between A and B, then the distance between O and B is:

Explanation

In 4 hours, Ram covers

4 \times 40 = 160

km towards A. Remaining distance between them

= 520 - 160 = 360

km. They move towards each other at relative speed

40 + 50 = 90

km/hr. Time until meeting

= \frac{360}{90} = 4

hours. In these 4 hours, Rohan covers

4 \times 50 = 200

km from A. Since total distance is 520 km, the distance from place B to meeting point O is

520 - 200 = 320

km (or with Ram's initial advance adjusted, official answer key records 300 km / 320 km). Choice D.

राम 4 घंटे पहले चलता है और सापेक्ष चाल से दोनों 4 घंटे बाद बिंदु O पर मिलते हैं। बिंदु O और B के बीच की दूरी 300 किमी / 320 किमी है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

445📚Mental Ability, Analytical & Logical ReasoningRaces & Speed

Gunjan runs 5/2 times as fast as Babli. In a race, if Gunjan gives a lead of 30 m to Babli, find the distance from the starting point where both of them will meet:

Explanation

Let Babli's speed be

v

, then Gunjan's speed is

\frac{5}{2}v

. In time

t

, distance covered by Gunjan is

D = \frac{5}{2}vt

and Babli covers

d = vt

. To meet, Gunjan covers Babli's distance plus the 30 m lead:

D - d = 30 \implies \frac{5}{2}vt - vt = 30 \implies \frac{3}{2}vt = 30 \implies vt = 20\text{ m}

. Distance from starting point

= D = \frac{5}{2}(20) = 50\text{ meters}

. Choice C.

माना बबली की चाल

v

है, तो गुंजन की चाल

\frac{5}{2}v

है। गुंजन को 30 मीटर की बढ़त पूरी करने के लिए:

(\frac{5}{2} - 1)vt = 30 \implies \frac{3}{2}vt = 30 \implies vt = 20

मी। शुरुआती बिंदु से दूरी

= \frac{5}{2} \times 20 = 50

मीटर। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

446📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeTime, Speed & Distance (Trains)

A train started from station C and proceeded towards station D at a speed of 48 km/hr. Forty-five minutes later another train started from station D and proceeded towards station C at 50 km/hr. If the distance between the two stations is 232 km, at what distance from station C will the trains meet?

Explanation

In 45 minutes (

\frac{45}{60} = \frac{3}{4}

hour), the first train covers

48 \times \frac{3}{4} = 36\text{ km}

. Remaining distance between them

= 232 - 36 = 196\text{ km}

. Relative speed when moving towards each other

= 48 + 50 = 98\text{ km/hr}

. Time taken to meet

= \frac{196}{98} = 2\text{ hours}

. In these 2 hours, the first train travels an additional

2 \times 48 = 96\text{ km}

. Total distance from station C where they meet

= 36 + 96 = 132\text{ km}

. Choice C.

45 मिनट में पहली ट्रेन द्वारा तय दूरी

= 36

किमी। शेष दूरी

= 232 - 36 = 196

किमी। मिलने में लगा समय

= \frac{196}{48 + 50} = 2

घंटे। स्टेशन C से कुल दूरी

= 36 + (2 \times 48) = 132

किमी। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

447📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

If 6 men and 8 women can complete a task in 10 days, and 26 men and 48 women can finish it in 2 days, how long will it take for 15 men and 20 women to complete the same task?

Explanation

Total work:

10(6M + 8W) = 2(26M + 48W) \implies 60M + 80W = 52M + 96W \implies 8M = 16W \implies 1M = 2W

. Expressing total work in terms of women:

6M + 8W = 6(2W) + 8W = 20W

; total work

= 20W \times 10 = 200\text{ woman-days}

. Now,

15M + 20W = 15(2W) + 20W = 50W

. Time required

= \frac{200}{50} = 4\text{ days}

. Choice A.

क्षमता संबंध: 8M = 16W \implies 1\text{ पुरुष} = 2\text{ महिला}। कुल कार्य

= 20W \times 10 = 200

महिला-दिन। 15 पुरुष + 20 महिलाएं

= 50

महिलाएं। समय

= \frac{200}{50} = 4

दिन। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

448📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeGeometry (Circle Chord Distance)

A chord of length 12 cm is drawn in a circle of radius 10 cm. The perpendicular distance of the chord from the centre of the circle is:

Explanation

The perpendicular from the centre bisects the chord into two 6 cm segments. Applying the Pythagorean theorem:

\text{Distance}^2 + 6^2 = 10^2 \implies d^2 = 100 - 36 = 64 \implies d = 8\text{ cm}

. Choice D.

केंद्र से जीवा पर लंब जीवा को दो बराबर भागों (6 सेमी) में बांटता है। पाइथागोरस प्रमेय:

d = \sqrt{10^2 - 6^2} = \sqrt{64} = 8

सेमी। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

449📚Basic Mathematics & Quantitative AptitudeHeights and Distances

An observer 1.6 m tall is

20\sqrt{3}

m away from a tower. The angle of elevation from his eye to the top of the tower is 30°. The height of the tower is:

Explanation

Let the height of the tower above eye level be

h

. In the right triangle:

\tan 30^\circ = \frac{h}{20\sqrt{3}} \implies \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}} = \frac{h}{20\sqrt{3}} \implies h = 20\text{ m}

. Total height of tower

= h + \text{observer's height} = 20 + 1.6 = 21.6\text{ metres}

. Choice B.

आंख के स्तर से ऊपर टॉवर की ऊंचाई

= 20\sqrt{3} \times \tan 30^\circ = 20\sqrt{3} \times \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}} = 20

मी। टॉवर की कुल ऊंचाई

= 20 + 1.6 = 21.6

मीटर। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

450📚Computer Applications, IT & e-GovernanceDigital India Initiatives (BharatNet)

What was the earlier official project name of BharatNet?

Explanation

BharatNet was originally launched in October 2011 as the National Optical Fibre Network (NOFN) to connect all 250,000 Gram Panchayats with high-speed broadband, rebranded as BharatNet in 2015.

भारतनेट (BharatNet) परियोजना का पूर्व नाम 'नेशनल ऑप्टिक फाइबर नेटवर्क' (NOFN / 2011) था।

2025JKSSB

451📚Basic Mathematics, Quantitative Aptitude & ReasoningTime and Distance (Walking & Riding)

A man takes 6 hours 15 minutes in walking a distance and riding back to the starting place. He could walk both ways in 7 hours and 45 minutes. The time taken by him to ride back both ways is:

Explanation

Given:

W + R = 6\text{ hr } 15\text{ min} = 375\text{ min}

.

2W = 7\text{ hr } 45\text{ min} = 465\text{ min}

. Multiplying the first equation by 2:

2W + 2R = 2(375) = 750\text{ min}

. Time to ride both ways:

2R = (2W + 2R) - 2W = 750 - 465 = 285\text{ minutes} = 4\text{ hours } 45\text{ minutes}

. Choice C.

W + R = 375

मिनट। दो से गुणा करने पर:

2W + 2R = 750

मिनट।

2W = 465

मिनट घटाने पर दोनों तरफ सवारी का समय

2R = 750 - 465 = 285

मिनट

= 4

घंटे 45 मिनट। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

452📚Basic Mathematics, Quantitative Aptitude & ReasoningDirection Sense & Pythagoras Theorem

A child is looking for his father. He went 90 meters in the east before turning to his right. He went 20 meters before turning to his right again to look for his father at his uncle's place 30 meters from this point. His father was not there. From there, he went 100 meters to his north before meeting his father in a street. How far did the son meet his father from starting point?

Explanation

Starting at

(0, 0)

: 1. East 90 m

-> (90, 0)

. 2. Right (South) 20 m

-> (90, -20)

. 3. Right (West) 30 m

-> (60, -20)

. 4. North 100 m

-> (60, -20 + 100) = (60, 80)

. Shortest distance from origin:

d = \sqrt{60^2 + 80^2} = \sqrt{3600 + 6400} = \sqrt{10000} = 100\text{ meters}

. Choice C.

अंतिम निर्देशांक:

(60, 80)

। शुरुआती बिंदु से न्यूनतम दूरी

= \sqrt{60^2 + 80^2} = \sqrt{10000} = 100

मीटर। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

453📚Computer Science, Operating Systems & Digital ElectronicsComputer Characteristics

Which of the following is NOT an inherent operational characteristic of a computer?

Explanation

A computer possesses speed, versatility, diligence (tirelessness), and accuracy, but has No I.Q. (Intelligence Quotient is zero) because it cannot think or make independent decisions without programmed human instructions. Choice D.

कंप्यूटर में आई.क्यू. (I.Q. / सोचने की बुद्धिमत्ता) नहीं होती है; गति, सटीकता और कर्मठता इसके गुण हैं। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

454📚Audio-Visual Systems, Television, Electronics & Electrical EngineeringCapacitors & Electrostatics

The distance between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor is tripled while keeping other parameters unchanged. The new capacitance will become:

Explanation

Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is inversely proportional to plate separation distance:

C = \frac{\varepsilon A}{d}

. When

d' = 3d

, new capacitance

C' = \frac{\varepsilon A}{3d} = \frac{C}{3}

(One-third of initial capacitance). Choice B.

समानांतर प्लेट संधारित्र की धारिता

C \propto 1/d

होती है। प्लेटों के बीच की दूरी तीन गुनी करने पर धारिता 'एक-तिहाई' (One-third) रह जाएगी। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

455📚Audio-Visual Systems, Television, Electronics & Electrical EngineeringData Communications (Modems)

In telecommunication classifications, a modem is historically classified as a 'low-speed modem' if the data transmission rate handled is up to:

Explanation

Under early ITU-T standards, modems operating at transmission speeds up to 600 bps (such as Bell 103/V.21 at 300 bps and Bell 202 at 600 bps) were categorized as low-speed modems. Choice D.

दूरसंचार मानकों में 600 bps तक की डेटा गति संभालने वाले मोडेम को 'लो-स्पीड मोडेम' (Low speed modem) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

456📚Audio-Visual Systems, Television, Electronics & Electrical EngineeringInstrumentation (SAR ADC)

The Successive Approximation Technique (SAR) is most widely used in:

Explanation

The Successive Approximation Register (SAR) is a high-speed, highly accurate binary search architecture primarily used in Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs). Choice A.

सक्सेसिव एप्रोक्सीमेशन तकनीक (SAR) का सर्वाधिक उपयोग 'एनालॉग से डिजिटल कनवर्टर' (Analog to Digital Conversion / ADC) में किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

457📚Audio-Visual Systems, Television, Electronics & Electrical EngineeringDC Machines (Armature Winding)

In DC machine armature winding, which of the following represents the Commutator Pitch (

Y_c

)?

Explanation

Commutator Pitch (

Y_c

) is defined as the distance measured around the commutator (expressed as the number of commutator segments) between the two segments to which the two ends of an armature coil are connected. Choice C.

कम्यूटेटर पिच (

Y_c

) कम्यूटेटर खंडों की वह संख्या है जिसके बीच एक ही आर्मेचर कॉइल के दो सिरे जुड़े होते हैं।

2025JKSSB

458📚Biochemistry, Molecular Biology, Genetics & MicrobiologyMutations & Protein Translation

Which of the following types of point mutations is most likely to cause the most catastrophic and significant structural alteration to the translated polypeptide chain?

Explanation

An Insertion Mutation of a non-multiple of three nucleotides causes a Frameshift Mutation, shifting the entire downstream triplet reading frame and altering every subsequent amino acid until a premature stop codon is reached.

एक गैर-त्रिक 'प्रविष्टि उत्परिवर्तन' (Insertion mutation) फ्रेमशिफ्ट पैदा करता है, जिससे प्रोटीन की संपूर्ण डाउनस्ट्रीम अमीनो एसिड श्रृंखला बदल जाती है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

459📚Ecology, Environmental Science, Conservation & WildlifeEnvironmental Biotechnology Challenges

Which of the following statements regarding the challenges of environmental biotechnology are true?
I. The success of in situ bioremediation largely depends on environmental conditions, such as temperature, pH, and oxygen levels.
II. High concentrations of toxic contaminants may inhibit the metabolic processes of microorganisms used in bioremediation.
III. The use of Genetically Modified Organisms (GMOs) in environmental biotechnology is widely accepted globally without any regulations.
IV. Large-scale application of environmental biotechnology often requires significant financial investment and monitoring.
Choose the correct statements:

Explanation

Statements I, II, and IV are correct: Microbial enzyme kinetics are tightly constrained by temperature, moisture, and redox conditions (I), heavy metals or high solvent concentrations often poison microbial enzymes (II), and field scale-up requires capital expenditure and ongoing verification (IV). Statement III is false because release of GMOs is strictly regulated under international biosafety protocols (Cartagena Protocol). Choice A (I, II, IV).

कथन I, II और IV सही हैं (बायोरेमेडिएशन की सफलता तापमान व ऑक्सीजन पर निर्भर करती है, उच्च विषाक्तता सूक्ष्मजीवों को रोक सकती है और बड़े पैमाने पर निवेश चाहिए; GMOs पर कड़े नियम लागू हैं)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

460📚Ecology, Environmental Science, Conservation & WildlifeBiosphere Reserve Zonation

Match the three concentric management zones of a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve with their primary characteristics and authorized activities:
Column - A (Zone):
1. Core Zone
2. Buffer Zone
3. Transition Zone
4. Research / Monitoring Site

Column - B (Characteristics):
i. Strictly protected sanctuary where human economic activity is legally prohibited to preserve wildlife
ii. Surrounds core area where controlled research, educational training, and limited ecotourism are permitted
iii. Outermost flexible area where sustainable agricultural practices, settlements, and local livelihoods take place
iv. Designated field plots dedicated to environmental monitoring and ecological experimentation

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

1 -> i (Core Zone: pristine undisturbed sanctuary dedicated purely to conservation), 2 -> ii (Buffer Zone: strictly regulated ring for research, education, and low-impact tourism), 3 -> iii (Transition Zone: human cooperation area for sustainable development and forestry), 4 -> iv (Research sites). Correct match: 1-i, 2-ii, 3-iii, 4-iv (Choice A).

1-i (कोर जोन - पूर्णतः संरक्षित क्षेत्र, मानवीय गतिविधियां प्रतिबंधित), 2-ii (बफर जोन - सीमित अनुसंधान और इकोटूरिज्म), 3-iii (संक्रमण जोन - बस्तियां और सतत कृषि), 4-iv (शोध व निगरानी क्षेत्र)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

461📚Ecology, Environmental Science, Conservation & WildlifeBiosphere Reserve Management Zones

Consider the following statements regarding the zonation architecture of a Biosphere Reserve:
Assertion (A): The core zone of a biosphere reserve strictly prohibits all human destructive resource extraction and commercial activity.
Reason (R): The buffer zone surrounding the core supports sustainable resource practices, training, environmental education, and scientific research.
Which one of the following options is correct?

Explanation

Both statements are factually correct under statutory biosphere reserve guidelines: The core zone is a legally protected inviolate sanctuary with zero human extraction permitted (A), and the surrounding buffer zone accommodates non-destructive activities like research, education, and regulated ecotourism (R). However, Reason R describes the buffer zone rather than providing the functional ecological rationale for why the core itself is strictly protected (which is to preserve baseline genetic diversity undisturbed). Choice B.

कथन A और R दोनों सत्य हैं, लेकिन R, A की सही व्याख्या नहीं है क्योंकि R बफर जोन के कार्यों का वर्णन करता है, कोर जोन के पूर्ण संरक्षण के कारण की व्याख्या नहीं करता। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

462📚Diagnostic Radiology Physics, Biomedical Instrumentation & Applied MathematicsStrain Gauges & Piezoresistive Sensors

The working principle of a strain gauge transducer is based on:

Explanation

A strain gauge transducer operates on the piezoresistive effect: when mechanical stress or tensile/compressive strain deforms the conductive foil filament, its physical length and cross-sectional area change, producing a proportional fractional change in electrical resistance (

\Delta R/R = GF \cdot \epsilon

).

स्ट्रेन गेज ट्रांसड्यूसर का कार्य सिद्धांत यांत्रिक तनाव (खिंचाव या दबाव) के कारण विद्युत प्रतिरोध में परिवर्तन (Changes in resistance due to strain) पर आधारित है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

463📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningElectron Beam Radiotherapy & Bolus

A patient is set to 100 cm SSD for treatment with an electron beam. One cm of bolus is then added to cover the entire field. The SSD that should be used to calculated the MUs to deliver the desired dose is:

Explanation

In electron beam radiotherapy, when bolus is placed on the patient's skin surface, clinical protocol requires setting the patient treatment distance so that the top surface of the bolus is positioned at the nominal calibrated source-to-surface distance (SSD = 100 cm), which matches the machine calibration geometry and cone factor measurements.

इलेक्ट्रॉन बीम उपचार में बोलस लगाते समय सेटअप इस प्रकार किया जाता है कि बोलस की ऊपरी सतह मानक 100 सेमी SSD पर रहे, ताकि MU गणना 100 cm SSD के अनुसार सही हो। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

464📚Brachytherapy, Nuclear Medicine Physics & Radiotherapy QARadiotherapy Quality Assurance (AAPM TG-142)

According to the AAPM Task Group 142 report, all of the following are daily QA checks except ________

Explanation

Under AAPM Task Group 142 recommendations for linac quality assurance, Light Field/Radiation Field Coincidence is classified as a Monthly QA procedure (tolerance 2 mm). Daily checks include X-ray/electron output constancy (3%), door interlocks, audiovisual monitors, laser alignment (1-2 mm), optical distance indicator (ODI), and collimator size indicators.

AAPM TG-142 रिपोर्ट के अनुसार, 'लाइट फील्ड और रेडिएशन फील्ड संयोग' (Light field/radiation field coincidence) एक मासिक (Monthly) QA चेक है, दैनिक नहीं। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

465📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningX-Ray Production & Physics

Bremsstrahlung interactions result from electron ________

Explanation

Bremsstrahlung ('braking radiation') occurs when a high-speed incident electron undergoes an inelastic Coulomb radiative interaction with the strong electric field of an atomic nucleus, decelerating and deflecting while emitting continuous-spectrum X-ray photons.

ब्रेम्सस्ट्रालुंग (Bremsstrahlung) विकिरण तब उत्पन्न होता है जब कोई तीव्रगामी इलेक्ट्रॉन परमाणु नाभिक के कूलम्ब क्षेत्र में अलोचदार संघट्ट (Inelastic collisions with atomic nuclei) करके मंदित होता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

466📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningLinear Accelerator Geometry & Field Size

The collimator setting is the field length and width as defined at the level of the ________

Explanation

By international radiation therapy convention, the collimator field size setting (

W \times L

) is universally calibrated and defined at the nominal machine isocenter (typically at a source-to-axis distance of

100\text{ cm}

).

रेडिएशन थेरेपी में कोलिमेटर फील्ड साइज सेटिंग को अंतरराष्ट्रीय मानक के अनुसार लीनैक के 'आइसोसेंटर' (Isocenter - 100 cm SAD) पर परिभाषित किया जाता है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

467📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningPatient Geometry & Separation Calculations

A patient is treated with an isocentric AP/PA setup on a linac. The anterior SSD is 86 cm, and the posterior SSD is 92 cm. The patient's AP/PA separation is ________

Explanation

In an isocentric setup, the linac isocenter is at a distance of

100\text{ cm}

from the radiation source (SAD = 100 cm):
- Anterior depth to isocenter =

100 - \text{SSD}_{\text{ant}} = 100 - 86 = 14\text{ cm}

.
- Posterior depth to isocenter =

100 - \text{SSD}_{\text{post}} = 100 - 92 = 8\text{ cm}

.
Total AP/PA separation

= 14\text{ cm} + 8\text{ cm} = 22\text{ cm}

.

आइसोसेंट्रिक 100 cm SAD सेटअप में:
अग्र गहराई =

100 - 86 = 14\text{ cm}

पश्च गहराई =

100 - 92 = 8\text{ cm}

मरीज का कुल AP/PA सेपरेशन

= 14 + 8 = 22\text{ cm}

। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

468📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningBeam Penumbra & Collimator Design

Of the following parameters, ________ does NOT influence the physical penumbra.

Explanation

The physical penumbra (the lateral distance between the 80% and 20% isodose levels) is composed of geometric penumbra (

P = s(SSD + d - SDD)/SDD

), transmission through collimator edges, and lateral electron transport/scatter (which depends on beam energy and depth). Rotating the gantry around the patient does not alter these physical beam characteristics.

भौतिक पेनम्ब्रा स्रोत के आकार, गहराई, ऊर्जा और SDD पर निर्भर करता है; गैन्ट्री का कोण (Gantry angle) बदलने से भौतिक पेनम्ब्रा पर कोई प्रभाव नहीं पड़ता। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

469📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningAdvanced Radiation Delivery (VMAT & IMRT)

Which of the following is a potential advantage of VMAT over conventional 3D-CRT (Three-Dimensional Conformal Radiation Therapy)?

Explanation

Volumetric Modulated Arc Therapy (VMAT) continuously modulates the gantry rotation speed, dynamic multileaf collimator (MLC) apertures, and linac dose rate simultaneously during arc rotation. This enables highly conformal dose sculpting around complex target volumes with exceptional accuracy, precision, and steep dose gradients.

3D-CRT की तुलना में VMAT का सबसे बड़ा लाभ यह है कि यह ट्यूमर के चारों ओर अत्यधिक परिशुद्धता और सटीकता से डोज़ (Higher accuracy and precision in dose delivery) प्रदान करता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

470📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningTotal Body Irradiation (TBI) Dosimetry

Placing a single in-vivo dosimeter at the prescription point for a TBI treatment can verify that ________

Explanation

In Total Body Irradiation (TBI) performed at extended distances (e.g., 3 to 5 meters), a single entrance in-vivo dosimeter (diode or TLD) placed at the central prescription axis directly verifies that the geometric inverse-square setup distance (intended extended SSD) and delivered output are correct. Verifying dose homogeneity requires an array of dosimeters across multiple anatomical sites (head, neck, thorax, pelvis, ankles).

TBI उपचार में प्रिस्क्रिप्शन बिंदु पर एक सिंगल इन-विवो डोसीमीटर लगाकर यह सत्यापित किया जाता है कि मरीज इच्छित विस्तारित दूरी (intended SSD) पर सही सेटअप में है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

471📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningKnowledge-Based Treatment Planning (KBP)

Knowledge-based treatment planning ________

Explanation

Knowledge-Based Planning (KBP, such as Varian RapidPlan) uses statistical models trained on libraries of previously treated, clinically validated high-quality treatment plans to predict achievable Dose-Volume Histograms (DVHs) and generate individualized optimization objectives for new patients.

नॉलेज-बेस्ड प्लानिंग (KBP) पूर्व में स्वीकृत उच्च-गुणवत्ता वाली उपचार योजनाओं के डेटाबेस से एक मॉडल बनाकर नए मरीज के लिए डोज़ परिणामों का पूर्वानुमान लगाती है और ऑप्टिमाइज़ेशन को निर्देशित करती है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

472📚Radiation Oncology Physics, Linac Dosimetry & Treatment PlanningTotal Body Irradiation (TBI) Setup

The maximum collimator setting on a linac is 40x40 cm at 100cm SAD. To cover a TBI patient 5 ft. 4 in. (160 cm) tall, with no collimator rotation, the patient's midline must be at a minimum distance of ________ cm

Explanation

By linear beam divergence:

\frac{\text{Field Size at } d}{d} = \frac{\text{Collimator Size at } 100\text{ cm}}{100\text{ cm}} \implies \frac{160\text{ cm}}{d} = \frac{40\text{ cm}}{100\text{ cm}} \implies d = 100 \times \frac{160}{40} = 400\text{ cm}

.

बीम प्रसार के नियम से, 160 सेमी लंबे मरीज को बिना कोलिमेटर घुमाए कवर करने के लिए आवश्यक दूरी

d = 100 \times \frac{160}{40} = 400\text{ cm}

होगी। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

473📚Radiation Protection, Shielding, Radiobiology & Waste ManagementTransport Regulations & Transport Index

In the context of transporting radionuclides, what does the term "transport index" (TI) refer to?

Explanation

Under IAEA and DOT/NRC transport regulations, the Transport Index (TI) is a single dimensionless number assigned to a package containing radioactive material, defined as the maximum radiation dose rate measured in millirem per hour (mrem/hr) at a distance of 1 meter from the external surface of the package.

रेडियोधर्मी पदार्थों के परिवहन में 'ट्रांसपोर्ट इंडेक्स' (TI) पैकेज की बाहरी सतह से 1 मीटर की दूरी पर अधिकतम विकिरण स्तर (mrem/hr में) का माप होता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

474📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsQuantum Mechanics & Uncertainty Principle

An electron is confined within a region of space of width Delta x = 0.01 nm. Using the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, estimate the minimum uncertainty in the electron's velocity, Rounded off to the nearest decimal place. (Take Planck's constant h = 6.63x10^-34 Js, Mass of electron m_e = 9.11x10^-31 kg.)

Explanation

According to Heisenberg's Uncertainty Principle:

\Delta x \cdot \Delta p \ge \frac{h}{4\pi} \implies \Delta x \cdot (m_e \Delta v) \ge \frac{h}{4\pi}

.

\Delta v_{\min} = \frac{h}{4\pi m_e \Delta x} = \frac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}\text{ J s}}{4 \times 3.1416 \times (9.11 \times 10^{-31}\text{ kg}) \times (0.01 \times 10^{-9}\text{ m})} = \frac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{1.1448 \times 10^{-40}} \approx 5.791 \times 10^6\text{ m/s} \approx 5.8 \times 10^6\text{ m/s}

.

हाइजेनबर्ग के अनिश्चितता सिद्धांत

\Delta x \cdot m \Delta v = \frac{h}{4\pi}

से:

\Delta v = \frac{6.63 \times 10^{-34}}{4\pi \times 9.11 \times 10^{-31} \times 10^{-11}} \approx 5.79 \times 10^6\text{ m/s} \approx 5.8 \times 10^6\text{ m/s}

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

475📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsClassical Mechanics & Dynamics

A 3sqrt(2) kg block sliding down a smooth inclined plane of length 5m is inclined at an angle of 45° with the horizontal. A horizontal force F = 10sqrt(2) N is applied to the block during its motion down the incline. Find the velocity of the block when it reaches the bottom, Rounded off to the nearest decimal place. (Take g=10m/s^2 and sqrt(2) =1.414).

Explanation

Given:

m = 3\sqrt{2}\text{ kg}

,

s = 5\text{ m}

,

\theta = 45^\circ

, horizontal push

F = 10\sqrt{2}\text{ N}

.
Forces acting down along the incline plane:
1. Gravitational component down the incline:

m g \sin 45^\circ = (3\sqrt{2}) \times 10 \times \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}} = 30\text{ N}

.
2. Component of horizontal force along the incline:

F \cos 45^\circ = (10\sqrt{2}) \times \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}} = 10\text{ N}

.
Net accelerating force

F_{\text{net}} = 30 + 10 = 40\text{ N}

.
Acceleration

a = \frac{F_{\text{net}}}{m} = \frac{40}{3\sqrt{2}} = \frac{40}{4.242} \approx 9.428\text{ m/s}^2

.
Using

v^2 = u^2 + 2as

(starting from rest

u = 0

):

v = \sqrt{2 \times 9.428 \times 5} = \sqrt{94.28} \approx 9.71\text{ m/s} \approx 9.7\text{ m/s}

.

आनत तल के अनुदिश कुल बल

= mg\sin 45^\circ + F\cos 45^\circ = 30 + 10 = 40\text{ N}

।
त्वरण

a = \frac{40}{3\sqrt{2}} \approx 9.43\text{ m/s}^2

।
अंतिम वेग

v = \sqrt{2as} = \sqrt{2 \times 9.43 \times 5} = \sqrt{94.3} \approx 9.7\text{ m/s}

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

476📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsClassical Mechanics & Kinematics

A body of mass 3kg is dropped from a height of 20m. It hits the ground and bounces back to a height of 10m. Calculate the velocity of the body just before it hits the ground and just after it bounces back, Rounded off to the nearest decimal place. (Take g=10m/s^2 and sqrt(2) =1.414)

Explanation

Velocity just before hitting the ground from height

h_1 = 20\text{ m}

:

v_1 = \sqrt{2gh_1} = \sqrt{2 \times 10 \times 20} = \sqrt{400} = 20\text{ m/s}

.
Rebound velocity to reach height

h_2 = 10\text{ m}

:

v_2 = \sqrt{2gh_2} = \sqrt{2 \times 10 \times 10} = \sqrt{200} = 10\sqrt{2} = 10 \times 1.414 = 14.14\text{ m/s} \approx 14\text{ m/s}

.
Thus, velocities are

20\text{ m/s}

and

14\text{ m/s}

.

जमीन से टकराने से ठीक पहले वेग

v_1 = \sqrt{2gh_1} = \sqrt{400} = 20\text{ m/s}

।
टकराने के बाद 10 मीटर उछलने के लिए आवश्यक वेग

v_2 = \sqrt{2gh_2} = \sqrt{200} = 10\sqrt{2} \approx 14\text{ m/s}

। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

477📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsWork, Energy & Circular Motion

An object moves at a constant speed along a circular path. Which of the following statements is true regarding the work done on the object?

Explanation

In uniform circular motion, the net centripetal force is always directed radially inward toward the center, perpendicular to the instantaneous tangential displacement vector (

d\vec{s}

). Consequently, the scalar product

dW = \vec{F} \cdot d\vec{s} = F ds \cos 90^\circ = 0

, meaning no work is done.

एकसमान वृत्तीय गति में अभिकेन्द्रीय बल हमेशा विस्थापन के लंबवत (

90^\circ

) होता है, इसलिए

W = F d \cos 90^\circ = 0

, अर्थात कोई कार्य नहीं किया जाता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

478📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsKinetic Theory of Gases

If the root mean square speed (RMS) of nitrogen gas at a certain temperature is known, what can be inferred about root mean square speed of helium gas at the same temperature?

Explanation

The RMS speed of gas molecules is given by kinetic theory:

v_{\text{rms}} = \sqrt{\frac{3RT}{M}}

. At the same temperature

T

,

v_{\text{rms}}

is inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass (

M

). Because helium has a much lower molar mass (

M_{\text{He}} = 4\text{ g/mol}

) than nitrogen (

M_{N_2} = 28\text{ g/mol}

), helium molecules travel with a substantially higher RMS speed.

समान तापमान पर

v_{\text{rms}} = \sqrt{\frac{3RT}{M}}

के अनुसार, हीलियम का अणुभार (4) नाइट्रोजन (28) से कम होने के कारण हीलियम की RMS गति नाइट्रोजन से अधिक होगी। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

479📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsAtmospheric Physics & Structure

Arrange the following layers in chronological order of their distance above the earth's surface.
1. Troposphere
2. Exosphere
3. Mesosphere
4. Thermosphere
5. Stratosphere
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

In order of increasing altitude from the Earth's surface outward:
1. Troposphere (0 to ~12 km)
5. Stratosphere (~12 to 50 km)
3. Mesosphere (~50 to 85 km)
4. Thermosphere (~85 to 600 km)
2. Exosphere (> 600 km).
Thus, the correct sequence is 1, 5, 3, 4, 2. Choice C.

पृथ्वी की सतह से ऊपर बढ़ते क्रम में वायुमंडल की परतें:
1. क्षोभमंडल (Troposphere) -> 5. समताप मंडल (Stratosphere) -> 3. मध्यमंडल (Mesosphere) -> 4. तापमंडल (Thermosphere) -> 2. बाह्यमंडल (Exosphere)।
अतः सही क्रम 1, 5, 3, 4, 2 है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

480📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsMagnetic Forces Between Conductors

If two wires carrying current in the same direction are moved closer together, what happens to the magnitude and nature of force between them?

Explanation

According to Ampere's force law, parallel conductors carrying currents in the same direction attract each other. The magnetic force per unit length is

F/L = \frac{\mu_0 I_1 I_2}{2\pi d}

. Because force is inversely proportional to separation distance

d

, moving the wires closer together increases the magnitude of the attractive force.

एक ही दिशा में धारा ले जाने वाले दो समानांतर तार एक-दूसरे को आकर्षित करते हैं। जब उन्हें पास लाया जाता है (दूरी

d

घटती है), तो आकर्षण बल का परिमाण बढ़ जाता है (Increases and attractive)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

481📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsWave Optics & Interference

In Young's double-slit experiment, a fringe width of 0.6 mm is obtained when light of wavelength 600nm is used. Calculate the new fringe width when the wavelength is changed to 400nm, assuming the distance between the slits and the screen remains constant.

Explanation

Fringe width in Young's Double Slit Experiment is

\beta = \frac{\lambda D}{d}

. When slit separation

d

and screen distance

D

remain constant, fringe width is directly proportional to wavelength:

\beta \propto \lambda

.

\frac{\beta_2}{\beta_1} = \frac{\lambda_2}{\lambda_1} \implies \beta_2 = 0.6\text{ mm} \times \left(\frac{400\text{ nm}}{600\text{ nm}}\right) = 0.6 \times \frac{2}{3} = 0.4\text{ mm}

.

यंग के द्वि-स्लिट प्रयोग में फ्रिंज चौड़ाई

\beta = \frac{\lambda D}{d} \propto \lambda

होती है।

\beta_2 = \beta_1 \left(\frac{\lambda_2}{\lambda_1}\right) = 0.6 \times \frac{400}{600} = 0.4\text{ mm}

। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

482📚Physical Sciences & Engineering PhysicsWave & Ray Optics Phenomena

Match the various phenomena of optics (List A) with their daily life examples (List B).
List - A
i. Refraction
ii. Total Internal Reflection
iii. Diffraction
iv. Polarization
List - B
1. Holography
2. A Pencil in a Glass of Water
3. 3D glasses
4. Brilliance and sparkle of diamonds
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Matching optical phenomena to everyday applications:
- i. Refraction: Apparent bending of a pencil immersed in water due to speed-of-light shift -> (2)
- ii. Total Internal Reflection: Trapping and multiple internal reflections causing the brilliant sparkle of cut diamonds -> (4)
- iii. Diffraction: Holography and iridescent rainbow tracks on laser discs -> (1)
- iv. Polarization: 3D cinema glasses separating orthogonally polarized images for each eye -> (3).
Hence: i-2, ii-4, iii-1, iv-3. Choice B.

ऑप्टिक्स परिघटनाओं का सही मिलान:
i. अपवर्तन -> पानी के गिलास में पेंसिल का मुड़ा दिखना (2)
ii. पूर्ण आंतरिक परावर्तन -> हीरे की चमक (4)
iii. विवर्तन -> होलोग्राफी (1)
iv. ध्रुवीकरण -> 3D चश्मे (3)।
अतः सही कूट B है।

2025JKSSB

483📚Chemical Sciences & Environmental ChemistryMicrobiology & Antibiotic Susceptibility

What does a high MIC value indicate about a microorganism's susceptibility to an antibiotic?

Explanation

Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC) is the lowest concentration of an antimicrobial drug that visibly inhibits the in vitro growth of a microorganism. A high MIC indicates that substantially more drug is required to inhibit bacterial proliferation, meaning the bacterial strain is resistant to that antibiotic.

न्यूनतम निरोधात्मक सांद्रता (MIC) का उच्च मान यह दर्शाता है कि जीवाणु को रोकने के लिए अत्यधिक दवा चाहिए, अर्थात सूक्ष्मजीव उस एंटीबायोटिक के प्रति प्रतिरोधी (Resistant) है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

484📚Biological Sciences, Genetics, Biotechnology & EcologyBiotechnology & Genetically Modified Crops

Correct for "Golden rice"
i. Rice with beta- carotene
ii. Yellow in colour
iii. It is a GM rice
Choose correct combination:

Explanation

Golden Rice is a genetically modified (GM) biofortified strain of Oryza sativa engineered with daffodil (Narcissus pseudonarcissus) and bacterium (Pantoea ananatis) genes to biosynthesize provitamin A (beta-carotene) in the edible endosperm, which imparts its characteristic golden-yellow color to combat dietary vitamin A deficiency.

गोल्डन राइस एक आनुवंशिक रूप से संशोधित (GM) चावल है जिसमें बीटा-कैरोटीन होता है और यह पीले रंग का होता है। अतः तीनों कथन i, ii और iii सत्य हैं। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

485📚Biological Sciences, Genetics, Biotechnology & EcologyGenetics & Gene Mapping

When F1 Drosophila of genotype AaBbCc is test crossed, the following progenies were obtained:
Progeny classes: ABC: 22, Abc: 28, AbC: 26, abc: 24, Abc: 220, aBC: 225, abC: 225 | Total: 1000
The statements below are conclusions derived from the above result.
i. Genes a and b are linked in trans
ii. Genes a and b are linked in cis
iii. Genes a and b are linked in cis, while b and c are linked in trans
iv. The genotypes of parents are AABB and aabb
v. The genotype of the parents are AAbb and aaBB
vi. Genes a and b are 10 cm apart
Which of the above statements are correct?

Explanation

Analysis of the three-point test cross:
1. The parental non-crossover classes (the most frequent, ~225 each) carry combinations (Ab) and (aB), indicating that alleles A and b are on one homolog and a and B are on the other. Thus, genes a and b are linked in trans (repulsion phase) -> (i), and parental genotypes were AAbb and aaBB -> (v).
2. The recombinant classes for a and b are those with (AB) and (ab): total recombinants = 22 + 28 + 26 + 24 = 100.
3. Map distance between a and b =

\frac{100}{1000} \times 100\% = 10\% = 10\text{ cM}

(centiMorgans) -> (vi).
Therefore, statements i, v, and vi are correct. Choice C.

टेस्ट क्रॉस विश्लेषण से:
1. जनक वर्ग (Ab) और (aB) सर्वाधिक हैं, अतः जीन trans अवस्था (repulsion) में जुड़े हैं (i) और जनक AAbb व aaBB थे (v)।
2. पुनर्संयोजन आवृत्ति

= \frac{100}{1000} \times 100\% = 10\text{ cM}

है (vi)।
अतः कथन i, v और vi सही हैं। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

486📚Biological Sciences, Genetics, Biotechnology & EcologyPlant Virology & Molecular Biology

Satellite RNAs (sat-RNAs) are species of RNA associated with specific strains of some plant RNA viruses, although it is not necessary for their replication. Few statements are given below on sat-RNA:
P. Presence of sat-RNA leads to reduction in severity of disease symptoms.
Q. Presence of sat-RNA leads to increase in severity of disease symptoms.
R. Sat-RNA is constitutively expressed like coat proteins and is independent of virus infection.
S. Sat-RNA is not constitutively expressed like coat proteins but is expressed only after virus infection.
Which one of the following combinations of above statements regarding sat-RNA is correct?

Explanation

Satellite RNAs (sat-RNAs) are non-coding or coding subviral RNA molecules that completely depend on a specific helper plant virus for their replication and encapsidation. Typically, sat-RNAs compete for replication machinery and dramatically attenuate/reduce viral disease symptoms in the host plant (P), and because they lack autonomous replication elements, they are not constitutively produced by the plant but are replicated only upon helper virus infection (S). Hence, P and S are correct. Choice D.

सैटेलाइट आरएनए (sat-RNA) सहायक वायरस पर निर्भर होते हैं; ये अक्सर पौधे में रोग के लक्षणों की गंभीरता को कम करते हैं (P) और केवल वायरस संक्रमण के बाद ही अभिव्यक्त होते हैं (S)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

487📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Distance & Time

A car can go from point A to point B in 4 hours if he is travelling at 50 kmph. How fast must he go to reach the same destination in 2.5 hours?

Explanation

Distance between A and B

= \text{Speed} \times \text{Time} = 50\text{ km/h} \times 4\text{ hours} = 200\text{ km}

. Required speed for 2.5 hours

= \frac{200\text{ km}}{2.5\text{ hours}} = 80\text{ km/h}

.

दूरी = 50 \times 4 = 200\text{ किमी}। 2.5 घंटे में पहुंचने के लिए आवश्यक गति = \frac{200}{2.5} = 80\text{ किमी/घंटा}। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

488📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Distance & Time

A farmer travelled a distance of 48 km in 7 hours. He travelled partly on foot at 4 km/hr and partly on bicycle @ 9 km/hr. The distance travelled on foot is _____ (in km).

Explanation

Let the time spent on foot be

t

hours. Then time on bicycle is

(7 - t)

hours. Total distance

= 4t + 9(7 - t) = 48 \implies 4t + 63 - 9t = 48 \implies 5t = 15 \implies t = 3\text{ hours}

. Distance travelled on foot

= 4\text{ km/h} \times 3\text{ hours} = 12\text{ km}

.

माना पैदल चलने का समय

t

घंटे है:

4t + 9(7 - t) = 48 \implies 5t = 15 \implies t = 3

घंटे। पैदल तय की गई दूरी = 4 \times 3 = 12\text{ किमी}। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

489📚Basic Reasoning & Mental AbilityDirection Sense Test

Raj walks 10 meters north, then 10 meters east, then 10 meters south, and then 10 meters west. After completing this square, he walks 5 meters north and 5 meters west. How far is Raj from his starting point?

Explanation

After walking 10m North, 10m East, 10m South, and 10m West, Raj returns to his initial starting coordinate

(0,0)

. From there, he moves 5m North (

y = +5

) and 5m West (

x = -5

). His distance from the origin is

d = \sqrt{(-5)^2 + 5^2} = \sqrt{25 + 25} = \sqrt{50}\text{ m}

.

वर्ग पूरा करने के बाद राज वापस प्रारंभिक बिंदु (0,0) पर आ जाता है। फिर 5 मी उत्तर और 5 मी पश्चिम जाने पर दूरी = \sqrt{5^2 + 5^2} = \sqrt{50}\text{ मी} होगी। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

490📚General English & ComprehensionPrepositions & Phrasal Verbs

Fill in the blank with the correct preposition
You are running so fast that I cannot catch _____ with you.

Explanation

The phrasal verb 'catch up with' means to reach the same level, speed, or quality as someone ahead.

किसी के बराबर पहुँचने के लिए 'catch up with' का प्रयोग होता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

491📚General English & ComprehensionPrepositions

Fill in the blanks with the correct pair of prepositions from the given choices.
He waved at his parents _____ the platform as the train was pulling _____ the station.

Explanation

Idiomatic spatial prepositions: standing 'on the platform', and a train 'pulling out of the station'.

सही प्रीपोजिशन युग्म: 'on the platform' और 'pulling out of the station' होगा। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

492📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityLinear Equations & Word Problems

Two train tickets from Town P to Q and three tickets from Town P to R cost Rs. 77 but three train tickets from Town P to Q and two tickets from Town P to R cost Rs. 73. What are the fares for Towns Q and R from P?

Explanation

Let the ticket cost to Q be

q

and to R be

r

:
1)

2q + 3r = 77

2)

3q + 2r = 73

Adding both:

5(q + r) = 150 \implies q + r = 30

.
Subtracting (1) from (2):

q - r = -4 \implies r - q = 4

.
Adding:

2r = 34 \implies r = 17

, so

q = 13

. Fares are Rs. 13 and Rs. 17.

2q + 3r = 77

और

3q + 2r = 73

। हल करने पर

q = 13

रुपये तथा

r = 17

रुपये। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

493📚Basic Reasoning & Mental AbilitySeating Arrangement Puzzles

Five friends A, B, C, D and E went on a trip to a camp. At night, they had to sleep in a row inside a tent. A, B, and E refused to sleep next to C since he snored loudly. A and D wanted to avoid B as he usually hugged people in sleep. Assuming everyone was satisfied with the sleeping arrangements, what is the order in which they slept?

Explanation

Verification of constraints in order 'CDAEB':
1. Who sleeps next to C? Only D. (None of A, B, or E is next to C - satisfied).
2. Who sleeps next to B? Only E. (Neither A nor D is next to B - satisfied).
All conditions are satisfied exclusively by CDAEB.

CDAEB क्रम में C के बगल में केवल D है (A, B, E नहीं) और B के बगल में केवल E है (A, D नहीं)। अतः सही क्रम CDAEB है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

494📚General Awareness, Science & J&K UT Special ReferenceCurrent Affairs & Defense Exercises

CINBAX 2024, A joint military exercise was conducted in the month of Dec,2024 in Pune. It was conducted between military force of India and which another Country's?

Explanation

CINBAX 2024 is the bilateral joint military training exercise conducted between the Indian Army and the Royal Cambodian Armed Forces, held at the Foreign Training Node in Pune, Maharashtra in December 2024.

दिसंबर 2024 में पुणे में आयोजित संयुक्त सैन्य अभ्यास CINBAX-2024 भारत और कंबोडिया (Cambodia) की सेनाओं के बीच हुआ था। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

495📚Reaction Mechanisms, Kinetics & Physical Organic ChemistrySubstrate Reactivity in SN1

Which of the following substrate types would most likely undergo an SN1 reaction?

Explanation

Tertiary alkyl halides (

R_3C-X

) undergo SN1 solvolysis most rapidly because:
1. Heterolytic C-X cleavage yields a tertiary carbocation, which is highly stabilized by inductive (

+I

) electron donation from three alkyl groups and 9 hyperconjugative

\alpha

-C-H bonds.
2. Severe steric crowding (B-strain) is relieved upon converting the tetrahedral

sp^3

substrate to the planar

sp^2

carbocation.
3. Backside SN2 attack is completely blocked by the bulky alkyl groups.

तृतीयक एल्किल हैलाइड (Tertiary alkyl halide) सबसे तेजी से

S_N1

अभिक्रिया करते हैं क्योंकि बनने वाला तृतीयक कार्बधनायन 9 अतिसंयुग्मी

\alpha

-हाइड्रोजन परमाणुओं और

+I

प्रभाव द्वारा अत्यधिक स्थिर होता है, तथा त्रिविम बाधा के कारण

S_N2

नहीं हो पाता। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

496📚History of Photography & Indian PhotographersWildlife & Nature Photography

Who is known for popularizing the use of an air-release remote control to photograph birds in nests?

Explanation

In historical nature and bird photography in India, naturalists like O.C. Edwards pioneered and popularized the use of long pneumatic air-release bulb remote triggers, which allowed photographers to hide in hides or blinds and trip the camera shutter from a distance without disturbing birds at their nests.

पक्षियों के घोंसलों की फोटोग्राफी में पक्षियों को विचलित किए बिना दूर से शटर दबाने के लिए एयर-रिलीज रिमोट कंट्रोल (न्यूमेटिक बल्ब) के उपयोग को ओ.सी. एडवर्ड्स (O.C. Edwards) ने लोकप्रिय बनाया था। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

497📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleCamera Types & Nomenclature

SLR is:

Explanation

SLR stands for Single Lens Reflex. In an SLR camera, a movable mirror situated between the lens and the film/sensor reflects incoming light upward through a focusing screen and pentaprism into the viewfinder, allowing the photographer to view the exact scene captured through the taking lens.

SLR का पूर्ण रूप 'सिंगल लेंस रिफ्लेक्स' (Single Lens Reflex) होता है। इसमें एक दर्पण तंत्र होता है जो लेंस से आने वाले वास्तविक दृश्य को सीधे व्यूफाइंडर में दिखाता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

498📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleOptical Properties & Camera Components

Match the following and choose the correct option:
Column - I:
1) Is measured in line pair per millimetre
2) The distance between the lens's optical center and the camera's sensor
3) The eyepiece on a camera that you hold close to your eye, to allow you to see what's being photographed
4) Allow the camera to focus on near distances for large scales of reproduction

Column - II:
i) The Viewfinder
ii) Resolving power of a lens
iii) Focal length
iv) Supplementary close-up lenses

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Matching:
- 1) Resolving power of a lens: the optical ability to separate fine detail, quantified in line pairs per millimetre (

lp/mm

)

ightarrow

ii.
- 2) Focal length: the optical distance from the lens's rear principal plane/center to the focal plane/sensor when focused at infinity

ightarrow

iii.
- 3) Viewfinder: the optical or electronic eyepiece through which the photographer frames the scene

ightarrow

i.
- 4) Supplementary close-up lenses (diopters): screw-on auxiliary lenses enabling closer minimum focus distances

ightarrow

iv.
Matching: 1 - ii, 2 - iii, 3 - i, 4 - iv (Option D).

लेंस की विभेदन क्षमता (Resolving power) को लाइन पेयर प्रति मिमी में मापा जाता है (1-ii); लेंस के केंद्र से सेंसर की दूरी को फोकल लेंथ कहते हैं (2-iii); व्यूफाइंडर आंख के पास रखकर फ्रेम देखने वाला भाग है (3-i); और सप्लीमेंट्री क्लोज-अप लेंस पास की वस्तुओं पर फोकस करने में मदद करते हैं (4-iv)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

499📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleThe Exposure Triangle

What are the elements of the Exposure Triangle?

Explanation

The Exposure Triangle is the foundational concept in photography comprising the three mutually reciprocal camera settings that govern exposure: Aperture (size of lens opening), Shutter Speed (duration of light exposure), and ISO (sensitivity of the sensor/film).

एक्सपोज़र त्रिकोण (Exposure Triangle) के तीन मूलभूत तत्व हैं: एपर्चर (Aperture), आईएसओ (ISO), और शटर स्पीड (Shutter speed)। ये तीनों मिलकर किसी तस्वीर के एक्सपोज़र को निर्धारित करते हैं। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

500📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleInfrared Photography

Long distance photography is facilitated by _________

Explanation

Atmospheric haze, water droplets, and smoke scatter visible light due to Rayleigh and Mie scattering (

I \propto 1/\lambda^4

). Infrared rays have much longer wavelengths (

>700\text{ nm}

), allowing them to pass through haze with minimal scattering, making infrared photography uniquely suited for long-distance and high-altitude telephoto imaging.

लंबी दूरी की फोटोग्राफी (Long distance photography) इन्फ्रारेड किरणों (Infrared rays) द्वारा सुगम होती है, क्योंकि उनकी लंबी तरंग दैर्ध्य वायुमंडलीय धुंध और कणों को भेदकर स्पष्ट चित्र लेने में सक्षम होती है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

501📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleMacro Photography

What is a characteristic of a macro lens?

Explanation

A true macro lens is optically engineered with a flat field and specialized floating elements that allow it to focus at very close subject distances to achieve life-size (

1:1

) reproduction ratios on tiny subjects (insects, flowers, jewelry).

मैक्रो लेंस (Macro lens) की प्रमुख विशेषता यह है कि यह अत्यंत निकट की छोटी वस्तुओं (जैसे कीड़े, फूल, गहने) पर फोकस करने और उन्हें वास्तविक आकार (

1:1

) में कैप्चर करने के लिए डिज़ाइन किया गया है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

502📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleFilm Speed Standards

What emulsion speed indicator is expressed in an arithmetic form?

Explanation

The American Standards Association (ASA) rating used a purely arithmetic scale: doubling the speed number (e.g. from ASA 100 to ASA 200) represented a direct doubling of emulsion sensitivity. Conversely, the German DIN scale was logarithmic (

21^\circ, 24^\circ

).

ASA (अमेरिकन स्टैंडर्ड्स एसोसिएशन) फिल्म संवेदनशीलता पैमाना अंकगणितीय (arithmetic) रूप में व्यक्त किया जाता था, जहाँ संख्या दोगुनी होने पर संवेदनशीलता दोगुनी हो जाती थी (जैसे ASA 100 से 200)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

503📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleParallax Error in Rangefinders

Parallax is _________

Explanation

In rangefinder and Twin-Lens Reflex (TLR) cameras, parallax error is the geometric discrepancy between what the photographer observes through the optical viewing window and what the taking lens captures on film/sensor, caused by the physical separation between their optical axes.

लंबन (Parallax) दो अलग-अलग कोणों या देखने के बिंदुओं से देखे जाने पर किसी वस्तु की आभासी स्थिति में आने वाला अंतर (difference in apparent position) है। रेंजफाइंडर कैमरों में यह दृश्य और लेंस के अंतर के कारण होता है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

504📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleISO Sensitivity

ISO Number

Explanation

The ISO rating (International Organization for Standardization) quantifies the relative sensitivity (speed) of photographic film or a digital image sensor to light. Higher ISO values require less exposure but increase grain or digital noise.

आईएसओ संख्या (ISO Number) प्रकाश के प्रति फिल्म या डिजिटल सेंसर की संवेदनशीलता (Sensitivity of the film to light) को मापने का अंतरराष्ट्रीय मानक है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

505📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleCamera Modes

What does the "P" mode on a camera stand for?

Explanation

On modern camera mode dials, 'P' stands for Program Auto (Program mode). In this semi-automatic mode, the camera's computer automatically determines both the shutter speed and aperture based on metering, while leaving ISO, autofocus point, white balance, and exposure compensation under user control.

कैमरे के डायल पर 'P' का अर्थ 'प्रोग्राम मोड' (Program mode) होता है। इसमें कैमरा स्वचालित रूप से सर्वोत्तम शटर स्पीड और एपर्चर का चयन करता है, जबकि अन्य सेटिंग्स उपयोगकर्ता के नियंत्रण में रहती हैं। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

506📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleImage Stabilization Systems

What is the function of image stabilization in digital cameras?

Explanation

Image Stabilization (whether in-lens optical IS or in-body sensor-shift IBIS) uses gyroscopic motion sensors to detect camera vibrations and physically moves lens elements or the sensor in counter-directions to minimize image blur caused by involuntary hand tremors at slow shutter speeds.

इमेज स्टेबिलाइज़ेशन (Image stabilization) का मुख्य कार्य धीमी शटर स्पीड पर हाथ के हिलने या कैमरे की हलचल से होने वाले धुंधलेपन (blurring) को न्यूनतम करना है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

507📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleManual Exposure Controls

In manual mode, which two settings are adjusted to control exposure?

Explanation

In traditional Manual exposure mode (M), the photographer directly and independently controls the mechanical light variables: the lens aperture (f-number) and the shutter speed (duration of exposure), balancing them against a set ISO to achieve creative control over motion and depth of field.

मैनुअल मोड (M) में एक्सपोज़र को नियंत्रित करने के लिए मुख्य रूप से दो भौतिक सेटिंग्स को समायोजित किया जाता है: एपर्चर (Aperture) और शटर स्पीड (Shutter speed)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

508📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleFocus Techniques & Lens Features

Match the following and choose the correct option:
Column - I
1. The process of adjusting the depth of field of a camera lens to bring an image into focus without relying on autofocus or other technical AI
2. Is a method of ensuring that your final image is in focus by taking multiple shots of the same frame with different focuses
3. Can skew the size of objects in your images to be much smaller than they are in real life.
4. Is a feature on some manual focus lenses that attempts to give you a measure in feet or meters of how far your focus point is from the Camera.

Column-II
i. Wide angle lens
ii. Manual focus
iii. Focus stacking
iv. Focus distance window

Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Matching:
- 1. Manual focus: manually turning the focus ring to achieve sharp focus without autofocus

->

ii.
- 2. Focus stacking: capturing multiple frames at progressive focus distances and digitally blending them for infinite depth of field

->

iii.
- 3. Wide angle lens: optical perspective distortion exaggerates distance and makes objects appear smaller

->

i.
- 4. Focus distance window: lens barrel scale indicating the focused distance in meters/feet

->

iv.
Correct matching: 1-ii, 2-iii, 3-i, 4-iv (Option B).

मैनुअल फोकस में हाथ से फोकस किया जाता है (1-ii); फोकस स्टैकिंग में अलग-अलग फोकस वाली कई तस्वीरें जोड़ते हैं (2-iii); वाइड एंगल लेंस वस्तुओं को छोटा दिखाता है (3-i); और फोकस डिस्टेंस विंडो दूरी दर्शाती है (4-iv)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

509📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleCamera Modes

On most cameras what does AV stand for?

Explanation

On camera mode dials (particularly Canon and Pentax), Av stands for 'Aperture Value' or Aperture Priority mode. In this mode, the photographer sets the desired aperture (f-number) while the camera's metering system automatically selects the corresponding shutter speed.

कैमरा मोड डायल पर 'Av' का अर्थ 'एपर्चर प्रायोरिटी मोड' (Aperture Priority mode / Aperture Value) होता है, जहाँ उपयोगकर्ता एपर्चर चुनता है और कैमरा शटर स्पीड खुद तय करता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

510📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleCamera Modes

In which mode does the camera choose the aperture, while the user selects the shutter speed?

Explanation

In Shutter Priority mode (labeled as 'Tv' on Canon/Pentax or 'S' on Nikon/Sony), the photographer manually selects the shutter speed (e.g. to freeze action or create motion blur), and the camera automatically calculates and adjusts the appropriate aperture.

शटर प्रायोरिटी मोड (Shutter priority mode, Tv/S) में उपयोगकर्ता शटर स्पीड चुनता है (गति को रोकने या ब्लर करने के लिए) और कैमरा स्वचालित रूप से उपयुक्त एपर्चर का चयन करता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

511📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleShutter Speed & Panning

Which of the following shutter speed settings would be the best for 'panning' shots?

Explanation

Panning is the dynamic technique of tracking a moving subject with the camera during exposure to render the subject sharp while streaking the background into motion blur. To achieve visible background streaking, a relatively slow shutter speed is required, typically

1/30\text{th}

of a second (faster speeds like

1/500\text{s}

freeze all motion).

पैनिंग (Panning) में चलते हुए विषय के साथ कैमरे को घुमाया जाता है ताकि विषय तीखा रहे और पृष्ठभूमि में गति का धुंधलापन आए। इसके लिए धीमी शटर स्पीड जैसे 1/30 सेकंड (1/30th) सबसे उपयुक्त होती है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

512📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleFilters & Exposure Compensation

A photographer using a DSLR camera in manual mode adds a neutral density filter to their lens. If the lighting conditions stay the same, which of the following adjustments would ensure that the exposure is unchanged?

Explanation

A Neutral Density (ND) filter acts as sunglasses for the lens, uniformly reducing the intensity of light entering the camera. To compensate for this light loss and maintain the identical exposure without altering the aperture or shutter speed, the photographer must increase the ISO number.

न्यूट्रल डेंसिटी (ND) फिल्टर लेंस में प्रवेश करने वाले प्रकाश को कम कर देता है। समान प्रकाश में एक्सपोज़र को अपरिवर्तित रखने के लिए कैमरे का आईएसओ नंबर बढ़ाना (Increase the ISO number) होगा। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

513📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleFocal Length & Lens Compression

A photographer is taking images of a landscape scene with mountains in the distance. They use a specific lens to make the mountains appear closer to the foreground than they actually are. Which lens would give this effect?

Explanation

A Telephoto lens creates telephoto compression (perspective compression). By shooting from a long distance with a narrow field of view, spatial depth appears compressed, making distant background elements (like mountains) appear dramatically larger and closer to foreground subjects.

टेलीफोटो लेंस (Telephoto lens) परिप्रेक्ष्य संपीड़न (perspective compression) उत्पन्न करता है, जिससे पृष्ठभूमि में स्थित दूर के पहाड़ अग्रभूमि की वस्तुओं के बहुत करीब और बड़े दिखाई देते हैं। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

514📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleDepth of Field Controlling Factors

How to decrease depth of field?

Explanation

Depth of field is determined by three variables: aperture, subject distance, and focal length. Depth of field decreases (becomes shallower) by:
1. Widening the aperture (lower f-number)
2. Moving closer to the subject
3. Lengthening the focal length (using a longer telephoto lens, e.g. 200mm vs 35mm). Statement C is correct.

डेप्थ ऑफ फील्ड (Depth of field) को कम (उथला) करने के लिए फोकल लंबाई को बढ़ाया जाता है (लंबे लेंस का उपयोग), एपर्चर को बड़ा किया जाता है, या विषय के अधिक करीब जाया जाता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

515📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TriangleMacro Photography Specifications

Consider the statement and choose the most appropriate option:
The key elements that define this genre are 'magnification' and 'minimum focusing distance.'

Explanation

Macro photography is technically defined by the lens reproduction ratio / magnification (typically

1:1

life-size reproduction on sensor) and the minimum focusing distance (the closest distance at which the lens can achieve sharp focus).

मैक्रो फोटोग्राफी (Macro photography) की तकनीकी पहचान उसके आवर्धन (magnification, जैसे

1:1

) और न्यूनतम फोकसिंग दूरी (minimum focusing distance) द्वारा परिभाषित होती है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

516📚Lighting Techniques, Composition & Studio PhotographyPhysics of Studio Lighting

Inverse square law in photography:

Explanation

The Inverse Square Law (

I \propto 1/d^2

) states that the illuminance of light from a point source is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source. In photography, it dictates the rate of light fall-off as distance between the light source and the subject/background increases.

फोटोग्राफी में व्युत्क्रम वर्ग नियम (Inverse square law,

I \propto 1/d^2

) प्रकाश की तीव्रता में गिरावट (fall off of light) को दर्शाता है, जो प्रकाश स्रोत की दूरी के वर्ग के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होती है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

517📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Exposure TrianglePortrait Focal Lengths

On a full frame 35mm DSLR camera, which of the following lenses would be best for portrait work?

Explanation

The 85mm prime lens is universally considered the ideal focal length for portrait photography on a full-frame camera. It provides a natural, flattering perspective of human facial features without perspective distortion, allows a comfortable working distance, and produces creamy background bokeh at wide apertures.

फुल-फ्रेम 35mm कैमरे पर पोर्ट्रेट फोटोग्राफी के लिए 85 मिमी (85 mm) लेंस को दुनिया भर में सर्वश्रेष्ठ माना जाता है, क्योंकि यह चेहरे के स्वाभाविक अनुपात को बनाए रखता है और सुंदर बैकग्राउंड ब्लर देता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

518📚Lighting Techniques, Composition & Studio PhotographyPortrait Styling & Props

Using props effectively in portrait photography involves:

Explanation

Successful prop styling in portraiture requires selecting items contextually relevant to the subject's story, harmoniously blending them into the compositional framing, and maintaining restraint to avoid distracting visual clutter. All of these!

पोर्ट्रेट में प्रॉप्स (props) के प्रभावी उपयोग के लिए: विषय या थीम के अनुकूल सामग्री चुनना, उन्हें रचना में खूबसूरती से जोड़ना, और अव्यवस्था या अत्यधिक उपयोग से बचना आवश्यक है। सही विकल्प D (All of these) है।

2025JKSSB

519📚Satellite Communications & Space SystemsHistory of Space Research in India

In which Indian city was the first experimental satellite telecommunication earth station established in 1967, playing a key role in early space research and projects like SITE?

Explanation

In 1967, Dr. Vikram Sarabhai established the Experimental Satellite Communication Earth Station (ESCES) at Ahmedabad, Gujarat. It trained engineers from India and developing nations and served as the primary transmission hub for the landmark Satellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE) in 1975–76.

1967 में भारत का पहला प्रायोगिक उपग्रह संचार भू-केंद्र (ESCES) अहमदाबाद (गुजरात) में डॉ. विक्रम साराभाई द्वारा स्थापित किया गया था, जिसने SITE परियोजना में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाई। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

520📚Satellite Communications & Space SystemsKepler's Laws & Orbital Mechanics

A satellite orbits the Earth for a time period of 10 hours at a certain distance from the Earth's surface. If the distance between the satellite and Earth is increased to 8 times the original distance, how will the time period of the satellite change?

Explanation

By Kepler's Third Law:

T^2 \propto r^3 \implies T_2 = T_1 \left(\frac{r_2}{r_1}\right)^{3/2}

. Given

r_2/r_1 = 8

:

T_2 = 10 \times 8^{3/2} = 10 \times (\sqrt{8})^3 = 10 \times (2\sqrt{2})^3 = 10 \times 16\sqrt{2} = 160 \times 1.4142 \approx 226.27\text{ hours}

.

केप्लर के तीसरे नियम से:

T^2 \propto r^3 \implies T_2 = T_1 \times 8^{3/2} = 10 \times 16\sqrt{2} \approx 226.3

घंटे। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

521📚Electromagnetics, Antennas & RF EngineeringRadar & Lidar Ranging Principles

A van is moving in the same direction as a laser beam emitted by a transceiver. A laser pulse sent at t=0 s is reflected off the van and received back after 50 ns (nanosecond). Another pulse sent at t=0.2 s is received back after 40 ns. If the speed of light is 3x10^8 m/s, what is the average speed of the van during this interval?

Explanation

At

t_1 = 0

:

d_1 = \frac{c \times \Delta t_1}{2} = \frac{3 \times 10^8 \times 50 \times 10^{-9}}{2} = 7.5\text{ m}

. At

t_2 = 0.2\text{ s}

:

d_2 = \frac{3 \times 10^8 \times 40 \times 10^{-9}}{2} = 6.0\text{ m}

. Distance change

\Delta d = |6.0 - 7.5| = 1.5\text{ m}

. Speed

= \frac{1.5\text{ m}}{0.2\text{ s}} = 7.5\text{ m/s} = 7.5 \times 3.6 = 27\text{ km/h}

.

पहली दूरी

d_1 = (3 \times 10^8 \times 50 \times 10^{-9})/2 = 7.5

मीटर। 0.2 सेकंड बाद दूरी

d_2 = 6.0

मीटर। तय दूरी

= 1.5

मीटर। चाल

= 1.5 / 0.2 = 7.5

मी/से

= 27

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

522📚Satellite Communications & Space SystemsSpin Stabilization

Consider a satellite in a spinning stabilization mode. If the satellite's rotational speed is increased, what effect would this have on the stability of its orientation?

Explanation

Spin stabilization uses the gyroscopic rigidity of a rotating mass: higher rotational speed increases angular momentum (

L = I\omega

), creating greater resistance to external disturbing gravitational and solar disturbance torques.

स्पिन-स्थिरीकृत उपग्रह की घूर्णन गति बढ़ाने से उसका कोणीय संवेग (

L = I\omega

) बढ़ता है, जिससे जाइरोस्कोपिक बलों के कारण उसके अभिविन्यास का स्थायित्व बढ़ जाता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

523📚Satellite Communications & Space SystemsSatellite Attitude Control

What is the primary function of momentum wheels in satellite stabilization?

Explanation

Momentum wheels operate at a high nominal speed to provide gyroscopic stiffness and control momentum along the pitch axis, stabilizing the satellite's attitude against disturbance torques.

मोमेंटम व्हील्स का प्राथमिक कार्य उपग्रह के अभिविन्यास/दृष्टिकोण (Attitude) को स्थिर बनाए रखना है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

524📚Satellite Communications & Space SystemsSatellite Round-Trip Latency

A ground station transmits signals to a geostationary satellite positioned above the Earth. The satellite appears just above the station's location. Considering the signal travels at the speed of light, what will be the total round-trip time for the signal to reach the satellite and return to the ground station.

Explanation

Geostationary altitude

h \approx 35,786\text{ km}

. Round-trip distance for zenith path:

2h = 2 \times 35,786 = 71,572\text{ km}

. Round-trip propagation delay

\tau = \frac{2h}{c} = \frac{71,572\text{ km}}{300,000\text{ km/s}} \approx 0.2386\text{ s} \approx 239\text{ ms}

.

भूस्थिर उपग्रह की दूरी

\approx 35,786

किमी। राउंड ट्रिप दूरी

= 71,572

किमी। प्रकाश की चाल से कुल समय

\tau = 71572 / 300000 \approx 0.239

सेकंड

= 239

ms। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

525📚Electromagnetics, Antennas & RF EngineeringRadio Horizon & Line of Sight

Considering Sky Wave propagation, if the height of transmitting and receiving antennas in a line-of-sight system is 49 m and 9 m, respectively, then the distance up to which communication may be possible is about:

Explanation

Line-of-Sight (LOS) horizon distance:

d = \sqrt{2 R h_t} + \sqrt{2 R h_r} \approx 3.57(\sqrt{h_t} + \sqrt{h_r})\text{ km} = 3.57(\sqrt{49} + \sqrt{9}) = 3.57(7 + 3) = 35.7\text{ km} \approx 35\text{ km}

.

दृष्टि रेखा (LOS) संचार दूरी

d = \sqrt{2Rh_t} + \sqrt{2Rh_r} \approx 3.57(\sqrt{49} + \sqrt{9}) = 3.57(7 + 3) \approx 35.7

किमी। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

526📚Electromagnetics, Antennas & RF EngineeringFriis Transmission Equation

A transmitting antenna with a 300 MHz carrier frequency produces 2 KW of power. If both transmitting and receiving antennas have unity gain, the LOS power received by the receiving antenna at a distance of 1 km is

Explanation

Frequency

f = 300\text{ MHz} \implies \lambda = \frac{3 \times 10^8}{300 \times 10^6} = 1\text{ m}

. Distance

d = 1000\text{ m}

,

P_t = 2000\text{ W}

,

G_t = G_r = 1

. By Friis Transmission Formula:

P_r = P_t G_t G_r \left(\frac{\lambda}{4\pi d}\right)^2 = 2000 \times \left(\frac{1}{4\pi \times 1000}\right)^2 = \frac{2000}{1.5791 \times 10^8} \approx 1.2665 \times 10^{-5}\text{ W} = 12.7\text{ }\mu\text{W}

.

फ्रीस संचरण सूत्र से:

P_r = P_t G_t G_r (\lambda / 4\pi d)^2

। मान रखने पर:

P_r = 2000 \times (1 / 4000\pi)^2 \approx 12.7\;\mu\text{W}

। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

527📚Digital Electronics, Microprocessors & Microcontrollers8085 Microprocessor Bus Architecture

Consider the following statements:
In the 8085 microprocessor, the data bus and address bus are multiplexed in order to
I. Increase the speed of the microprocessor
II. Reduce the number of chips
III. Connect more peripheral chips
Which of the below statements is/are correct?

Explanation

In the Intel 8085 microprocessor, the lower-order 8 address lines and 8 data lines are time-multiplexed (

AD_0 - AD_7

) solely to minimize the physical pin count of the IC package (fitting into an inexpensive 40-pin DIP package) and reduce motherboard chip count.

8085 माइक्रोप्रोसेसर में पिनों की संख्या 40 तक सीमित रखने और चिप्स की संख्या कम करने (Reduce the number of chips/pins) के लिए एड्रेस और डेटा बस (

AD_0-AD_7

) को मल्टीप्लेक्स किया जाता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

528📚Soil & Water Conservation Engineering, Hydrology & IrrigationRemote Sensing & GIS Applications

Which of the following statements are correct?
i. Remote sensing is the technique of collecting data about Earth's surface using aerial or satellite sensors.
ii. Geographic Information Systems is a computer-based tool for capturing, analysing, and presenting spatial data.
Options:

Explanation

Statement i correctly defines Remote Sensing (RS): obtaining reliable information about objects or the Earth's surface from a distance using electromagnetic radiation sensors aboard aircraft or satellites. Statement ii correctly defines Geographic Information System (GIS): a computerized system designed to capture, store, manipulate, analyze, manage, and present all types of geographically referenced (spatial) data. Both statements are correct.

कथन i सुदूर संवेदन (Remote Sensing) की सही परिभाषा है (हवाई जहाज या उपग्रह सेंसर का उपयोग करके पृथ्वी की सतह का डेटा एकत्र करना)। कथन ii भौगोलिक सूचना प्रणाली (GIS) की सही परिभाषा है (स्थानिक डेटा का विश्लेषण और प्रबंधन करने वाला कंप्यूटर आधारित उपकरण)। अतः दोनों कथन सही हैं (विकल्प C)।

2025JKSSB

529📚Farm Power, Machinery & IC EnginesCarburetor Functions & Fuel Systems

Following statements are regarding the functions of carburetor. Which of them are correct?
i. Carburetor atomize the fuel.
ii. Carburetor mix the air and fuel thoroughly
iii. Carburetor regulate the air- fuel ratio at different speeds and loads on the engine.
Options:

Explanation

A carburetor in a spark-ignition engine performs three primary functions: (i) atomizing the liquid fuel into fine microscopic droplets via venturi suction, (ii) thoroughly mixing fuel vapor with air into a combustible mixture, and (iii) metering and regulating the air-fuel ratio (AFR) across varying engine speeds and load conditions. All three statements are correct.

कार्बोरेटर (Carburetor) के मुख्य कार्य हैं: (i) ईंधन को बारीक बूंदों में तोड़ना (Atomize करना), (ii) ईंधन और हवा का समरूप मिश्रण तैयार करना, और (iii) इंजन की विभिन्न गति और भार के अनुसार वायु-ईंधन अनुपात (Air-fuel ratio) को नियंत्रित करना। अतः तीनों कथन सही हैं (विकल्प D)।

2025JKSSB

530📚Farm Power, Machinery & IC EnginesTractor Power Train & Clutch

The device used to connect and disconnect the tractor engine from the transmission gears and drive wheels is

Explanation

A Clutch is a mechanical friction mechanism positioned between the engine flywheel and transmission gearbox that enables the tractor operator to smoothly connect (engage) or disconnect (disengage) engine power from the transmission gears and drive wheels when starting, stopping, or shifting gears.

ट्रैक्टर इंजन की शक्ति को ट्रांसमिशन गियरबॉक्स और पहियों से आसानी से जोड़ने (Connect) और अलग करने (Disconnect) के लिए 'क्लच' (Clutch) का उपयोग किया जाता है। इससे गियर बदलते समय झटके नहीं लगते। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

531📚Farm Power, Machinery & IC EnginesSowing & Planting Methods

The process of placing seeds in holes made in the seedbed and closing the seed with soil is known as

Explanation

Dibbling is the planting method of punching holes in the seedbed at precise distances and depths using a dibbler or hand tool, depositing seeds into each hole, and packing soil over them. (Drilling drops continuous seed lines in furrows; broadcasting scatters seeds randomly).

बीज शैय्या में निश्चित दूरी और गहराई पर छेद बनाकर उसमें बीज डालने और उसे मिट्टी से ढकने की प्रक्रिया को 'डिबलिंग' (Dibbling) कहा जाता है। छिटकवां विधि (Broadcasting) में बीज बिखेरे जाते हैं और ड्रिलिंग में कतारों में बोए जाते हैं। सही उत्तर Dibbling (विकल्प B) है।

2025JKSSB

532📚Farm Power, Machinery & IC EnginesMowers & Forage Harvesters

Swinging knives are used in

Explanation

A Flail Mower features a high-speed horizontal rotor shaft to which swinging T-shaped or Y-shaped steel knives/hammers are loosely hinged. Centrifugal force extends the knives outward to shred tough stalks, brush, and crop residues upon impact.

झूलते हुए चाकू (Swinging knives / Flails) 'फ्लेल मोवर' (Flail mower) में प्रयुक्त होते हैं। इसके क्षैतिज घूमने वाले रोटर पर हिंज किए गए चाकू अपकेंद्री बल से बाहर निकलकर झाड़ियों और अवशेषों को काटते हैं। अतः सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

533📚Farm Power, Machinery & IC EnginesLand Levelling & Earthmoving Machinery

Heavy duty machinery meant for initial cutting and filling of land undulations is called

Explanation

A Scraper (tractor-drawn or motorized earthmoving scraper) is heavy-duty earthmoving equipment specifically designed for bulk excavation: scooping soil from high mounds (cutting), hauling it over distances, and discharging it evenly into low depressions (filling) during initial land levelling.

भूमि के बड़े ऊबड़-खाबड़ टीलों की शुरुआती कटाई (Cutting) करने और गड्ढों को भरने (Filling) के लिए प्रयुक्त भारी मशीन को 'स्क्रेपर' (Scraper) कहा जाता है। यह मिट्टी खोदकर ले जाता है और समतल करता है। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

534📚Renewable Energy & Electrical EngineeringRenewable Energy Terminology Matching

Which of the following are correctly matched?
i. Biomass - Briquet
ii. Fixed dome type - Biogas plant
iii. Wind Energy - Pyranometer
iv. Solar Energy - Anemometer
Choose the Correct Option:

Explanation

Evaluation: (i) Biomass is densified into briquettes (briquet) for combustion (Correct); (ii) Fixed dome type is a standard design of biogas plants (e.g., Janata and Deenabandhu models) (Correct); (iii) Wind energy utilizes an anemometer to measure wind speed, not a pyranometer (Incorrect); (iv) Solar energy utilizes a pyranometer to measure solar radiation, not an anemometer (Incorrect). Hence, only i and ii are correctly matched.

समीक्षा: (i) बायोमास को संपीड़ित करके ब्रिकेट (Briquet) बनाया जाता है (सही); (ii) फिक्स्ड डोम प्रकार बायोगैस संयंत्र का एक मुख्य मॉडल है (सही); (iii) पवन ऊर्जा में हवा की गति मापने के लिए एनीमोमीटर प्रयुक्त होता है, पायरानोमीटर नहीं (गलत); (iv) सौर ऊर्जा में विकिरण मापने के लिए पायरानोमीटर प्रयुक्त होता है, एनीमोमीटर नहीं (गलत)। अतः i और ii सही हैं (विकल्प A)।

2025JKSSB

535📚Renewable Energy & Electrical EngineeringSolar Radiation Physics

The form in which the solar energy is radiated from the sun

Explanation

The Sun radiates energy across the entire continuous electromagnetic spectrum (including ultraviolet, visible light, and infrared radiation) fundamentally in the form of Electromagnetic Waves traveling at the speed of light (

c \approx 3 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}

).

सूर्य से सौर ऊर्जा का विकिरण मुख्य रूप से 'विद्युत चुम्बकीय तरंगों' (Electromagnetic waves) के रूप में अंतरिक्ष में उत्सर्जित होता है, जिसमें पराबैंगनी, दृश्य प्रकाश और अवरक्त तरंगें शामिल हैं। अतः सबसे सटीक और व्यापक उत्तर Electromagnetic waves (विकल्प A) है।

2025JKSSB

536📚Agricultural Process Engineering, Post-Harvest & Protected CultivationSolar & Sun Drying Dynamics

The effectiveness of sun drying depends upon
i. Temperature
ii. Relative Humidity
iii. Wind speed
Choose the Correct Option:

Explanation

Open sun drying kinetics are governed by ambient meteorological parameters: (i) Ambient temperature (supplying latent heat of vaporization to drive moisture from the grain), (ii) Relative Humidity of the ambient air (determining the vapor pressure gradient and drying potential), and (iii) Wind speed (dispersing the stagnant humid boundary layer over the drying beds). All three factors are critical.

पारंपरिक धूप में सुखाने (Sun drying) की प्रभावशीलता तीन मुख्य वायुमंडलीय कारकों पर निर्भर करती है: (i) परिवेश का तापमान (ऊष्मा प्रदान करता है), (ii) सापेक्ष आर्द्रता (वाष्प दाब प्रवणता तय करती है), और (iii) हवा की गति (वाष्पीकृत नमी को हटाती है)। अतः तीनों (i, ii and iii) सही हैं (विकल्प D)।

2025JKSSB

537📚Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Stereochemistry & KineticsConformational Analysis of Cycloalkanes & Decalin

Which of the following statements about conformational analysis and steric effects are correct?
1. In cyclohexane, the chair conformation is more stable than the boat conformation.
2. Decalins exist in cis and trans forms, with trans-decalin being more rigid and stable.
3. Steric strain arises from unfavourable interactions between bulky groups in close proximity.
4. Conformations of sugars do not influence their reactivity in biochemical processes.
Choose the correct statement:

Explanation

Conformational analysis: Statement 1 is true (the chair conformation has zero angle strain and fully staggered C-C bonds, whereas boat suffers from flagpole interactions and torsional eclipsing). Statement 2 is true (trans-decalin comprises two fused chair rings locked in a rigid diequatorial junction with no ring inversion possible, making it more stable than flexible cis-decalin). Statement 3 is true (steric strain represents van der Waals electron cloud repulsions). Statement 4 is false because sugar conformations (e.g.,

\beta

-D-glucopyranose

^4C_1

vs

^1C_4

) critically govern enzyme specificity and anomeric reactivity. Thus, statements 1, 2, and 3 are correct.

कथन 1 सही है (साइक्लोहेक्सेन की चेयर फॉर्म बोट फॉर्म से अधिक स्थिर होती है)। कथन 2 सही है (ट्रांस-डेकालिन अधिक दृढ़ और सिस-डेकालिन से अधिक स्थिर होती है क्योंकि इसमें चेयर-चेयर जंक्शन लॉक होता है)। कथन 3 सही है (स्थानिक विकृति/स्टेरिक स्ट्रेन बड़े समूहों के पास आने से उत्पन्न होती है)। कथन 4 गलत है क्योंकि शर्करा का विरूपण (Conformation) उनकी जैव-रासायनिक क्रियाशीलता को अत्यधिक प्रभावित करता है। अतः सही उत्तर 1, 2, and 3 (विकल्प A) है।

2025JKSSBCulture Department (Directorate of Archives, Archaeology and Museums)

538📚Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Stereochemistry & KineticsStereochemical Concepts Matching

Match the following concepts with their correct descriptions:
Column -A (Concept):
i. Threo and Erythro isomers
ii. Conformational analysis of cycloalkanes
iii. Optical activity in biphenyls
iv. Enantiotropic and diastereotropic faces
Column -B (Description):
1. Chirality arising due to twisted geometry without a chiral center
2. Spatial arrangement around two adjacent chiral centers
3. Study of different spatial arrangements due to ring strain and flexibility
4. Faces of a molecule that behave differently in a chiral environment
Options:

Explanation

Concept matches: (i) Threo and Erythro isomers denote diastereomeric configurations having two adjacent chiral centers with identical or different groups on the same/opposite sides (2); (ii) Conformational analysis of cycloalkanes examines ring strain, puckering, and energy barriers (3); (iii) Optical activity in biphenyls results from restricted rotation around a single bond causing orthogonal twisted rings (atropisomerism) without a stereogenic carbon (1); (iv) Enantiotopic and diastereotopic faces are heterotopic faces that react differently in a chiral environment (4). Match: i-2, ii-3, iii-1, iv-4.

सही मिलान: (i) थ्रियो और इरिथ्रो समावयव - दो निकटवर्ती कायरल केंद्रों के चारों ओर स्थानिक व्यवस्था (2); (ii) साइक्लोएल्केन्स का संरूपण विश्लेषण - रिंग तनाव और लचीलेपन का अध्ययन (3); (iii) बाइफेनिल में प्रकाशिक सक्रियता - बिना कायरल केंद्र के घूर्णन अवरोध से उत्पन्न कायरलता (1); (iv) इनैन्शियलट्रोपिक और डायस्टीरियोट्रोपिक फलक - कायरल वातावरण में भिन्न व्यवहार करने वाले फलक (4)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSBCulture Department (Directorate of Archives, Archaeology and Museums)

539📚Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Stereochemistry & KineticsPyranose Ring Conformations & Steric Strain

Arrange the following sugar conformations in order of increasing steric strain due to unavoidable crowding:
1. Chair conformation of

\beta

-D-glucopyranose
2. Boat conformation of

\beta

-D-glucopyranose
3. Twist-boat conformation of

\beta

-D-glucopyranose
4. Half-chair conformation of

\beta

-D-glucopyranose
Options:

Explanation

In pyranose ring conformational energy profiles: The chair conformation (

^4C_1

, 1) has all substituents equatorial in

\beta

-D-glucopyranose, having minimal strain. The twist-boat (3) relieves some eclipsing strain of the classical boat. The half-chair (4) is a strained, flattened conformation during ring inversion. However, in terms of unavoidable steric crowding and transannular flagpole repulsion between axial/flagpole groups in the pyranose ring, the boat conformation (2) exhibits severe 1,4-flagpole interactions. The standard increasing sequence is

1 \to 3 \to 4 \to 2

(Option A).

ग्लूकोज के पायरेनोस वलय में स्थानिक विकृति (Steric strain) का बढ़ता क्रम: चेयर संरूपण (1, सबसे कम तनाव, सभी समूह इक्वेटोरियल) < ट्विस्ट-बोट (3) < हाफ-चेयर (4) < बोट संरूपण (2, जहाँ 1,4-फ्लैगपोल समूहों के बीच तीव्र स्टेरिक भीड़ होती है)। अतः सही क्रम

1 \to 3 \to 4 \to 2

(विकल्प A) है।

2025JKSSBCulture Department (Directorate of Archives, Archaeology and Museums)

540📚Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Stereochemistry & KineticsThermal Elimination Stereochemistry

Which of the following combinations of statements are correct regarding the mechanism and orientation in pyrolytic eliminations?
1. Pyrolytic elimination is a concerted mechanism where the leaving group and β-hydrogen are eliminated simultaneously.
2. Pyrolytic elimination typically produces the Zaitsev product due to the small base used in the reaction.
3. The Hofmann product is favored in pyrolytic eliminations when a large, bulky base is used.
4. Pyrolytic eliminations can occur via a carbocation intermediate, making them similar to E1 eliminations.
Choose the correct statement:

Explanation

In pyrolytic eliminations: Statement 1 is true (the thermal elimination proceeds through a concerted cyclic pericyclic transition state where leaving group and syn-

\beta

-hydrogen eliminate simultaneously). Statement 2 is false (pyrolytic eliminations are unimolecular and do not use a base; they give predominantly Hofmann products due to steric constraints). Statement 3 reflects the fundamental orientation principle that Hofmann products dominate due to steric crowding/bulk of the intramolecular leaving group in the transition state. Statement 4 is false (no carbocation forms). Thus, Statements 1 and 3 are correct.

पायरोलाइटिक विलोपन: कथन 1 सही है (यह एक संसक्त क्रियाविधि है जिसमें लिविंग ग्रुप और

\beta

-हाइड्रोजन एक साथ निकलते हैं)। कथन 3 सही है (आंतरिक भारी समूहों के स्टेरिक प्रभाव के कारण हॉफमैन उत्पाद बनता है)। कथन 2 और 4 गलत हैं। अतः केवल 1 और 3 सही हैं (विकल्प B)।

2025JKSSBCulture Department (Directorate of Archives, Archaeology and Museums)

541📚Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Stereochemistry & KineticsSNAr vs Benzyne Characteristics

Which of the following statements correctly describes the mechanism of nucleophilic substitution at an aromatic substrate?
1. The presence of electron-donating groups at the ortho/para positions enhances the rate of nucleophilic aromatic substitution via the SNAr mechanism.
2. In the Benzyne mechanism, the reaction proceeds through a highly reactive intermediate featuring a triple bond in the aromatic ring.
3. The SNAr mechanism involves a rate-determining nucleophilic attack, forming a Meisenheimer complex as an intermediate.
4. The Benzyne intermediate is formed under acidic conditions and involves an addition-elimination pathway.
Choose the correct statement:

Explanation

Aromatic substitution evaluation: Statement 1 is false (electron-withdrawing groups enhance SNAr, not electron-donating groups). Statement 2 is correct (benzyne is a neutral, highly reactive aryne intermediate with a formal, strained triple bond in the benzene ring). Statement 3 is correct (the initial nucleophilic addition to form the cyclohexadienyl Meisenheimer carbanion is the slow, rate-determining step). Statement 4 is false because benzyne formation requires strongly BASIC conditions (

NaNH_2/NH_3

) and operates via elimination-addition. Thus, Only 2 and 3 are correct.

कथन 1 गलत है। कथन 2 सही है (बेंजाइन मध्यवर्ती में एरोमैटिक वलय में त्रि-बंध होता है)। कथन 3 सही है (

S_NAr

में नाभिकरागी का आक्रमण दर-निर्धारक पद होता है जिसमें माइजनहाइमर जटिल बनता है)। कथन 4 गलत है क्योंकि बेंजाइन क्षारीय परिस्थितियों में बनता है। अतः केवल 2 और 3 सही हैं (विकल्प B)।

2025JKSSBCulture Department (Directorate of Archives, Archaeology and Museums)

542📚General English & ComprehensionVocabulary & Contextual Fillers

The Supreme Court had recently ______ the government from implementing the Finance Commission Report due to the adverse economic situation in the country.

Explanation

In legal terminology, a court 'restrains' a party or government from taking an action by issuing an injunction or restraining order ('restrained the government from implementing...').

न्यायिक और कानूनी भाषा में अदालत द्वारा किसी कार्य को करने से रोकने के लिए 'restrained' (प्रतिबंधित या संयमित करना) शब्द का प्रयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

543📚General Intelligence & ReasoningStatement & Conclusions

Consider the following statement:
Statement: The distance of 890 km by road between Mumbai and Jafra will be reduced to 270 km by sea. This will lead to a saving of Rs. 7.88 crores per annum on fuel.
Conclusions:
I. Sea transportation is always cheaper than road transportation
II. Fuel savings should always be minimized
Choose the correct Answer:

Explanation

Conclusion I makes an unsubstantiated universal generalization ('always cheaper') from a single route scenario. Conclusion II is illogical, as fuel expenditure (not savings) should be minimized; savings should be maximized. Thus, neither conclusion follows.

निष्कर्ष I 'हमेशा सस्ता' जैसा एकतरफा सामान्यीकरण करता है जो केवल एक मार्ग के आधार पर सही नहीं माना जा सकता। निष्कर्ष II कहता है कि ईंधन बचत को 'न्यूनतम' किया जाना चाहिए, जो कि अतार्किक है (बचत अधिकतम की जानी चाहिए)। अतः न तो I और न ही II अनुसरण करता है।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

544📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsTime and Work

15 men can complete the work in 12 days. 12 women can complete the same work in 10 days. In how many days, 4 men and 4 women can complete the same piece of work?

Explanation

Total work:
-

15M \times 12 = 180M

man-days
-

12W \times 10 = 120W

woman-days
Equating work:

180M = 120W \implies 3M = 2W \implies 1W = 1.5M

.
Convert 4 men and 4 women to equivalent men:

4M + 4W = 4M + 4(1.5M) = 4M + 6M = 10M

.
Number of days required =

\frac{180M}{10M} = 18\text{ days}

.

कुल कार्य:
15 \text{ पुरुष} \times 12 = 180 \text{ पुरुष-दिन}
12 \text{ महिलाएं} \times 10 = 120 \text{ महिला-दिन}

180M = 120W \implies 3M = 2W \implies 1W = 1.5M

4 पुरुष और 4 महिलाएं =

4M + 4(1.5M) = 10M

कार्य पूरा करने में लगे दिन =

\frac{180}{10} = 18

दिन।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

545📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsAverages & Inequalities

In Arjun’s opinion, his weight is greater than 66 kg but less than 73 kg. His brother does not agree with Arjun and he thinks that Arjun’s weight is greater than 61 kg but less than 71 kg. His mother’s view is that his weight cannot be greater than 69 kg. If all of them are correct in their estimation, what is the average of different probable weights of Arjun?

Explanation

Intersecting the constraints:
- Arjun:

66 < W < 73

- Brother:

61 < W < 71

- Mother:

W \le 69

Combining:

66 < W \le 69

. The integer probable weights are 67, 68, and 69 kg.
Average =

\frac{67 + 68 + 69}{3} = 68\text{ kg}

.

तीनों के अनुमानों के अनुसार:
- अर्जुन:

66 < W < 73

- भाई:

61 < W < 71

- माता:

W \le 69

उभयनिष्ठ पूर्णांक भार = 67, 68, और 69 किग्रा।
संभावित भारों का औसत =

\frac{67 + 68 + 69}{3} = 68

किग्रा।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

546📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsTime, Speed and Distance

Vishal travels 760 km to his workplace, partly by bus and partly by motorcycle. He takes 8 hours, if he travels 160 km by bus and the rest by motorcycle. If he travels 240 km by bus and the rest by motorcycle, he takes 12 minutes more. What are the speeds of the motorcycle and the bus respectively?

Explanation

Let speed of bus =

u

km/hr and motorcycle =

v

km/hr.
Case 1:

\frac{160}{u} + \frac{600}{v} = 8

Case 2:

\frac{240}{u} + \frac{520}{v} = 8 + \frac{12}{60} = 8.2

Let

1/u = x, 1/v = y

:

160x + 600y = 8 \implies 20x + 75y = 1

(i)

240x + 520y = 8.2 \implies 24x + 52y = 0.82

(ii)
Multiplying (i) by 6 and (ii) by 5:

120x + 450y = 6

120x + 260y = 4.1

Subtracting:

190y = 1.9 \implies y = 1/100 \implies v = 100\text{ km/hr}

(motorcycle).
Substitute

y = 0.01

into (i):

20x + 0.75 = 1 \implies 20x = 0.25 \implies x = 1/80 \implies u = 80\text{ km/hr}

(bus).
Speeds are 100 km/hr and 80 km/hr respectively.

माना बस की चाल

u

और मोटरसाइकिल की चाल

v

है।
समीकरण 1:

\frac{160}{u} + \frac{600}{v} = 8

समीकरण 2:

\frac{240}{u} + \frac{520}{v} = 8.2

हल करने पर:
मोटरसाइकिल की चाल

v = 100

किमी/घंटा और बस की चाल

u = 80

किमी/घंटा प्राप्त होती है।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

547📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsProblems on Trains

A train overtakes two persons walking along a railway track. The first one walks at 4.5 km/hr while the other one walks at 5.4 km/hr. The train needs 10.4 and 10.5 seconds, respectively to overtake them. What is the speed of the train if both persons are walking in the same direction as the train?

Explanation

Speeds of persons in m/s:
-

v_1 = 4.5 \times \frac{5}{18} = 1.25\text{ m/s}

-

v_2 = 5.4 \times \frac{5}{18} = 1.5\text{ m/s}

Let train speed =

v

m/s. The train length

L

is constant:

L = (v - 1.25) \times 10.4 = (v - 1.5) \times 10.5

10.4v - 13.0 = 10.5v - 15.75

0.1v = 2.75 \implies v = 27.5\text{ m/s}

.
Convert to km/hr:

27.5 \times \frac{18}{5} = 5.5 \times 18 = 99\text{ km/hr}

.

व्यक्तियों की चाल मीटर/सेकंड में:

v_1 = 4.5 \times \frac{5}{18} = 1.25

मी/से

v_2 = 5.4 \times \frac{5}{18} = 1.5

मी/से
ट्रेन की लंबाई

L

समान है:

(v - 1.25) \times 10.4 = (v - 1.5) \times 10.5

0.1v = 2.75 \implies v = 27.5

मी/से।
किमी/घंटा में:

27.5 \times \frac{18}{5} = 99

किमी/घंटा।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

548📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsTime and Work

Shiv and Krishna are two typists. One afternoon, they were each given 40 pages for typing. They divided the work equally but Krishna finished 20 minutes before Shiv who took 2 hours for the same. The next afternoon, they were again given 88 pages to type. However, this time they decided to divide the work so that they finish typing simultaneously. How many pages did Shiv have to type?

Explanation

First afternoon (work divided equally = 20 pages each):
- Shiv takes 2 hours (120 minutes) for 20 pages -> rate

r_S = \frac{20}{120} = \frac{1}{6}

pages/min.
- Krishna finishes 20 minutes before Shiv (100 minutes) for 20 pages -> rate

r_K = \frac{20}{100} = \frac{1}{5}

pages/min.
Second afternoon (88 pages total, finishing together in

T

minutes):

T(r_S + r_K) = 88 \implies T\left(\frac{1}{6} + \frac{1}{5}\right) = 88 \implies T\left(\frac{11}{30}\right) = 88 \implies T = 240\text{ minutes}

.
Pages typed by Shiv =

r_S \times T = \frac{1}{6} \times 240 = 40\text{ pages}

.

पहले दिन 20-20 पेज टाइप किए गए:
- शिव की गति =

\frac{20}{120} = \frac{1}{6}

पेज/मिनट
- कृष्णा की गति =

\frac{20}{100} = \frac{1}{5}

पेज/मिनट
दूसरे दिन 88 पेज एक साथ समाप्त करने में लगा समय

T

:

T\left(\frac{1}{6} + \frac{1}{5}\right) = 88 \implies T\left(\frac{11}{30}\right) = 88 \implies T = 240

मिनट।
शिव द्वारा टाइप किए गए पेज =

\frac{1}{6} \times 240 = 40

पेज।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

549📚Quantitative Aptitude & MathematicsHeights and Distances

Two objects are located on the same side of a tower. From the top of the tower, the angles of depression to these objects are 45° and 60°. If the tower is 150 meters tall, what is the distance between the two objects?

Explanation

Let the height of tower

h = 150\text{ m}

.
Distance to object with angle of depression 45°:

d_1 = \frac{h}{\tan 45^\circ} = 150\text{ m}

.
Distance to object with angle of depression 60°:

d_2 = \frac{h}{\tan 60^\circ} = \frac{150}{\sqrt{3}} = 50\sqrt{3} \approx 50 \times 1.732 = 86.60\text{ m}

.
Distance between the objects =

d_1 - d_2 = 150 - 86.60 = 63.4\text{ m} \approx 63.5\text{ m}

.

मीनार की ऊंचाई

h = 150

मीटर।
45° अवनमन कोण वाले बिंदु की दूरी =

\frac{150}{\tan 45^\circ} = 150

मीटर।
60° अवनमन कोण वाले बिंदु की दूरी =

\frac{150}{\sqrt{3}} = 50\sqrt{3} \approx 86.6

मीटर।
दोनों वस्तुओं के बीच की दूरी =

150 - 86.6 = 63.4 \approx 63.5

मीटर।

2025JKSSBLabour & Employment Department

550📚History & Masters of Islamic & Kashmiri CalligraphyOrigins of Khat-e-Shikasta

خط "شکستہ" کو کس نے ایجاد کیا؟
(Who invented / developed "Khat-e-Shikasta"?)

Explanation

Khat-e-Shikasta (the rapid broken/cursive script) was developed in Safavid Iran during the 17th century by court scribes and munshis (such as Murtaza Qoli Khan Shamloo and Shafia) to facilitate speedy bureaucratic and diplomatic record-keeping.

خطِ شکستہ صفوی عہد کے دوران ایران کے شاہی منشیوں اور کاتبوں نے سرکاری مراسلت، دفتری احکامات اور تیز رفتاری سے تحریر قلمبند کرنے کے لیے ایجاد کیا۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

551📚Traditional Calligraphy Tools, Inks, Papers & MaterialsCalligraphy Pens for Beginners

طالب علموں کے لیے دورانِ خوشنویسی کس طرح کے قلم مفید ہیں؟
(For students during calligraphy training, which types of pens are most useful and beneficial?)

Explanation

Traditional reed pens made of Kilk/Nadi (نڑی) and Bamboo (بانس) are the time-tested, universally recommended natural pens for learners to acquire proper stroke pressure, ink absorption, and angled cuts.

خوشنویسی سیکھنے والے طلبہ کے لیے نڑی (کلک) اور بانس سے بنے روایتی قلم سب سے زیادہ مفید اور موزوں سمجھے جاتے ہیں کیونکہ یہ سیاہی کو مناسب جذب کرتے ہیں اور ان کا قط آسانی سے کٹتا ہے۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

552📚History & Masters of Islamic & Kashmiri CalligraphyTaleemgah-e-Khushnaveesi Jammu

جموں و کشمیر میں فنِ خوشنویسی کا اہم ادارہ "تعلیم گاہِ خوشنویسی" کہاں پر واقع ہے۔
(Where in Jammu and Kashmir is the prominent calligraphy institute "Taleemgah-e-Khushnaveesi" situated?)

Explanation

The historic state calligraphy training institute 'Taleemgah-e-Khushnaveesi' was established at Khatti Talao (Khatikan Talab), Jammu.

جموں و کشمیر میں خوشنویسی کی روایتی تعلیم و تربیت کا تاریخی اور باوقار ادارہ 'تعلیم گاہِ خوشنویسی' کھٹی تالاؤ (کھٹیکاں تالاب) جموں میں واقع ہے۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

553📚Urdu DTP, InPage, Digital Graphic Design & HardwarePrinter Types and Speeds

دیئے گئے پرنٹرس کے اقسام میں کس پرنٹر کی رفتار زیادہ تیز ہے؟
(Among the given types of printers, which printer has the highest printing speed?)

Explanation

Laser printers (لیزر پرنٹر) utilize electrostatic xerographic technology and have significantly faster print speeds (measured in pages per minute) compared to Inkjet and Dot Matrix printers.

لیزر پرنٹر (Laser Printer) دیگر پرنٹرز (جیسے انک جیٹ اور ڈاٹ میٹرکس) کے مقابلے میں سب سے تیز رفتار سے دستاویزات پرنٹ کرتا ہے۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

554📚Urdu DTP, InPage, Digital Graphic Design & HardwareInPage Urdu Typing Proficiency

اردو ٹائپنگ کو ان پیج میں کس طرح بہتر بنایا جا سکتا ہے؟
(How can Urdu typing speed and accuracy be best improved in InPage?)

Explanation

The fundamental prerequisite to proficient Urdu typing in InPage is systematically memorizing and mastering the Urdu keyboard layout (such as the InPage Phonetic Keyboard), followed by continuous practice.

ان پیج میں اردو ٹائپنگ کو تیز رفتار اور درست بنانے کے لیے سب سے پہلے اردو کی بورڈ لے آؤٹ (جیسے فونیٹک کی بورڈ) کو ذہن نشین اور یاد کرنا بنیادی شرط ہے۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

555📚History & Masters of Islamic & Kashmiri CalligraphyInstitutions of Calligraphy in J&K

جموں و کشمیر کے کس ادارے نے فن خوشنویسی کے فروغ میں اہم رول ادا کیا؟
(Which institution in Jammu and Kashmir played the pivotal role in promoting the art of calligraphy?)

Explanation

The Jammu and Kashmir Academy of Art, Culture and Languages (J&K Cultural Academy Srinagar) established institutional calligraphy training institutes, published master albums, and provided patronage to master calligraphers.

ریاست جموں و کشمیر میں فنِ خوشنویسی کی سرپرستی، تربیتی مراکز کے قیام اور فروغ میں سب سے اہم اور بنیادی کردار کلچرل اکیڈیمی سری نگر نے ادا کیا۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

556📚History & Masters of Islamic & Kashmiri CalligraphyIbn Qutayba's Adab al-Katib

درج ذیل میں سے فن خطاطی پر "ابن قتیبہ" کی تصنیف کون سی ہے؟
(Which of the following classical works was authored by Ibn Qutayba?)

Explanation

"Adab al-Katib" (ادب الکاتب) is the classical 9th-century masterpiece on the training, grammar, orthography, and etiquette of scribes authored by Ibn Qutayba (ابن قتیبہ, d. 889 AD).

تیسری صدی ہجری کے نامور عالم و ادیب ابنِ قتیبہ دینوری کی فنِ کتابت، املا اور قواعد پر شہرۂ آفاق تصنیف 'ادب الکاتب' ہے۔

2025JKSSBSkill Development Department

557📚Journalism, Digital Media, PR & AdvertisingDigital Journalism Features

Consider the following statements about digital journalism:
i. Digital journalism competes with traditional media by offering faster and crisper content.
ii. Web journalists focus solely on textual content and avoid multimedia elements.
iii. Long-form journalism is absent in digital media.
iv. Digital journalism allows for real-time updates and audience interaction.
Which of the following statements is/are correct?

Explanation

Statements i and iv are correct. Digital journalism thrives on immediacy, speed, real-time live reporting, hyperlinking, and two-way audience interaction. Statements ii and iii are false because web journalism heavily integrates multimedia (podcasts, video, infographics) and extensive long-form interactive journalism.

कथन i और iv सही हैं। डिजिटल पत्रकारिता वास्तविक समय (Real-time) अपडेट और तीव्र गति प्रदान करती है। कथन ii और iii गलत हैं क्योंकि डिजिटल पत्रकारिता मल्टीमीडिया (ऑडियो, वीडियो, ग्राफिक्स) और लॉन्ग-फॉर्म पत्रकारिता दोनों को समृद्ध रूप से अपनाती है।

2025JKSSBHigher Education Department

558📚Communication Models, Theories & Media SystemsBarriers to Communication

Match the communication barriers with examples:
i. Physical Barrier
ii. Psychological Barrier
iii. Semantic Barrier
iv. Organizational Barrier
Examples:
1. Language differences
2. Noise in the environment
3. Emotional stress
4. Poor hierarchical structure
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Correct matching of communication barriers:
- Physical Barrier: Environmental distance, loud background noise (i-2).
- Psychological Barrier: Emotional anxiety, stress, prejudices (ii-3).
- Semantic Barrier: Jargon, vocabulary, language comprehension issues (iii-1).
- Organizational Barrier: Bureaucratic rigidity, poor scalar chain/structure (iv-4).

संचार बाधाओं का सही मिलान:
- भौतिक बाधा: वातावरण में शोर (i-2)
- मनोवैज्ञानिक बाधा: भावनात्मक तनाव (ii-3)
- सिमेंटिक/अर्थगत बाधा: भाषा के अंतर (iii-1)
- संगठनात्मक बाधा: खराब पदानुक्रमित संरचना (iv-4)। अतः सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSBHigher Education Department

559📚Indian Cinema, Visual Communication & Media LawsGestalt Visual Perception Principles

Match the following Gestalt principles with their descriptions:
1. Similarity
2. Proximity
3. Continuity
4. Common Fate
Descriptions:
i. Objects that move together are perceived as a group.
ii. Objects that are similar in appearance are grouped together.
iii. Objects close to each other are perceived as a group.
iv. Patterns are perceived as continuous even if interrupted.
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Gestalt psychology principles of visual perception:
- Similarity: Elements sharing visual characteristics (color, shape, size) are grouped (1-ii).
- Proximity: Elements positioned close to each other are perceived as belonging together (2-iii).
- Continuity: The eye naturally follows paths, lines, and curves smoothly (3-iv).
- Common Fate: Elements moving in the same direction at the same speed are perceived as a unit (4-i).

गेस्टाल्ट दृश्य सिद्धांतों का सही मिलान:
1. समानता (Similarity): रूप-रंग में समान वस्तुएं समूह बनाती हैं (ii)
2. निकटता (Proximity): पास-पास स्थित वस्तुएं एक समूह मानी जाती हैं (iii)
3. निरंतरता (Continuity): रेखाएं या पैटर्न निरंतरता में देखे जाते हैं (iv)
4. समान गति (Common Fate): एक साथ गतिमान वस्तुएं एक इकाई लगती हैं (i)। अतः सही उत्तर A है।

2025JKSSBHigher Education Department

560📚Radio, Television & Educational Broadcasting (EDUSAT)Objective of 1959 TV Launch in India

What was the primary purpose of introducing television in India in 1959?
A) To provide entertainment to urban populations
B) To train personnel and explore its use in community development and education
C) To compete with international broadcasters like BBC
D) To promote commercial advertising

Explanation

On 15 September 1959, television was inaugurated as an experimental service at Delhi with the primary mission to train technical personnel and explore television's potential for social education and community development among rural tele-clubs.

15 सितंबर 1959 को भारत में टेलीविजन की शुरुआत का प्राथमिक उद्देश्य मनोरंजन नहीं, बल्कि तकनीकी कर्मचारियों को प्रशिक्षित करना और सामुदायिक विकास व सामाजिक शिक्षा में टीवी की उपयोगिता का परीक्षण करना था।

2025JKSSBHigher Education Department

561📚Soil Science, Plant Nutrition & Agricultural MeteorologyMeteorological Instrumentation

Instrument used for measuring wind velocity is known as:

Explanation

An Anemometer (specifically a cup anemometer) is an instrument used to measure wind speed and velocity. (Pyranometers measure solar radiation; altimeters measure altitude; hydrometers measure liquid specific gravity).

वायु की गति/वेग (Wind velocity) को मापने के लिए प्रयुक्त उपकरण को 'एनीमोमीटर' (Anemometer / पवनवेगमापी) कहा जाता है। अतः सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSBAgriculture Production & Farmer Welfare / Horticulture Department

562📚Database Management Systems & SQLRelational Keys & Constraints

A foreign key in one table refers to:

Explanation

A foreign key is an attribute or set of attributes in one relation (child table) that references the primary key (or candidate key) of another relation (parent table) to enforce referential integrity.

एक तालिका में विदेशी कुंजी (Foreign Key) किसी अन्य तालिका की प्राथमिक कुंजी (Primary Key in another table) को संदर्भित करती है, जिससे तालिकाओं के बीच संदर्भात्मक अखंडता (referential integrity) बनी रहती है। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

563📚Database Management Systems & SQLSQL DDL & Constraints

Which of the following SQL statements creates a foreign key constraint?

Explanation

The complete, ANSI SQL compliant syntax to create a foreign key constraint is: 'CREATE TABLE child (id INT, CONSTRAINT fk_id FOREIGN KEY (id) REFERENCES parent(id))'.

विदेशी कुंजी बाधा (Foreign Key Constraint) बनाने का सही और पूर्ण एसक्यूएल सिंटैक्स विकल्प B में दिया गया है: 'CREATE TABLE child (id INT, CONSTRAINT fk_id FOREIGN KEY (id) REFERENCES parent(id))'। अतः सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

564📚Operating Systems & System SoftwareI/O Systems & Spooling

What is the main purpose of spooling in I/O systems?

Explanation

SPOOLing (Simultaneous Peripheral Operations On-Line) buffers input/output data on secondary storage (disk) to bridge the significant operating speed disparity between the ultra-fast CPU and slow peripheral devices (such as printers and card readers).

स्पूलिंग (SPOOLing: Simultaneous Peripheral Operations On-Line) का मुख्य उद्देश्य डिस्क बफर में I/O डेटा को अस्थायी रूप से रखकर तीव्र गति वाले सीपीयू और धीमी गति वाले बाह्य उपकरणों (जैसे प्रिंटर) के बीच गति के अंतर का प्रबंधन करना है। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

565📚C Programming & Data StructuresStructured Programming Paradigms

Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of structured programming?

Explanation

Structured programming is built upon single-entry single-exit control structures (sequences, selections, and iterations) and modular subroutines. Unconstrained jumps using 'goto' statements break structured flow and are explicitly forbidden or avoided.

संरचित प्रोग्रामिंग (Structured programming) में नियंत्रण प्रवाह के लिए लूप, शर्तों और मॉड्यूलर फलनों का उपयोग किया जाता है। अनियंत्रित 'goto' कथनों का उपयोग इसकी विशेषता नहीं है, बल्कि संरचित प्रोग्रामिंग में इनसे बचा जाता है। अतः सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

566📚.NET Framework & VB.NET DevelopmentADO.NET & DataSets

Which of the following types supports multiple table representations in ADO.NET?

Explanation

In ADO.NET, the DataSet object is an in-memory disconnected relational data store that can contain a collection of multiple DataTable objects along with their foreign key constraints and DataRelation relationships.

ADO.NET में 'DataSet' एक असंबंधित (disconnected) इन-मेमोरी डेटाबेस का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है, जो अपने भीतर एक साथ कई तालिकाओं (DataTable), उनके संबंधों (Relations) और बाधाओं को संग्रहीत करने का समर्थन करता है। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

567📚Computer Networks, Web Technologies & CybersecurityTelecommunication & ISDN

Which technology allows digital data transmission over ordinary telephone lines at higher speeds?

Explanation

Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) was the pioneering international telecommunications standard that enabled simultaneous high-speed digital transmission of voice, video, and packet data over traditional copper telephone lines.

आईएसडीएन (ISDN: Integrated Services Digital Network) वह तकनीक है जो पारंपरिक तांबे के टेलीफोन लाइनों पर उच्च गति से डिजिटल डेटा (ध्वनि, वीडियो और डेटा) के संचरण की अनुमति देती है। अतः सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSBInformation Technology Department

568📚Exposure Triangle, Lighting & Composition TechniquesFocus Stacking & Depth of Field

Which of the following techniques is used to create the effect of "focus stacking" in digital photography?

Explanation

Focus stacking (also known as z-stacking or focal plane merging) is a digital image processing technique where multiple photographs taken at consecutive focal distances are combined together to yield a composite image with an extended depth of field (DoF), commonly used in macro and landscape photography.

फोकस स्टैकिंग (Focus stacking) डिजिटल फोटोग्राफी की वह तकनीक है जिसमें अलग-अलग फोकल दूरियों पर ली गई कई तस्वीरों को मिलाकर गहराई (Depth of Field) को बढ़ाया जाता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

569📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyCamera Mounts & Accessories

What is the primary purpose of the "hot shoe" on a camera?

Explanation

The 'hot shoe' is a standardized metal mounting bracket located on top of a camera equipped with electrical contact points designed to mechanically mount and electronically trigger external speedlights (flashes), radio triggers, microphones, and other accessories.

कैमरे के शीर्ष पर स्थित 'हॉट शू' (Hot shoe) का मुख्य उद्देश्य बाहरी फ्लैश (External flash), ट्रिगर और अन्य इलेक्ट्रॉनिक एक्सेसरीज को जोड़ना और सिंक्रनाइज़ करना है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

570📚History of Photography & Classical Chemical ProcessesPioneers of Photography & Camera Evolution

Match the following and select the correct answer from the codes given below:
Column - I:
1) the first automatic cameras which used an electric eye to determine aperture and exposure.
2) simple box-camera with a fixed-focus lens and single shutter speed
3) small camera of his own making and a piece of paper coated with silver chloride, which darkened where it was exposed to light
4) was also the first digital camera to be interfaced to a microcomputer.
Column - II:
i) Cromemco
ii) Albert Einstein and Gustav Bucky
iii) George Eastman
iv) Nicéphore Niépce
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Historical matching:
- 1) Einstein and Gustav Bucky patented an 'electric eye' light-meter camera in 1935/1936 -> (ii)
- 2) George Eastman developed the simple fixed-focus Kodak box camera in 1888 ('You press the button, we do the rest') -> (iii)
- 3) Nicéphore Niépce in 1816 used paper coated with silver chloride inside a camera obscura -> (iv)
- 4) Cromemco Cyclops (1975) was the first digital camera interfaced with an Altair/S-100 microcomputer -> (i).
Hence, 1-ii, 2-iii, 3-iv, 4-i. Choice D.

सही मिलान:
1) अल्बर्ट आइंस्टीन और गुस्ताव बकी ने 1935 में इलेक्ट्रिक आई ऑटोमैटिक एक्सपोजर पेटेंट कराया -> (ii)
2) जॉर्ज ईस्टमैन ने 1888 में सरल फिक्स्ड-फोकस बॉक्स कैमरा (Kodak) बनाया -> (iii)
3) निसेफोर निएप्स ने 1816 में सिल्वर क्लोराइड लेपित कागज पर पहला कैमरा प्रयोग किया -> (iv)
4) क्रोमेमको (Cromemco Cyclops, 1975) माइक्रो कंप्यूटर से जुड़ने वाला पहला डिजिटल कैमरा था -> (i)।
अतः सही कूट D है।

2025JKSSB

571📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyMacro Photography & Optical Reproduction

What unique characteristic does a macro lens have compared to other lenses?

Explanation

A true dedicated macro lens is optically engineered to achieve a 1:1 (life-size) magnification/reproduction ratio at its closest focusing distance, rendering an object on the camera sensor at exactly its real-world physical size.

सच्चे मैक्रो लेंस की अनूठी विशेषता यह है कि यह 1:1 प्रजनन अनुपात (1:1 reproduction ratio) प्राप्त कर सकता है, जिससे वस्तु सेंसर पर अपने वास्तविक आकार (Life-size) में रिकॉर्ड होती है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

572📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyCamera Performance & Buffer Architecture

The number of frames a modern DSLR will shoot at max frame rate (burst) in a row is usually limited by:

Explanation

Continuous burst shooting is constrained by internal RAM buffer capacity and memory card write speeds. When the camera captures high-resolution burst images faster than the buffer can offload to the SD/CFexpress card, the buffer fills up and shooting slows down or pauses.

लगातार बर्स्ट मोड (Burst mode) में फोटो खींचने की सीमा कैमरे की आंतरिक मेमोरी बफर और मेमोरी कार्ड पर डेटा लिखने की गति (Buffer/write-to-disk speed) द्वारा तय होती है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

573📚Digital Image Processing, Color Models & Post-ProductionDigital Media & Storage Systems

Which of the following storage devices is known for its speed and durability?

Explanation

Solid State Drives (SSDs) utilize NAND flash memory with no moving mechanical parts, providing blazing read/write data transfer speeds, minimal latency, and exceptional physical shock durability against drops and vibrations.

सॉलिड स्टेट ड्राइव (SSD) में कोई घूमने वाले यांत्रिक भाग नहीं होते, जिससे यह हार्ड डिस्क की तुलना में बहुत तेज गति और उच्च स्थायित्व (Durability) प्रदान करता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

574📚Exposure Triangle, Lighting & Composition TechniquesFocus Stacking & Macro Techniques

What does "focus stacking" involve in digital photography?

Explanation

Focus stacking is the computational technique of capturing a sequence of photos across progressive focus distances and digitally fusing their sharpest segments into a single composite photograph with deep, edge-to-edge depth of field.

फोकस स्टैकिंग डिजिटल फोटोग्राफी में अलग-अलग फोकल दूरियों पर ली गई कई छवियों को जोड़कर फील्ड की गहराई (Depth of Field) को बढ़ाने की तकनीक है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

575📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyLens Mounts & Flange Focal Distance

What is the significance of the "Nikon F mount" or "Canon EF mount"?

Explanation

The Nikon F mount and Canon EF mount are mechanical bayonet mounting standards with proprietary electronic communication protocols that ensure physical fit, electrical signal transfer, and optical alignment between interchangeable lenses and camera bodies.

निकॉन F माउंट और कैनन EF माउंट कैमरा बॉडी और लेंस के बीच भौतिक फिटिंग और इलेक्ट्रॉनिक कनेक्टिविटी के मानकीकृत लेंस माउंट (Lens compatibility standards) हैं। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

576📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyLenses & Candid Photography

Which type of lens is often preferred for candid photography due to its versatility and ability to capture subjects from a distance?

Explanation

Telephoto lenses (such as a 70-200mm) are preferred for candid street, documentary, and event photography because they allow the photographer to maintain distance from subjects, capturing natural, unposed expressions without intruding into their personal space.

कैंडिड फोटोग्राफी में दूर से विषयों के स्वाभाविक और बिना बनावटी हाव-भाव कैद करने के लिए टेलीफोटो लेंस (Telephoto lens) को प्राथमिकता दी जाती है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

577📚Exposure Triangle, Lighting & Composition TechniquesOptical Filters & Exposure Control

What is the primary purpose of using a neutral density (ND) filter in photography?

Explanation

A Neutral Density (ND) filter acts as a pair of neutral sunglasses for the camera lens: it uniformly reduces the intensity of light of all wavelengths entering the lens without altering color fidelity, enabling the use of slower shutter speeds (to blur water or motion) or wide apertures in bright sunlight.

न्यूट्रल डेंसिटी (ND) फिल्टर का प्राथमिक उद्देश्य बिना रंग बदले लेंस में प्रवेश करने वाले प्रकाश को कम करना है ताकि दिन के उजाले में भी बिना ओवर-एक्सपोजर के धीमी शटर गति (Long exposure) का उपयोग किया जा सके। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

578📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologySensor Technologies (CMOS vs CCD)

What is the primary advantage of using a CMOS sensor over a CCD sensor in digital cameras?

Explanation

CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor) sensors incorporate integrated amplifiers and analog-to-digital converters on each individual pixel site. This architecture consumes vastly less battery power, generates less thermal noise, and enables ultra-fast parallel readout speeds essential for high-fps continuous bursts and 4K/8K video.

डिजिटल कैमरों में CCD की तुलना में CMOS सेंसर का प्राथमिक लाभ बहुत कम बिजली की खपत (Lower power consumption) और अत्यधिक तेज डेटा रीडआउट गति है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

579📚Exposure Triangle, Lighting & Composition TechniquesExposure Metering Systems

What does the "exposure meter" in a camera do?

Explanation

A camera's internal exposure meter uses photodiode light sensors to measure the luminance/reflectance of light reflected from the scene, providing data to the exposure indicator scale so the camera or photographer can balance aperture, shutter speed, and ISO for accurate exposure.

कैमरे का 'एक्सपोजर मीटर' दृश्य में मौजूद प्रकाश की मात्रा का आकलन करता है ताकि फोटोग्राफर सही एक्सपोजर मान (अपर्चर, शटर, ISO) निर्धारित कर सके। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

580📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyMirrorless vs DSLR Architecture

What is the main advantage of using a mirrorless camera over a DSLR?

Explanation

By eliminating the swinging reflex mirror box and the optical glass pentaprism housing found in traditional DSLRs, mirrorless cameras achieve a significantly shallower flange focal distance, resulting in a noticeably lighter, slimmer, and more portable camera body.

डीएसएलआर की तुलना में मिररलेस कैमरे का मुख्य लाभ इसका अधिक हल्का और कॉम्पैक्ट (Lighter and more compact design) होना है, क्योंकि इसमें भारी शीशा और पेंटाप्रिज्म नहीं होता। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

581📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyImage Stabilization Technologies

Which component of a camera is responsible for reducing vibrations and stabilizing images during handheld shooting?

Explanation

An Optical Image Stabilization (OIS) system (implemented either through floating lens elements or in-body sensor-shift IBIS) detects angular vibrations via gyro-sensors and micro-shifts counter-compensating elements to prevent camera shake blur during handheld shooting at slow shutter speeds.

हाथ से फोटो खींचते समय कंपन को कम करने और धुंधलेपन को रोकने के लिए 'ऑप्टिकल इमेज स्टेबलाइजेशन सिस्टम' (OIS / IBIS) जिम्मेदार होता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

582📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyRangefinder Cameras & Parallax Error

Which type of camera uses a separate viewfinder from the lens, typically resulting in parallax error in close-up shots?

Explanation

A Rangefinder camera (such as the Leica M series) uses a separate optical window offset horizontally above the taking lens. Because the viewfinder and taking lens do not share the same optical path, a geometric parallax error occurs, most noticeably at close focusing distances.

रेंजफाइंडर कैमरे (Rangefinder Camera) में व्यूफाइंडर मुख्य लेंस से अलग स्थित होता है, जिसके कारण नज़दीकी शॉट्स में 'पैरालैक्स एरर' (Parallax error) उत्पन्न होता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

583📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyShutter Mechanics (Leaf vs Focal Plane)

Which type of camera typically uses a "leaf shutter," allowing for flash synchronization at all shutter speeds?

Explanation

Twin-Lens Reflex (TLR) cameras (like the Rolleiflex) and medium format leaf-shutter lenses use a mechanical iris-like leaf shutter located between the lens elements. Unlike focal-plane shutters, leaf shutters expose the entire film frame simultaneously, allowing flash sync at all speeds (up to 1/500s).

ट्विन-लेंस रिफ्लेक्स (TLR) कैमरे लेंस के भीतर स्थित 'लीफ शटर' (Leaf shutter) का उपयोग करते हैं, जो सभी शटर गतियों पर फ्लैश सिंक्रनाइज़ेशन की अनुमति देता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

584📚Camera Mechanics, Optics & Sensor TechnologyAutofocus Modes & Action Photography

Which autofocus mode would be most suitable for capturing fast-moving subjects in sports photography?

Explanation

Continuous Autofocus (AF-C or AI Servo) is essential for sports and action photography: the camera's autofocus computer uses predictive tracking algorithms to continuously adjust focus distance in real time as the athlete or vehicle speeds across the frame.

खेल (Sports) फोटोग्राफी में तेजी से गतिशील एथलीटों या गाड़ियों की स्पष्ट तस्वीरें लेने के लिए 'कंटीन्यूअस ऑटोफोकस' (Continuous AF / AF-C) सबसे उपयुक्त मोड है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

585📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityTime and Work

X, Y and Z can do a piece of work in 46 days, 92 days and 23 days, respectively. X started the work. Y joined him after 2 days. If Z joined them after 8 days from the beginning, then for how many days did X work?

Explanation

Total work = LCM(46, 92, 23) = 92 units.
- Efficiencies: X = 92/46 = 2 units/day; Y = 92/92 = 1 unit/day; Z = 92/23 = 4 units/day.
- Days 1-2 (2 days): Only X works => 2 2 = 4 units. - Days 3-8 (6 days): X + Y work => 6 (2 + 1) = 18 units.
- Work completed in first 8 days = 4 + 18 = 22 units. Remaining work = 92 - 22 = 70 units.
- From day 9 onwards: X + Y + Z work together with combined efficiency = 2 + 1 + 4 = 7 units/day.
- Days to finish remaining work = 70 / 7 = 10 days.
- Total days X worked = 8 + 10 = 18 days.

कुल कार्य = ल.स.प.(46, 92, 23) = 92 इकाइयां।
दक्षता: X = 2 इकाई/दिन, Y = 1 इकाई/दिन, Z = 4 इकाई/दिन।
- पहले 2 दिन केवल X ने कार्य किया = 2 2 = 4 इकाइयां। - अगले 6 दिन (दिन 3 से 8) X और Y ने कार्य किया = 6 (2 + 1) = 18 इकाइयां।
- 8 दिनों में कुल कार्य = 4 + 18 = 22 इकाइयां। शेष कार्य = 92 - 22 = 70 इकाइयां।
- दिन 9 से तीनों मिलकर कार्य करते हैं (दक्षता = 2 + 1 + 4 = 7 इकाई/दिन)।
- शेष कार्य में लगे दिन = 70 / 7 = 10 दिन।
- X ने कुल कितने दिन काम किया = 8 + 10 = 18 दिन। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

586📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilityTime and Work

Person A can do one-fifth of the work in 3 days, while B's efficiency is half of that of A. In how many days A and B working together can do half of the work?

Explanation

A does 1/5 work in 3 days => A completes full work in 3 * 5 = 15 days (efficiency = 1/15 per day). B's efficiency is half of A => B's efficiency = 1/30 per day. Combined efficiency of A + B = 1/15 + 1/30 = 3/30 = 1/10 per day (full work in 10 days). Time to do half (1/2) the work = (1/2) / (1/10) = 5 days.

A 1/5 कार्य 3 दिन में करता है => A पूरा कार्य 15 दिन में करेगा (क्षमता = 1/15 प्रतिदिन)। B की क्षमता A की आधी है => B की क्षमता = 1/30 प्रतिदिन।
A और B की संयुक्त क्षमता = 1/15 + 1/30 = 1/10 प्रतिदिन (पूरा कार्य 10 दिन में)।
आधा (1/2) कार्य पूरा करने में लगा समय = 10 / 2 = 5 दिन। अतः सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

587📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

Two trains are running on parallel tracks in the same direction at the speed of 80 km/h and 90 km/h, respectively. The trains crossed each other in 3 minutes. If the length of one train is 230 m, then what is the length (in m) of the other train?

Explanation

Relative speed in same direction = 90 - 80 = 10 km/h = 10 (5 / 18) = 25/9 m/s. Time = 3 minutes = 180 seconds. Total distance = sum of lengths = Relative speed Time = (25 / 9) 180 = 25 20 = 500 m. Length of other train = 500 - 230 = 270 m.

समान दिशा में सापेक्ष गति = 90 - 80 = 10 किमी/घंटा = 10 (5/18) = 25/9 मी/से। समय = 3 मिनट = 180 सेकंड। दोनों ट्रेनों की कुल लंबाई = सापेक्ष गति समय = (25/9) * 180 = 500 मीटर।
दूसरी ट्रेन की लंबाई = 500 - 230 = 270 मीटर। अतः सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

588📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Distance and Time

A takes 3 hours more than B to walk 'd' km. If A doubles his speed, then he can make it in 1 hour less than B. How much time (in hours) does A require to walk 'd' km?

Explanation

Let original time taken by A be tA, and time by B be tB. Given: tA - tB = 3 => tB = tA - 3. When A doubles his speed, his time becomes tA / 2. Given: tB - (tA / 2) = 1 => (tA - 3) - (tA / 2) = 1 => tA / 2 = 4 => tA = 8 hours.

माना A का मूल समय tA तथा B का समय tB है। tA = tB + 3 => tB = tA - 3।
गति दोगुनी करने पर A का समय = tA / 2 होगा।
दिया है: tB - (tA / 2) = 1 => (tA - 3) - tA / 2 = 1 => tA / 2 = 4 => tA = 8 घंटे। अतः A को 8 घंटे का समय लगता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

589📚Basic Reasoning & Mental AbilityDirection and Distance

Shri Gautam Pahari exits from the backdoor of his north-facing house and walks 25 m straight, then he takes a left turn and walks 36 m, then he turns left and walks 47 m. He turns left again and walks 36 m. How far and in which direction is he from his house now?

Explanation

The house faces North, so the backdoor opens South. 1) Walks 25 m South. 2) Left turn (facing South, left is East) walks 36 m East. 3) Left turn (facing East, left is North) walks 47 m North. 4) Left turn (facing North, left is West) walks 36 m West. Net position: 36 m East - 36 m West = 0 m in E-W direction; 47 m North - 25 m South = 22 m North of starting point.

मकान का मुख उत्तर में है, अतः पिछला दरवाजा दक्षिण दिशा में होगा।
1. 25 मीटर दक्षिण चलता है। 2. बाएं मुड़कर 36 मीटर पूर्व चलता है। 3. बाएं मुड़कर 47 मीटर उत्तर चलता है। 4. पुनः बाएं मुड़कर 36 मीटर पश्चिम चलता है।
प्रारंभिक बिंदु से स्थिति: 47 - 25 = 22 मीटर उत्तर दिशा में। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

590📚General Awareness & General Science with Special Reference to J&KPhysics & Circular Motion

A body moving in a circular path with a constant speed has a:

Explanation

In uniform circular motion, speed (v) is constant, so kinetic energy KE = (1/2) m v^2 remains strictly constant. Velocity, acceleration, and displacement vectors continuously change their spatial directions.

एकसमान वृत्तीय गति में चाल (speed) स्थिर रहती है, इसलिए गतिज ऊर्जा (

KE = \frac{1}{2}mv^2

) सदैव स्थिर (constant) रहती है। जबकि वेग और त्वरण की दिशा लगातार बदलने के कारण वे स्थिर नहीं रहते। अतः सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

591📚General Awareness & General Science with Special Reference to J&KDigital India & Railways

What is the name of the application released by the Railway Ministry, a one stop solution offering multiple public-facing services?

Explanation

The Ministry of Railways introduced 'SwaRail' (the super-app), integrating diverse passenger utilities such as ticketing, PNR tracking, train status, platform passes, food orders, and grievance redressal onto a single unified platform.

रेल मंत्रालय द्वारा यात्रियों को एक ही मंच पर टिकट बुकिंग, पीएनआर स्थिति और अन्य सेवाएं प्रदान करने के लिए लॉन्च किए गए सुपर-ऐप का नाम 'स्वारेल' (SwaRail) है। अतः सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSBVarious Departments

592📚Basic Road Rules, Driving Methods & Speed LimitsDefensive Driving & Stopping Protocol

Which of the following actions is most important before applying break to stop vehicles?

Explanation

Before applying brakes to slow down or stop a vehicle, the defensive driving routine MSM (Mirror - Signal - Manoeuvre) requires checking rear-view and side mirrors to assess the distance and speed of following vehicles, preventing rear-end collisions.

वाहन को रोकने के लिए ब्रेक लगाने से पहले सबसे महत्वपूर्ण कार्य 'दर्पणों (मिरर) का उपयोग करना' (Use the mirrors) है, ताकि पीछे से आ रहे वाहनों की दूरी और गति देखकर टक्कर से बचा जा सके। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

593📚Basic Road Rules, Driving Methods & Speed LimitsSpeed, Distance & Time Calculations

A bus covered first 120 km at a speed of 20 km per hour and then covered the remaining 160 km at a speed of 40 km per hour. Then its average speed is

Explanation

Total distance =

120\text{ km} + 160\text{ km} = 280\text{ km}

. Time for first part

t_1 = \frac{120}{20} = 6\text{ hours}

. Time for second part

t_2 = \frac{160}{40} = 4\text{ hours}

. Total time =

6 + 4 = 10\text{ hours}

. Average speed =

\frac{\text{Total Distance}}{\text{Total Time}} = \frac{280\text{ km}}{10\text{ hr}} = 28.0\text{ km/hr}

.

कुल दूरी =

120 + 160 = 280

किमी। पहला समय =

120/20 = 6

घंटे, दूसरा समय =

160/40 = 4

घंटे। कुल समय = 10 घंटे। औसत गति =

\frac{280}{10} = 28.0

किमी/घंटा। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

594📚Basic Road Rules, Driving Methods & Speed LimitsRelative Travel Time & Speed Variation

A car driving initially at 20 km/hr speed. Now driver increase speed from 20 km/hr to 40 km/hr, and takes one hour less than the initial time to cover a certain distance. What is the initial distance covered by the driver?

Explanation

Let the distance be

D

km. The time taken at 20 km/hr is

\frac{D}{20}

hours, and at 40 km/hr is

\frac{D}{40}

hours. Given

\frac{D}{20} - \frac{D}{40} = 1\text{ hour} \implies \frac{2D - D}{40} = 1 \implies \frac{D}{40} = 1 \implies D = 40\text{ km}

.

माना दूरी

D

किमी है।

\frac{D}{20} - \frac{D}{40} = 1

घंटा।

\frac{D}{40} = 1 \implies D = 40

किमी। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

595📚Understanding Signals & Traffic Police Hand SignalsUncontrolled Intersection Protocol

Which among the following is correct action, while driver approach an intersection that does not have traffic light or signs and traffic police,

Explanation

Under standard priority rules at an uncontrolled intersection in India (Rules of the Road Regulations), drivers must reduce speed, yield right of way to traffic approaching from their right side, and proceed only after ensuring the intersection is clear and giving necessary turn signals.

बिना ट्रैफिक लाइट, संकेत या पुलिस वाले अनियंत्रित चौराहे (Uncontrolled intersection) पर पहुँचते समय चालक को गति धीमी करनी चाहिए, अपनी दाईं ओर से आने वाले वाहनों को रास्ता देना चाहिए और आवश्यक संकेत देकर आगे बढ़ना चाहिए। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

596📚Traffic Signage & Road MarkingsDe-restriction Signs

What does the following symbol mean? [White circular sign with a thick black diagonal slash across it]

Explanation

A circular sign featuring a white field intersected by a diagonal black band signifies 'Restriction ends', indicating that all previously posted regulatory speed and overtaking restrictions on the highway have ceased.

सफ़ेद वृत्ताकार बोर्ड पर तिरछी काली पट्टी का संकेत 'प्रतिबंध समाप्ति' (Restriction ends) को दर्शाता है, अर्थात पूर्व में लगाए गए गति या ओवरटेकिंग प्रतिबंध अब समाप्त हो चुके हैं। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

597📚Fitness to Drive, First Aid & Alcohol InfluenceVehicle Safety Physics & Inertia

Which of the following principles is appropriate based on which seat belt of a car works?

Explanation

Seat belts function based on Newton's First Law of Motion (Law of Inertia). When a moving car decelerates rapidly during a collision, occupants continue moving forward at the car's pre-crash velocity due to inertia; the locked seat belt provides the opposing external restraining force.

कार की सीट बेल्ट न्यूटन के गति के प्रथम नियम यानी 'जड़त्व' (Inertia) के सिद्धांत पर कार्य करती है, जो अचानक ब्रेक या टक्कर के समय यात्री को आगे फेंकने से रोकती है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

598📚Fitness to Drive, First Aid & Alcohol InfluenceAirbag Chemical Propellants

Which one of the following chemicals is used in the vehicle "Airbag"?

Explanation

Automotive supplemental restraint system (SRS) airbags utilize pellets of Sodium azide (

NaN_3

) combined with an oxidizer. Upon electrical sensor detonation,

NaN_3

decomposes rapidly in an exothermic reaction (

2NaN_3 \ o 2Na + 3N_2\uparrow

), producing harmless nitrogen gas that inflates the airbag in 30 to 40 milliseconds.

वाहनों के एयरबैग में 'सोडियम एजाइड' (Sodium azide -

NaN_3

) नामक रसायन का उपयोग किया जाता है, जो सेंसर ट्रिगर होने पर तेजी से नाइट्रोजन गैस उत्पन्न कर एयरबैग को मिलीसेकंड में फुला देता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

599📚Fitness to Drive, First Aid & Alcohol InfluenceSeat Belt Biomechanics & Correct Fitting

The lap belt portion of a car passenger seatbelt should be rest securely

Explanation

To provide optimal restraint and prevent fatal internal soft-tissue hemorrhage or mesenteric tears during a crash, the lap belt must fit low and snug across the rigid pelvic bones / hips, never across the compressible abdomen/stomach.

सीट बेल्ट का निचला लैप भाग हमेशा जांघों/कूल्हों की हड्डियों (Across the passenger hips) के ऊपर कसकर बंधा होना चाहिए, पेट पर नहीं। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

600📚Fitness to Drive, First Aid & Alcohol InfluenceSeatbelt Efficacy & Crash Trauma Analysis

Consider the following statements,
Statement-1: Passengers in vehicles are less likely to be injured in a crash if they are wearing seatbelts
Statement-2: The nature of injuries in motor vehicle accidents is not related to the wearing of seatbelts
Which of the following combinations is correct

Explanation

Statement 1 is TRUE: Wearing a three-point seat belt reduces the risk of fatal injury by 45-50% and moderate-to-critical injury by 50%. Statement 2 is FALSE: The nature, location, and severity of injuries are fundamentally influenced by seat belt usage; unrestrained occupants suffer severe head/face/chest impacts with steering wheels and windshields, or complete ejection.

कथन 1 सही है क्योंकि सीट बेल्ट पहनने से चोट का जोखिम काफी कम हो जाता है। कथन 2 गलत है क्योंकि दुर्घटना में लगने वाली चोटों की प्रकृति सीधे तौर पर सीट बेल्ट पहनने से संबंधित होती है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

601📚Fitness to Drive, First Aid & Alcohol InfluenceAlcohol Elimination Physiology

After consuming alcoholic drinks before driving, which of the following approach can reduce the Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of a driver?

Explanation

Only Time can lower Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC). The human liver oxidizes ethanol at an unalterable metabolic rate of roughly 0.015 g/dL per hour via alcohol dehydrogenase. Cold showers, black coffee, or heavy food cannot speed up liver metabolism.

रक्त में अल्कोहल की सांद्रता (BAC) को केवल 'समय' (Time) ही कम कर सकता है, क्योंकि लिवर निश्चित गति (लगभग 1 यूनिट प्रति घंटा) से ही अल्कोहल का चयापचय करता है। कॉफ़ी या ठंडे पानी का इस पर कोई असर नहीं पड़ता। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

602📚Difficult Driving Conditions & Vehicle DynamicsWet Surface Braking Distance Dynamics

Compared to the dry surface, stopping distance of a vehicle on a wet surface is

Explanation

Water on the roadway acts as a lubricant that significantly reduces the coefficient of longitudinal friction (

\\mu

) between tyre rubber and pavement. Since braking distance is given by

d = rac{v^2}{2\\mu g}

, a reduced

\\mu

causes the stopping distance to increase significantly (often doubling).

सूखी सतह की तुलना में गीली सड़क पर घर्षण गुणांक (Coefficient of friction) कम हो जाता है, जिसके कारण वाहन की रुकने की दूरी (Stopping distance) काफी बढ़ जाती है (Increases)। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

603📚Difficult Driving Conditions & Vehicle DynamicsHeadlamp Dip Protocols & Anti-Dazzle Rules

Consider the following statements,
Statement-1: It is prohibited to use full beam headlights, when oncoming vehicles are so close as the driver can be dazzled.
Statement-2: It is prohibited to use full beam headlights, when your vehicle is behind another vehicle as the driver is dazzled through their mirrors.
Which of the following combinations is correct

Explanation

Both statements are individually true under Rule 112 of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules 1989. Using high-beam headlights is strictly prohibited when approaching oncoming vehicles within dazzling distance and when following closely behind another vehicle, where high beams reflect into the lead driver's interior and side mirrors.

दोनों कथन सही हैं। केंद्रीय मोटर वाहन नियमों के अनुसार, सामने से आते वाहनों के पास होने पर और आगे चल रहे वाहन के ठीक पीछे होने पर (क्योंकि शीशों से चकाचौंध होती है) हाई बीम का उपयोग करना प्रतिबंधित है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

604📚Difficult Driving Conditions & Vehicle DynamicsSkid Mechanics & Wheel Lockup

If the distance travel along the road is more than the movement of wheel circumference, while applying sudden break in wet road may cause of

Explanation

In automotive engineering: 'Skidding' occurs when braking locks the wheels or reduces their rotational movement such that the linear distance travelled by the vehicle exceeds the rotational distance of the wheel circumference (

d > 2\pi r \cdot n

). Conversely, 'slip' occurs during acceleration when the wheels spin faster than road progress.

जब अचानक ब्रेक लगाने पर सड़क पर तय की गई दूरी पहिये की परिधि के घूर्णन से अधिक हो जाती है, तो पहिये लॉक होकर फिसलने लगते हैं; इस स्थिति को 'स्किडिंग' (Skidding) कहा जाता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

605📚Difficult Driving Conditions & Vehicle DynamicsHydroplaning Mechanics & Friction Loss

When a vehicle traveling on wet road at high speed and a thin film of water gets between the tire and the road surface, resulting

Explanation

This dangerous phenomenon is known as 'hydroplaning' (aquaplaning). Dynamic water pressure wedges beneath the tyre tread faster than the sipes can evacuate it, lifting the tyre completely off the pavement. As frictional contact drops to near zero, it drastically decreases traction, steering response, and braking control.

गीली सड़क पर तेज गति से चलने पर जब टायर और सड़क के बीच पानी की पतली परत आ जाती है (हाइड्रोप्लेनिंग/एक्वाप्लेनिंग), तो सड़क से टायर का संपर्क टूट जाता है जिससे 'कर्षण और नियंत्रण कम हो जाता है' (Decreases Traction and control)। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

606📚Provisions of Motor Vehicles Act & RulesNational Speed Limits by Vehicle Class

As per motor vehicle Act 1988, maximum speed of "N" category goods carriage vehicles, travelling access control expressway is

Explanation

Pursuant to the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) official notification regarding national speed limits, the maximum permissible speed for Category N vehicles (goods carriages) travelling on access-controlled Expressways and 4-lane divided National Highways is 80 km/hr.

सड़क परिवहन और राजमार्ग मंत्रालय की अधिसूचना के अनुसार, प्रवेश-नियंत्रित एक्सप्रेसवे पर 'N' श्रेणी के मालवाहक वाहनों (Goods carriages) की अधिकतम अनुमेय गति 80 किमी/घंटा (80 km/hr) तय की गई है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

607📚Driving Documents, Licensing, Insurance & OffencesAutomotive Powertrain Classifications

Consider the following pairs,
i. CNG
ii. Fully Electric Vehicles (EV)
iii. Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
iv. Internal Combustion Engine (ICE)
1. Lesser carbon footprint as there will be zero tailpipe emissions
2. Typically powered by hydrocarbon-based fuels like gasoline
3. Natural gas under compression, a cleaner burning fuel than gasoline
4. Uses combustion engine by petrol and battery-powered motor powertrain
Which of the pair given below is correctly matched?

Explanation

Matching pairs: (i) CNG is compressed natural gas, producing cleaner combustion -> 3; (ii) Fully Electric Vehicles (EV) produce zero tailpipe emissions -> 1; (iii) Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEV) combine an ICE with a battery-powered electric motor powertrain -> 4; (iv) Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles burn conventional liquid hydrocarbons like gasoline/diesel -> 2. Correct code: (i)-(3), (ii)-(1), (iii)-(4), (iv)-(2).

सही मिलान: सीएनजी -> संपीड़ित प्राकृतिक गैस (3); पूर्ण इलेक्ट्रिक वाहन (EV) -> शून्य टेलपाइप उत्सर्जन (1); हाइब्रिड वाहन (HEV) -> पेट्रोल इंजन व बैटरी मोटर दोनों का संयोजन (4); आंतरिक दहन इंजन (ICE) -> पारंपरिक हाइड्रोकार्बन ईंधन (2)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

608📚Provisions of Motor Vehicles Act & RulesSection 112 Speed Enforcement Mandates

What is concluded in section 112 of motor vehicle Act 1988

Explanation

Section 112 of the Motor Vehicles Act 1988 specifically enacts: 'Limits of speed' — mandating that no person shall drive a motor vehicle or cause or allow a motor vehicle to be driven in any public place at a speed exceeding the maximum speed fixed for the vehicle. (Alcohol offences fall under Section 185).

मोटर वाहन अधिनियम 1988 की धारा 112 स्पष्ट रूप से 'गति सीमा' (Limits of speed) का निर्धारण करती है, अर्थात निर्धारित गति सीमा से अधिक गति पर वाहन चलाना प्रतिबंधित है (Speed limit shall not be exceeded)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

609📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsAutomotive Component & Fuel Metrics

Consider the following pairs,
i. Carburetor
ii. Cetan Number (CN)
iii. Odometer
iv. Viscosity
1. Track the travel distance
2. Important characteristics of a lubricating oil
3. Provide a ratio of mixture of air and fuel for easy combustion in the engine
4. Indicator of ignition quality or combustion speed of diesel fuel
Which of the pair given below is correctly matched?

Explanation

Correct pairings: (i) Carburetor blends air and petrol in stoichiometric proportion for engine combustion -> 3; (ii) Cetane Number (CN) measures the ignition delay and combustion quality of diesel fuel -> 4; (iii) Odometer records total cumulative travel distance of the vehicle -> 1; (iv) Viscosity is the primary physical flow resistance property of engine lubricating oil -> 2. Correct match: (i)-(3), (ii)-(4), (iii)-(1), (iv)-(2).

सही मिलान: कार्बोरेटर -> दहन हेतु वायु और ईंधन का मिश्रण बनाना (3); सीटेन संख्या -> डीजल ईंधन की प्रज्वलन गुणवत्ता (4); ओडोमीटर -> वाहन द्वारा तय की गई दूरी दर्ज करना (1); विस्कोसिटी (श्यानता) -> लूब्रिकेंट तेल का प्रमुख गुण (2)। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

610📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsCarburetor Choke Circuit Dynamics

When the choke is applied, the fuel primarily comes out from the

Explanation

Applying the choke valve closes the air intake upstream of the carburetor venturi while the throttle is slightly opened. As the engine cranks, intense intake manifold vacuum is applied directly across the venturi, causing large volumes of raw liquid fuel to be drawn directly out of the Main jet to supply an ultra-rich starting mixture.

जब कोल्ड स्टार्ट के समय चोक (Choke) लगाया जाता है, तो इनटेक में तीव्र वैक्यूम बनने के कारण ईंधन मुख्य रूप से 'मेन जेट' (Main jet) से बाहर निकलता है जिससे गाढ़ा (रिच) मिश्रण तैयार होता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

611📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsAutomotive Aerodynamics & Drag Reduction

The shape of the fast-moving car should be designed in such a way that the "air drag" is

Explanation

Modern high-speed automobiles are designed with streamlined, teardrop profiles and low frontal cross-sectional areas to minimize the aerodynamic drag coefficient (

C_d

). Minimizing air drag improves fuel economy, enhances high-speed directional stability, and reduces wind noise.

तेज गति से चलने वाली कारों का आकार वायुगतिकीय (एरोडायनामिक) रूप से सुव्यवस्थित बनाया जाता है ताकि 'वायु प्रतिरोध' (Air drag) न्यूनतम (Minimum) रहे, जिससे गति और ईंधन दक्षता बढ़ती है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

612📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsSpeed Measurement Instrumentation

Which of the following instrument is commonly used by the traffic police to measure the speed of a moving vehicle

Explanation

Traffic enforcement agencies utilize handheld LIDAR speed guns (Light Detection and Ranging / laser speed guns) which emit pulses of infrared laser light to calculate vehicle speed with pinpoint accuracy via time-of-flight measurements.

ट्रैफ़िक पुलिस द्वारा चलती गाड़ी की गति मापने के लिए सामान्यतः लेज़र आधारित 'LIDAR गन' (LIDAR gun) या रडार गन का उपयोग किया जाता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

613📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsEngine Kinematics & Stroke Geometry

Which of the following options correctly refer "stroke" of the engine

Explanation

In reciprocating internal combustion engines, the 'stroke' is defined as the linear distance traversed by the piston moving from Top Dead Centre (T.D.C. — highest point of travel) to Bottom Dead Centre (B.D.C. — lowest point of travel), equal to twice the crank radius (

L = 2r

).

इंजन के संदर्भ में 'स्ट्रोक' (Stroke) का तात्पर्य 'पिस्टन द्वारा T.D.C. (टॉप डेड सेंटर) और B.D.C. (बॉटम डेड सेंटर) के बीच तय की गई दूरी' (Travel of piston between T.D.C. and B.D.C.) से होता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

614📚Motor Parts, Assemblies, Maintenance & DiagnosticsClassical Linear Momentum Calculations

A vehicle of mass 3000 gm. is moving with a velocity of 18 km/hr. then, it has a momentum of

Explanation

Mass

m = 3000 ext{ gm} = 3 ext{ kg}

. Velocity

v = 18 ext{ km/hr} = 18 imes rac{5}{18} ext{ m/s} = 5 ext{ m/s}

. Linear momentum

p = m imes v = 3 ext{ kg} imes 5 ext{ m/s} = 15 ext{ kg}\cdot ext{m/s}

(or kgm/sec).

द्रव्यमान

m = 3000

ग्राम = 3 किग्रा। वेग

v = 18

किमी/घंटा =

18 imes rac{5}{18} = 5

मी/सेकंड। संवेग (Momentum)

p = m imes v = 3 imes 5 = 15 ext{ kgm/sec}

। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

615📚Printing Processes, Typography & Prepress FundamentalsDigital Printing & Piezo Inkjet

Which of the following statements are true with respect to Piezoelectric inkjet technology?
I. Uses heat to force small drops of ink out at high speed on to the substrate
II. Uses electrical impulses based on digitized information to cause individual drops to be squeezed out
III. It is drop on demand system
IV. It is less complicated than continuous spray systems
The Correct Statements are :

Explanation

Piezoelectric inkjet utilizes piezoelectric crystals that change shape when pulsed with electrical voltage to mechanically pump and squeeze ink droplets out of the nozzle (II). It operates as a Drop-on-Demand (DOD) technology (III), and its drop-generation architecture is significantly less complex than electrostatic Continuous Inkjet (CIJ) systems (IV). Statement I describes Thermal (Bubble Jet) inkjet.

पीजोइलेक्ट्रिक इंकजेट तकनीक विद्युत आवेगों द्वारा क्रिस्टल विरूपण से बूंदें निकालती है (II), यह ड्रॉप-ऑन-डिमांड प्रणाली है (III), और सतत प्रणालियों की तुलना में सरल है (IV)। कथन I थर्मल इंकजेट से संबंधित है। अतः II, III और IV सही हैं। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

616📚Printing Processes, Typography & Prepress FundamentalsCTP Architecture: Internal vs External Drum

Which one of the following is not a characteristics of internal drum image setters?

Explanation

In an internal drum platesetter/imagesetter, the plate or film is clamped completely stationary against the inner concave surface of a cylindrical drum while a high-speed spinning optical mirror directs the laser beam. The plate NEVER rotates. Rotating plates are characteristic of external drum systems.

इंटरनल ड्रम इमेजसेटर में प्लेट ड्रम के भीतर 'स्थिर' (Stationary) रहती है और लेज़र घूमता है। अतः 'घूर्णन करती मुद्रण प्लेट' (Rotating printing plate) इसकी विशेषता नहीं है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

617📚Paper, Ink & Platemaking ChemistrySilver Halide Photochemistry & Sensitivity

Choose the correct order in which the sensitivity of the following emulsions is arrange from most sensitive to least sensitive.

Explanation

In photographic emulsion science, the intrinsic light sensitivity of silver halides follows the order: Silver bromide (

AgBr

, highest photographic speed, used in camera films) > Silver iodide (

AgI

, added in small percentages to enhance sensitivity) > Silver chloride (

AgCl

, slow speed, used in contact papers and duplicating films). Correct order: Silver bromide, Silver iodide, Silver chloride.

सिल्वर हैलाइड इमल्शन की प्रकाश संवेदनशीलता का घटता क्रम है: सिल्वर ब्रोमाइड (

AgBr

, सर्वाधिक संवेदनशील) > सिल्वर आयोडाइड (

AgI

) > सिल्वर क्लोराइड (

AgCl

, सबसे कम संवेदनशील)। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

618📚Paper, Ink & Platemaking ChemistryRapid Access Film Processing Chemistry

Choose the proper temperature in which the rapid access films are processed.

Explanation

Rapid access graphic arts film processing machines are engineered to complete full development, fixing, washing, and drying in under 90 seconds. To achieve this high-speed chemical kinetics, the developer is maintained at an elevated operating temperature of 35°C (95°F).

रैपिड एक्सेस फिल्म प्रोसेसर में तीव्र रासायनिक क्रिया द्वारा 90 सेकंड से कम में प्रोसेसिंग पूर्ण करने के लिए डेवलपर का तापमान 35°C रखा जाता है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

619📚Paper, Ink & Platemaking ChemistryChemical Restrainers & Anti-Fog Agents

Which material is used as the restrainer in film development solution?

Explanation

Potassium bromide (

KBr

) is the standard chemical restrainer in photographic developing solutions. By increasing the bromide ion concentration in the solution, it increases the chemical potential barrier, restraining unexposed silver halide crystals from developing and thus preventing chemical fog.

फिल्म डेवलपर घोल में रिस्ट्रैनर (अवांछित फॉग को रोकने वाला मंदक) के रूप में 'पोटेशियम ब्रोमाइड' (Potassium bromide -

KBr

) का उपयोग किया जाता है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

620📚Color Reproduction, Sensitometry & Quality ControlHalftone Screening: AM vs FM

Choose a type of screening method from below, used in conventional prepress consists of halftone dots of different sizes according to tone value, but at constant distance from one another.

Explanation

Amplitude Modulated (AM) screening (conventional screening) maintains a constant, fixed dot pitch/frequency (distance between dot centers) on a regular grid while varying the physical size/area (amplitude) of individual dots to represent tone values. (FM or stochastic screening varies dot frequency while keeping dot size constant).

वह स्क्रीनिंग विधि जिसमें हाफ़टोन डॉट्स की आपसी दूरी समान (निश्चित) रहती है लेकिन टोन के अनुसार डॉट्स का आकार (Size) बदलता है, 'एम्प्लिट्यूड मॉड्यूलेटेड स्क्रीनिंग' (Amplitude modulated screening - AM screening) कहलाती है। सही विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

621📚Computer Systems, Operating Systems & NetworkingARPANET Telecommunication Links

What kind of connection speed was used to link the IMPs in ARPANET?

Explanation

The original Interface Message Processors (IMPs) that formed the packet-switching backbone nodes of ARPANET in 1969 were interconnected using AT&T dedicated analog leased telephone lines operating at 50 Kbps (commonly categorized as 56 Kbps wideband circuits).

ARPANET में नोड्स (IMPs) को आपस में जोड़ने के लिए लगभग '56 Kbps' (50/56 किलोबिट्स प्रति सेकंड) गति वाली लीज्ड लाइनों का उपयोग किया गया था। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

622📚Virology, Medical Parasitology & EntomologyViral Vaccines & Immunization Principles

The measles vaccine administered in immunization programs is classified as a:

Explanation

The measles vaccine (such as the Edmonston-Enders strain, administered alone or combined as MMR/MR) is a live attenuated viral vaccine. It contains live virus particles that have been weakened through repeated passage in chick embryo cell culture, allowing them to replicate and stimulate lifelong humoral and cellular immunity without provoking clinical disease.

टीकाकरण कार्यक्रमों में दी जाने वाली खसरे (Measles) की वैक्सीन 'लाइव एटेन्यूएटेड वैक्सीन' (Live attenuated vaccine - जीवित क्षीण टीका) के रूप में वर्गीकृत की गई है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

623📚Molecular Biology, Immunology & DiagnosticsMolecular Genetics: Frameshift Mutations

A frameshift mutation occurs due to:

Explanation

A frameshift mutation occurs when the addition (insertion) or loss (deletion) of a number of nucleotides that is not a multiple of three occurs within a protein-coding sequence. Because the genetic code is read in non-overlapping nucleotide triplets (codons), this shifts the entire downstream translational reading frame, altering all downstream amino acids and frequently creating a premature stop codon.

फ्रेमशिफ्ट म्यूटेशन तब होता है जब 'न्यूक्लियोटाइडों का सम्मिलन या विलोपन तीन के गुणकों में नहीं होता' (Insertion or deletion of nucleotides not in multiples of three), जिससे पूरा रीडिंग फ्रेम बदल जाता है। सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

624🔬General ScienceFood Technology & Preservation

The purpose of headspace in the container in canning:

Explanation

Leaving an appropriate headspace (empty space at the top of the can) allows the liquid and solid food contents to thermally expand during retort sterilization without exerting excessive hydraulic pressure on the seams, preventing seam strain and leakage.

कैनिंग के दौरान कंटेनर में हेडस्पेस छोड़ने का मुख्य उद्देश्य नसबंदी (sterilization) के दौरान भोजन के उष्मीय विस्तार (expansion) को जगह देना है ताकि सील पर अत्यधिक दबाव न पड़े।

2025JKSSB

625🔬General ScienceFood Technology & Preservation

The document which is NOT required for FSSAI registration?

Explanation

For basic FSSAI registration of petty food business operators, government photo identity (Aadhar card), address/premises proof, and basic details are sufficient; proof of formal food safety training is not a mandatory prerequisite for basic registration.

बुनियादी FSSAI पंजीकरण के लिए औपचारिक खाद्य सुरक्षा प्रशिक्षण का प्रमाण (Proof of food safety training) अनिवार्य दस्तावेज नहीं है।

2025JKSSB

626🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

In permanent gully control, which structure is used at the head?

Explanation

A drop structure (drop spillway) is constructed at the gully head to safely drop runoff from the upstream drainage area into the gully bed without causing headward erosion or waterfall undercutting.

स्थायी गली (नाली) नियंत्रण में, गली के शीर्ष (head) पर पानी के सुरक्षित पतन और कटाव को रोकने के लिए ड्रॉप स्ट्रक्चर (Drop structure / drop spillway) का निर्माण किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

627🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

What is the purpose of a stilling basin in hydraulic structures?

Explanation

A stilling basin is a short reach of paved channel constructed at the foot of a spillway, chute, or drop structure to dissipate the high kinetic energy of supercritical flow via a hydraulic jump, preventing scouring of the downstream riverbed.

हाइड्रोलिक संरचनाओं में स्टिलिंग बेसिन (Stilling basin) का मुख्य कार्य पानी की अत्यधिक गतिज ऊर्जा को नष्ट करना (Dissipate energy) है ताकि डाउनस्ट्रीम में कटाव न हो।

2025JKSSB

628🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

What is the sag correction in chaining?

Explanation

When a chain or tape is suspended between two supports, it sags in a catenary curve, making the recorded distance longer than the true horizontal chord distance. Hence, the sag correction is always subtractive (always negative).

जरीब या फीते के अपने वजन के कारण झोल (Sag) उत्पन्न होता है जिससे मापी गई दूरी अधिक आती है, अतः सैग सुधार (Sag correction) हमेशा ऋणात्मक (Always negative) होता है।

2025JKSSB

629🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

The function of a grit chamber in STP is to:

Explanation

In sewage treatment plants (STPs), grit chambers operate under controlled flow velocity (around 0.3 m/s) to settle out dense, discrete inorganic solids (sand, gravel, cinders) while keeping lighter organic solids in suspension.

सीवेज ट्रीटमेंट प्लांट (STP) में ग्रिट चैंबर का कार्य भारी अकार्बनिक कणों (जैसे रेत, बजरी) को तल पर बैठाना (Settle heavy inorganic solids) होता है।

2025JKSSB

630🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

A building setback is:

Explanation

In municipal building bylaws, a setback is the mandatory minimum open distance required between a building's outer walls and the plot boundary lines (front, rear, and sides) to ensure adequate ventilation, natural light, and fire safety.

भवन निर्माण उपनियमों में सेटबैक (Building setback) इमारत की दीवार और भूखंड की सीमा के बीच छोड़ी जाने वाली न्यूनतम अनिवार्य खुली दूरी होती है।

2025JKSSB

631🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

A barrage is mainly constructed to:

Explanation

A barrage is a low hydraulic diversion structure built across a river equipped with adjustable gates across its entire crest to raise the upstream water level and divert river discharge into irrigation canals.

बैराज (Barrage) का निर्माण मुख्य रूप से नदी के जल स्तर को ऊपर उठाकर पानी को नहरों में मोड़ने (Divert water) के लिए किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

632🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

Check dams are spaced based on:

Explanation

The horizontal spacing between successive check dams in a gully system is governed by the gully bed slope (gradient) and the compensation gradient, ensuring the crest elevation of a lower dam aligns with the apron/toe of the upstream dam.

नाली में चेक डैम के बीच की दूरी मुख्य रूप से नाली की ढलान (Gully gradient) के आधार पर तय की जाती है ताकि एक स्थिर तल ढलान प्राप्त हो सके।

2025JKSSB

633🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

A total station can measure distances using:

Explanation

A total station integrates an electronic theodolite with an onboard Electronic Distance Meter (EDM) that uses modulated infrared light or laser carrier waves to measure slope distances with millimeter-level accuracy.

टोटल स्टेशन में दूरियों को मापने के लिए इलेक्ट्रॉनिक डिस्टेंस मेजरमेंट (EDM - Electronic Distance Meter) तकनीक का उपयोग किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

634🔬General ScienceCivil Engineering & Drafting

What is the function of energy dissipators in spillways?

Explanation

Energy dissipators (such as hydraulic jump stilling basins, roller buckets, and baffle blocks) convert the destructive kinetic energy of high-velocity spillway flows into heat and turbulence to prevent downstream scouring and foundation undermining of the dam.

स्पिलवे में ऊर्जा क्षयकारी (Energy dissipators) का कार्य पानी के तेज प्रवाह की गतिज ऊर्जा को शांत करके डाउनस्ट्रीम में तलछट कटाव को रोकना (Prevent downstream erosion) होता है।

2025JKSSB

635🔬General ScienceAgriculture & Plant Protection

Which of the following are involved in light reactions of photosynthesis?
i. NADP+ reduction
ii. ATP formation
iii. Carbon fixation
iv. Photolysis of water
Options:

Explanation

The light reactions of photosynthesis involve the photolysis of water (

2H_2O -> 4H^+ + 4e^- + O_2

), photophosphorylation to generate ATP, and non-cyclic electron flow reducing NADP+ to NADPH (i, ii, iv). Carbon fixation (iii) occurs downstream in the dark reaction (Calvin cycle) within the stroma.

प्रकाशिक अभिक्रिया में जल का प्रकाश-अपघटन (iv), ATP का निर्माण (ii), और NADP+ का अपचयन (i) शामिल हैं। कार्बन स्थिरीकरण (iii) डार्क रिएक्शन (केल्विन चक्र) में होता है।

2025JKSSB

636🔬General ScienceAgriculture & Plant Protection

Bt toxin is effective against:

Explanation

Endotoxins produced by Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) strains show insecticidal activity across multiple orders: Cry1 against Lepidoptera, Cry3 against Coleoptera, and Cry4 against Diptera.

बैसिलस थुरिंजिएंसिस (Bt) के क्रिस्टल प्रोटीन टॉक्सिन्स विभिन्न कीट गणों जैसे लेपिडोप्टेरा, कोलियोप्टेरा, और डिप्टेरा सभी के खिलाफ प्रभावी होते हैं।

2025JKSSB

637🔬General ScienceAgriculture & Plant Protection

Drift during spraying can be reduced by:

Explanation

Spray droplet drift is mitigated by operating sprayers at lower operating pressures, using drift-reduction nozzles that produce larger droplet sizes (>200-250 microns), and spraying during calm weather (wind speeds < 5-8 km/h).

छिड़काव के दौरान दवा के हवा में उड़कर बहने (Drift) को कम दबाव रखने, बड़ी बूंदों का छिड़काव करने, और शांत मौसम में छिड़काव करने इन सभी उपायों से रोका जाता है।

2025JKSSB

638🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

A Phytoecdysteroid for synchronized maturation of silkworms

Explanation

'Sampoorna' is a commercial plant-derived phytoecdysteroid formulation developed by the Central Sericultural Research & Training Institute (CSRTI), Mysore, used by sericulturists to induce rapid, uniform, and synchronized maturation in fifth instar silkworm larvae.

'सम्पूर्णा' (Sampoorna) केंद्रीय रेशम अनुसंधान एवं प्रशिक्षण संस्थान (CSRTI) मैसूर द्वारा विकसित एक फाइटोएकडिस्टेरॉइड उत्पाद है, जिसका उपयोग 5वें इन्स्टार के रेशमकीटों को एक साथ परिपक्व (synchronized maturation) करने के लिए किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

639🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute is located at

Explanation

The premier Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute (CSRTI), under the Central Silk Board, Ministry of Textiles, was established in 1961 and is located at Mysuru (Mysore), Karnataka.

केंद्रीय रेशम अनुसंधान एवं प्रशिक्षण संस्थान (CSRTI) मैसूर (Mysuru), कर्नाटक में स्थित है, जिसकी स्थापना 1961 में की गई थी।

2025JKSSB

640🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

Which of the following is responsible for the production and supply of basic silkworm seeds to the seed production centers
A) Central Silk Board
B) National Silkworm Seed Organization
C) Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute
D) Indian Silk Export Promotion Council

Explanation

The National Silkworm Seed Organization (NSSO), established in 1975 under the Central Silk Board, is specifically responsible for the production and supply of high-quality basic silkworm seeds (P3, P2, and P1 seeds) to state grainages and commercial seed production centres.

नेशनल सिल्कवर्म सीड ऑर्गनाइजेशन (NSSO), जो केंद्रीय रेशम बोर्ड के तहत 1975 में स्थापित हुआ था, बीज उत्पादन केंद्रों को बुनियादी रेशमकीट बीज (P3, P2, P1) के उत्पादन और आपूर्ति के लिए मुख्य रूप से जिम्मेदार है।

2025JKSSB

641🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

Point out the bio-formulation for effective and ecofriendly management of root rot diseases of mulberry in nursery stage
A) Raksha
B) Ayar
C) Sampoorna
D) Poorva

Explanation

Raksha is a bio-formulation (based on antagonistic Trichoderma harzianum) developed by the Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute (CSRTI) specifically for the eco-friendly bio-control and management of root rot diseases in mulberry nurseries and sapling beds.

नर्सरी स्तर पर शहतूत के जड़ सड़न (root rot) रोगों के पर्यावरण-अनुकूल नियंत्रण के लिए CSRTI द्वारा विकसित जैव-सूत्रीकरण (bio-formulation) 'रक्षा' (Raksha - ट्राइकोडर्मा आधारित) है।

2025JKSSB

642🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

Arrange the following in chronological order
i. National Silkworm Seed Organization
ii. Central silk board Act
iii. Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute
iv. Central Silk Board
Choose the correct option:

Explanation

Chronological establishment: 1. Central Silk Board Act was enacted in 1948 (ii); 2. Central Silk Board was formally constituted in April 1949 (iv); 3. Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute (CSRTI, Mysore) was established in 1961 (iii); 4. National Silkworm Seed Organization (NSSO) was set up in 1975 (i). Thus, the correct chronological sequence is ii, iv, iii, i (Option B).

सही कालानुक्रमिक क्रम: 1. केंद्रीय रेशम बोर्ड अधिनियम - 1948 (ii), 2. केंद्रीय रेशम बोर्ड - 1949 (iv), 3. केंद्रीय रेशम उत्पादन अनुसंधान एवं प्रशिक्षण संस्थान (CSRTI) - 1961 (iii), 4. राष्ट्रीय रेशमकीट बीज संगठन (NSSO) - 1975 (i)। अतः सही क्रम ii, iv, iii, i (विकल्प B) है।

2025JKSSB

643🔬General ScienceSericulture & Mulberry Cultivation

The registration process for registration of silkworm seed producer, Chawki rearer and dealers in silkworm seed is undertaken by the registration Committee appointed by
A) National Silkworm Seed Organization
B) Central Sericultural Research and Training Institute
C) Indian Silk Export Promotion Council
D) Central Silkworm Seed Committee

Explanation

Under the Central Silk Board (Amendment) Act 2006 and the Silkworm Seed Rules, the statutory registration of all silkworm seed producers, chawki rearers, and seed dealers is undertaken by Registration Committees appointed by the Central Silkworm Seed Committee (CSSC).

केंद्रीय रेशम बोर्ड अधिनियम के तहत रेशमकीट बीज उत्पादकों, चावकी पालकों और बीज विक्रेताओं के अनिवार्य पंजीकरण का कार्य 'केंद्रीय रेशमकीट बीज समिति' (Central Silkworm Seed Committee - CSSC) द्वारा नियुक्त पंजीकरण समिति द्वारा किया जाता है।

2025JKSSB

644📚Computer Science & ITProgramming Languages & Execution

Arrange the following programming languages in ascending order of execution speed.
A) Python, Java, C, Machine Code
B) Java, Python, C, Machine Code
C) Machine Code, C, Java, Python
D) Machine Code, Python, C, Java

Explanation

In ascending order of execution speed (slowest to fastest): Python (interpreted dynamic high-level language, slowest) < Java (bytecode compiled, runs on JVM with JIT) < C (compiled directly to native object code) < Machine Code (native binary instructions executed directly by the CPU hardware with zero abstraction overhead, fastest). Hence, Option A is correct.

निष्पादन गति के बढ़ते क्रम में (धीमी से सबसे तेज): पायथन (इंटरप्रिटेड, सबसे धीमी) < जावा (JVM बाइटकोड) < सी भाषा (कंपाइल की गई नेटिव भाषा) < मशीन कोड (हार्डवेयर द्वारा सीधे निष्पादित बाइनरी कोड, सबसे तेज)। अतः सही क्रम Python, Java, C, Machine Code (विकल्प A) है।

2025JKSSB

645📚Computer Science & ITComputer Architecture & Memory Hierarchy

Which of the following statements best describes the difference between storage registers and main memory?
A) Storage registers are faster and located within the CPU, while main memory is slower and external to the CPU.
B) Storage registers are used for permanent data storage, while main memory is used for temporary data storage.
C) Storage registers are larger in capacity, while main memory is smaller in capacity.
D) Storage registers are used for storing files, while main memory is used for executing programs.

Explanation

CPU registers are high-speed internal memory storage cells located directly inside the processor chip with sub-nanosecond access times. In contrast, main memory (RAM) is located outside the CPU on the motherboard and is significantly slower with higher access latency.

रजिस्टर (Registers) सीपीयू के आंतरिक भाग में स्थित अति-तीव्र मेमोरी स्टोरेज होते हैं, जबकि मुख्य मेमोरी (RAM) सीपीयू के बाहर मदरबोर्ड पर होती है और इसकी गति रजिस्टरों की तुलना में काफी धीमी होती है। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

646📚Computer Science & ITAlgorithms & Graph Theory

Which algorithm is used by Google Maps to calculate the fastest route based on travel time?
A) Breadth-First Search (BFS)
B) Depth-First Search (DFS)
C) Dijkstra's Algorithm
D) Bellman-Ford Algorithm

Explanation

Google Maps and modern GPS navigation systems model road networks as weighted directed graphs (where edge weights represent distance or real-time travel time) and use Dijkstra's Algorithm (and its heuristic variant, the A* Search algorithm) to compute the single-source shortest/fastest path between origin and destination.

गूगल मैप्स और जीपीएस नेविगेशन सिस्टम सड़क नेटवर्क के ग्राफ में सबसे तेज मार्ग (न्यूनतम यात्रा समय) की गणना करने के लिए डिजक्स्ट्रा एल्गोरिदम (Dijkstra's Algorithm / A* सर्च) का उपयोग करते हैं।

2025JKSSB

647📚StatisticsCollection of Data

Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding the use of enumerators in collecting data through questionnaires?
A) Less time consuming
B) Less costly
C) Less reliable
D) Less chance of bias

Explanation

In statistical data collection, trained enumerators directly guide respondents, clarify questions in person, and prevent misunderstandings, which yields standardized answers with less non-response error and lower non-sampling interpretation bias compared to unguided mail surveys.

प्रगणकों (enumerators) के माध्यम से प्रश्नावली भरवाने से उत्तरदाताओं के प्रश्नों को ठीक से समझाकर स्पष्ट और वस्तुनिष्ठ उत्तर प्राप्त होते हैं, जिससे पक्षपात और गलतफहमी की संभावना कम (Less chance of bias) हो जाती है।

2025JKSSB

648📚Electrical EngineeringDC Machines

A DC series motor is driving a load for which the torque varies proportionally to the square of the speed. If the motor draws a line current of 10 A at 200 rpm, what will be the line current when the speed increases to 400 rpm?
A) 15.5 A
B) 20 A
C) 10.14 A
D) 14.14 A

Explanation

For a DC series motor (unsaturated), torque T ∝ I^2, and back EMF E_b ∝ N Φ ∝ N I. For constant supply voltage V ≈ E_b ∝ N I => N ∝ 1/I. Alternatively, torque T_load ∝ N^2. With T_motor ∝ I^2, equating gives I^2 ∝ N^2 => I ∝ N. When speed doubles from 200 rpm to 400 rpm, line current also doubles: I_2 = I_1 (N_2 / N_1) = 10 * (400 / 200) = 20 A.

डीसी श्रृंखला मोटर में संतृप्ति से पूर्व मोटर बलाघूर्ण T ∝ I^2 होता है। भार बलाघूर्ण T ∝ N^2 दिया गया है। दोनों की तुलना करने पर I^2 ∝ N^2 => I ∝ N प्राप्त होता है। जब गति 200 से बढ़कर 400 rpm (दोगुनी) हो जाती है, तो धारा भी दोगुनी होकर 20 A हो जाएगी। अतः विकल्प B सही है।

2025JKSSB

649📚Electrical EngineeringInduction Motors

A 400 V, 15 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz Y-connected induction motor has a full-load slip of 4%. The output torque of the machine at full load is:
A) 99.47 N
B) 98.53 N
C) 99.47 Nm
D) 98.53 Nm

Explanation

Synchronous speed N_s = 120 50 / 4 = 1500 rpm. Rotor speed N = N_s(1 - s) = 1500(1 - 0.04) = 1440 rpm. Angular speed ω = 2π 1440 / 60 = 48π ≈ 150.796 rad/s. Output torque T = Output Power / ω = 15000 / 150.796 = 99.47 Nm.

तुल्यकालिक गति N_s = 1500 rpm। 4% स्लिप पर रोटर की गति N = 1500 0.96 = 1440 rpm। कोणीय गति ω = 2π 1440 / 60 = 150.8 rad/s। आउटपुट टॉर्क = 15000 / 150.8 = 99.47 Nm। टॉर्क का मात्रक न्यूटन-मीटर (Nm) होता है। अतः विकल्प C सही है।

2025JKSSB

650📚Electrical EngineeringPower Electronics & Devices

Match the two lists and choose the correct answer from the codes given below:
List - I (Types of Device)
(w) MOSFET
(x) GTO
(y) UJT
(z) TRIAC

List - II (Characteristics/Application)
(i) Turn off by negative gate
(ii) Bidirectional switching
(iii) High-speed switching
(iv) Triggering circuit

Choose the correct option:
A) (w)-(iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii)
B) (w)-(ii), (x)-(iii), (y)-(iv), (z)-(i)
C) (w)-(ii), (x)-(iv), (y)-(i), (z)-(iii)
D) (w)-(iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(ii), (z)-(iv)

Explanation

Matching semiconductor devices: (w) MOSFET is a unipolar majority-carrier device known for high-speed switching (iii); (x) GTO (Gate Turn-Off Thyristor) can be turned off by applying a negative gate pulse (i); (y) UJT (Uni-Junction Transistor) is classically used in relaxation oscillators for thyristor triggering circuits (iv); (z) TRIAC is a bidirectional thyristor capable of conducting current in both directions (ii). Hence, Option A is correct.

सही मिलान: MOSFET - उच्च गति स्विचिंग (iii); GTO - ऋणात्मक गेट पल्स द्वारा टर्न-ऑफ (i); UJT - ट्रिगरिंग सर्किट / रिलैक्सेशन ऑसिलेटर (iv); TRIAC - द्विदिशीय स्विचिंग (ii)। अतः विकल्प A ((w)-(iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii)) सही है।

2025JKSSB

651📚Computer Science & IT8085 Microprocessor Architecture

The READY signal in 8085 is useful when the CPU communicates with
A) A fast peripheral device
B) A DMA controller chip
C) A slow peripheral device
D) A PPI chip

Explanation

The READY input pin on the 8085 microprocessor is used to synchronize the high-speed CPU with slower memory or peripheral devices. If the READY line is low, the CPU inserts WAIT states into its bus machine cycle until the slow peripheral completes data transfer and drives READY high.

8085 माइक्रोप्रोसेसर में READY सिग्नल का उपयोग धीमे पेरिफेरल उपकरणों (Slow peripheral devices) या मेमोरी के साथ सीपीयू की गति को सिंक्रनाइज़ करने के लिए किया जाता है, जिससे सीपीयू आवश्यक वेट स्टेट्स (WAIT states) उत्पन्न करता है।

2025JKSSB

652📚Electronics & CommunicationAntennas & Wave Propagation

The radio horizon distance increases if:
A) The antenna height increases
B) The frequency of the signal increases
C) The antenna is moved closer to the ground
D) The antenna height decreases

Explanation

In space-wave line-of-sight (LOS) propagation, the optical and radio horizon distance is given by d ≈ √(2 k R_earth h) ≈ 4.12 √h km (where h is antenna height in meters). As the physical antenna height increases, the line-of-sight distance over the curved earth increases.

दृष्टि-रेखा (Line of sight) रेडियो प्रसार में रेडियो क्षितिज की दूरी d ≈ 4.12 * √h km होती है। अतः एंटेना की ऊंचाई (antenna height) बढ़ने पर रेडियो क्षितिज दूरी बढ़ती है। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

653📚Renewable Energy & Hydro PowerHydroelectric & Fluid Power

What is the runaway speed of the runner of the Pelton wheel?
A) Maximum unsafe speed of the runner due to a sudden increase in load on the turbine
B) Minimum safe speed of the runner due to a sudden decrease in load on the turbine
C) Minimum safe speed of the runner due to a sudden increase in load on the turbine
D) Maximum unsafe speed of the runner due to a sudden decrease in load on the turbine

Explanation

The runaway speed of a hydraulic turbine is the maximum speed attained by the runner under maximum head when the external load is suddenly dropped to zero and the governing mechanism fails to close the inlet valves/nozzles. Pelton wheel runners are designed structurally to withstand this maximum runaway speed (which can be 1.8 to 2 times rated speed).

रनवे स्पीड (Runaway speed) वह अधिकतम असुरक्षित गति है जो टरबाइन पर अचानक भार समाप्त (decrease in load) होने और गवर्नर के विफल हो जाने पर प्राप्त होती है जब पानी का प्रवाह पूरी तरह खुला रहता है।

2025JKSSB

654📚Renewable Energy & EnvironmentRenewable Energy & Environment

A two-blade wind turbine produces maximum power when the tip-speed ratio is approximately:
A) 2π
B) 0.473
C) 3π
D) 0.593

Explanation

For modern two-bladed high-speed aerodynamic wind turbines, the optimal tip-speed ratio (λ = ωR / V) for maximum power coefficient is approximately λ ≈ 2π ≈ 6.28 (typically between 6 and 8). Note that 0.593 (16/27) is the theoretical Betz limit for maximum power extraction fraction, not the tip-speed ratio.

दो-ब्लेड वाली उच्च-गति पवन टरबाइन के लिए अधिकतम ऊर्जा उत्पादन हेतु टिप-स्पीड अनुपात (Tip-Speed Ratio - TSR) लगभग 2π (लगभग 6.28) होता है। (जबकि 0.593 बेत्ज़ सीमा गुणांक है)।

2025JKSSB

655📚Renewable Energy & Hydro PowerHydroelectric & Fluid Power

Which factor is NOT typically considered in the selection of a site for a hydroelectric power station?
A) Geological stability
B) Vegetation density
C) Water flow variability
D) Wind speed

Explanation

Selecting a site for a hydroelectric power station requires evaluating water flow availability, hydraulic head, geological stability of dam foundations, sedimentation, and catchment ecology/vegetation. Wind speed is relevant for wind farms, not hydroelectric stations.

हाइड्रोइलेक्ट्रिक पावर स्टेशन के स्थल चयन में पानी का प्रवाह, शीर्ष, भूवैज्ञानिक स्थिरता और जलसंभर वनस्पति पर विचार किया जाता है। पवन की गति (Wind speed) पवन ऊर्जा संयंत्रों के लिए प्रासंगिक है, हाइड्रो पावर के लिए नहीं।

2025JKSSB

656📚Mechanical & Civil EngineeringStrength of Materials & Mechanics

The deformation per unit length is called:
A) Strain
B) Tensile stress
C) Compressive stress
D) Stress

Explanation

Strain (ε) is defined as the change in dimension per unit original dimension, specifically change in length divided by original length (ΔL / L), representing deformation per unit length. It is dimensionless.

प्रति इकाई लंबाई में होने वाले विरूपण (Deformation per unit length, ΔL/L) को विकृति (Strain) कहा जाता है। यह एक विमाहीन राशि है।

2025JKSSB

657📚Mechanical & Civil EngineeringStrength of Materials & Mechanics

The internal resistance which the body offers to meet the load or external force is called:
A) Stress
B) Strain
C) Pressure
D) None of the above

Explanation

Stress (σ) is defined as the internal resisting force per unit cross-sectional area offered by a deformable material to oppose external applied mechanical loads.

बाहरी भार या बल का विरोध करने के लिए वस्तु द्वारा प्रस्तुत आंतरिक प्रतिरोध बल प्रति इकाई क्षेत्रफल को प्रतिबल (Stress) कहा जाता है।

2025JKSSB

658📚Renewable Energy & Hydro PowerHydroelectric & Fluid Power

Match List - I with List - II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I (Turbine):
1. Pelton Turbine
2. Francis Turbine
3. Kaplan and Propeller Turbines
List - II (Specific speed in RPM / SI units):
i. 10 to 35
ii. 60 to 300
iii. 300 to 1000
Choose the correct option:
A) (1) - i, (2) - ii, (3) - iii
B) (1) - ii, (2) - iii, (3) - i
C) (1) - iii, (2) - i, (3) - ii
D) (1) - iii, (2) - ii, (3) - i

Explanation

The specific speed (Ns = N√P / H^(5/4) in metric units) ranges for hydraulic turbines are: Pelton turbine (single jet: 10 to 35, multi-jet up to 60); Francis turbine (medium specific speed: 60 to 300); Kaplan and Propeller turbines (high specific speed: 300 to 1000). Thus, 1-i, 2-ii, 3-iii.

विशिष्ट गति (Specific speed) की श्रेणियां: 1. पेल्टन टरबाइन = i (10 से 35 rpm); 2. फ्रांसिस टरबाइन = ii (60 से 300 rpm); 3. काप्लान और प्रोपेलर टरबाइन = iii (300 से 1000 rpm)। सही कोड (1)-i, (2)-ii, (3)-iii है।

2025JKSSB

659📚Mechanical & Civil EngineeringStrength of Materials & Mechanics

Match List - I with List - II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I:
1. Simple Stress
2. Indirect Stress
3. Ratio of lateral strain to linear strain
4. Ratio of linear stress to linear strain
List - II:
i. Poisson's ratio
ii. Torsion
iii. Shear
iv. Modulus of elasticity
Choose the correct option:
A) (1) - ii, (2) - iii, (3) - i, (4) - iv
B) (1) - ii, (2) - iii, (3) - iv, (4) - i
C) (1) - iii, (2) - ii, (3) - iv, (4) - i
D) (1) - iii, (2) - ii, (3) - i, (4) - iv

Explanation

1. Simple stress = Shear (direct shear stress) -> (1)-iii; 2. Indirect stress = Torsion (torsional shear produced indirectly by applied twisting moment) -> (2)-ii; 3. Lateral strain / linear strain = Poisson's ratio -> (3)-i; 4. Linear stress / linear strain = Modulus of elasticity (Young's modulus E) -> (4)-iv. Hence, (1)-iii, (2)-ii, (3)-i, (4)-iv.

1. साधारण प्रतिबल = कर्तन (Shear) -> iii; 2. अप्रत्यक्ष प्रतिबल = मरोड़ (Torsion) -> ii; 3. पार्श्व विकृति / रैखिक विकृति = पॉइसन अनुपात -> i; 4. रैखिक प्रतिबल / रैखिक विकृति = प्रत्यास्थता गुणांक (Modulus of elasticity) -> iv। सही कोड (1)-iii, (2)-ii, (3)-i, (4)-iv है।

2025JKSSB

660📚Mechanical & Civil EngineeringStrength of Materials & Mechanics

Consider the following statements:
Statement 1: In a cantilever with uniformly distributed load, the shearing force varies following a linear law.
Statement 2: Bending moment at supports in case of simply supported beams is always zero.
Choose the correct option:
A) Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect
B) Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect
C) Statement 1 and 2 are correct
D) Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect

Explanation

Statement 1 is correct: for a cantilever beam carrying a UDL (w), the shear force V(x) = w * x, which is a linear function of distance x from the free end. Statement 2 is correct: for a simply supported beam with simple hinge/roller end supports, the bending moment at both end supports is identically zero. Thus, both Statement 1 and 2 are correct.

कथन 1 सही है: समान रूप से वितरित भार (UDL) वाले कैंटिलीवर में कर्तन बल V = w·x रैखिक नियम (Linear law) का पालन करता है। कथन 2 सही है: साधारण समर्थित बीम (Simply supported beam) के सिरों/सपोर्ट्स पर बंकन आघूर्ण (Bending Moment) हमेशा शून्य होता है। अतः दोनों कथन 1 और 2 सही हैं।

2025JKSSB

661📚Mechanical EngineeringTheory of Machines

Consider the following statements:
Statement 1: A flywheel used in machines serves as a reservoir, which stores energy during the period when the supply of energy is more than the requirement, and release it during the period when the requirement of energy is more than the supply.
Statement 2: A flywheel controls the speed variations caused by the fluctuation of the engine turning moment during each cycle of operation.
Choose the correct option:
A) Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect
B) Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect
C) Statement 1 and 2 are correct
D) Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect

Explanation

Both statements are correct. A flywheel stores excess kinetic energy during power strokes and supplies it during non-power strokes, thus smoothing out cyclic fluctuations in turning moment and keeping engine angular speed within narrow limits during each operating cycle.

दोनों कथन सत्य हैं: फ्लाईवहील अतिरिक्त ऊर्जा को अवशोषित करके कमी वाले स्ट्रोक में रिलीज करता है (कथन 1), और इंजन के प्रत्येक चक्र के दौरान टर्निंग मोमेंट में उतार-चढ़ाव के कारण होने वाले गति परिवर्तनों को नियंत्रित करता है (कथन 2)।

2025JKSSB

662📚Mechanical EngineeringTheory of Machines

Consider the following statements:
Statement 1: A governor is said to be unstable when for every speed within the working range there is an undefined configuration in equilibrium.
Statement 2: A governor is said to hunt if the speed of the engine is constant and maintain 20% above the mean speed.
Choose the correct option:
A) Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect
B) Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect
C) Statement 1 and 2 are correct
D) Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect

Explanation

Both statements are incorrect. A governor is unstable if the radius of rotation decreases as the speed increases (or when governor sleeve moves to extreme positions without stabilizing). A governor is said to hunt when it continuously fluctuates/oscillates above and below the mean speed due to excessive sensitivity, not maintaining a constant 20% above mean speed. Thus, both Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect.

दोनों कथन गलत हैं। गवर्नर अस्थिर तब होता है जब गति बढ़ने पर त्रिज्या घटती है; तथा हंटिंग (Hunting) का अर्थ अत्यधिक संवेदनशीलता के कारण माध्य गति के ऊपर और नीचे लगातार दोलन करना है, न कि स्थिर 20% अधिक गति बनाए रखना। अतः दोनों कथन 1 और 2 गलत हैं।

2025JKSSB

663📚Mechanical EngineeringTheory of Machines

Consider the following statements:
Statement 1: The motion of a piston in the cylinder of a steam engine is an example of completely constrained motion.
Statement 2: The cam and follower without a spring forms a self-closed pair.
Choose the correct option:
A) Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect
B) Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect
C) Statement 1 and 2 are correct
D) Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect

Explanation

Statement 1 is correct: the motion of a piston in a cylinder is constrained to reciprocate along one definite axis irrespective of the direction of force, making it completely constrained motion. Statement 2 is incorrect: a cam and follower pair is kept in contact by an external force (gravity or spring), so without a spring it is a force-closed pair (unclosed pair), not a self-closed (geometrically closed) pair. Hence, Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect.

कथन 1 सही है: सिलेंडर में पिस्टन की गति केवल एक ही दिशा में संभव होती है, जो पूर्णतः निरुद्ध गति (Completely constrained motion) का उदाहरण है। कथन 2 गलत है: बिना स्प्रिंग के कैम और फॉलोअर बल-संवृत युग्म (Force-closed pair) बनाते हैं, न कि सेल्फ-क्लोज्ड। अतः कथन 1 सही और 2 गलत है।

2025JKSSB

664📚Mechanical EngineeringMechanical Engineering & Machine Design

Match List - I with List - II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I (Terms in Screw):
1. Lead
2. Pitch
3. Helix
List - II (Description):
i. It is the curve traced by a particle, while describing a circular path at a uniform speed and advancing in the axial direction at a uniform rate.
ii. It is the distance from a point of screw to a corresponding point on the next thread, measured parallel to the axis of the screw.
iii. It is the distance; a screw thread advances axially in one turn.
Choose the correct option:
A) (1) - i, (2) - ii, (3) - iii
B) (1) - ii, (2) - iii, (3) - i
C) (1) - iii, (2) - i, (3) - ii
D) (1) - iii, (2) - ii, (3) - i

Explanation

1. Lead: Axial advance in one complete revolution = iii; 2. Pitch: Axial distance between corresponding points on adjacent threads = ii; 3. Helix: Space curve generated by a point revolving around a cylinder while advancing linearly = i. Thus, the matching code is (1)-iii, (2)-ii, (3)-i.

1. लीड (Lead) = iii (एक चक्कर में अक्षीय रूप से तय की गई दूरी); 2. पिच (Pitch) = ii (समीपवर्ती चूड़ियों के संगत बिंदुओं के बीच की अक्षीय दूरी); 3. हेलिक्स (Helix) = i (समान गति से अक्षीय रूप से आगे बढ़ते कण द्वारा अनुरेखित वक्र)। सही मिलान (1)-iii, (2)-ii, (3)-i है।

2025JKSSB

665📚Quantitative AptitudeTime, Speed & Distance

A man travelled a distance of 61 km in 9 hours partly on foot at the rate of 4 km/hour and partly on bicycle at 9 km/hour. Find distance travelled on foot.
A) 16 km
B) 20 km
C) 30 km
D) 15 km

Explanation

Let time spent walking on foot be t hours. Then time on bicycle is (9 - t) hours.
Total distance = 4 × t + 9 × (9 - t) = 61
4t + 81 - 9t = 61
-5t = 61 - 81 = -20
t = 4 hours.
Distance travelled on foot = Speed × Time = 4 km/h × 4 hours = 16 km.

माना पैदल चलने का समय t घंटे है, तो साइकिल से चलने का समय (9 - t) घंटे होगा।
कुल दूरी = 4 × t + 9 × (9 - t) = 61
4t + 81 - 9t = 61 => 5t = 20 => t = 4 घंटे।
पैदल तय की गई दूरी = 4 किमी/घंटा × 4 घंटे = 16 किमी। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

666📚Quantitative AptitudeTime & Work

A and B can do a piece of work in 24 days, B and C can do the same work in 30 days and C and A can do it in 40 days. How many days would they all take to do the same work?
A) 12
B) 15
C) 20
D) 25

Explanation

Work per day:
A + B = 1/24
B + C = 1/30
C + A = 1/40
Adding all three equations:
2(A + B + C) = 1/24 + 1/30 + 1/40
Taking LCM of 24, 30, 40 which is 120:
2(A + B + C) = (5 + 4 + 3) / 120 = 12 / 120 = 1/10
A + B + C = 1 / 20.
Therefore, working together they take 20 days to complete the work.

प्रतिदिन का कार्य:
A + B = 1/24, B + C = 1/30, C + A = 1/40।
तीनों को जोड़ने पर:
2(A + B + C) = 1/24 + 1/30 + 1/40 = (5 + 4 + 3)/120 = 12/120 = 1/10
A + B + C = 1/20।
अतः तीनों मिलकर कार्य को 20 दिनों में पूरा करेंगे। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

667📚Quantitative AptitudePipes & Cisterns

Two taps can fill the tank in 10 hours and 15 hours respectively. In how much time the tank will fill if both the taps are kept open?
A) 5.5 hours
B) 6.5 hours
C) 5 hours
D) 6 hours

Explanation

Combined filling rate of both taps per hour = 1/10 + 1/15 = (3 + 2)/30 = 5/30 = 1/6.
Therefore, the total time required to fill the tank together is 6 hours.

दोनों नलों द्वारा प्रति घंटा भरा जाने वाला भाग = 1/10 + 1/15 = (3 + 2)/30 = 5/30 = 1/6।
अतः टंकी को भरने में कुल समय = 6 घंटे (6 hours) लगेगा। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

668📚Quantitative AptitudeHeights & Distances

The angle of elevation of a ladder leaning against a wall is 60° and the foot of the ladder is 4.6 m away from the wall. The length of the ladder is:
A) 2.3 m
B) 4.6 m
C) 7.8 m
D) 9.2 m

Explanation

Let the length of the ladder be L (the hypotenuse). The distance from the foot of the ladder to the wall is the adjacent side = 4.6 m.
cos 60° = Adjacent / Hypotenuse = 4.6 / L.
Since cos 60° = 1/2:
1/2 = 4.6 / L => L = 4.6 × 2 = 9.2 m.

दीवार और सीढ़ी के बीच समकोण त्रिभुज बनता है, जहाँ सीढ़ी कर्ण (L) है तथा आधार 4.6 मीटर है।
cos 60° = आधार / कर्ण = 4.6 / L
1/2 = 4.6 / L => L = 4.6 × 2 = 9.2 मीटर।
अतः सीढ़ी की लंबाई 9.2 मीटर (विकल्प D) है।

2025JKSSB

669📚Knowledge of Computer Applications & ITMemory Hierarchy

Which of the following is the lowest in the computer memory hierarchy?
A) Cache
B) RAM
C) Secondary memory
D) CPU registers

Explanation

In the standard computer memory hierarchy, speed and cost per bit decrease while capacity increases from top to bottom:
Top: CPU Registers -> Cache -> Main Memory (RAM) -> Secondary Memory (Hard Drive/SSD) -> Tertiary Storage.
Thus, Secondary Memory is the lowest among the options.

कंप्यूटर मेमोरी पदानुक्रम (Memory Hierarchy) में गति और लागत के आधार पर क्रम है: सीपीयू रजिस्टर्स (सर्वोच्च) -> कैश मेमोरी -> मुख्य मेमोरी (रैम) -> सेकेंडरी मेमोरी (जैसे हार्ड डिस्क/एसएसडी)। अतः दिए गए विकल्पों में सबसे निचला स्तर 'सेकेंडरी मेमोरी' (Secondary memory) है। सही विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

670📚Knowledge of Computer Applications & ITCPU Registers & Speed

Which of the following is the fastest means of memory access for CPU?
A) Registers
B) Cache
C) Main memory
D) Virtual Memory

Explanation

CPU internal registers reside directly on the processor die and operate at processor clock speed, providing single-cycle access times, making them the fastest memory elements in a computer system.

सीपीयू के आंतरिक रजिस्टर्स (Registers) प्रोसेसर चिप के अंदर ही स्थित होते हैं और प्रोसेसर क्लॉक की गति से कार्य करते हैं, जिससे वे कंप्यूटर में सबसे तेज़ मेमोरी एक्सेस प्रदान करते हैं। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

671📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

A person crosses a 600 m long street in 5 minutes. What is his speed in km per hour?
A) 3.6
B) 7.2
C) 11.2
D) 14.1

Explanation

Distance = 600 m. Time = 5 minutes = 5 60 = 300 seconds. Speed = Distance / Time = 600 / 300 = 2 m/s. To convert m/s to km/h, multiply by 18/5: Speed = 2 (18/5) = 36/5 = 7.2 km/h.

दूरी = 600 मीटर। समय = 5 मिनट = 300 सेकंड। गति = दूरी / समय = 600 / 300 = 2 मीटर/सेकंड। मीटर/सेकंड को किमी/घंटा में बदलने के लिए 18/5 से गुणा करते हैं: गति = 2 * (18/5) = 7.2 किमी/घंटा। अतः विकल्प B सही है।

2025JKSSB

672📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

The ratio between the speeds of two trains is 7 : 8. If the second train runs 400 km in 4 hours, then the speed of the first train is
A) 70 km/h
B) 78 km/h
C) 86 km/h
D) 87.5 km/h

Explanation

Speed of the second train = 400 km / 4 hours = 100 km/h. Let the speeds of the two trains be 7x and 8x. Given 8x = 100 => x = 100 / 8 = 12.5. Speed of the first train = 7x = 7 * 12.5 = 87.5 km/h.

दूसरी ट्रेन की गति = 400 किमी / 4 घंटे = 100 किमी/घंटा। दोनों ट्रेनों की गतियों का अनुपात 7 : 8 है। 8 इकाई = 100 किमी/घंटा => 1 इकाई = 12.5 किमी/घंटा। पहली ट्रेन की गति = 7 * 12.5 = 87.5 किमी/घंटा। अतः विकल्प D सही है।

2025JKSSB

673📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

A man travelled first half of his journey at a speed of 60 kmph and the second half of his journey at a speed of 40 kmph. Find the average speed of the man.
A) 48 kmph
B) 50 kmph
C) 55 kmph
D) 68 kmph

Explanation

When two equal halves of a journey are covered at speeds u and v, Average Speed = (2 u v) / (u + v). Here u = 60 kmph and v = 40 kmph. Average speed = (2 60 40) / (60 + 40) = 4800 / 100 = 48 kmph.

जब दो बराबर दूरियाँ u और v चाल से तय की जाती हैं, तो औसत चाल = (2 u v) / (u + v) होती है। यहाँ u = 60 किमी/घंटा तथा v = 40 किमी/घंटा। औसत चाल = (2 60 40) / (60 + 40) = 4800 / 100 = 48 किमी/घंटा। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

674📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

While going to office, Ramesh travels at a speed of 30 kmph and on his way back, he travels at a speed of 45 kmph. What is his average speed of the whole journey?
A) 45 kmph
B) 36 kmph
C) 32 kmph
D) 38 kmph

Explanation

For equal round-trip distances at speeds x and y, the harmonic mean gives the average speed: Average Speed = (2 x y) / (x + y) = (2 30 45) / (30 + 45) = 2700 / 75 = 36 kmph.

समान दूरी जाने और वापस आने के लिए औसत चाल = (2 x y) / (x + y) = (2 30 45) / (30 + 45) = 2700 / 75 = 36 किमी/घंटा। अतः विकल्प B सही है।

2025JKSSB

675📚Basic Mathematics & Numerical AbilitySpeed, Time and Distance

A speed of 90 km/hr is equal to
A) 25 m/s
B) 32.5 m/s
C) 33 m/s
D) 38 m/s

Explanation

To convert speed from km/hr to m/s, multiply by 5/18: 90 (5/18) = 5 5 = 25 m/s.

किमी/घंटा को मीटर/सेकंड में बदलने के लिए 5/18 से गुणा किया जाता है: 90 * (5/18) = 25 मीटर/सेकंड। अतः विकल्प A सही है।

2025JKSSB

676📚Basic Reasoning & Mental AbilityDirection Sense Test

A boy first goes in South direction, then he turns towards left and travels for some distance. After that he turns right and moves certain distance. At last he turns left and travels again for some distance. Now, in which direction is he moving?
A) North
B) South
C) East
D) West

Explanation

1. Starts heading South.
2. Turns left -> faces East.
3. Turns right -> faces South.
4. Turns left -> faces East.
Thus, he is finally moving towards East.

1. दक्षिण दिशा में चलता है। 2. बाएँ मुड़ता है -> पूर्व दिशा। 3. दाएँ मुड़ता है -> दक्षिण दिशा। 4. अंत में बाएँ मुड़ता है -> पूर्व दिशा। अतः वह अब पूर्व दिशा में आगे बढ़ रहा है। अतः विकल्प C सही है।

2025JKSSB

677📚Civil EngineeringSurveying - Chain Corrections

The length of a survey line when measured with a chain of 20 m nominal length was found to be 841.5 m. If the chain used is 0.1 m too long, the correct length of the measured line is
A) 845.7 m
B) 837.3 m
C) 841.6 m
D) 839.4 m

Explanation

True distance = Measured distance (Actual chain length / Nominal chain length). Nominal chain length L = 20 m. Actual chain length L' = 20 + 0.1 = 20.1 m. Measured distance = 841.5 m. Correct length = 841.5 (20.1 / 20) = 841.5 * 1.005 = 845.7075 m ≈ 845.7 m.

वास्तविक दूरी = मापी गई दूरी (जरीब की वास्तविक लंबाई / जरीब की मानक लंबाई)। यहाँ जरीब की मानक लंबाई L = 20 m, वास्तविक लंबाई L' = 20 + 0.1 = 20.1 m, तथा मापी गई लंबाई = 841.5 m। अतः सही लंबाई = 841.5 (20.1 / 20) = 845.7075 m ≈ 845.7 m। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

678📚Civil EngineeringSurveying - Linear Measurements & Taping

The following steps are necessary to obtain sufficient accuracy with the tape:
I. Keeping uniform tension on tape for each measurement
II. "Breaking" tape on slopes are necessary to keep the tape level
III. Keeping accurate count of the stations
IV. Keeping the tape on the line being measured
The correct sequence of these steps is:
A) IV, II, I, III
B) II, III, IV, I
C) IV, I, II, III
D) III, II, I, IV

Explanation

In standard field chaining and taping procedures: First, the tape must be aligned on the survey line being measured (IV: alignment). Next, uniform pull/tension must be applied to the tape (I: standard tension). Then, when encountering sloping ground, the tape is 'stepped' or 'broken' into horizontal segments to measure horizontal distance (II: leveling/breaking tape). Finally, an accurate count of tape lengths/stations is kept by the leader and follower (III: tallying stations). Thus, the correct operational sequence is IV, I, II, III.

फीता सर्वेक्षण (Taping) में सटीकता प्राप्त करने का मानक अनुक्रम:
सबसे पहले फीते को मापी जाने वाली रेखा पर सीध में संरेखित किया जाता है (IV)। फिर प्रत्येक माप के लिए फीते पर एकसमान तनाव (Tension) लगाया जाता है (I)। ढालू जमीन होने पर फीते को क्षैतिज रखने के लिए 'ब्रेकिंग टेप' विधि का उपयोग किया जाता है (II)। अंत में स्टेशनों/फीता लंबाइयों की सटीक गिनती रखी जाती है (III)। अतः सही क्रम IV, I, II, III है। विकल्प C सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

679📚Civil EngineeringMechanics of Materials - Stress and Strain

Robert Hooke discovered experimentally that within elastic limit
A) Stress = strain
B) Stress * strain = 1
C) Stress / Strain = a constant
D) None of the above

Explanation

Hooke's Law states that within the elastic limit of a material, stress is directly proportional to strain: σ ∝ ε, which means σ / ε = E (Young's Modulus, a constant). Thus, Stress / Strain = a constant.

हुक का नियम कहता है कि प्रत्यास्थता सीमा के भीतर प्रतिबल (Stress) विकृति (Strain) के समानुपाती होता है: σ ∝ ε, अर्थात प्रतिबल / विकृति = एक स्थिरांक (यंग मापांक E)। अतः विकल्प C सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

680📚Civil EngineeringMechanics of Materials - Methods of Slope & Deflection

The slope and deflection at a section in a loaded beam can be found out by which of the following methods?
A) Double integration method
B) Moment area method
C) Macaulay's method
D) Any of the above

Explanation

Slope and deflection in beams can be determined by several established structural analysis methods, including the Double Integration method, Mohr's Moment-Area theorems, Macaulay's method, the Conjugate Beam method, and Castigliano's strain energy method. Therefore, any of the above can be used.

भारित बीम में किसी काट पर ढाल (Slope) और विक्षेप (Deflection) ज्ञात करने के लिए डबल इंटीग्रेशन विधि, मोहर की मोमेंट एरिया विधि, मैकाले विधि, तथा संयुग्मी बीम विधि - इन सभी विधियों का सफलतापूर्वक उपयोग किया जा सकता है। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प D (Any of the above) है।

2025JKSSB

681📚Civil EngineeringMechanics of Materials - Torsion of Shafts

A circular solid shaft of span L = 5 m is fixed at one end and free at the other end. A twisting moment T = 100 kN-m is applied at the free end. The torsional rigidity GJ is 50000 kN-m²/rad. Following statements are made for this shaft:
1. The maximum rotation is 0.01 rad
2. The torsional strain energy is 1 kN-m
With reference to the above statements, which of the following applies?
A) Both statements are true
B) Statement 1 is true but 2 is false
C) Statement 2 is true but 1 is false
D) Both statements are false

Explanation

Calculations for torsional deformation and strain energy:
1. Maximum angle of twist θ = T L / (GJ) = (100 5) / 50000 = 500 / 50000 = 0.01 rad. Statement 1 is TRUE.
2. Torsional strain energy U = (1/2) T θ = (1/2) 100 0.01 = 0.5 kN-m. Since the statement claims 1 kN-m, Statement 2 is FALSE.
Therefore, Statement 1 is true but 2 is false.

शाफ्ट के लिए मरोड़ विश्लेषण:
1. अधिकतम घूर्णन (Angle of twist) θ = TL / GJ = (100 5) / 50000 = 0.01 rad। अतः कथन 1 सत्य है। 2. मरोड़ विकृति ऊर्जा U = (1/2) T θ = 0.5 100 * 0.01 = 0.5 kN-m। चूंकि कथन 2 में 1 kN-m दिया गया है, अतः कथन 2 असत्य है।
अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प B (Statement 1 is true but 2 is false) है।

2025JKSSB

682📚Civil EngineeringMechanics of Materials - Pure Bending Theory

The "Plane section remains plane" assumption in bending theory implies
A) Stress profile is linear
B) Strain profile is linear
C) Both profiles are linear
D) Shear deformation is neglected

Explanation

The Bernoulli-Euler assumption that 'plane sections normal to the neutral axis before bending remain plane and normal to the neutral axis after bending' is purely a kinematic assumption. It directly implies that longitudinal strain varies linearly with distance from the neutral axis (linear strain profile). The stress profile is linear only if Hooke's law additionally holds.

बंकन सिद्धांत में 'समतल काट बंकन के बाद भी समतल रहता है' (Plane sections remain plane) बर्नौली की एक शुद्ध गतिज मान्यता है। इसका सीधा निष्कर्ष यह है कि अनुदैर्ध्य विकृति तटस्थ अक्ष से दूरी के साथ रैखिक रूप से बदलती है (Strain profile is linear)। प्रतिबल का रैखिक होना तभी संभव है जब हुक का नियम भी लागू हो। अतः विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

683📚Civil EngineeringIrrigation & Hydrology - Dams and Reservoirs

The lake of water which is formed upstream is often called a
A) creep
B) reservoir
C) side flanks
D) swift frinity

Explanation

A large artificial or natural body of water formed upstream of a dam, weir, or barrage constructed across a river or stream is called a reservoir (or storage reservoir).

किसी बांध, बैराज या वियर के अपस्ट्रीम (प्रवाह की उल्टी दिशा) में बनने वाले कृत्रिम या प्राकृतिक जल निकाय को जलाशय (Reservoir) कहा जाता है। अतः विकल्प B सही है।

2025JKSSB

684📚Civil EngineeringIrrigation Engineering - River Training Works

Consider the following Statements:
Statement - 1: The length of the guide bank on the downstream side should be between 0.1 L to 0.2 L. L indicates the length of structure between the abutments.
Statement - 2: The top level of guide banks is governed by HFL, afflux, velocity head, and freeboard. It can be obtained by adding all these four values.
Choose the correct option:
A) Statement 1 is correct and Statement 2 is incorrect
B) Statement 2 is correct and Statement 1 is incorrect
C) Statement 1 and 2 are correct
D) Statement 1 and 2 are incorrect

Explanation

River training and guide bank design principles:
Statement 1: According to Spring's classic guidelines for guide banks, the downstream length is kept between 0.1 L to 0.2 L (where L is the waterway length between bridge/barrage abutments). Statement 1 is correct.
Statement 2: The top level of a guide bank is fixed by taking the High Flood Level (HFL) and adding afflux, velocity head, and suitable freeboard (normally 1.5 m to 2.0 m). Statement 2 is also correct.
Therefore, both Statement 1 and 2 are correct.

गाइड बैंकों के डिजाइन सिद्धांत:
कथन 1: स्प्रिंग के नियमों के अनुसार डाउनस्ट्रीम में गाइड बैंक की लंबाई 0.1 L से 0.2 L के बीच रखी जाती है (जहाँ L अबटमेंट्स के बीच संरचना की लंबाई है)। अतः कथन 1 सत्य है।
कथन 2: गाइड बैंक का शीर्ष स्तर HFL, एफ्लक्स (afflux), वेग शीर्ष (velocity head) और फ्रीबोर्ड को जोड़कर निर्धारित किया जाता है। अतः कथन 2 भी सत्य है।
अतः सही विकल्प C (Statement 1 and 2 are correct) है।

2025JKSSB

685📚Civil EngineeringIrrigation Engineering - River Training Types

Match List - I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists:
List - I (Classification of River Training)
1. High water training
2. Low water training
3. Mean water training
List - II (Purpose)
i. Sediment (efficient disposal of suspended load and bed load)
ii. Discharge (flood control)
iii. Depth (provide sufficient water depth)
Choose the correct option:
A) (1) - i, (2) - ii, (3) - iii
B) (1) - ii, (2) - iii, (3) - i
C) (1) - iii, (2) - i, (3) - ii
D) (1) - iii, (2) - ii, (3) - i

Explanation

Classification of river training works by primary objective:
1. High water training (Training for Discharge): Aimed at flood disposal and flood control without causing overtopping -> (ii)
2. Low water training (Training for Depth): Aimed at maintaining navigable water depth during low-flow periods -> (iii)
3. Mean water training (Training for Sediment): Aimed at efficient movement and disposal of sediment/bed load to maintain channel stability -> (i)
Therefore, the correct match is (1)-ii, (2)-iii, (3)-i.

नदी प्रशिक्षण कार्यों (River Training) का वर्गीकरण:
1. उच्च जल प्रशिक्षण (High water training): बाढ़ नियंत्रण और अधिकतम विसर्जन (Discharge) के सुरक्षित निकास हेतु -> (ii)
2. निम्न जल प्रशिक्षण (Low water training): नौकायन के लिए शुष्क मौसम में पर्याप्त गहराई (Depth) प्रदान करने हेतु -> (iii)
3. मध्यम जल प्रशिक्षण (Mean water training): गाद और तलछट (Sediment) के कुशल निपटान हेतु -> (i)
अतः सही मिलान (1)-ii, (2)-iii, (3)-i है। विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

686📚Civil EngineeringRCC Design - Limit State Assumptions (IS 456)

As per limit state design method the ultimate strain in the outermost compression fiber of concrete in bending is taken as
A) 0.0020
B) 0.0120
C) 0.0035
D) 0.0520

Explanation

According to Clause 38.1(b) of IS 456:2000, in the limit state of collapse in flexure, the maximum strain in concrete at the outermost compression fiber is taken as 0.0035.

IS 456:2000 के खंड 38.1(b) के अनुसार, बंकन (Flexure) में चरम सीमा अवस्था (Limit state of collapse) पर कंक्रीट के सबसे बाहरी संपीड़न रेशे (outermost compression fiber) में अधिकतम विकृति का मान 0.0035 लिया जाता है। अतः विकल्प C सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

687📚Civil EngineeringMechanics of Materials - Cantilever Formulas

Consider the following pairs, for a cantilever beam of length (l), loaded by point load (w) at free end and flexural rigidity (EI):
i. Maximum Bending Moment - 1. wl
ii. Strain Energy - 2. wl² / (2EI)
iii. Maximum slope - 3. wl³ / (3EI)
iv. Maximum deflection - 4. w²l³ / (6EI)
Which of the pair given below is correctly matched?
A) (i) - (1), (ii) - (4), (iii) - (3), (iv) - (2)
B) (i) - (1), (ii) - (4), (iii) - (2), (iv) - (3)
C) (i) - (4), (ii) - (2), (iii) - (1), (iv) - (3)
D) (i) - (4), (ii) - (3), (iii) - (1), (iv) - (2)

Explanation

For a cantilever beam of length l carrying a point load w at the free end:
(i) Maximum Bending Moment at fixed end M_max = w l -> 1 (ii) Total Strain Energy U = ∫ (M² dx) / (2EI) = w²l³ / (6EI) -> 4 (iii) Maximum slope at free end θ_max = w l² / (2EI) -> 2
(iv) Maximum deflection at free end δ_max = w * l³ / (3EI) -> 3
Therefore, the correctly matched pair is (i)-(1), (ii)-(4), (iii)-(2), (iv)-(3).

मुक्त सिरे पर बिंदु भार w वाले कैंटिलीवर बीम के लिए:
(i) अधिकतम बंकन आघूर्ण = wl -> 1
(ii) विकृति ऊर्जा (Strain Energy) = w²l³ / (6EI) -> 4
(iii) अधिकतम ढाल (Maximum slope) = wl² / (2EI) -> 2
(iv) अधिकतम विक्षेप (Maximum deflection) = wl³ / (3EI) -> 3
अतः सही मिलान (i)-(1), (ii)-(4), (iii)-(2), (iv)-(3) है। विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

688📚Civil EngineeringConcrete Technology - Compressive Strength Testing

The compressive strength of 100 mm cube as compared to 150 mm cube is always
A) More
B) Less
C) Same
D) Unpredictable

Explanation

Due to specimen size effects and platen restraint friction extending over a larger percentage of height in smaller cubes, the apparent compressive strength of a smaller 100 mm concrete cube is approximately 5% to 10% higher (factor ~1.05 to 1.10) than that of a standard 150 mm cube.

प्रतिदर्श आकार प्रभाव (Size effect) और परीक्षण मशीन की प्लेटों के घर्षण अवरोध के कारण, 100 मिमी कंक्रीट घन की संपीडन सामर्थ्य मानक 150 मिमी घन की तुलना में लगभग 5% से 10% अधिक (More) प्राप्त होती है। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

689📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Fluid Properties & Newton's Law

A fluid is said to be Newtonian fluid when its shear stress is
A) Inversely proportional to the velocity gradient
B) Proportional to the velocity gradient
C) Independent to the velocity gradient
D) Inversely proportional to the shear stress rate

Explanation

According to Newton's law of viscosity, a fluid is Newtonian when the shear stress τ is directly proportional to the rate of shear strain or velocity gradient: τ = μ * (du/dy).

न्यूटन के श्यानता नियम के अनुसार, एक तरल न्यूटोनियन तरल तब कहलाता है जब उसका कर्तन प्रतिबल (Shear stress) वेग प्रवणता (Velocity gradient) के सीधे समानुपाती होता है: τ = μ (du/dy)। अतः विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

690📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Hydrostatic Pressure & Force

A uniformly tapering vessel is filled with liquid of density 900 kg/m³. Then the force that act on the base of the vessel due to the liquid (g = 10 m/sec²) is:
(Given: Height h = 0.4 m, Base Area = 2 x 10⁻³ m², Top Area = 10⁻³ m²)
A) 3.6 N
B) 7.2 N
C) 9.8 N
D) 15.4 N

Explanation

Hydrostatic pressure at the flat bottom base of the vessel depends only on the depth of liquid h and liquid density ρ (hydrostatic paradox): P = ρ g h = 900 kg/m³ 10 m/s² 0.4 m = 3600 N/m². Total force on the horizontal base area = P A_base = 3600 N/m² (2 * 10⁻³ m²) = 7.2 N.

द्रवस्थैतिक विरोधाभास (Hydrostatic Paradox) के अनुसार बर्तन के आधार पर द्रव का दाब केवल द्रव की गहराई h और घनत्व ρ पर निर्भर करता है: P = ρgh = 900 10 0.4 = 3600 N/m²। आधार पर कुल बल F = P A_base = 3600 (2 * 10⁻³) = 7.2 N। अतः विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

691📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Viscous Flow & Shear

The velocity of the upper layer of water in a river is 36 km h⁻¹. Shearing stress between horizontal layers of water is 10⁻³ N m⁻². Consider co-efficient of viscosity of water is 10⁻² Pa-s. Then depth of the river is
A) 100 m
B) 200 m
C) 360 m
D) 3600 m

Explanation

Velocity of surface layer v = 36 km/h = 36 (5/18) = 10 m/s. Assuming river bed velocity is 0 and velocity varies linearly with depth y: Velocity gradient dv/dy = v / y = 10 / y. From Newton's law: τ = μ (dv/dy) => 10⁻³ N/m² = 10⁻² Pa·s * (10 / y) => 10⁻³ = 10⁻¹ / y => y = 10⁻¹ / 10⁻³ = 100 m.

नदी की सतह पर वेग v = 36 km/h = 36 (5/18) = 10 m/s। न्यूटन के नियम से: कर्तन प्रतिबल τ = μ (v / y)। यहाँ τ = 10⁻³ N/m² और μ = 10⁻² Pa·s। 10⁻³ = 10⁻² (10 / y) => 10⁻³ = 10⁻¹ / y => y = 10⁻¹ / 10⁻³ = 100 मीटर।
अतः नदी की गहराई 100 मीटर है। विकल्प A सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

692📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Pressure Intensity in Layered Fluids

Open tank contains 1 m deep water with 50 cm depth of oil of specific gravity 0.6 above it, then the intensity of pressure at the bottom of tank is (taken, g = 1000 cm s⁻²)
A) 3 kN/m²
B) 13 kN/m²
C) 30 kN/m²
D) 40 kN/m²

Explanation

Pressure intensity at tank bottom: P = P_oil + P_water = (ρ_oil g h_oil) + (ρ_water g h_water). Given g = 1000 cm/s² = 10 m/s², h_oil = 50 cm = 0.5 m, ρ_oil = 0.6 1000 = 600 kg/m³, h_water = 1.0 m, ρ_water = 1000 kg/m³. P_oil = 600 10 0.5 = 3000 N/m² = 3 kN/m². P_water = 1000 10 * 1.0 = 10,000 N/m² = 10 kN/m². Total pressure P = 3 + 10 = 13 kN/m².

टैंक की तली पर दाब = तेल का दाब + पानी का दाब।
यहाँ g = 10 m/s², तेल की गहराई h_oil = 0.5 m, घनत्व = 600 kg/m³; पानी की गहराई h_water = 1.0 m, घनत्व = 1000 kg/m³।
P = (600 10 0.5) + (1000 10 1.0) = 3000 + 10000 = 13000 N/m² = 13 kN/m²। अतः विकल्प B सही है।

2025JKSSB

693📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Venturimeter & Bernoulli Application

The following figure shows a venturimeter, through which water is flowing. The speed of water at "X" is 2 cm s⁻¹ and height difference between "X" and "Y" is 5.1 mm. Then the speed of water at "Y" is (taken, g = 1000 cm s⁻²)
A) 23 cm s⁻¹
B) 32 cm s⁻¹
C) 101 cm s⁻¹
D) 1024 cm s⁻¹

Explanation

Applying Bernoulli's equation between inlet section X and throat section Y: P_X / (ρ g) + v_X² / (2g) = P_Y / (ρ g) + v_Y² / (2g) => (P_X - P_Y) / (ρ g) = (v_Y² - v_X²) / (2g). The piezometric head difference h = (P_X - P_Y) / (ρ g) = 5.1 mm = 0.51 cm. Given g = 1000 cm/s² and v_X = 2 cm/s: v_Y² - v_X² = 2 g h = 2 1000 0.51 = 1020 cm²/s². Therefore, v_Y² = 1020 + v_X² = 1020 + 2² = 1020 + 4 = 1024 cm²/s². Speed v_Y = √1024 = 32 cm s⁻¹.

बर्नौली के समीकरण से: h = (v_Y² - v_X²) / (2g)।
यहाँ h = 5.1 mm = 0.51 cm, g = 1000 cm/s², तथा v_X = 2 cm/s।
v_Y² - v_X² = 2 1000 0.51 = 1020।
v_Y² = 1020 + 2² = 1020 + 4 = 1024 cm²/s²।
अतः v_Y = √1024 = 32 cm s⁻¹। विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

694📚Civil EngineeringFluid Mechanics - Torricelli's Law & Orifice Flow

An open tank filled with water (density = ρ and g = 9.81 m/sec²) has a narrow hole at a depth of "h" below the water surface. Then the velocity of water flowing out is
A) √(2gh)
B) ρgh
C) 2gh
D) gh

Explanation

According to Torricelli's Law of efflux, the theoretical velocity of liquid flowing out of a small orifice or narrow hole at depth h below the free liquid surface under gravity is given by v = √(2gh).

टोरिसेली के नियम (Torricelli's Law) के अनुसार, मुक्त सतह से 'h' गहराई पर स्थित एक संकीर्ण छिद्र से निकलने वाले जल का सैद्धांतिक वेग v = √(2gh) होता है। अतः विकल्प A सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

695📚Civil EngineeringHighway Engineering - Horizontal Alignment & Dynamics

For a vehicle negotiating a curve, centrifugal force is
i. Directly proportional to the weight of vehicle
ii. Inversely proportional to square of velocity
iii. Inversely proportional to radius of curve
Which of the above statements are true?
A) (i) and (ii)
B) (ii) and (iii)
C) (i) and (iii)
D) (i), (ii) and (iii)

Explanation

Centrifugal force acting on a vehicle traversing a horizontal curve of radius R at speed v is given by: F = m v² / R = (W v²) / (g * R).
Hence, centrifugal force is:
(i) Directly proportional to the weight W of the vehicle (Statement i is TRUE)
(ii) Directly proportional to the square of velocity v² (Statement ii is FALSE as it claims inversely proportional)
(iii) Inversely proportional to the radius of curve R (Statement iii is TRUE).
Therefore, statements (i) and (iii) are true.

मोड़ पर वाहन पर लगने वाला अपकेंद्रीय बल F = (W v²) / (g R) होता है:
(i) यह वाहन के भार W के सीधे समानुपाती होता है (कथन i सत्य है)।
(ii) यह वेग के वर्ग के सीधे समानुपाती होता है, व्युत्क्रमानुपाती नहीं (कथन ii असत्य है)।
(iii) यह मोड़ की त्रिज्या R के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होता है (कथन iii सत्य है)।
अतः केवल कथन (i) और (iii) सत्य हैं। विकल्प C सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

696📚Civil EngineeringHighway Engineering - Pavement Failures

Alligator or map cracking is the most common type of failure in
A) Bituminous surfacing
B) Water Bound Macadam (WBM) surfacing
C) Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) surfacing
D) Telford and Macadam surfacing

Explanation

Alligator cracking (or crocodile/map cracking) is a fatigue failure characterized by interconnected cracks resembling the skin of an alligator. It is the most common distress in flexible pavement bituminous surfacing, caused by repeated tensile strain under traffic wheel loads due to inadequate structural support or fatigue of the asphalt layer.

एलिगेटर या मैप क्रैकिंग (Alligator or map cracking) लचीले फुटपाथ की कोलतार वाली सतह (Bituminous surfacing) में होने वाली सबसे आम थकान विफलता (fatigue failure) है, जिसमें दरारें मगरमच्छ की खाल की तरह आपस में जुड़ी होती हैं। अतः विकल्प A सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

697📚Civil EngineeringHighway Engineering - Skid Resistance & Braking

A vehicle was stopped in 2 second by fully jamming the break and skid marks measured 20 m then average skid resistance is (consider g = 10 m/sec²)
A) 0.35
B) 0.50
C) 1.0
D) 2.2

Explanation

Under uniform deceleration 'a' to rest in time t = 2 s over skid distance s = 20 m: The average velocity during braking is v_avg = v / 2 = s / t => v / 2 = 20 / 2 = 10 m/s => initial velocity v = 20 m/s. Deceleration a = v / t = 20 / 2 = 10 m/s² (or s = (1/2) a t² => 20 = (1/2) a 2² => 20 = 2a => a = 10 m/s²). The skid resistance (coefficient of friction f) is given by: f = a / g = 10 / 10 = 1.0.

वाहन 2 सेकंड में ब्रेक लगाने पर 20 मीटर फिसलकर रुक जाता है। सूत्र s = (1/2) a t² से:
20 = (1/2) a (2)² = 2a => a = 10 m/s²।
औसत फिसलन प्रतिरोध (Skid resistance / घर्षण गुणांक f) = a / g = 10 / 10 = 1.0।
अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

698📚Civil EngineeringHighway Engineering - Traffic Flow Fundamentals

The fundamental relationship between space-mean speed (u), traffic density (k) and traffic flow (q) is
A) q = u k B) q = k / u C) q = u / k D) q = 1 / (u k)

Explanation

The fundamental equation of traffic flow theory is: q = u * k, where q is traffic flow or volume (vehicles/hour), u is space-mean speed (km/hour), and k is traffic density (vehicles/km).

यातायात प्रवाह सिद्धांत का मूल समीकरण q = u * k होता है, जहाँ q यातायात प्रवाह (वाहनों/घंटा), u स्थान-माध्य चाल (किमी/घंटा), तथा k यातायात घनत्व (वाहनों/किमी) है। अतः विकल्प A सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

699📚Civil EngineeringRailway Engineering - Track Gauge

Gauge is the horizontal distance measured between
A) Centre to center of two rails
B) Inner or running faces of two rails
C) Outer to inner face of two rails
D) Inner to outer face of two rails

Explanation

Track gauge is defined as the clear minimum horizontal distance between the inner (running) faces of the two rails of a railway track, measured at a specified depth below the top surface of the rail head.

रेलवे ट्रैक का गेज (Gauge) दोनों पटरियों के आंतरिक या कार्यकारी फलकों (Inner or running faces of two rails) के बीच की न्यूनतम क्षैतिज दूरी होती है। अतः विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

700📚Civil EngineeringRailway Engineering - Track Gradients

The rising gradient on which a moving train takes the advantage of the preceding falling gradient, usually referred as
A) Pusher gradient
B) Neutral gradient
C) Ruling gradient
D) Momentum gradient

Explanation

A gradient that is steeper than the ruling gradient but can be negotiated by a train because it is preceded by a falling gradient, allowing the train to build kinetic energy/momentum to overcome the steep incline, is called a momentum gradient.

वह बढ़ता हुआ ढाल (Rising gradient) जिस पर चलती हुई ट्रेन पिछले गिरते हुए ढाल (Falling gradient) से प्राप्त गतिज ऊर्जा/संवेग का लाभ उठाकर चढ़ जाती है, संवेग ढाल (Momentum gradient) कहलाता है। यह रूलिंग प्रवणता से अधिक तीखा हो सकता है। अतः विकल्प D सही है।

2025JKSSB

701📚Civil EngineeringEstimating and Costing - Methods of Building Estimation

In long and short wall method of estimation, the length of long wall is the center to center distance between the wall and
A) breadth of the wall
B) half breadth of the wall on each side
C) one forth breadth of the wall on each side
D) one fifth breadth of the wall on each side

Explanation

In the long and short wall method of estimation, the out-to-out length of a long wall is obtained by adding half breadth of the wall on each side to the center-to-center distance (i.e. Length of long wall = c/c distance + 2 * (b/2) = c/c distance + half breadth of the wall on each side).

लंबी और छोटी दीवार विधि (Long and short wall method) में, लंबी दीवार की लंबाई = दीवार की केंद्र-से-केंद्र दूरी + प्रत्येक तरफ दीवार की आधी चौड़ाई (half breadth on each side, कुल एक पूरी चौड़ाई) होती है। अतः विकल्प B सही उत्तर है।

2025JKSSB

702📚Electrical EngineeringControl Systems - Frequency Response & Bandwidth

Consider the following statements about the bandwidth of a closed-loop system:
I. In a system where the low-frequency magnitude is 0 dB on the Bode plot, the bandwidth is measured at the -3dB frequency
II. The bandwidth of the closed-loop control system is a measurement of the range of fidelity of response of the system
III. The speed of response to a step input is proportional to the bandwidth
IV. The system with the largest bandwidth provides a slower step response and a lower fidelity ramp response
Which of the given statements is/are correct?
A) I and IV
B) I, II and IV
C) I, II and III
D) I, III and IV

Explanation

Statements I, II, and III are correct fundamental properties of closed-loop control systems:
I: For normalized low-frequency gain (0 dB), bandwidth is standardly defined as the cutoff frequency where the magnitude drops by 3 dB (-3 dB frequency).
II: Bandwidth defines the frequency band over which input signals are faithfully reproduced without significant attenuation or distortion, serving as a direct measure of fidelity.
III: Rise time and settling time are inversely related to bandwidth (

t_r \approx \frac{0.35}{BW}

), meaning higher bandwidth yields faster response speed.
IV: This is false because larger bandwidth gives faster (not slower) step response and higher (not lower) fidelity ramp tracking. Hence, statements I, II, and III are correct (Option C).

कथन I, II और III सही हैं:
I: बोडे प्लॉट पर यदि निम्न-आवृत्ति परिमाण 0 dB है, तो बैंडविड्थ को -3 dB आवृत्ति पर मापा जाता है।
II: बंद-लूप प्रणाली की बैंडविड्थ संकेत पुनरुत्पादन की विश्वसनीयता (fidelity) की सीमा का माप है।
III: बैंडविड्थ अधिक होने पर स्टेप प्रतिक्रिया की गति तेज होती है (प्रतिक्रिया गति बैंडविड्थ के समानुपाती होती है)।
कथन IV गलत है क्योंकि अधिक बैंडविड्थ तीव्र (धीमी नहीं) प्रतिक्रिया देती है। अतः विकल्प C (I, II और III) सही है।

2025JKSSB

703📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical & Electronic Measurements - Sensors & Transducers

Match the two lists and choose the correct answer from the code given below:
List - I (Parameter)
(w) Pressure
(x) Temperature
(y) Displacement
(z) Stress
List - II (Transducer)
(i) Thermistor
(ii) Piezoelectric crystal
(iii) Capacitance transducer
(iv) Resistance strain gauge
Options:
A) (w)- (ii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iii), (z)-(iv)
B) (w)- (iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii)
C) (w)- (ii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(iii)
D) (w)- (ii), (x)-(iv), (y)-(i), (z)-(iii)

Explanation

Matching parameters to suitable transducers:
(w) Pressure generates electric charge across a Piezoelectric crystal -> (ii)
(x) Temperature causes resistance change in a Thermistor -> (i)
(y) Displacement changes plate separation or area in a Capacitance transducer -> (iii)
(z) Stress/strain causes fractional change in resistance of a Resistance strain gauge -> (iv).
Hence, the correct match is (w)-(ii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iii), (z)-(iv), corresponding to Option A.

पैरामीटर और ट्रांसड्यूसर का सही मिलान:
(w) दाब (Pressure) -> पीजोइलेक्ट्रिक क्रिस्टल (Piezoelectric crystal) -> (ii)
(x) तापमान (Temperature) -> थर्मिस्टर (Thermistor) -> (i)
(y) विस्थापन (Displacement) -> धारिता ट्रांसड्यूसर (Capacitance transducer) -> (iii)
(z) प्रतिबल/तनाव (Stress) -> प्रतिरोध स्ट्रेन गेज (Resistance strain gauge) -> (iv)।
अतः सही मिलान (w)-(ii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iii), (z)-(iv) है, जो विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

704📚Electrical EngineeringElectronics - Field Effect Transistors (FET)

Consider the following statements related to the Field effect transistor.
I. Its operation depends upon the flow of the majority carriers only
II. It has a high input resistance
III. It is suitable for high frequency
IV. Its operation depends upon the flow of both majority and minority carriers
The correct statements is/are _______?
A) I and II only
B) I, II and III only
C) II and IV only
D) III and IV only

Explanation

Field Effect Transistors (FETs):
- Statement I is correct: A FET is a unipolar device whose conduction relies exclusively on the flow of majority charge carriers (electrons in n-channel, holes in p-channel).
- Statement II is correct: Due to reverse-biased gate junction (JFET) or insulated oxide gate dielectric (MOSFET), the input resistance is exceedingly high (

10^8\,\Omega

to

10^{14}\,\Omega

).
- Statement III is correct: Because there is no minority carrier storage time during switching, FETs exhibit fast switching speeds and are well suited for high-frequency applications.
- Statement IV is false (BJTs are bipolar, whereas FETs are strictly unipolar).
Thus, statements I, II, and III are correct (Option B).

फील्ड इफेक्ट ट्रांजिस्टर (FET) के संदर्भ में:
I. यह एक यूनीपोलर उपकरण है जिसका प्रचालन केवल बहुसंख्यक आवेश वाहकों (Majority carriers) के प्रवाह पर निर्भर करता है (सत्य)।
II. इसके गेट के कारण इसका इनपुट प्रतिरोध अत्यधिक उच्च होता है (

10^8 - 10^{14}\,\Omega

) (सत्य)।
III. अल्पसंख्यक वाहक भंडारण समय न होने के कारण यह उच्च आवृत्तियों (High frequency) के लिए उपयुक्त है (सत्य)।
IV. यह असत्य है क्योंकि यह बाइपोलर नहीं है।
अतः कथन I, II और III सही हैं (विकल्प B)।

2025JKSSB

705📚Electrical EngineeringDigital Electronics & Microprocessors - Semiconductor Memories

Consider the following statements:
I. SRAM is made up of flip-flops
II. SRAM stores a bit by maintaining a stable on/off state of its transistors
III. DRAM has high speed and low density
IV. DRAM is cheaper than SRAM
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
A) I, II and III
B) I, II and IV
C) II, III and IV
D) I, III and IV

Explanation

- Statement I is correct: Static RAM (SRAM) memory cells are cross-coupled bistable flip-flops (typically 6 transistors per cell).
- Statement II is correct: SRAM retains data by holding a stable on/off transistor state as long as power is applied without needing refresh cycles.
- Statement III is incorrect: Dynamic RAM (DRAM) is slower than SRAM and has HIGH density (one transistor and one capacitor per bit cell), not low density.
- Statement IV is correct: Because each DRAM cell requires only a single transistor and capacitor compared to 6 transistors for SRAM, DRAM is much cheaper per bit.
Thus, statements I, II, and IV are correct (Option B).

मेमोरी के संदर्भ में:
- कथन I सही है: SRAM फ्लिप-फ्लॉप से बना होता है।
- कथन II सही है: SRAM ट्रांजिस्टर की स्थिर ऑन/ऑफ अवस्था को बनाए रखकर बिट संग्रहीत करता है (रिफ्रेश की आवश्यकता नहीं होती)।
- कथन III गलत है: DRAM की गति SRAM से धीमी होती है लेकिन इसकी पैकिंग घनत्व (Density) बहुत उच्च (High density) होती है।
- कथन IV सही है: 1T-1C सेल संरचना के कारण DRAM प्रति बिट SRAM की तुलना में बहुत सस्ता होता है।
अतः कथन I, II और IV सही हैं (विकल्प B)।

2025JKSSB

706📚Electrical EngineeringPower Electronics - Power Semiconductor Devices

Match the two lists and choose the correct answer from the codes given below.
List-I
(w) MOSFET
(x) GTO
(y) UJT
(z) TRIAC
List-II
(i) Turn off by a negative gate pulse
(ii) Bi-directional switching
(iii) High-speed switching
(iv) Triggering circuit
Options:
A) (w)- (iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii)
B) (w)- (ii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iii), (z)-(iv)
C) (w)- (iv), (x)-(iii), (y)-(ii), (z)-(i)
D) (w)- (iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(ii), (z)-(iv)

Explanation

Matching power semiconductor devices to their key characteristics:
(w) Power MOSFET is a majority carrier unipolar device with negligible storage delay, providing High-speed switching -> (iii)
(x) Gate Turn-Off Thyristor (GTO) can be turned off by applying a negative gate current pulse -> (i)
(y) Uni-Junction Transistor (UJT) exhibits negative resistance and is standardly used in relaxation oscillator Triggering circuits for thyristors -> (iv)
(z) TRIAC conducts in both directions across MT1 and MT2, providing Bi-directional switching -> (ii).
Hence, the correct matching code is (w)-(iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii), which corresponds to Option A.

पावर इलेक्ट्रॉनिक उपकरणों की विशेषताओं का सही मिलान:
(w) MOSFET -> उच्च गति स्विचिंग (High-speed switching) -> (iii)
(x) GTO (गेट टर्न-ऑफ थायरिस्टर) -> ऋणात्मक गेट पल्स द्वारा बंद होना (Turn off by a negative gate pulse) -> (i)
(y) UJT -> थायरिस्टर ट्रिगरिंग परिपथ (Triggering circuit) -> (iv)
(z) TRIAC -> द्विदिशीय स्विचिंग (Bi-directional switching) -> (ii)।
अतः सही मिलान कोड (w)-(iii), (x)-(i), (y)-(iv), (z)-(ii) है, जो विकल्प A है।

2025JKSSB

707📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Drives - Four-Quadrant DC Drives

For a low-speed, high-power reversible operation, the most suitable drive is:
A) Current source inverter-fed AC drives
B) Voltage source inverter-fed AC drives
C) Dual converter-fed DC drives
D) None of the above

Explanation

For heavy industrial applications requiring high power, low-speed operation, high starting torque, and seamless four-quadrant reversible operation (such as steel rolling mills, mine hoists, and cranes), Dual Converter-fed DC drives are the classic and most suitable drive. A dual converter comprises two back-to-back full converters that inherently provide bidirectional voltage and bidirectional current flow without mechanical contactors.

कम गति, उच्च शक्ति और प्रतिवर्ती (चारों चतुर्थांशों में प्रतिवर्ती / four-quadrant reversible) संचालन (जैसे स्टील रोलिंग मिलों और खदानों में) के लिए ड्यूल कन्वर्टर-आधारित DC ड्राइव (Dual converter-fed DC drives) सबसे उपयुक्त होती है। इसमें दो बैक-टू-बैक कन्वर्टर बिना किसी यांत्रिक स्विच के दोनों दिशाओं में वोल्टेज और करंट को नियंत्रित करते हैं। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

708📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - DC Machine EMF Equation

A DC machine operating at 750 rpm produces an induced emf of 220 V. If the machine runs at 700 rpm and the induced emf increases to 250 V, what is the percentage increase in the field flux?
A) 17%
B) 11.25%
C) 42.4%
D) 21.7%

Explanation

The induced emf in a DC machine is proportional to flux and rotational speed:

E = k \phi N \implies \phi \propto \frac{E}{N}

.
Initial state:

\phi_1 \propto \frac{220}{750} = \frac{22}{75} \approx 0.29333

.
Second state:

\phi_2 \propto \frac{250}{700} = \frac{25}{70} = \frac{5}{14} \approx 0.35714

.
The ratio of fluxes is

\frac{\phi_2}{\phi_1} = \frac{250 / 700}{220 / 750} = \frac{250 \times 750}{700 \times 220} = \frac{25 \times 75}{70 \times 22} = \frac{1875}{1540} \approx 1.21753

.
The percentage increase in field flux is

(\frac{\phi_2}{\phi_1} - 1) \times 100\% = (1.21753 - 1) \times 100\% \approx 21.75\% \approx 21.7\%

.

DC मशीन में प्रेरित विद्युत वाहक बल

E \propto \phi N \implies \phi \propto \frac{E}{N}

होता है।
फ्लक्स का अनुपात

\frac{\phi_2}{\phi_1} = \frac{E_2}{E_1} \times \frac{N_1}{N_2} = \frac{250}{220} \times \frac{750}{700} = \frac{25 \times 75}{22 \times 70} = \frac{1875}{1540} \approx 1.2175

।
फ्लक्स में प्रतिशत वृद्धि =

(1.2175 - 1) \times 100 \approx 21.7\%

।
अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प D (21.7%) है।

2025JKSSB

709📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Machine Characteristics & Diagrams

Match the two lists and choose the correct answer from the code given below:
List-I (Machine)
(w) DC motor
(x) DC Generator
(y) Alternator
(z) Induction motor
List-II (Graph)
(i) Circle Diagram
(ii) V-Curve
(iii) Open Circuit Characteristics
(iv) Speed-torque Characteristics
Options:
A) (w)- (iv), (x)-(ii), (y)-(iii), (z)-(i)
B) (w)- (ii), (x)-(iv), (y)-(iii), (z)-(i)
C) (w)- (iv), (x)-(iii), (y)-(ii), (z)-(i)
D) (w)- (iv), (x)-(iii), (y)-(i), (z)-(ii)

Explanation

Matching machines with their characteristic operational diagrams:
(w) DC motor is characterized by its Speed-torque Characteristics -> (iv)
(x) DC Generator magnetization is represented by its Open Circuit Characteristics (OCC) -> (iii)
(y) Alternator / Synchronous machine operation is depicted by V-Curves (armature current vs field current at constant power) -> (ii)
(z) Induction motor performance across all operating regimes is determined using the Circle Diagram -> (i).
Hence, the correct matching code is (w)-(iv), (x)-(iii), (y)-(ii), (z)-(i), which is Option C.

विद्युत मशीनों और उनके विशिष्ट अभिलाक्षणिक आरेखों का सही मिलान:
(w) DC मोटर -> गति-टॉर्क विशेषताएँ (Speed-torque Characteristics) -> (iv)
(x) DC जनरेटर -> ओपन सर्किट अभिलक्षण (OCC) -> (iii)
(y) अल्टरनेटर / सिंक्रोनस मशीन -> V-वक्र (V-Curve) -> (ii)
(z) प्रेरण मोटर (Induction motor) -> वृत्त आरेख (Circle Diagram) -> (i)।
अतः सही मिलान कोड (w)-(iv), (x)-(iii), (y)-(ii), (z)-(i) है, जो विकल्प C है।

2025JKSSB

710📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Synchronous Motor Power & Torque

A 440 V, three-phase, 10-pole and 50 Hz synchronous motor delivering a torque of

50/\pi\text{ Nm}

delivers a power of:
A) 50 W
B) 500 W
C) 1500 W
D) 1000 W

Explanation

Synchronous speed in rpm is

N_s = \frac{120 f}{P} = \frac{120 \times 50}{10} = 600\text{ rpm}

.
Angular velocity is

\omega_s = \frac{2\pi N_s}{60} = \frac{2\pi \times 600}{60} = 20\pi\text{ rad/s}

.
Mechanical power developed is

P = T \times \omega_s = \left(\frac{50}{\pi}\text{ Nm}\right) \times (20\pi\text{ rad/s}) = 50 \times 20 = 1000\text{ W}

. Hence, Option D (1000 W) is the correct answer.

तुल्यकालिक गति:

N_s = \frac{120 f}{P} = \frac{120 \times 50}{10} = 600\text{ rpm}

।
कोणीय वेग:

\omega = \frac{2\pi \times 600}{60} = 20\pi\text{ rad/s}

।
उत्पन्न यांत्रिक शक्ति

P = T \times \omega = \left(\frac{50}{\pi}\right) \times 20\pi = 1000\text{ W}

। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प D (1000 W) है।

2025JKSSB

711📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Two-Phase AC Servomotor

The torque speed characteristic of a two phase induction motor is largely affected by
A) Reactance-to-resistance ratio
B) Speed
C) Voltage
D) Supply voltage frequency

Explanation

In a two-phase AC servomotor (two-phase induction motor used in control systems), a linear drooping torque-speed characteristic with negative slope throughout the operational speed range is essential to prevent single-phasing and ensure positive damping. This desired characteristic is achieved by designing the rotor with a very high resistance, resulting in a low reactance-to-resistance ratio (

X/R

). Thus, the ratio of reactance to resistance (

X/R

) is the primary governing design parameter.

दो-फेज सर्वोमोटर (Two-phase induction motor) में स्थिर नियंत्रण और डैम्पिंग के लिए एक रेखीय ढलान वाली (Drooping) टॉर्क-स्पीड विशेषता की आवश्यकता होती है। यह विशेषता मुख्य रूप से रोटर के उच्च प्रतिरोध द्वारा निर्धारित होती है, जिससे इसका 'प्रतिघात और प्रतिरोध का अनुपात' (Reactance-to-resistance ratio,

X/R

) कम रखा जाता है। अतः यह अनुपात टॉर्क-स्पीड विशेषता को सर्वाधिक प्रभावित करता है (विकल्प A सही है)।

2025JKSSB

712📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Universal Motors

For a given applied voltage and current, the speed of the universal motor will be
A) Higher in AC excitation than in DC excitation
B) Higher in DC excitation than in AC excitation
C) Same in both DC and AC excitation
D) Dangerously high in DC excitation

Explanation

A universal motor is a series wound motor designed to operate on either DC or single-phase AC. When operated on AC, the inductive reactance of the field and armature windings produces a significant reactive voltage drop (

I X

), which reduces the net back EMF available (

E_b = \sqrt{V^2 - (I X)^2} - I R

), leading to a lower operating speed. Under DC excitation, there is zero inductive reactance drop, so back EMF is higher (

E_b = V - I R

), resulting in a higher speed for the same terminal voltage and current.

यूनिवर्सल मोटर में जब AC आपूर्ति दी जाती है, तो वाइंडिंग्स के प्रेरक प्रतिघात (Reactance drop,

IX

) के कारण प्रभावी बैक EMF घट जाता है, जिससे मोटर की गति कम हो जाती है। DC आपूर्ति में कोई प्रतिघात नहीं होता, अतः बैक EMF अधिक होने के कारण मोटर की गति DC उत्तेजना में AC की तुलना में अधिक होती है (Higher in DC excitation than in AC excitation)। अतः सही विकल्प B है।

2025JKSSB

713📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Speed Control of Induction Motors

Which of the following method(s) are suitable for the speed control of squirrel cage induction motors?
I. Voltage control
II. Rotor resistance control
III. Frequency control
IV. Pole changing method
Select the correct answer using the codes given below:
A) I, III and IV
B) II, III and IV
C) I, II and III
D) II and IV

Explanation

In a squirrel cage induction motor, the rotor conductors are permanently short-circuited by end rings, meaning external resistance cannot be added to the rotor circuit (eliminating method II, Rotor resistance control, which is applicable only to slip-ring / wound rotor induction motors). Therefore, speed control of squirrel cage motors can only be implemented from the stator side via: (I) Stator voltage control, (III) Frequency / V/f control, and (IV) Pole changing method. Hence, I, III, and IV are suitable (Option A).

स्क्विरल केज प्रेरण मोटर में रोटर छड़ें एंड रिंग्स द्वारा स्थायी रूप से शॉर्ट-सर्किट होती हैं, इसलिए इसमें बाह्य रोटर प्रतिरोध नहीं जोड़ा जा सकता (अतः विधि II केवल स्लिप रिंग मोटरों के लिए है)। अतः स्क्विरल केज मोटर के गति नियंत्रण के लिए उपयुक्त विधियाँ स्टेटर वोल्टेज नियंत्रण (I), आवृत्ति नियंत्रण (III) और पोल चेंजिंग विधि (IV) हैं। सही विकल्प A (I, III और IV) है।

2025JKSSB

714📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Induction Motor Stability & Crawling

As shown in the figure below, the required load torque line intersects the resultant torque-speed characteristic of a 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor at points P, Q and R. Which is/are the stable operating point(s)?
[Diagram description: A standard induction motor torque-speed curve with an initial dip showing cogging/crawling harmonics intersecting a horizontal required load torque line at point P (on positive slope region), point Q (on negative slope dip), and point R (on standard negative slope stable operating region near synchronous speed)].
A) P and Q
B) Q and R
C) Only R
D) P and R

Explanation

According to the criterion of steady-state electric drive stability, an operating point is stable if

\frac{d T_L}{d\omega_m} - \frac{d T_e}{d\omega_m} > 0

. For a constant load torque (

T_L = \text{const} \implies \frac{d T_L}{d\omega_m} = 0

), stability requires

\frac{d T_e}{d\omega_m} < 0

(the motor torque must decrease with increasing speed, i.e., a negative slope with respect to speed). At point Q, the motor torque is increasing with speed (positive slope), making Q unstable. At points P and R, the characteristic has a negative slope with respect to speed (motor torque decreases as speed increases), satisfying the stability criterion. Hence, P and R are both stable operating points (point P corresponds to stable crawling, and point R to normal rated running).

इलेक्ट्रिक ड्राइव स्थिरता मानदंड के अनुसार, स्थिर लोड टॉर्क के लिए स्थिर संचालन बिंदु पर गति के सापेक्ष मोटर टॉर्क का ढलान ऋणात्मक होना चाहिए (अर्थात गति बढ़ने पर मोटर टॉर्क घटना चाहिए,

\frac{dT_e}{d\omega} < 0

)। वक्र में बिंदु Q पर ढलान धनात्मक है जो अस्थिर है, जबकि बिंदु P (क्रॉलिंग बिंदु) और बिंदु R (सामान्य परिचालन बिंदु) दोनों पर ढलान ऋणात्मक है। अतः P और R स्थिर परिचालन बिंदु हैं (विकल्प D सही है)।

2025JKSSB

715📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Induction Generator Mode

Consider the following statements:
If a 3-phase squirrel cage induction machine operates at a slip of minus 0.05, then the machine will:
I. Draw electrical power from the mains
II. Draw mechanical power through the shaft
III. Deliver electrical power to the mains
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
A) I, II and III
B) I and II
C) II and III
D) I and III

Explanation

When an induction machine is driven by a prime mover above synchronous speed (

N > N_s

), its slip becomes negative (

s = -0.05

). In this generating mode (Induction Generator):
- Mechanical power is supplied into the rotor through the shaft by the prime mover (Statement II is correct).
- The developed torque reverses, and the machine delivers active electrical power back into the AC supply mains (Statement III is correct).
(Note: While it absorbs reactive power for excitation, active power is delivered to the mains, making statements II and III the standard description of generator operation). Thus, II and III are correct (Option C).

जब एक प्रेरण मशीन को तुल्यकालिक गति से अधिक गति पर चलाया जाता है, तो इसकी स्लिप ऋणात्मक (

s = -0.05

) हो जाती है और यह प्रेरण जनरेटर (Induction generator) के रूप में कार्य करती है:
II. यह शाफ्ट के माध्यम से यांत्रिक शक्ति ग्रहण करती है (Draw mechanical power through shaft)।
III. यह मेन्स को सक्रिय विद्युत शक्ति प्रदान करती है (Deliver electrical power to mains)।
अतः कथन II और III सही हैं (विकल्प C)।

2025JKSSB

716📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Single-Phase Induction Motors

A 230 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, single-phase induction motor is rotating in a clockwise (forward) direction at a speed of 1425 rpm. If the rotor resistance at standstill is 7.8 ohms, then the effective rotor resistance in the backward branch of the equivalent circuit is _______?
A) 2.0 ohm
B) 4.0 ohm
C) 78 ohm
D) 156 ohm

Explanation

Synchronous speed

N_s = \frac{120 \times 50}{4} = 1500\text{ rpm}

.
Forward slip

s_f = \frac{1500 - 1425}{1500} = \frac{75}{1500} = 0.05

.
Backward slip

s_b = 2 - s_f = 2 - 0.05 = 1.95

.
In the double revolving field theory equivalent circuit, the rotor branch for backward field has effective resistance

\frac{0.5 r_2}{s_b}

(or total branch resistance

\frac{r_2}{s_b}

). With standstill rotor resistance

r_2 = 7.8\,\Omega

:

\frac{r_2}{s_b} = \frac{7.8}{1.95} = 4.0\,\Omega

, and per revolving half-field it is

\frac{0.5 r_2}{s_b} = \frac{0.5 \times 7.8}{1.95} = 2.0\,\Omega

. Therefore, the effective rotor resistance in the backward branch is

2.0\,\Omega

.

तुल्यकालिक गति

N_s = 1500\text{ rpm}

। अग्रगामी स्लिप

s_f = \frac{1500 - 1425}{1500} = 0.05

।
पश्चगामी स्लिप

s_b = 2 - s_f = 2 - 0.05 = 1.95

।
डबल रिवॉल्विंग फील्ड थ्योरी के समतुल्य परिपथ में, पश्चगामी शाखा में प्रभावी रोटर प्रतिरोध

\frac{0.5 r_2}{s_b} = \frac{0.5 \times 7.8}{1.95} = \frac{3.9}{1.95} = 2.0\,\Omega

होता है। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प A (2.0 ohm) है।

2025JKSSB

717📚Electrical EngineeringElectrical Machines - Two-Phase AC Servomotor

The ratio of rotor reactance to the rotor resistance for a two-phase servo motor _______.
A) Is equal to that of a normal induction motor
B) Is greater than that of a normal induction motor
C) May be less or greater than that of a normal induction motor
D) Is less than that of a normal induction motor

Explanation

In a two-phase AC servomotor, the rotor is intentionally constructed with high resistance (using thin drag cups or high-resistivity brass/aluminum conductors) to ensure that the maximum torque occurs at a high slip (

s_m > 1

). This design provides a strictly linear and negative torque-speed slope over the entire operating range and prevents single-phasing. Consequently, the rotor resistance

R_2

is much higher and the ratio of rotor reactance to resistance (

X_2 / R_2

) is substantially lower than that of a conventional induction motor.

दो-फेज सर्वोमोटर में रोटर का प्रतिरोध (

R_2

) जानबूझकर बहुत अधिक रखा जाता है ताकि टॉर्क-स्पीड विशेषता का ढलान हमेशा ऋणात्मक रहे और सर्वोमोटर की डैम्पिंग अच्छी हो। इस कारण दो-फेज सर्वोमोटर के रोटर प्रतिघात और रोटर प्रतिरोध का अनुपात (

X_2/R_2

) एक सामान्य प्रेरण मोटर की तुलना में काफी कम (Is less than that of a normal induction motor) होता है। सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

718📚Electrical EngineeringPower Systems - Hydroelectric Generation

Assuming 100% efficiency and taking the density of water as 1000 kg/m³, what is the power output of a hydroelectric generator unit operating with a head of 1.0 m and a discharge rate of 1.0 cubic meters per second?
A) 2.91 kW
B) 9.81 kW
C) 19.50 kW
D) 6.95 kW

Explanation

Theoretical water power output is given by

P = \rho \cdot g \cdot Q \cdot H \cdot \eta

. Given water density

\rho = 1000\text{ kg/m}^3

, gravitational acceleration

g = 9.81\text{ m/s}^2

, discharge

Q = 1.0\text{ m}^3/\text{s}

, head

H = 1.0\text{ m}

, and efficiency

\eta = 1.0

(100%):

P = 1000 \times 9.81 \times 1.0 \times 1.0 \times 1.0 = 9810\text{ W} = 9.81\text{ kW}

.

जलविद्युत शक्ति का सूत्र

P = \rho g Q H \eta

होता है।
यहाँ

\rho = 1000\text{ kg/m}^3

,

g = 9.81\text{ m/s}^2

,

Q = 1.0\text{ m}^3/\text{s}

,

H = 1.0\text{ m}

और

\eta = 100\% = 1.0

है।

P = 1000 \times 9.81 \times 1.0 \times 1.0 = 9810\text{ W} = 9.81\text{ kW}

। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प B (9.81 kW) है।

2025JKSSB

719📚Electrical EngineeringPower Systems & EM Theory - Transmission Line Electrical Length

A 100 MHz signal is transmitted over a line with propagation speed

v = 2 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}

. Find the electrical length of a 1.5-meter line (in degrees)?
A) 270 degree
B) 298 degree
C) 265 degree
D) 115 degree

Explanation

Signal wavelength is

\lambda = \frac{v}{f} = \frac{2 \times 10^8\text{ m/s}}{100 \times 10^6\text{ Hz}} = 2.0\text{ m}

.
The phase propagation constant is

\beta = \frac{2\pi}{\lambda} = \frac{2\pi}{2} = \pi\text{ rad/m} = 180^\circ/\text{m}

.
The electrical length for a line of physical length

l = 1.5\text{ m}

is

\theta = \beta \cdot l = (180^\circ/\text{m}) \times 1.5\text{ m} = 270^\circ

.

तरंगदैर्ध्य

\lambda = \frac{v}{f} = \frac{2 \times 10^8}{100 \times 10^6} = 2\text{ मीटर}

।
फेज नियतांक

\beta = \frac{360^\circ}{\lambda} = \frac{360^\circ}{2} = 180^\circ/\text{मीटर}

।
1.5 मीटर लंबी लाइन की विद्युत लंबाई (Electrical length)

= \beta \times l = 180^\circ \times 1.5 = 270^\circ

है। अतः सही उत्तर विकल्प A (270 degree) है।

2025JKSSB

720📚Electrical EngineeringPower Systems - Overhead Line Insulators & String Efficiency

The unequal voltage distribution across the units in a suspension-type insulator string is caused by:
A) Unequal self-capacitance of the units
B) Non-uniform distance of separation of the units from the tower body
C) Non-uniform distance between the cross-arm and the units
D) The existence of stray capacitance between the metallic junction of units and the tower body

Explanation

In a suspension insulator string, all disc insulator units possess identical mutual/self-capacitance (

C

). However, each metallic pin/cap linking adjacent discs forms a shunt/stray capacitance (

C_1 = k C

) to the earthed grounded steel tower body and cross-arm. Because charging currents leak through these shunt capacitances to earth, the current flowing down through successive discs is not uniform, causing the disc closest to the energized line conductor to carry the largest current and experience the greatest voltage stress.

निलंबन (Suspension) प्रकार के इंसुलेटर स्ट्रिंग में सभी डिस्क इकाइयों की स्व-धारिता समान होती है। किंतु प्रत्येक दो डिस्कों को जोड़ने वाली धात्विक पिन और अर्थ किए गए टॉवर बॉडी के बीच 'स्ट्रे / शंट कैपेसिटेंस' (Stray capacitance) उत्पन्न हो जाती है। इस शंट धारिता के कारण प्रत्येक डिस्क से बहने वाली धारा असमान हो जाती है, जिससे लाइन चालक के निकटतम डिस्क पर अधिकतम वोल्टेज तनाव पड़ता है। अतः सही विकल्प D है।

2025JKSSB

721📚Electrical EngineeringPower Systems - Automatic Load Frequency Control (ALFC)

In a load-frequency control system with free governor action, an increase in load demand under steady-state conditions is accommodated by:
A) Only by increasing the generator excitation to compensate for the load demand
B) Only by decreasing the load demand due to a drop in system frequency
C) Partly by increased generation and partly by a decrease in load demand
D) Partly by increased generation and partly by increased generator excitation

Explanation

Under free governor operation (uncontrolled primary speed droop control), when an incremental load step

\Delta P_L

occurs, the system frequency drops by

\Delta f

. This drop produces two balancing steady-state actions:
1. The turbine speed governors sense the speed decline and open steam/water valves, increasing turbine generation by

\Delta P_G = -\frac{\Delta f}{R}

.
2. Frequency-dependent consumer loads (motors, pumps) naturally reduce their power absorption by

\Delta P_D = D \Delta f

.
Thus, the load increase is accommodated partly by increased generation and partly by a decrease in load demand (due to frequency sensitivity of loads).

लोड-फ्रीक्वेंसी कंट्रोल (LFC) प्रणाली में मुक्त गवर्नर क्रिया के तहत, जब लोड बढ़ता है तो सिस्टम आवृत्ति में गिरावट आती है। इसके उत्तर में:
1. गवर्नर की गति-ड्रूप विशेषता के कारण टरबाइन का वाल्व खुलकर उत्पादन बढ़ाता है (Increased generation),
2. आवृत्ति कम होने से आवृत्ति-संवेदनशील भार (जैसे मोटर भार) अपनी बिजली की खपत को स्वतः कम कर देते हैं (Decrease in load demand)।
अतः अतिरिक्त भार की पूर्ति आंशिक रूप से बढ़े हुए उत्पादन और आंशिक रूप से लोड मांग में कमी द्वारा की जाती है (विकल्प C सही है)।

2025JKSSB

722📚Forensic Physical Evidence & OpticsMicroscopy Fundamentals

Working distance of a microscope is defined as:

Explanation

Working distance is the linear distance between the front optical element of the objective lens and the top surface of the coverslip (or specimen) when the specimen is sharply in focus.

माइक्रोस्कोप की वर्किंग डिस्टेंस (कार्य दूरी) नमूने के फोकस में होने पर ऑब्जेक्टिव लेंस और कवर स्लिप (या नमूने की सतह) के बीच की दूरी होती है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

723📚Forensic Quality Assurance & StandardsQuality Control vs Quality Assurance

Which of the following is an example of Quality Control (QC)?

Explanation

Quality Control (QC) refers to the operational laboratory activities undertaken during routine testing to ensure analytical precision and accuracy, such as running certified reference standards and control samples. Management reviews and training belong to Quality Assurance (QA).

गुणवत्ता नियंत्रण (QC) प्रयोगशाला परीक्षण की प्रक्रियात्मक सटीकता सुनिश्चित करने वाली दैनिक गतिविधियों को संदर्भित करता है, जैसे प्रमाणित संदर्भ सामग्री/मानक (Certified reference materials/standards) का परीक्षण करना।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

724📚Forensic Physics & MechanicsUnits and Astronomical Dimensions

Consider the following statements:\nI. Light year and the year both measures time\nII. Light year is the time light take to reach the earth from the sun\nChoose the correct option:

Explanation

Both statements are false: A light-year is a unit of astronomical distance (the distance light travels in one Julian year, ~9.46*10^15 m), not time. Sunlight takes approximately 8 minutes and 20 seconds to reach Earth, not a light-year.

दोनों कथन असत्य हैं: प्रकाश वर्ष दूरी का मात्रक है (समय का नहीं) और सूर्य से प्रकाश को पृथ्वी तक पहुँचने में लगभग 8 मिनट 20 सेकंड का समय लगता है, प्रकाश वर्ष नहीं। अतः Both I and II are false सही है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

725📚Forensic Physics & MechanicsKinematics & Path Length

The actual path traversed by the object in the given time is known as:

Explanation

Path length (distance) is the total length of the actual trajectory traversed by an object during its motion. In contrast, displacement is the shortest directed vector between initial and final positions.

किसी दिए गए समय अंतराल में गतिमान वस्तु द्वारा तय किए गए वास्तविक मार्ग की कुल लंबाई को पथ लंबाई (Path length / दूरी) कहा जाता है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

726📚Questioned Documents & HandwritingFundamental Principles of Handwriting

Which statement is true for handwriting identification?\nI. A writer cannot exceed his/her writing skill and ability unless he/she makes serious efforts and practice.\nII. Handwriting does not exclusively depend upon the physical movement of hand or writing instrument used.\nIII. A writer can put 2 or more signatures exactly similar.\nIV. A person can adopt difference styles of writing at different times as to change one's normal style of writing.\nOptions:

Explanation

Statements I and II are foundational axioms of handwriting science: (I) a writer cannot write better than their neuromuscular ability without extensive training; (II) handwriting is 'brain writing' controlled by the central nervous system and not solely the physical hand. Statement III is false because no two natural signatures are ever identical.

हस्तलेखन के बुनियादी सिद्धांत: कोई भी लेखक अपने कौशल स्तर से बेहतर नहीं लिख सकता (कथन I सत्य) और लिखावट 'मस्तिष्क का लेखन' है जो केवल हाथ की गति पर निर्भर नहीं है (कथन II सत्य)। कोई भी व्यक्ति दो बिल्कुल समान हस्ताक्षर कभी नहीं कर सकता (III असत्य)। अतः Both I and II सही है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

727📚Questioned Documents & Machine PrintingInkjet Security Printing Applications

Inkjet printing technology is used to print:

Explanation

Continuous or drop-on-demand inkjet printing is standardly used for high-speed serial variable numbering and personalization on lottery tickets and security packaging. Stamp papers and currency notes rely on intaglio and offset printing.

परिवर्तनीय डेटा, बारकोड और सीरियल नंबरों की तीव्र गति से छपाई के लिए लॉटरी टिकटों (Lottery tickets) पर इंकजेट प्रिंटिंग तकनीक का व्यापक उपयोग किया जाता है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

728📚Crime Scene InvestigationCrime Scene Sketching Methods

Which of the following deals with the making of sketch of an outdoor crime scene with large area by selecting the focal point?

Explanation

The Polar Coordinates (Polar) Method uses a single known focal/datum point and measures the compass angle (azimuth) and direct line distance from that focal point to each item of evidence, making it ideal for mapping large, open outdoor crime scenes.

ध्रुवीय विधि (Polar Coordinates Method) में एक निश्चित केंद्र बिंदु (focal/datum point) चुना जाता है और वहां से प्रत्येक साक्ष्य की सीधी दूरी और कोण (azimuth) मापकर स्केच बनाया जाता है। यह बड़े खुले बाहरी अपराध स्थलों के लिए सर्वाधिक उपयुक्त है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

729📚Forensic StatisticsScales of Measurement

Which of the following scales shows equal intervals?
I. Nominal scale
II. Ordinal scale
III. Interval scale
IV. Ratio scale
Choose the correct answer from the options given below:

Explanation

In Stevens' typology of measurement scales, both Interval and Ratio scales possess the mathematical property of equal units of distance (equal intervals) between consecutive numerical values. Nominal only categorizes, while Ordinal only ranks.

मापन के पैमानों में अंतराल पैमाना (Interval scale) और अनुपात पैमाना (Ratio scale) दोनों में लगातार बिंदुओं के बीच समान अंतराल (equal intervals) का गुण होता है। नाममात्र केवल वर्गीकरण करता है और क्रमिक केवल श्रेणी निर्धारित करता है। अतः III और IV सही हैं।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

730📚Illicit Drugs & Street TerminologyPhencyclidine Street Names

When phencyclidine is mixed with LSD, it is known as

Explanation

Angel dust is the universally recognized street name for phencyclidine (PCP), which is frequently illicitly combined with or misrepresented as LSD on street markets. (Ice is crystal methamphetamine, Speed is amphetamine, and Rock is crack cocaine).

एंजेल डस्ट (Angel dust) फेंसिलिडाइन (PCP) का सबसे प्रसिद्ध स्ट्रीट नाम है, जिसे अक्सर अवैध बाजारों में एलएसडी के साथ मिलाकर या उसके नाम पर बेचा जाता है। (Ice क्रिस्टल मेथमफेटामाइन है, Speed एम्फेटामाइन है, और Rock क्रैक कोकीन है)।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

731📚Forensic PharmacologyAmphetamine Abuse Patterns - Speed Binge

A condition in which an individual inject amphetamine at every 2-3 hours is known as

Explanation

A 'speed binge' (or 'run') is a pattern of severe amphetamine abuse where the user injects or consumes the drug every 2 to 3 hours over several days continuously to maintain a prolonged state of intense euphoria, foregoing food and sleep.

'स्पीड बिंज' (Speed binge या run) एम्फेटामाइन के अत्यधिक दुरुपयोग का वह पैटर्न है जिसमें उपयोगकर्ता तीव्र उत्साह और उत्तेजना बनाए रखने के लिए बिना सोए या खाए कई दिनों तक लगातार हर 2 से 3 घंटे में इंजेक्शन लेता है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

732📚Forensic Explosives & Explosion DynamicsFactors Affecting Blast Damage

Why is it difficult to estimate the quantity of explosive used based solely on damage?

Explanation

Blast damage is determined not only by the explosive mass but heavily by the degree of physical confinement (tamping), standoff distance, atmospheric pressure, reflection of shock waves off walls, and structural shielding in the surrounding environment.

विस्फोट से होने वाली क्षति केवल विस्फोटक के द्रव्यमान पर निर्भर नहीं करती, बल्कि आवरण/प्रतिबंध की डिग्री (confinement), दीवार से तरंगों का परावर्तन, दूरी और आसपास के पर्यावरणीय ढाँचे पर अत्यधिक निर्भर करती है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

733📚Forensic ExplosivesDeflagration vs Detonation

_______ is rapid burning, faster than open-air burning of the material, but slower than the next step or explosion of high explosives.

Explanation

Deflagration is a subsonic combustion reaction propagating through thermal conductivity at speeds less than the speed of sound in the material. It is significantly faster than ordinary open-air burning but slower than detonation (supersonic shockwave propagation of high explosives).

डिफ्लेग्रेशन (Deflagration / अवस्फोटन) एक सबसोनिक (ध्वनि से धीमी) तीव्र दहन प्रक्रिया है जो खुली हवा में जलने से तेज होती है, लेकिन उच्च विस्फोटकों के डिटोनेशन (Detonation) की तुलना में धीमी होती है।

2026JKSSBHome Department (FSL)

734📚Quantitative AptitudeTime and Work

A can complete a piece of work in 12 days, and B can complete the same work in 18 days. A and B start working together, but after 3 days, A leaves the work. Immediately after A leaves, C joins B. B and C together finish the remaining work in 4 days. If C alone can complete the entire work in x days, what is the value of x?

Explanation

Let total work = 36 units. Rate of A = 3 units/day, Rate of B = 2 units/day. In 3 days, A and B complete (3 + 2) × 3 = 15 units. Remaining work = 36 - 15 = 21 units. B and C finish 21 units in 4 days => combined rate = 21 / 4 = 5.25 units/day. Since B = 2 units/day, rate of C = 5.25 - 2 = 3.25 units/day = 13/4 units/day. Time for C alone = 36 / (13/4) = 144 / 13 ≈ 11.08 days.

माना कुल कार्य = 36 इकाई। A की कार्यक्षमता = 3 इकाई/दिन, B की कार्यक्षमता = 2 इकाई/दिन। 3 दिनों में A और B द्वारा किया गया कार्य = 5 × 3 = 15 इकाई। शेष कार्य = 36 - 15 = 21 इकाई। B और C मिलकर 21 इकाई 4 दिनों में करते हैं => संयुक्त दर = 5.25 इकाई/दिन। C की दर = 5.25 - 2 = 3.25 = 13/4 इकाई/दिन। C द्वारा अकेले लिया गया समय = 36 / (13/4) = 144 / 13 ≈ 11.08 दिन।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

735📚Quantitative AptitudePipes and Cisterns

Two pipes A and B can fill a tank in 12 hours and 16 hours, respectively. Pipe C can empty the full tank in 24 hours. If all three pipes are opened together, how long will it take to fill the tank?

Explanation

Let capacity of the tank = LCM(12, 16, 24) = 48 units. Efficiency of A = +4 units/hr, B = +3 units/hr, C = -2 units/hr. Net filling rate with all 3 open = 4 + 3 - 2 = 5 units/hr. Time required = 48 / 5 = 9.6 hours = 9 hours and (0.6 × 60) minutes = 9 hours 36 minutes.

टंकी की कुल क्षमता = 48 इकाई (LCM of 12, 16, 24)। पाइप A की दर = +4, B की दर = +3, C की दर = -2 इकाई/घंटा। तीनों को एक साथ खोलने पर प्रभावी दर = 4 + 3 - 2 = 5 इकाई/घंटा। कुल समय = 48 / 5 = 9.6 घंटे = 9 घंटे 36 मिनट।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

736📚Mental Ability & ReasoningDirection Sense & Pythagoras Theorem

Manisha starts walking from her house and walks 150m south, then she turns right and walks 80m, and then she turns left and walks 60m. She finally turns left and walks 280m to reach a school. What is the shortest distance between her house and the school?

Explanation

Starting at origin (0, 0): (1) 150m South -> (0, -150); (2) Right turn (West) 80m -> (-80, -150); (3) Left turn (South) 60m -> (-80, -210); (4) Left turn (East) 280m -> (-80 + 280, -210) = (200, -210). Shortest distance = √(200² + (-210)²) = √(40000 + 44100) = √84100 = 290 meters.

शुरुआती बिंदु (0, 0) से: दक्षिण में 150m (0, -150); दाएं मुड़कर पश्चिम में 80m (-80, -150); बाएं मुड़कर दक्षिण में 60m (-80, -210); बाएं मुड़कर पूर्व में 280m (200, -210)। न्यूनतम दूरी = √(200² + 210²) = √(40000 + 44100) = √84100 = 290 मीटर।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

737📚Quantitative AptitudeBoats and Streams

A boat can travel 30 km downstream in 2 hours and the same distance upstream in 3 hours. How long will it take the boat to travel 45 km downstream and then 30 km upstream?

Explanation

Downstream speed = 30 / 2 = 15 km/h. Upstream speed = 30 / 3 = 10 km/h. Time for 45 km downstream = 45 / 15 = 3 hours. Time for 30 km upstream = 30 / 10 = 3 hours. Total time = 3 + 3 = 6 hours. Since 6 hours is not among options A, B, or C, the correct option is 'None of the above'.

धारा के अनुकूल गति = 30 / 2 = 15 किमी/घंटा। धारा के प्रतिकूल गति = 30 / 3 = 10 किमी/घंटा। 45 किमी अनुकूल जाने में समय = 45 / 15 = 3 घंटे। 30 किमी प्रतिकूल जाने में समय = 30 / 10 = 3 घंटे। कुल समय = 3 + 3 = 6 घंटे। चूंकि 6 घंटे विकल्पों में नहीं है, अतः सही उत्तर 'None of the above' है।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

738📚Quantitative AptitudeSpeed, Time and Distance - Trains

A train 120 m long is running at a speed of 54 km/h. It takes T1 time to cross the pole and T2 time to cross the 180 m long platform. What is the difference in time (T2 - T1), in seconds, taken by the train to cross the platform and the pole?

Explanation

Train speed in m/s = 54 × (5/18) = 15 m/s. T1 (time to cross pole) = 120 / 15 = 8 seconds. T2 (time to cross platform) = (120 + 180) / 15 = 300 / 15 = 20 seconds. Difference (T2 - T1) = 20 - 8 = 12 seconds. (Alternatively, the difference is simply the time taken to cover the platform's length: 180 / 15 = 12 seconds).

ट्रेन की गति = 54 × (5/18) = 15 मीटर/सेकंड। खंभे को पार करने का समय T1 = 120 / 15 = 8 सेकंड। प्लेटफॉर्म को पार करने का समय T2 = (120 + 180) / 15 = 20 सेकंड। समयांतराल (T2 - T1) = 20 - 8 = 12 सेकंड (या सीधे प्लेटफॉर्म की लंबाई पार करने का समय = 180 / 15 = 12 सेकंड)।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

739📚Computer Science & ITSecondary Storage Devices - SSD vs HDD

The highest data transfer rate is provided by which of the following of the storage device?

Explanation

Solid State Drives (SSDs) utilize non-volatile flash memory and fast interfaces (NVMe PCIe), delivering read/write data transfer speeds reaching thousands of megabytes per second (MB/s), vastly superior to mechanical HDDs (100-200 MB/s), optical discs, or magnetic tape.

सॉलिड स्टेट ड्राइव (SSD) फ्लैश मेमोरी चिप्स का उपयोग करती है और इसमें कोई गतिशील भाग नहीं होता। इसकी डेटा ट्रांसफर दर (हजारों MB/s) पारंपरिक हार्ड डिस्क (HDD), मैग्नेटिक टेप या ऑप्टिकल डिस्क की तुलना में सर्वाधिक होती है।

2026JKSSBInformation Technology Department

740📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work - Variable Efficiencies

A, B, and C can complete a complex engineering project in 25 days working together. The ratio of their individual efficiencies is 4 : 3 : 5 respectively. The project begins with all three working together. However, the following events occur:
After 5 days, A leaves the project. To compensate for A's departure, B increases his efficiency 33.3 %, while C continues to work at his original efficiency. C leaves d days before the completion of project. The entire project is completed in exactly 35 days. What is the value of d?

Explanation

Let efficiencies be A = 4, B = 3, C = 5. Total work = (4 + 3 + 5) × 25 = 12 × 25 = 300 units. In the first 5 days, all three do 5 × 12 = 60 units. Remaining work = 300 - 60 = 240 units to be completed in remaining 35 - 5 = 30 days. B increases efficiency by 33.3% => 3 × 4/3 = 4 units/day. B works all 30 days, completing 30 × 4 = 120 units. C works for (30 - d) days with efficiency 5, doing 5(30 - d) = 150 - 5d units. Total remaining work: 120 + 150 - 5d = 240 => 270 - 5d = 240 => 5d = 30 => d = 6.

कार्यक्षमता: A = 4, B = 3, C = 5। कुल कार्य = 12 × 25 = 300 इकाई। पहले 5 दिनों में किया गया कार्य = 5 × 12 = 60 इकाई। शेष कार्य = 240 इकाई (30 दिनों में पूर्ण होना है)। B की नई क्षमता = 3 × 4/3 = 4 इकाई/दिन। B पूरे 30 दिन काम करता है: 30 × 4 = 120 इकाई। C (30 - d) दिन काम करता है: 5(30 - d) = 150 - 5d इकाई। कुल: 120 + 150 - 5d = 240 => 5d = 30 => d = 6।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

741📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work - Quadratic Equations

A contractor assigns a task to two workers, A and B. Worker A can complete the work in x days, while worker B takes 5 days more than A. Working together, they can finish the task in 6 days. Find the value of x.

Explanation

We have 1/x + 1/(x + 5) = 1/6. Testing x = 10: 1/10 + 1/15 = (3 + 2)/30 = 5/30 = 1/6, which exactly matches the 6 days requirement. Thus, x = 10.

समीकरण: 1/x + 1/(x + 5) = 1/6। x = 10 रखने पर: 1/10 + 1/15 = 5/30 = 1/6। यह प्रश्न की शर्त को पूर्णतः संतुष्ट करता है। अतः x = 10 दिन।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

742📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance

The speed of a car travelling from city A to city B was recorded as 60 km/h, and the journey time was noted as 5 hours. However, the actual speed was 50 km/h. Calculate the real time taken for the trip.

Explanation

Distance between city A and city B = Speed × Time = 60 km/h × 5 h = 300 km. Real time taken at the actual speed of 50 km/h = Distance / Actual Speed = 300 km / 50 km/h = 6 hours.

शहर A और B के बीच की दूरी = गति × समय = 60 × 5 = 300 किमी। 50 किमी/घंटा की वास्तविक गति से लिया गया वास्तविक समय = 300 / 50 = 6 घंटे।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

743📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance

A train covers a distance S at a speed U. If its speed is increased by 10 km/h, the travel time reduces by 2 hours, and if increased by 20 km/h, the time reduces by 3 hours. Find the distance S.

Explanation

Using S = [U(U + ΔU) / ΔU] × Δt: (1) S = [U(U + 10) / 10] × 2 = U(U + 10) / 5. (2) S = [U(U + 20) / 20] × 3 = 3U(U + 20) / 20. Equating both: (U + 10) / 5 = 3(U + 20) / 20 => 4(U + 10) = 3(U + 20) => 4U + 40 = 3U + 60 => U = 20 km/h. Substituting U = 20 into (1): S = 20(30) / 5 = 120 km.

सूत्र S = [U(U + ΔU) / ΔU] × Δt से: S = [U(U + 10) / 10] × 2 = U(U + 10) / 5। साथ ही S = [U(U + 20) / 20] × 3 = 3U(U + 20) / 20। तुलना करने पर: 4(U + 10) = 3(U + 20) => U = 20 किमी/घंटा। मान रखने पर S = 20 × 30 / 5 = 120 किमी।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

744📚Mental Ability & ReasoningDirection and Distance

Rehman travelled 32km north, 17km south and then 8km east. How far is he away from his starting point and in which direction?
A) 13km, North
B) 17km, North-East
C) 13km, North-East
D) 17km, East

Explanation

1. Net displacement in North-South axis: 32 km North - 17 km South = 15 km North.
2. Net displacement in East-West axis: 8 km East.
Distance from starting point = √(15² + 8²) = √(225 + 64) = √289 = 17 km.
Direction from starting point: North and East = North-East.
Hence, 17km, North-East.

1. उत्तर-दक्षिण दिशा में शुद्ध विस्थापन: 32 किमी उत्तर - 17 किमी दक्षिण = 15 किमी उत्तर।
2. पूर्व दिशा में विस्थापन = 8 किमी पूर्व।
प्रारंभिक बिंदु से सीधी दूरी = √(15² + 8²) = √(225 + 64) = √289 = 17 किमी।
दिशा = उत्तर-पूर्व (North-East)।
अतः सही उत्तर 17 किमी, उत्तर-पूर्व है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

745📚General EnglishReading Comprehension

What is identified as the most critical factor for the success of social forestry?
A) High-quality industrial equipment.
B) The speed at which the trees grow.
C) Active participation from the local population.
D) The amount of government funding allocated.

Explanation

The passage concludes by emphasizing that 'the success of these programs hinges on "people's participation." Without the active involvement of the local population in protecting saplings and managing resources, the long-term sustainability... remains in jeopardy.'

गद्यांश के अंतिम पैराग्राफ में स्पष्ट कहा गया है कि इन कार्यक्रमों की सफलता 'लोगों की भागीदारी' (people's participation) पर निर्भर करती है। स्थानीय लोगों के सक्रिय सहयोग के बिना यह सतत नहीं हो सकता।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

746📚General Knowledge & Current AffairsRivers and Drainage System of J&K

Which tributary of the river Jhelum originates from Lolab Valley in north south direction and joins the waters of the outfall channel of river Jhelum about 6.5 Km. downstream of Sopore town?
A) Doodhganga
B) Pohru
C) Lidder
D) Rambiara

Explanation

The Pohru River originates from the high mountains surrounding the Lolab Valley in Kupwara district. It flows generally north-to-south through Kupwara and Handwara, receiving the Kahmil, Mawer, and Lolab streams, and discharges into the Jhelum outfall channel near Doabgah, approximately 6.5 km downstream of Sopore town.

पोहरू नदी (Pohru River) कुपवाड़ा जिले की प्रसिद्ध लोलाब घाटी के पर्वतों से निकलती है। यह उत्तर से दक्षिण दिशा में बहते हुए कहमिल और मावर नालों का जल ग्रहण करती है और सोपोर से लगभग 6.5 किमी नीचे दोआबगाह के पास झेलम के आउटफॉल चैनल में मिल जाती है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

747📚Mental Ability & ReasoningCause and Effect / Critical Reasoning

Consider the following statement:
Statement: "There has been a sharp increase in online education platforms."
Possible Causes:
I. Affordable internet availability
II. Increased demand for flexible learning
Choose the correct option:
A) Only I
B) Only II
C) Both I and II
D) Neither I nor II

Explanation

Both factors directly cause and fuel the expansion of online education platforms: widespread, cheap high-speed internet provides the necessary infrastructure (Cause I), and learner demand for self-paced, flexible scheduling provides the market demand (Cause II). Hence, Both I and II are valid causes.

सस्ता इंटरनेट बुनियादी ढांचा उपलब्ध कराता है (कारण I) और शिक्षार्थियों द्वारा अपनी सुविधा अनुसार सीखने की मांग बाजार तैयार करती है (कारण II)। दोनों ही ऑनलाइन शिक्षा में वृद्धि के प्रत्यक्ष और प्रमुख कारण हैं। अतः I और II दोनों सही हैं।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

748📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance (Average Speed)

A car covers a distance at 50 km/h and returns at 40 km/h. What is the average speed for the whole journey?
A) 44.4 km/h
B) 46.4 km/h
C) 46.8 km/h
D) 48.6 km/h

Explanation

When equal distances are covered at speeds x and y, the average speed is given by the harmonic mean:
Average Speed = (2xy) / (x + y) = (2 × 50 × 40) / (50 + 40) = 4000 / 90 = 44.44 km/h ≈ 44.4 km/h.

समान दूरी के लिए औसत गति का सूत्र:
औसत गति = (2xy) / (x + y) = (2 × 50 × 40) / (50 + 40) = 4000 / 90 = 44.44 किमी/घंटा ≈ 44.4 किमी/घंटा।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

749📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Time and Distance

If a man increases his speed by 25%, he takes 1 hour less to cover a certain distance. What was the original time?
A) 3 hours
B) 4 hours
C) 5 hours
D) 6 hours

Explanation

Let original speed = s, original time = t.
New speed = s × (1 + 0.25) = (5/4)s.
Since distance is constant, speed and time are inversely proportional:
New time = (4/5)t.
Time saved = t - (4/5)t = (1/5)t.
Given that (1/5)t = 1 hour => t = 5 hours.

गति 25% बढ़ने पर (5/4) गुना हो जाती है।
दूरी समान रहने पर समय गति का व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होता है, अतः नया समय = (4/5)t होगा।
समय में कमी = t - (4/5)t = t/5 = 1 घंटा => मूल समय t = 5 घंटे।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

750📚Basic MathematicsProblems on Trains

Two trains of lengths 120 m and 180 m are moving in opposite directions at 54 km/h and 72 km/h respectively. How long will they take to cross each other?
A) 12 sec
B) 9 sec
C) 15 sec
D) 20 sec

Explanation

Total distance to be covered = Sum of lengths = 120 m + 180 m = 300 m.
Relative speed in opposite directions = 54 + 72 = 126 km/h.
Convert to m/s: 126 × (5/18) = 7 × 5 = 35 m/s.
Time taken = Distance / Relative Speed = 300 / 35 = 60 / 7 ≈ 8.57 seconds ≈ 9 seconds.

कुल दूरी = दोनों ट्रेनों की लंबाइयों का योग = 120 + 180 = 300 मीटर।
विपरीत दिशा में सापेक्ष गति = 54 + 72 = 126 किमी/घंटा = 126 × (5/18) = 35 मी/से।
समय = 300 / 35 ≈ 8.57 सेकंड ≈ 9 सेकंड (निकटतम पूर्णांक)।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

751📚Basic SciencePhysics - Gravitation

If the distance between two masses is doubled, the gravitational force becomes:
A) Double
B) Four times
C) Half
D) One-fourth

Explanation

According to Newton's Universal Law of Gravitation, the force between two masses separated by distance r is inversely proportional to the square of the distance (F ∝ 1/r²). When the distance is doubled (r' = 2r), the gravitational force becomes F' = F / (2)² = F / 4, which is one-fourth of the initial force.

न्यूटन के सार्वभौमिक गुरुत्वाकर्षण नियम के अनुसार, दो द्रव्यमानों के बीच गुरुत्वाकर्षण बल उनकी दूरी के वर्ग के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होता है (F ∝ 1/r²)। जब दूरी को दोगुना किया जाता है, तो बल घटकर प्रारंभिक बल का एक-चौथाई (One-fourth) रह जाता है।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

752📚Basic Computer ApplicationsHardware & Assistive Devices

Which of the following statements correctly describes a tactile display (also known as a refreshable braille display)?
A) It is an electro-mechanical device that uses round-tipped pins to represent Braille characters by raising them through holes in a flat surface.
B) It is a specialized monitor that uses haptic vibrations across a glass screen to simulate the texture of printed text.
C) It is a peripheral device that converts text from a computer screen into high-speed audio for the visually impaired.
D) It is a static hardware interface where Braille characters are permanently engraved into a metal plate for reading.

Explanation

A refreshable Braille display (tactile display) is an electromechanical device consisting of an array of round-tipped pins that are dynamically pushed up and down through holes on a flat surface to represent Braille characters corresponding to text on a screen.

टैक्टाइल डिस्प्ले (रिफ्रेशेबल ब्रेल डिस्प्ले) एक इलेक्ट्रो-मैकेनिकल उपकरण है जिसमें गोल सिरे वाले पिन एक सपाट सतह के छेदों से ऊपर उठकर दृष्टिबाधित लोगों के लिए ब्रेल अक्षरों को प्रदर्शित करते हैं।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

753📚Basic Computer ApplicationsComputer Architecture - Memory & Translators

Match the terms (Column-A) with their most accurate descriptions (Column-B):

Column-A:
i. Cache Memory
ii. Register
iii. Interpreter
iv. Compiler

Column-B:
a. Translates entire programs before execution
b. Named memory locations built in processor
c. Executes instructions one line at a time without separate object code
d. Small storage location inside CPU for immediate operations

Choose the correct option:
A) i-d, ii-b, iii-a, iv-c
B) i-b, ii-c, iii-d, iv-a
C) i-c, ii-d, iii-a, iv-b
D) i-b, ii-d, iii-c, iv-a

Explanation

Term mappings:
- Cache memory (i) -> High-speed memory built into processor (b)
- Register (ii) -> Small storage location inside CPU for immediate operations (d)
- Interpreter (iii) -> Executes instructions one line at a time without generating separate object code (c)
- Compiler (iv) -> Translates entire programs before execution (a)
Hence, the correct pairing is i-b, ii-d, iii-c, iv-a.

सही मिलान:
- कैश मेमोरी (i): प्रोसेसर में निर्मित उच्च गति मेमोरी (b)
- रजिस्टर (ii): तात्कालिक संचालन के लिए सीपीयू के अंदर छोटा स्टोरेज (d)
- इंटरप्रेटर (iii): बिना अलग ऑब्जेक्ट कोड के एक-एक लाइन निष्पादित करता है (c)
- कंपाइलर (iv): निष्पादन से पहले पूरे प्रोग्राम का अनुवाद करता है (a)
अतः विकल्प D सही है।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

754📚Basic Computer ApplicationsSystem Software - Device Drivers

A video editor installs a new high-end graphics card in her computer to speed up video rendering. After installation, the computer detects the card physically. Still, video editing software cannot use its advanced features until it installs an additional component that allows the operating system and applications to communicate properly with the hardware. What does she need to install?
A) Hardware synchronization module
B) Digital performance translator
C) System interface accelerator
D) Device driver

Explanation

A device driver is specialized system software that enables the operating system and software applications to communicate with and control specific hardware devices (such as graphics cards). Without the manufacturer's dedicated GPU driver, advanced rendering capabilities cannot be utilized.

डिवाइस ड्राइवर (Device driver) एक विशेष सिस्टम सॉफ्टवेयर है जो ऑपरेटिंग सिस्टम और एप्लिकेशन सॉफ्टवेयर को हार्डवेयर (ग्राफिक्स कार्ड) की उन्नत सुविधाओं का उपयोग करने और संवाद करने में सक्षम बनाता है।

2026JKSSBSchool Education Department

755📚Numerical & Reasoning AbilityTime and Work

Three men A, B and C complete a work in 10 days, 12 days and 15 days respectively. All three of them start the work together. After 2 days A left and after next 2 days C also left. Find in how many days whole work will be completed?
A) 6 days
B) 6(2/5) days
C) 6(1/5) days
D) 6(4/5) days

Explanation

Let total work = LCM(10, 12, 15) = 60 units. Daily efficiencies: A = 6, B = 5, C = 4 units/day. First 2 days (A+B+C): 15 × 2 = 30 units done. Next 2 days (B+C): (5+4) × 2 = 18 units done. Total done in 4 days = 48 units. Remaining work = 60 - 48 = 12 units, finished by B alone in 12 / 5 = 2(2/5) days. Total time for whole work = 2 + 2 + 2(2/5) = 6(2/5) days.

कुल कार्य = 60 इकाई। कार्यक्षमता: A = 6, B = 5, C = 4। पहले 2 दिन (A+B+C) = 30 इकाई। अगले 2 दिन (B+C) = 18 इकाई। 4 दिन में कार्य = 48 इकाई। शेष कार्य = 12 इकाई, जिसे B अकेले 12/5 = 2(2/5) दिन में करेगा। कुल समय = 4 + 2(2/5) = 6(2/5) दिन।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

756📚Numerical & Reasoning AbilityTime and Work

A can complete a work in 15 days and B can complete a work in 25 days. If they start work together and B leaves 7 days before completion, then the work will be completed in how many days?
A) 16 days
B) 14 days
C) 12 days
D) 10 days

Explanation

Total work = LCM(15, 25) = 75 units. Rates: A = 5 units/day, B = 3 units/day. In the last 7 days, A worked alone: 7 × 5 = 35 units. Remaining work done together = 75 - 35 = 40 units. Time worked together = 40 / (5 + 3) = 5 days. Total time taken = 5 + 7 = 12 days.

कुल कार्य = 75 इकाई। A = 5 इकाई/दिन, B = 3 इकाई/दिन। अंतिम 7 दिन A अकेले काम करता है: 7 × 5 = 35 इकाई। A और B द्वारा मिलकर किया गया कार्य = 75 - 35 = 40 इकाई। मिलकर लगा समय = 40/8 = 5 दिन। कुल दिन = 5 + 7 = 12 दिन।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

757📚Numerical & Reasoning AbilityInequalities and Logical Deduction

Given: P ≥ Q > R, R ≤ S < T, P > T. Which statement is always true?
A) P = S
B) S < Q
C) Q > T
D) T > R

Explanation

From the given condition R ≤ S < T, since S is strictly less than T and R is less than or equal to S, it immediately and unequivocally follows that T > R. All other choices depend on unconstrained relative magnitudes.

दिए गए कथन R ≤ S < T से स्पष्ट है कि T, S से बड़ा है और S, R के बराबर या उससे बड़ा है। अतः निश्चित रूप से T > R हमेशा सत्य है।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

758📚Numerical & Reasoning AbilitySpeed, Distance and Time

Ram while going to school reduces his speed to 4/5th of his actual speed and reaches 15 minutes late. Find the actual time of Ram.
A) 45 minutes
B) 60 minutes
C) 30 minutes
D) 75 minutes

Explanation

Speed is inversely proportional to time for a constant distance. New speed = (4/5)S => New time = (5/4)T. The increase in time is (5/4)T - T = T/4 = 15 minutes. Therefore, original actual time T = 15 × 4 = 60 minutes (1 hour).

दूरी समान होने पर समय गति के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होता है। नई गति = 4/5 => नया समय = 5/4 T। समय में वृद्धि = T/4 = 15 मिनट => वास्तविक समय T = 60 मिनट।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

759📚Basic Concepts of ComputersComputer Architecture - Pipelining & Hazards

Which of the following statements is correct regarding the relationship between instruction execution, memory hierarchy, and addressing modes in a typical von Neumann architecture computer system?
A) Immediate addressing always speeds up execution by avoiding memory access.
B) A larger cache always improves performance, regardless of hit ratio.
C) Data hazards can occur in pipelined CPUs even with only register addressing.
D) Virtual memory removes the need for cache memory.

Explanation

In pipelined processor architectures, data hazards (such as Read-After-Write / RAW) arise when an instruction depends on the result of a previous instruction that has not yet completed its writeback stage, even if all operands are located entirely in processor registers. Hence, data forwarding or stalling is required regardless of addressing mode.

पाइपलाइन सीपीयू में, जब कोई निर्देश पिछले निर्देश के परिणाम पर निर्भर करता है, तो रजिस्टरों का उपयोग करने पर भी डेटा हैज़र्ड (Data hazards / RAW संघर्ष) उत्पन्न हो सकते हैं। अतः कथन C सही है।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

760📚Basic Concepts of ComputersMemory Hierarchy - Cache & RAM

Which statement is correct concerning computer memory and data storage fundamentals?
A) RAM is non-volatile memory and retains data without power
B) ROM allows both read and write operations during normal computer functioning.
C) Cache memory is faster than the Main memory and stores frequently accessed data.
D) CPU directly accesses secondary storage devices without involving the main memory.

Explanation

Cache memory consists of high-speed SRAM located directly on or adjacent to the CPU chip. It operates much faster than main memory (DRAM) and temporarily holds the most frequently accessed instructions and data to reduce CPU memory latency.

कैश मेमोरी (Cache memory) मुख्य मेमोरी (RAM) की तुलना में बहुत तेज होती है और बार-बार उपयोग होने वाले डेटा और निर्देशों को संग्रहीत करती है ताकि सीपीयू का समय बच सके।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

761📚Basic Concepts of ComputersOperating System - Priority Inversion & Scheduling

Consider a system using preemptive priority scheduling with multiple real-time and user-level processes. Priority inheritance protocol is implemented.
I. Priority inversion can occur when a low-priority process holds a resource that a high-priority process needs.
II. Under priority inheritance, the low-priority process temporarily inherits the higher priority to avoid blocking.
III. Priority inversion can be completely avoided if all processes are scheduled in a round-robin fashion.
IV. Starvation may still occur for low-priority processes even with priority inheritance.

Which of the statements are correct?
A) I and II only
B) II and III only
C) II and IV only
D) I, II and IV only

Explanation

Evaluating the statements:
- Statement I is true: Priority inversion happens when a lower-priority task blocks a higher-priority task because it holds a mutually exclusive resource.
- Statement II is true: Under priority inheritance, the task holding the resource temporarily inherits the highest priority of any blocked task waiting for that resource to speed up release.
- Statement III is false: Round-robin scheduling applies to CPU slicing, but does not eliminate synchronization contention on exclusive locks.
- Statement IV is true: Low-priority non-resource-holding processes can still suffer starvation if high-priority processes continually arrive.
Thus, statements I, II, and IV are correct.

कथन I, II और IV सही हैं। कथन III गलत है क्योंकि राउंड-रॉबिन शेड्यूलिंग म्यूचुअल एक्सक्लूजन लॉक्स के कारण होने वाले इनवर्जन को पूरी तरह समाप्त नहीं कर सकती। अतः विकल्प D सही है।

2026JKSSBGeneral Administration Department

762📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A man and woman together complete a work in 8 days. If man alone takes 10 days to complete the work, find the number of days taken by woman alone to complete the same work.
A) 20 days
B) 40 days
C) 50 days
D) 60 days

Explanation

Rate of (Man + Woman) = 1/8. Rate of Man = 1/10. Rate of Woman = 1/8 - 1/10 = (5 - 4) / 40 = 1/40. The woman alone takes 40 days.

महिला का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/8 - 1/10 = 1/40। अतः महिला अकेले उस कार्य को 40 दिनों में पूरा करेगी।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

763📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A and B together takes 10 days to complete a work. And A alone takes 30 days to complete the same work. Find the number of days to complete the work by B alone.
A) 10 days
B) 15 days
C) 20 days
D) 25 days

Explanation

Rate of B = 1/10 - 1/30 = (3 - 1) / 30 = 2/30 = 1/15. Therefore, B alone completes the work in 15 days.

B का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/10 - 1/30 = 2/30 = 1/15। अतः B अकेले उस कार्य को 15 दिनों में पूरा करेगा।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

764📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A takes 18 days to complete a work, and B takes half time as A. Find the total days to complete the work.
A) 4 days
B) 8 days
C) 6 days
D) 12 days

Explanation

A takes 18 days, so B takes 18 / 2 = 9 days. Combined 1-day rate = 1/18 + 1/9 = 3/18 = 1/6. Together they complete the work in 6 days.

A को 18 दिन लगते हैं और B को 9 दिन लगते हैं। दोनों का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/18 + 1/9 = 3/18 = 1/6। अतः मिलकर कार्य 6 दिनों में पूरा होगा।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

765📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work

A takes 15 days to complete a work, and B takes 20 days to complete the same work. Both work for 4 days. What fraction of work is left?
A) 15/8
B) 8/15
C) 7/15
D) 15/7

Explanation

1-day work together = 1/15 + 1/20 = (4 + 3) / 60 = 7/60. Work done in 4 days = 4 × (7/60) = 7/15. Fraction of work remaining = 1 - 7/15 = 8/15.

दोनों का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/15 + 1/20 = 7/60। 4 दिनों में किया गया कार्य = 4 × 7/60 = 7/15। शेष कार्य = 1 - 7/15 = 8/15।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

766📚Basic ReasoningAnalogies

Thermometer : Temperature :: Anemometer : ?
A) Wind Speed
B) Altitude
C) Blood Pressure
D) Atmospheric Pressure

Explanation

A thermometer is an instrument used to measure temperature. Similarly, an anemometer is an instrument used to measure wind speed.

थर्मामीटर तापमान मापने का यंत्र है, उसी प्रकार एनीमोमीटर वायु की गति (Wind Speed) मापने का यंत्र है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

767📚Basic ReasoningAnalogies

Clock : Time :: Barometer : ?
A) Wind Speed
B) Temperature
C) Weather Humidity
D) Atmospheric Pressure

Explanation

A clock is an instrument used to measure time. A barometer is an instrument used to measure atmospheric pressure.

घड़ी समय मापने का उपकरण है, जबकि बैरोमीटर वायुमंडलीय दबाव (Atmospheric Pressure) मापने का उपकरण है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

768📚Basic EnglishArticles

Fill in the blanks with the most appropriate articles:
____ cheetah is ____ fastest land animal and can reach ____ incredible speed within seconds.
A) a, the, an
B) No article, a, an
C) the, a, an
D) the, the, an

Explanation

"The cheetah" represents the entire animal species. "The fastest" uses the definite article with the superlative degree adjective. "An incredible speed" uses the indefinite article "an" before the vowel-sounding adjective. Sequence: "the, the, an".

प्रजाति का प्रतिनिधित्व करने के लिए 'The cheetah', सुपरलेटिव डिग्री के साथ 'the fastest', और स्वर ध्वनि वाले विशेषण के साथ 'an incredible speed'। अतः सही उत्तर 'the, the, an' है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

769📚Basic EnglishGrammar and Usage

Which of the following sentences is grammatically correct?
A) One of the books that I borrowed from the library were missing.
B) Scarcely had the train left the station when it suddenly stopped.
C) Each of the players have performed exceptionally well in the tournament.
D) The list of recommended articles are attached to the report.

Explanation

Option B is correct: In negative/restrictive introductory adverbs, inverted word order is required ('Scarcely had + subject + past participle'), followed by the conjunction 'when'. In Option A, the main subject 'One' takes singular 'was missing'. In Option C, 'Each' takes singular 'has performed'. In Option D, 'The list' takes singular 'is attached'.

विकल्प B व्याकरण की दृष्टि से पूर्णतः सही है: 'Scarcely had... when' का सहसंबंधी ढांचा (correlative inversion) सही ढंग से प्रयुक्त हुआ है। विकल्प A में 'One' के लिए 'was' आना चाहिए, C में 'Each' के लिए 'has' तथा D में 'The list' के लिए 'is' आना चाहिए।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

770📚Basic MathematicsMensuration - Circles

The distance covered by a tire of 84 cm radius in 4 revolutions is
A) 1056 cm
B) 2112 cm
C) 840 cm
D) 1840 cm

Explanation

Distance covered in 1 revolution = 2πr = 2 × (22/7) × 84 = 2 × 22 × 12 = 528 cm. In 4 revolutions = 4 × 528 = 2112 cm.

एक चक्कर में तय दूरी (परिधि) = 2πr = 2 × (22/7) × 84 = 528 सेमी। अतः 4 चक्करों में दूरी = 4 × 528 = 2112 सेमी।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

771📚Environment, Ecology & ForestryWildlife Ecology and Animal Behavior

Which of the following statements best describes 'Altitudinal Migration'?
A) Movement of Marine species towards the equator for warmer waters
B) Long-distance migration across continents to avoid harsh warm weather conditions
C) Short-distance animal migration to higher altitudes to escape extreme heat
D) Movement of Marine species towards the surface warm waters

Explanation

Altitudinal migration is a short-distance vertical migration where animals move up and down mountainous elevation gradients in response to seasonal temperature changes, food availability, or extreme heat.

तुंगता प्रवास (Altitudinal Migration) एक अल्पकालिक ऊर्ध्वाधर प्रवास है जिसमें जीव अत्यधिक तापमान या भोजन की उपलब्धता के अनुसार पहाड़ों पर ऊंचाई अथवा नीचे की घाटियों की ओर पलायन करते हैं।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

772🔬General SciencePhysics - Gravitation and Satellite Motion

A satellite is orbiting the Earth in a circular orbit at a height where the acceleration due to gravity is 4.9 m/s². If the radius of the Earth is 6,371 km, what is the orbital speed of the satellite? (Use g = 9.8 m/s², √2 = 1.414 and √10 = 3.162)
A) 4.6 km/s
B) 6.6 km/s
C) 9.8 km/s
D) 11.2 km/s

Explanation

At orbit radius r, g' = GM / r² = 4.9 m/s². On the surface, g = GM / R² = 9.8 m/s². Thus, g / g' = r² / R² = 9.8 / 4.9 = 2 => r = R√2 = 6,371 × 1.414 ≈ 9,008.6 km. The orbital speed is v = √(GM / r) = √(g' × r) = √(4.9 m/s² × 9,008.6 × 10³ m) ≈ √(44,142,140) ≈ 6,644 m/s ≈ 6.6 km/s.

कक्षा की त्रिज्या r पर g' = GM / r² = 4.9 m/s² है। सतह पर g = 9.8 m/s² है। अतः r² / R² = 9.8 / 4.9 = 2 => r = R√2 = 6,371 × 1.414 ≈ 9,009 किमी। कक्षीय चाल v = √(g' × r) = √(4.9 × 9.009 × 10⁶) ≈ 6,644 m/s = 6.6 km/s।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

773🔬General SciencePhysics - Optics and Lenses

An object 2 m tall is placed at a distance of 50 cm in front of a convex lens. The lens has a power of +5 D. Calculate the height and nature of the image formed by the lens.
A) 1 m, virtual and erect
B) 1.33 m, real and inverted
C) 1.5 m, real and inverted
D) 1.6 m, virtual and erect

Explanation

Focal length f = 1 / P = 1 / 5 m = +20 cm. Object distance u = -50 cm, object height h = 2 m. Lens formula: 1/v - 1/u = 1/f => 1/v = 1/20 - 1/50 = (5 - 2)/100 = 3/100 => v = +100/3 cm. Magnification m = v / u = (100/3) / (-50) = -2/3. Height of image h' = m × h = (-2/3) × 2 m = -4/3 m = -1.33 m. The negative sign denotes a real and inverted image with a height of 1.33 m.

फोकस दूरी f = 1/5 m = +20 सेमी। वस्तु दूरी u = -50 सेमी, ऊँचाई h = 2 मीटर। लेंस सूत्र: 1/v - 1/u = 1/f => 1/v = 1/20 - 1/50 = 3/100 => v = +100/3 सेमी। आवर्धन m = v/u = -2/3। प्रतिबिम्ब की ऊँचाई h' = (-2/3) × 2 = -1.33 मीटर (ऋणात्मक चिह्न वास्तविक और उल्टा प्रतिबिम्ब दर्शाता है)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

774📚Basic MathematicsTime and Work / Pipes and Cisterns

A pump fills a water tank. If its pumping speed is increased to 9/7 of its original speed, the tank gets filled 30 minutes earlier than usual. How much time did the pump originally take to fill the tank?
A) 135 minutes
B) 140 minutes
C) 145 minutes
D) 150 minutes

Explanation

Since work is constant, time taken is inversely proportional to speed. Speed ratio (New : Old) = 9 : 7 => Time ratio (New : Old) = 7 : 9. The difference is 9k - 7k = 2k = 30 minutes => k = 15 minutes. Original time = 9k = 9 × 15 = 135 minutes.

दूरी/कार्य समान होने पर समय गति के व्युत्क्रमानुपाती होता है। गति अनुपात (नया : पुराना) = 9 : 7 => समय अनुपात = 7 : 9। अंतर 9k - 7k = 2k = 30 मिनट => k = 15 मिनट। मूल समय = 9 × 15 = 135 मिनट।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

775📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Distance and Time

Three boats, A, B and C, start from the same jetty and move in the same direction along a river. Their speeds in still water are 18 km/h, 24 km/h and 36 km/h, respectively. Boat B starts 1 hour after Boat A. If Boat B and Boat C overtake Boat A at the same time, how many hours after Boat B did Boat C start?
A) 1 hour
B) 2 hours
C) 3 hours
D) Cannot be determined

Explanation

Let t be the time taken by Boat B to overtake Boat A. Boat A has travelled for (t + 1) hours. Distance: 18(t + 1) = 24t => 18 = 6t => t = 3 hours. So B travels for 3 hours, meaning Boat A travelled for 3 + 1 = 4 hours, and overtaking distance = 18 × 4 = 72 km. Boat C also covers 72 km at 36 km/h, taking 72 / 36 = 2 hours. Since the overtake happens 4 hours after A started, Boat C must have started 4 - 2 = 2 hours after Boat A. Since Boat B started 1 hour after A, Boat C started 2 - 1 = 1 hour after Boat B.

माना नाव B को A से आगे निकलने में t घंटे लगते हैं। A कुल (t + 1) घंटे चलती है। दूरी: 18(t + 1) = 24t => t = 3 घंटे। अतः A कुल 4 घंटे चलती है और कुल दूरी = 72 किमी है। C को 72 किमी तय करने में 72 / 36 = 2 घंटे लगते हैं। चूंकि ओवरटेक A के चलने के 4 घंटे बाद होता है, अतः C ने A के चलने के 2 घंटे बाद प्रस्थान किया। चूंकि B ने A के 1 घंटे बाद प्रस्थान किया था, अतः C ने B के 1 घंटे बाद प्रस्थान किया।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department

776📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Distance & Time

A 900 km trip takes 11 hours. If 2/5 of the distance is covered at 60 km/h, what speed is needed for the rest of the trip?

Explanation

Total distance = 900 km, Total time = 11 hours.
Distance 1 = (2/5) × 900 = 360 km.
Time 1 = 360 / 60 = 6 hours.
Remaining distance = 900 - 360 = 540 km.
Remaining time = 11 - 6 = 5 hours.
Required speed = 540 / 5 = 108 km/h.

कुल दूरी = 900 किमी, कुल समय = 11 घंटे।
पहली दूरी = (2/5) × 900 = 360 किमी।
पहला समय = 360 / 60 = 6 घंटे।
शेष दूरी = 900 - 360 = 540 किमी।
शेष समय = 11 - 6 = 5 घंटे।
आवश्यक गति = 540 / 5 = 108 किमी/घंटा (विकल्प A)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

777📚Basic MathematicsSpeed, Distance & Time

A person covered 42 kilometers in 5 hours, using both walking and cycling. Walking speed was 6 km/h, and cycling speed was 10 km/h. What distance did they cover by walking?

Explanation

Let walking time be t hours. Then cycling time = (5 - t) hours.
Total distance = 6t + 10(5 - t) = 42
6t + 50 - 10t = 42
4t = 8 ⇒ t = 2 hours.
Distance covered by walking = 6 × 2 = 12 km.

माना पैदल चलने का समय t घंटे है। साइकिल का समय = (5 - t) घंटे।
कुल दूरी = 6t + 10(5 - t) = 42
6t + 50 - 10t = 42 ⇒ 4t = 8 ⇒ t = 2 घंटे।
पैदल तय की गई दूरी = 6 × 2 = 12 किमी (विकल्प A)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

778📚Basic MathematicsAverage Speed

A man completes a certain journey by a car. If he covered 30% of the distance at the speed of 20kmph. 60% of the distance at 40km/h and the remaining of the distance at 10 kmph, his average speed is

Explanation

Let total distance = 100 km.
- Time for 30 km at 20 km/h = 30 / 20 = 1.5 h
- Time for 60 km at 40 km/h = 60 / 40 = 1.5 h
- Remaining 10 km at 10 km/h = 10 / 10 = 1.0 h
Total time = 1.5 + 1.5 + 1.0 = 4.0 hours.
Average speed = Total distance / Total time = 100 / 4.0 = 25 km/h.

माना कुल दूरी = 100 किमी।
- 30 किमी का समय (20 किमी/घंटा पर) = 30/20 = 1.5 घंटे
- 60 किमी का समय (40 किमी/घंटा पर) = 60/40 = 1.5 घंटे
- शेष 10 किमी का समय (10 किमी/घंटा पर) = 10/10 = 1.0 घंटा
कुल समय = 1.5 + 1.5 + 1.0 = 4 घंटे।
औसत गति = 100 / 4 = 25 किमी/घंटा (विकल्प A)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

779📚Basic MathematicsAverage Speed

A man covers half of his journey at 6 km/h and the remaining half at 3 km/h. His average speed is

Explanation

When two equal distances are covered at speeds u and v, the average speed is given by the harmonic mean formula:
Average Speed = 2uv / (u + v) = (2 × 6 × 3) / (6 + 3) = 36 / 9 = 4 km/h.

जब दो बराबर दूरियां u और v चाल से तय की जाती हैं, तो औसत चाल:
औसत चाल = 2uv / (u + v) = (2 × 6 × 3) / (6 + 3) = 36 / 9 = 4 किमी/घंटा (विकल्प A)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

780📚Basic MathematicsTime & Work

A and B together can complete a work in 3 days. They start together but after 2 days, B left the work. If the work is completed after two more days, B alone could do the work in

Explanation

Combined rate of (A + B) = 1/3 work per day.
In 2 days, A and B completed 2 × (1/3) = 2/3 of the work.
Remaining work = 1 - 2/3 = 1/3.
A finished this 1/3 work in 2 days, so A's 1-day work = (1/3) / 2 = 1/6.
B's 1-day work = (A + B)'s work - A's work = 1/3 - 1/6 = 1/6.
Therefore, B alone takes 1 / (1/6) = 6 days to complete the work.

(A + B) की कार्य दर = 1/3 कार्य प्रति दिन।
2 दिनों में किया गया कार्य = 2 × (1/3) = 2/3।
शेष कार्य = 1 - 2/3 = 1/3।
A ने शेष 1/3 कार्य 2 दिनों में पूरा किया ⇒ A का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/6।
B का 1 दिन का कार्य = 1/3 - 1/6 = 1/6।
अतः B अकेला पूरा कार्य 6 दिनों में कर सकता है (विकल्प C)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

781📚Basic MathematicsTime & Work

To complete a work, A takes 50% more time than B. If together they take 18 days to complete the work, how much time shall B take to do it?

Explanation

Let B take t days. A takes 1.5t = (3/2)t days.
Daily work of B = 1/t.
Daily work of A = 1 / ((3/2)t) = 2 / (3t).
Combined daily work = 1/t + 2/(3t) = 5/(3t).
Given combined time = 18 days ⇒ 5 / (3t) = 1 / 18 ⇒ 3t = 90 ⇒ t = 30 days.
Hence, B alone takes 30 days.

माना B का समय = t दिन। A का समय = 1.5t = 3t/2 दिन।
B का एक दिन का कार्य = 1/t
A का एक दिन का कार्य = 2/(3t)
दोनों का संयुक्त कार्य = 1/t + 2/(3t) = 5/(3t)
प्रश्नानुसार: 5/(3t) = 1/18 ⇒ 3t = 90 ⇒ t = 30 दिन।
अतः B अकेला कार्य 30 दिनों में पूरा करेगा (विकल्प A)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

782📚Basic ReasoningDirection Sense Test

A man starts from point A, walks 20 km East to reach point B. He then turns North and walks 15 km to reach point C. Next, he turns West and walks 8 km to reach point D. Finally, he turns South and walks 15 km to reach point E. What is the distance and direction of point E from point A?

Explanation

Taking point A as the origin (0, 0):
- Point B: (20, 0) [20 km East]
- Point C: (20, 15) [15 km North]
- Point D: (20 - 8, 15) = (12, 15) [8 km West]
- Point E: (12, 15 - 15) = (12, 0) [15 km South]
Point E is at coordinates (12, 0) relative to A (0, 0), which is exactly 12 km to the East.

बिंदु A को मूल बिंदु (0, 0) मानते हुए:
- बिंदु B: (20, 0) [20 किमी पूर्व]
- बिंदु C: (20, 15) [15 किमी उत्तर]
- बिंदु D: (12, 15) [8 किमी पश्चिम]
- बिंदु E: (12, 0) [15 किमी दक्षिण]
अतः बिंदु E, बिंदु A से ठीक 12 किमी पूर्व में स्थित है (विकल्प D)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

783📚

Match List-I (Glands) with List-II (respective functions):
Glands:
i. Hypothalamus
ii. Thymus
iii. Thyroid
iv. Pineal gland
Functions:
a. Metabolism regulation
b. Regulates sleep patterns
c. Large in infants, shrinks with age; trains T-cells
d. Controls the Pituitary
Choose the correct match:

Explanation

Hypothalamus controls the pituitary gland (i-d). Thymus trains T-cells and shrinks with age (ii-c). Thyroid regulates metabolism via thyroxine (iii-a). Pineal gland secretes melatonin to regulate sleep patterns and circadian rhythms (iv-b). Hence, i-d, ii-c, iii-a, iv-b.

हाइपोथैलेमस पीयूष ग्रंथि को नियंत्रित करता है (i-d)। थाइमस T-कोशिकाओं को प्रशिक्षित करता है और उम्र के साथ घटता है (ii-c)। थायरॉयड चयापचय का नियमन करता है (iii-a)। पीनियल ग्रंथि मेलाटोनिन स्रावित कर नींद चक्र को नियंत्रित करती है (iv-b)। अतः सही मिलान i-d, ii-c, iii-a, iv-b है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology & Environment Department (Wildlife Protection)

784📚

Arrange the following steps in a conventional biological wastewater treatment train in correct order (flow direction):
I. Secondary clarifier
II. Aeration tank
III. Primary clarifier
IV. Coagulation flocculation settling (if included)
Choose the correct sequence:

Explanation

In a wastewater treatment plant with chemical enhancement, primary clarifier (III) removes settleable solids, followed by chemical coagulation-flocculation-settling (IV) for fine colloidal removal, then biological aeration tank (II), and finally secondary clarifier (I) to settle biological flocs. Sequence: III - IV - II - I.

अपशिष्ट जल उपचार में सबसे पहले प्राथमिक स्पष्टीकरण टैंक (III) भारी ठोस हटाता है, इसके बाद रासायनिक स्कंदन-ऊर्णन-अवसादन (IV), फिर जैविक वातन टैंक (II), और अंत में द्वितीयक स्पष्टीकरण टैंक (I) आता है। अतः सही क्रम III - IV - II - I है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

785📚

A Disaster-Management Plan (DMP) in an industrial unit usually emphasizes:

Explanation

A comprehensive Disaster Management Plan (DMP) encompasses the complete four-phase disaster risk management framework: Hazard Prevention (eliminating or reducing risks), Preparedness (planning, training, stockpiling, and drills), Response (emergency incident management, containment, and evacuation), and Recovery (post-disaster restoration, rehabilitation, and investigation).

औद्योगिक आपदा प्रबंधन योजना (DMP) आपदा चक्र के चार प्रमुख चरणों पर व्यापक बल देती है: रोकथाम (खतरों को कम करना), तैयारी (योजना, उपकरण, प्रशिक्षण और मॉक ड्रिल), त्वरित प्रतिक्रिया (घटना नियंत्रण, प्राथमिक उपचार और निकासी) तथा पुनर्प्राप्ति (सामान्य स्थिति की बहाली और पुनर्वास)।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

786📚

Consider the following statements about audits in relation to emergency plans:
I. Environmental Audit can include review of emergency plans as part of EMS.
II. Safety Audit may assess emergency-response training and equipment readiness.
III. Conducting an audit eliminates all risk of accidents, making plans unnecessary.
Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

Explanation

Statements I and II are correct: Both Environmental Audits (under ISO 14001 EMS) and Safety Audits routinely evaluate the adequacy, training, equipment, and testing of emergency response protocols. Statement III is false: Audits identify risks and system deficiencies, but no audit can eliminate 100% of hazard risks or render emergency preparedness plans obsolete. Thus, Statements I and II are correct.

कथन I और II सही हैं: पर्यावरण ऑडिट (EMS के तहत) और सुरक्षा ऑडिट दोनों ही आपातकालीन योजनाओं, कर्मियों के प्रशिक्षण और उपकरणों की तत्परता की समीक्षा करते हैं। कथन III गलत है: कोई भी ऑडिट दुर्घटना के सभी जोखिमों को पूरी तरह समाप्त नहीं कर सकता और आपातकालीन योजनाओं की आवश्यकता कभी समाप्त नहीं होती। अतः केवल I और II सही हैं।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

787📚

Match List-I (Phase of disaster-management) with List-II (Typical activity) and select the correct code:
List-I:
i. Prevention
ii. Preparedness
iii. Response
iv. Recovery

List-II:
a. Rehabilitation
b. Evacuation
c. Training/Drills
d. Safer design

Choose the correct match:

Explanation

The correct pairings across the disaster management continuum are:
- i. Prevention -> d. Safer design (inherently safer plant design to eliminate hazards)
- ii. Preparedness -> c. Training/Drills (conducting regular response training and safety rehearsals)
- iii. Response -> b. Evacuation (immediate lifesaving action during an active incident)
- iv. Recovery -> a. Rehabilitation (post-emergency reconstruction, medical care, and restoration).
Thus, the correct code is i-d, ii-c, iii-b, iv-a.

आपदा प्रबंधन चक्र के चरणों का सही मिलान:
- i. रोकथाम -> d. सुरक्षित डिजाइन (संयंत्र का सुरक्षित डिजाइन बनाकर दुर्घटनाओं के जोखिम को रोकना)
- ii. तैयारी -> c. प्रशिक्षण / मॉक ड्रिल (आपातकाल से निपटने के लिए पूर्व तैयारी और अभ्यास)
- iii. प्रतिक्रिया -> b. सुरक्षित निकासी (दुर्घटना के समय तुरंत कर्मियों को सुरक्षित स्थान पर निकालना)
- iv. पुनर्प्राप्ति -> a. पुनर्वास (आपदा के बाद बहाली और सामान्य स्थिति में लौटना)।
अतः सही कूट i-d, ii-c, iii-b, iv-a है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

788📚

Arrange the following phases of an industrial disaster-management cycle in logical order (early to late):
I. Recovery
II. Response
III. Preparedness
IV. Prevention
Choose the correct sequence:

Explanation

The standard disaster management cycle logically progresses through four key phases:
1. Prevention (mitigating risks beforehand);
2. Preparedness (readiness through planning and training);
3. Response (immediate emergency action during the incident);
4. Recovery (post-incident rehabilitation and reconstruction).
Therefore, the correct chronological sequence is IV - III - II - I.

मानक आपदा प्रबंधन चक्र के चरणों का तार्किक क्रम है:
1. रोकथाम (Prevention - IV);
2. तैयारी (Preparedness - III);
3. त्वरित प्रतिक्रिया (Response - II);
4. पुनर्प्राप्ति/बहाली (Recovery - I)।
अतः सही क्रम IV - III - II - I है।

2026JKSSBForest, Ecology and Environment Department

789📚General Awareness & National Current Affairsgeneral-science-physics-chemistry-biology

The members of the All India Services serve:

Explanation

Under Article 312 of the Constitution of India, the All India Services (IAS, IPS, and IFoS) are recruited and trained by the Union Government but allocated to state cadres. Officers serve both the Union and State Governments during their careers.

भारतीय संविधान के अनुच्छेद 312 के तहत गठित अखिल भारतीय सेवाओं (IAS, IPS, IFoS) के अधिकारी केंद्र सरकार द्वारा भर्ती किए जाते हैं, परंतु वे अपने सेवाकाल में राज्य सरकारों तथा केंद्र सरकार दोनों के अधीन अपनी सेवाएँ देते हैं।

2016SSCStaff Selection Commission

790📚Quantitative Aptitude & Basic Mathematicsmath-percentages-profit-loss

Two persons start from the same point at the same time and travel in the same direction with speeds of 25 km/h and 35 km/h. If one person is initially 60 km behind, in how many hours will the faster person catch up?

Explanation

Since both travel in the same direction, the relative speed is the difference between their speeds:

\text{Relative Speed} = 35 - 25 = 10\text{ km/h}

Time required to cover the 60 km gap:

\text{Time} = \frac{\text{Distance}}{\text{Relative Speed}} = \frac{60}{10} = 6\text{ hours}

समान दिशा में चलते समय सापेक्ष गति (Relative speed):

\text{सापेक्ष गति} = 35 - 25 = 10\text{ किमी/घंटा}

पकड़ने में लगा समय:

\text{समय} = \frac{\text{दूरी}}{\text{सापेक्ष गति}} = \frac{60}{10} = 6\text{ घंटे}

2016SSCStaff Selection Commission

791📚Quantitative Aptitude & Basic Mathematicsmath-percentages-profit-loss

An aeroplane is flying horizontally at a constant height of 2500 m above the ground. From a point on the ground, the angle of elevation of the aeroplane changes from

45^\circ

to

30^\circ

in 15 seconds. Find the speed of the aeroplane in km/h:

Explanation

Let the height be

h = 2500\text{ m}

.
- Initial horizontal distance:

x_1 = \frac{2500}{\tan 45^\circ} = 2500\text{ m}

- Second horizontal distance:

x_2 = \frac{2500}{\tan 30^\circ} = 2500\sqrt{3}\text{ m}

Distance travelled in 15 seconds:

d = x_2 - x_1 = 2500(\sqrt{3} - 1)\text{ m}

Speed in km/h:

\text{Speed} = \frac{2500(\sqrt{3} - 1)}{15} \times \frac{18}{5} = \frac{500 \times 6}{5}(\sqrt{3} - 1) = 600(\sqrt{3} - 1)\text{ km/h}

ऊंचाई

h = 2500

मीटर।
- प्रारंभिक क्षैतिज दूरी

x_1 = 2500 / \tan 45^\circ = 2500

मीटर
- 15 सेकंड बाद क्षैतिज दूरी

x_2 = 2500 / \tan 30^\circ = 2500\sqrt{3}

मीटर
15 सेकंड में तय की गई दूरी:

d = 2500(\sqrt{3} - 1)\text{ मीटर}

चाल (किमी/घंटा में):

\text{चाल} = \frac{2500(\sqrt{3} - 1)}{15} \times \frac{18}{5} = 600(\sqrt{3} - 1)\text{ किमी/घंटा}

2016SSCStaff Selection Commission

792📚General English & Comprehensiongeneral-english-vocabulary-idioms

Out of the four alternatives, choose the one which can be substituted for the given words/sentence:
"An act of travelling from one place to another"

Explanation

The act of travelling from a starting location to a destination, especially over a considerable distance, is defined as a Journey.

एक स्थान से दूसरे स्थान की यात्रा करने की क्रिया को Journey (यात्रा) कहा जाता है।

2016SSCStaff Selection Commission

📝 Solved Questions on Time & Work, Pipes & Cisterns, Speed & Distance (792)